The present state of the United Provinces of the Low-Countries as to the government, laws, forces, riches, manners, customes, revenue, and territory of the Dutch in three books / collected by W.A., Fellow of the Royal Society.
         Aglionby, William, d. 1705.
      
       
         
           1669
        
      
       Approx. 458 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 222 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2005-10 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A26549
         Wing A766
         ESTC R21416
         12616748
         ocm 12616748
         64416
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A26549)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 64416)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 339:30)
      
       
         
           
             The present state of the United Provinces of the Low-Countries as to the government, laws, forces, riches, manners, customes, revenue, and territory of the Dutch in three books / collected by W.A., Fellow of the Royal Society.
             Aglionby, William, d. 1705.
          
           [11], 414, [18] p.
           
             Printed for John Starkey ...,
             London :
             1669.
          
           
             Attributed to William Aglionby. Cf. BM.
             Advertisement: p. [7]-[18].
             Reproduction of original in Newberry Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Netherlands.
        
      
    
     
        2004-11 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2004-12 Apex CoVantage
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2005-01 Mona Logarbo
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2005-01 Mona Logarbo
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2005-04 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           THE
           PRESENT
           STATE
           OF
           THE
           United
           Provinces
           OF
           THE
           LOW-COUNTRIES
           ;
           AS
           TO
           THE
           Government
           ,
           Laws
           ,
           Forces
           ,
           Riches
           ,
           Manners
           ,
           Customes
           ,
           Revenue
           ,
           and
           Territory
           ,
           OF
           THE
           DUTCH
           .
        
         
           IN
           THREE
           BOOKS
           :
           Collected
           by
           
             W.
             A.
          
           Fellow
           of
           the
           Royall
           Society
           .
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           
             Printed
             for
          
           John
           Starkey
           ,
           
             at
             the
          
           Mitre
           ,
           
             betwixt
             the
          
           Middle
           Temple
           -
           
             Gate
             ,
             and
          
           Temple-Bar
           ,
           in
           Fleet-Street
           ,
           1669.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           THE
           PREFACE
           .
        
         
           THe
           Netherland-Provinces
           have
           rendred
           themselves
           so
           conspicuous
           and
           considerable
           amongst
           the
           other
           States
           of
           Europe
           ,
           that
           the
           sole
           mentioning
           of
           them
           might
           suffice
           to
           awaken
           the
           attention
           ,
           and
           invite
           the
           regards
           of
           all
           
           persons
           ,
           whose
           more
           elevated
           Genius
           leads
           them
           to
           the
           contemplation
           of
           the
           rise
           ,
           growth
           ,
           and
           grandeur
           of
           States
           and
           Empires
           ;
           which
           affording
           the
           greatest
           instances
           of
           humane
           wisdome
           and
           industry
           ,
           as
           well
           as
           they
           are
           the
           most
           remarkable
           Theatres
           of
           divine
           providence
           ,
           are
           certainly
           the
           most
           adaequate
           objects
           for
           rational
           and
           considering
           men
           :
           For
           which
           reason
           possibly
           few
           Books
           less
           needed
           a
           Preface
           ,
           than
           that
           which
           is
           now
           in
           the
           Readers
           hands
           ;
           and
           
             The
             present
             State
             and
             Government
             
             of
             the
             Netherlands
          
           in
           the
           Title-page
           ,
           may
           seem
           to
           carry
           invitation
           enough
           with
           it
           to
           render
           all
           other
           superfluous
           .
           Scarce
           any
           Subject
           occurres
           more
           frequent
           in
           the
           discourses
           of
           ingenious
           men
           ,
           than
           that
           of
           the
           marvellous
           progress
           of
           this
           little
           State
           ,
           which
           in
           the
           space
           of
           about
           one
           hundred
           years
           ,
           (
           for
           't
           is
           no
           more
           since
           their
           first
           attempts
           to
           shake
           off
           the
           Spanish
           yoke
           )
           hath
           grown
           to
           a
           height
           ,
           not
           only
           infinitely
           transcendnig
           all
           the
           ancient
           Republicks
           of
           Greece
           ,
           
           but
           not
           much
           inferior
           in
           some
           respects
           even
           to
           the
           greatest
           Monarchies
           of
           these
           latter
           Ages
           .
           Nor
           is
           the
           wonder
           inconsiderably
           augmented
           ,
           in
           that
           the
           lesser
           Moiety
           hath
           farre
           exceeded
           even
           the
           Whole
           it self
           ,
           and
           seven
           Provinces
           are
           become
           greater
           than
           seventeen
           ;
           with
           a
           manifest
           verification
           of
           that
           Aenigmatical
           Aphorisme
           ,
           
             Dimidium
             plus
             Toto
          
           .
           To
           which
           it
           may
           likewise
           be
           added
           ,
           that
           for
           above
           sixty
           years
           of
           that
           above-mention'd
           hundred
           ,
           they
           were
           continually
           engag'd
           in
           
           a
           Warre
           against
           the
           greatest
           King
           of
           this
           Western
           World
           ,
           besides
           what
           contests
           they
           have
           since
           had
           with
           other
           Neighbours
           :
           and
           nevertheless
           ,
           that
           difficult
           exercise
           of
           their
           nonage
           not
           only
           promoted
           their
           growth
           ,
           by
           necessarily
           exciting
           the
           industry
           natural
           to
           that
           Nation
           ,
           but
           likewise
           contributed
           to
           rènder
           the
           Constitution
           of
           the
           State
           it self
           more
           robust
           and
           athletick
           .
        
         
           'T
           is
           the
           Portraiture
           of
           this
           flourishing
           Common-wealth
           which
           is
           here
           presented
           to
           the
           Ingenious
           ,
           
           drawn
           by
           the
           elegant
           Pen
           of
           a
           Virtuoso
           of
           the
           
             Royall
             Society
          
           ;
           who
           the
           more
           to
           gratifie
           the
           Reader
           ,
           and
           compleat
           his
           Work
           ,
           hath
           collected
           out
           of
           severall
           Authors
           a
           summary
           Account
           of
           the
           Lives
           of
           the
           Earls
           of
           Holland
           ,
           down
           to
           the
           alteration
           of
           Government
           ,
           which
           commenc'd
           about
           the
           year
           1567.
           which
           Lives
           compose
           the
           first
           Book
           ,
           order
           of
           time
           requiring
           the
           same
           to
           be
           prefix'd
           before
           the
           Description
           of
           the
           
             Confederate
             Commonwealth
          
           ,
           or
           Government
           of
           the
           
             States
             
             Generall
          
           ;
           whereunto
           is
           particularly
           annex'd
           that
           of
           the
           States
           of
           Holland
           and
           Zeeland
           ,
           as
           examples
           of
           the
           rest
           .
           The
           third
           and
           last
           Book
           exhibits
           the
           extent
           and
           nature
           of
           the
           Soyl
           of
           Holland
           ,
           the
           Manners
           ,
           Customes
           ,
           and
           Trade
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           ,
           together
           with
           particular
           Descriptions
           of
           all
           the
           considerable
           Cities
           and
           Towns
           of
           that
           Province
           ,
           and
           an
           Appendage
           of
           divers
           Treaties
           of
           Alliance
           made
           between
           this
           and
           other
           neighbouring
           States
           .
           Besides
           all
           which
           
           the
           Reader
           will
           finde
           variety
           of
           Politick
           Reflexions
           and
           Discourses
           interspers'd
           throughout
           the
           whole
           Work
           ,
           which
           concurre
           to
           the
           accomplishment
           of
           the
           same
           ,
           in
           reference
           to
           the
           two
           principall
           ends
           of
           Books
           ,
           Instruction
           and
           Divertisement
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           THE
           FIRST
           BOOK
           ,
           Containing
           the
           HISTORY
           OF
           THE
           EARLS
           OF
           HOLLAND
           .
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             I.
             
          
           
             
               What
               pass'd
               before
               the
               Earles
               of
               Holland
               .
            
          
           
             THere
             is
             all
             the
             probability
             in
             the
             world
             that
             this
             fair
             Province
             of
             Holland
             has
             not
             alwayes
             been
             as
             rich
             and
             as
             populous
             as
             we
             now
             see
             it
             ;
             but
             quite
             contrary
             ,
             it
             was
             a
             kind
             
             of
             a
             Desert
             once
             ,
             and
             full
             of
             great
             Forrests
             .
             The
             first
             People
             that
             inhabited
             it
             were
             a
             Colony
             of
             Germans
             ,
             which
             came
             out
             of
             their
             Countrey
             some
             time
             before
             the
             Birth
             of
             our
             Saviour
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             from
             thence
             that
             it
             has
             the
             name
             of
             Batavia
             ,
             if
             we
             believe
             the
             Roman
             History
             ,
             and
             particularly
             
               Tacitus
               ,
               lib.
               de
               moribus
               Germanorum
               .
            
          
           
             
               There
               is
               no
               doubt
               but
               the
            
             Batavi
             
               are
               the
               chief
               in
               strength
               and
               valour
               among
               the
            
             Germans
             ,
             
               and
               that
               this
               Nation
               which
               was
               formerly
               called
            
             Cattes
             ,
             
               and
               which
               upon
               a
               sedition
               at
               home
               invaded
               these
               Islands
               which
               the
            
             Rhene
             
               makes
               ,
               and
               are
               now
               become
               Subjects
               of
               the
            
             Roman
             Empire
             ,
             
               are
               the
               noblest
               portion
               of
               the
            
             German
             
               State
               ,
               since
               History
               makes
               so
               much
               mention
               of
               them
               ,
               and
               that
               it
               appears
               so
               in
               their
               humours
               ,
               customes
               ,
               and
               manners
               ,
               of
               which
               the
               chiefest
               are
               these
               following
               .
               1.
               
               That
               they
               pay
               no
               tributes
               .
               2.
               
               That
               they
               are
               free
               from
               all
               contribution
               towards
               the
               War.
               3.
               
               That
               they
               are
               alwayes
               reserv'd
               for
               the
               War.
               4.
               
               That
               they
               have
               the
               most
               honourable
               rank
               in
               the
               Army
               ,
               as
               being
               esteem'd
               the
               best
               Souldiers
               ,
               and
               the
               best
               skill'd
               in
               lancing
               their
               Javelots
               .
               'T
               is
               by
               
               their
               help
               ,
            
             sayes
             
               Tacitus
               ,
               that
               the
            
             Romans
             
               have
               extended
               their
               Empire
               beyond
               the
            
             Rhene
             .
          
           
             The
             Romans
             in
             truth
             did
             think
             themselves
             happy
             to
             have
             them
             for
             friends
             and
             companions
             ;
             not
             that
             I
             deny
             but
             that
             they
             were
             in
             some
             way
             conquered
             by
             the
             same
             Romans
             ,
             whom
             they
             assisted
             much
             in
             their
             Wars
             against
             the
             Brittains
             ,
             or
             English
             ;
             witness
             the
             Brittain
             Castle
             built
             by
             the
             same
             Romans
             ;
             for
             as
             Tacitus
             sayes
             ,
             it
             was
             only
             by
             the
             force
             of
             the
             Batavi
             and
             the
             Tongri
             that
             the
             Romans
             did
             overcome
             the
             Brittains
             :
             besides
             the
             Emperours
             were
             so
             convinced
             of
             their
             fidelity
             ,
             that
             they
             us'd
             them
             as
             guards
             to
             their
             persons
             ;
             but
             because
             the
             Romans
             did
             begin
             to
             oppress
             them
             ,
             they
             revolted
             from
             them
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             reported
             by
             Tacitus
             in
             the
             fourth
             Book
             of
             his
             History
             ,
             in
             these
             words
             :
          
           
             The
             Batavi
             
               having
               been
               us'd
               in
               the
               Wars
               of
            
             Germany
             ,
             
               did
               furnish
               the
               Empire
               with
               arms
               and
               men
               ;
               their
               principall
               leaders
               were
            
             Julius
             Paulus
             and
             Claudius
             Civilis
             
               of
               the
               Royall
               Bloud
            
             ;
             Paulus
             
               being
               accus'd
               of
               rebellion
               was
               kill'd
               ,
               and
            
             Claudius
             
               put
               in
               prison
               ,
               but
               set
               at
               liberty
               by
            
             
             Galb
             〈…〉
             Civiiis
             ,
             
               being
               a
               man
               of
               parts
               ,
               took
               notice
               of
               the
               disorder
               the
               Empire
               was
               in
               ,
               and
               observing
               the
               natural
               aversion
               the
            
             Bataves
             
               had
               for
               the
            
             Romans
             ,
             
               because
               that
               in
               raising
               of
               Souldiers
               among
               them
               ,
               they
               aim'd
               more
               to
               satisfie
               their
               avarice
               and
               foul
               luxury
               ,
               than
               to
               supply
               the
               legions
               ;
               he
               fomented
               under
               hand
               at
               first
               their
               discontent
               ,
               then
               appearing
               openly
               ,
               exhorted
               them
               to
               recover
               their
               liberty
               ,
               and
               cast
               off
               the
               yoke
               of
               slavery
               .
            
             We
             are
             not
             ,
             
               said
               he
            
             ,
             treated
             like
             companions
             ,
             but
             like
             slaves
             ;
             remember
             the
             glory
             of
             your
             Ancestors
             ,
             and
             look
             upon
             the
             disorders
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             and
             the
             Gaules
             your
             neighbours
             ,
             who
             will
             joyn
             with
             you
             in
             the
             design
             of
             recovering
             your
             liberty
             .
             
               Thus
               it
               appears
               by
               this
               Writer
               that
               the
            
             Batavi
             
               were
               to
               have
               been
               the
            
             Romans
             
               companions
               ,
               and
               that
               it
               was
               for
               the
               breach
               and
               non-performance
               of
               that
               promise
               that
               they
               revolted
               ,
               and
               maintain'd
               a
               bloody
               War
               ,
               in
               which
               were
               perform'd
               many
               noble
               actions
               .
            
          
           
             The
             end
             of
             this
             War
             was
             a
             peace
             ,
             in
             which
             the
             Batavi
             were
             ca●l'd
             the
             brothers
             and
             friends
             of
             the
             Romans
             ,
             the
             title
             of
             companions
             seeming
             not
             kind
             enough
             ,
             since
             the
             Countrey
             was
             over-run
             
             by
             the
             Danes
             and
             Normans
             ,
             who
             were
             long
             masters
             of
             it
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             time
             of
             Pepin
             King
             of
             France
             they
             recover'd
             their
             liberties
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             II.
             
          
           
             
               
                 Therry
                 of
                 Aquitain
                 ,
                 the
                 First
                 Earl.
                 
              
            
             
               THe
               most
               receiv'd
               opinion
               of
               the
               learned
               Antiquaries
               is
               ,
               That
               Thyerry
               ,
               or
               Childeric
               ,
               Duke
               of
               Aquitain
               ,
               was
               made
               Earl
               of
               Holland
               by
               Charles
               the
               ball'd
               ,
               Emperour
               and
               King
               of
               France
               .
               He
               took
               possession
               of
               it
               in
               the
               year
               863
               ,
               and
               tam'd
               the
               fury
               of
               the
               Frizelanders
               ;
               his
               Subjects
               growing
               weary
               of
               the
               long
               peace
               which
               he
               did
               politickly
               keep
               with
               all
               his
               neighbours
               ,
               conspir'd
               against
               him
               ,
               and
               drive
               him
               out
               of
               Holland
               ;
               but
               ,
               by
               the
               assistance
               of
               the
               Emperour's
               Forces
               ,
               he
               subdued
               them
               ,
               and
               punished
               the
               authors
               of
               the
               rebellion
               .
               His
               Wife
               was
               Jane
               ,
               daughter
               to
               King
               Pepin
               of
               Italy
               .
               Having
               
               reigned
               forty
               years
               in
               Holland
               ,
               he
               dyed
               peaceably
               ,
               leaving
               his
               State
               to
               his
               Son.
               
            
          
           
             
               Thyerry
               ,
               the
               Second
               .
            
             
               Succeeding
               his
               Father
               ,
               married
               Hulgard
               ,
               Daughter
               to
               Lewis
               King
               of
               France
               .
               He
               overcame
               the
               Frizelanders
               in
               two
               pitch'd
               Battels
               ,
               and
               re-built
               the
               Monastery
               of
               Egmont
               which
               they
               had
               burn'd
               .
               He
               died
               after
               he
               had
               governed
               eighty
               eight
               years
               ,
               and
               lyes
               buried
               at
               Egmont
               .
            
          
           
             
               Arnulph
               ,
               or
               Arnout
               ,
               the
               Third
               .
            
             
               This
               Earl
               maintain'd
               a
               long
               War
               against
               the
               Frizelanders
               ,
               in
               which
               he
               was
               at
               last
               kil●'d
               ,
               and
               buried
               at
               Egmont
               ,
               having
               reign'd
               five
               years
               .
            
          
           
             
               Thyerry
               ,
               the
               Fourth
               .
            
             
               Thyerry
               the
               third
               was
               preferr'd
               to
               the
               dignity
               of
               Earl
               of
               Holland
               before
               his
               elder
               Brother
               ,
               and
               married
               the
               Daughter
               of
               the
               Emperour
               Otho
               .
               In
               his
               time
               
               there
               appeared
               a
               Comet
               ,
               which
               seem'd
               to
               prognostick
               the
               War
               that
               happen'd
               with
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Utrect
               ;
               after
               the
               loss
               of
               much
               Nob●lity
               ,
               the
               said
               Bishop
               was
               taken
               and
               kept
               prisoner
               for
               a
               long
               time
               ,
               because
               he
               did
               obstinately
               refuse
               all
               conditions
               of
               peace
               .
               This
               Duke
               to
               revenge
               his
               Fathers
               death
               ,
               over-ran
               and
               ruin'd
               most
               of
               East-Frizeland
               ,
               and
               at
               last
               gave
               it
               to
               Florent
               his
               younger
               Son.
               After
               this
               he
               undertook
               a
               pilgrimage
               to
               Jerusalem
               ,
               and
               died
               coming
               back
               .
            
          
           
             
               Thyerry
               ,
               the
               Fifth
               .
            
             
               Thyerry
               the
               fourth
               of
               this
               name
               ,
               and
               Earl
               of
               Holland
               ,
               being
               gone
               to
               Leege
               to
               a
               publick
               Turnament
               ,
               and
               having
               in
               it
               kill'd
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Cullen
               ,
               in
               revenge
               thereof
               was
               pursued
               to
               Dort
               ,
               and
               there
               kill'd
               .
            
          
           
             
               Florent
               ,
               the
               Sixth
               .
            
             
               Florent
               the
               first
               of
               this
               name
               succeeded
               in
               his
               Brothers
               place
               ,
               who
               died
               without
               issue
               ;
               he
               forsook
               Frizeland
               to
               come
               and
               govern
               Holland
               ;
               he
               had
               W●r
               
               with
               the
               Archbishop
               of
               Cullen
               ,
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Leege
               ,
               and
               the
               Earl
               of
               Louvain
               ,
               whom
               he
               defeated
               luckily
               by
               a
               stratagem
               invented
               by
               an
               old
               man
               ,
               who
               advis'd
               him
               to
               cause
               deep
               Ditches
               to
               be
               made
               upon
               his
               enemies
               way
               ,
               and
               to
               cover
               them
               over
               with
               straw
               and
               hay
               ;
               this
               design
               succeeded
               ,
               and
               his
               enemies
               falling
               in
               great
               numbers
               ,
               he
               charg'd
               them
               so
               smartly
               and
               at
               such
               an
               advantage
               ,
               that
               he
               obtain'd
               a
               great
               victory
               :
               the
               Archbishop
               nevertheless
               having
               rallied
               his
               scattered
               Army
               ,
               came
               again
               into
               Holland
               ,
               and
               was
               again
               defeated
               .
               A
               little
               after
               the
               Earl
               Florent
               was
               treacherously
               kill'd
               .
            
          
           
             
               Gertrude
               of
               Saxony
               ,
               the
               Seventh
               .
            
             
               This
               Princess
               took
               the
               reins
               of
               the
               Government
               in
               hand
               after
               the
               death
               of
               her
               Husband
               ,
               and
               during
               the
               minority
               of
               her
               Son.
               She
               was
               married
               a
               second
               time
               to
               Robert
               of
               Frizeland
               ,
               and
               died
               ,
               having
               govern'd
               in
               great
               tranquillity
               .
               She
               left
               divers
               Children
               by
               both
               her
               Husbands
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Robert
               of
               Frizeland
               ,
               the
               Eighth
               .
            
             
               This
               Prince
               is
               reckoned
               amongst
               the
               Earls
               of
               Holland
               ,
               though
               he
               were
               but
               Guardian
               to
               the
               young
               Thyerry
               ;
               he
               acquitted
               himself
               with
               much
               integrity
               and
               honour
               of
               this
               his
               employment
               ,
               but
               he
               was
               driven
               out
               of
               his
               State
               by
               Godfrey
               of
               Lorrain
               ,
               who
               by
               the
               strength
               and
               assistance
               of
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Utrect
               ,
               possest
               himself
               of
               his
               Countrey
               .
            
          
           
             
               Godfrey
               ,
               the
               Ninth
               .
            
             
               Godfrey
               being
               in
               possession
               of
               Holland
               ,
               built
               the
               Town
               of
               Delft
               ,
               subdued
               the
               Frizelanders
               ,
               and
               after
               a
               happy
               Reign
               was
               at
               last
               treacherously
               murdered
               .
            
          
           
             
               Thyerry
               ,
               the
               Tenth
               .
            
             
               This
               Prince
               ,
               the
               true
               and
               lawfull
               Heir
               ,
               having
               at
               last
               recover'd
               his
               own
               ,
               made
               it
               his
               business
               to
               clear
               his
               Countrey
               of
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Utrect's
               Forces
               ;
               which
               he
               did
               by
               making
               peace
               with
               him
               ;
               after
               
               which
               he
               set
               upon
               the
               Frizelanders
               ,
               and
               having
               pass'd
               his
               Army
               over
               the
               Ice
               ,
               he
               encountred
               theirs
               ,
               and
               kill'd
               four
               thousand
               upon
               the
               place
               :
               nevertheless
               they
               rallied
               ,
               and
               coming
               up
               with
               new
               Forces
               ,
               challenged
               the
               Earl
               and
               his
               Army
               ;
               which
               he
               bore
               so
               impatiently
               ,
               that
               immediately
               charging
               them
               with
               all
               fury
               ,
               he
               routed
               them
               ,
               and
               in
               pursuit
               of
               his
               victory
               spar'd
               neither
               man
               ,
               woman
               ,
               nor
               childe
               .
               This
               bloody
               execution
               made
               them
               promise
               obedience
               .
               After
               which
               the
               Earl
               died
               in
               1091.
               having
               reigned
               fifteen
               years
               :
               his
               W●fe
               was
               of
               the
               House
               of
               Saxony
               .
            
          
           
             
               Florent
               the
               Fat
               ,
               the
               Eleventh
               .
            
             
               This
               Flo●ent
               govern'd
               Holland
               for
               thirty
               one
               years
               ,
               being
               a
               very
               tall
               corpulent
               man
               ,
               his
               inclination
               was
               peace
               ,
               and
               was
               very
               charitable
               .
               He
               left
               four
               Children
               by
               his
               Wife
               Petronella
               of
               Saxony
               ,
               Sister
               to
               the
               Emperour
               Lotaire
               .
               He
               died
               in
               the
               flower
               of
               his
               age
               ,
               and
               left
               the
               administration
               to
               his
               Wife
               ,
               during
               the
               minority
               of
               his
               Children
               .
               All
               his
               Subjects
               had
               a
               great
               respect
               and
               
               veneration
               for
               his
               piety
               .
            
          
           
             
               Thyerry
               ,
               the
               Twelfth
               .
            
             
               Thyerry
               the
               sixth
               of
               that
               name
               was
               married
               to
               Sophia
               ,
               Daughter
               to
               
                 Otho
                 Count
                 Palatine
              
               ,
               by
               whom
               he
               had
               four
               Sons
               and
               three
               Daughters
               .
               He
               chastized
               the
               Friz●landers
               ,
               but
               they
               rallying
               again
               fell
               stoutly
               upon
               North-Holland
               ,
               and
               burnt
               the
               Town
               of
               Alcmaer
               ,
               being
               in
               a
               way
               to
               make
               their
               anger
               still
               more
               sensible
               to
               his
               State
               ,
               if
               he
               had
               not
               resolutely
               opposed
               them
               .
               A
               little
               after
               hearing
               that
               his
               Brother-in-law
               was
               taken
               prisoner
               by
               them
               ,
               and
               that
               his
               Forces
               were
               also
               defeated
               by
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Utrect
               ,
               he
               immediately
               led
               his
               Army
               ,
               and
               sate
               down
               before
               the
               Town
               with
               so
               much
               resolution
               ,
               that
               he
               had
               undoubtedly
               taken
               it
               ,
               had
               not
               the
               Bishop
               for
               a
               last
               shift
               put
               on
               his
               Pontificall
               habit
               ,
               and
               come
               out
               with
               the
               rest
               of
               his
               Clergy
               to
               excommunicate
               the
               Count.
               Thyerry
               then
               fell
               upon
               his
               knees
               ,
               and
               to
               avoid
               the
               excommunication
               ,
               asked
               pardon
               and
               raised
               his
               siege
               .
               He
               was
               at
               l●st
               kill'd
               by
               the
               Frizelanders
               ,
               having
               reign'd
               forty
               five
               years
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Florent
               ,
               the
               Thirteenth
               .
            
             
               Florent
               took
               place
               after
               Thyerry
               ,
               and
               married
               with
               great
               transport
               of
               joy
               the
               Daughter
               of
               the
               King
               of
               Scotland
               ,
               which
               Wibold
               Abbot
               of
               Egmond
               had
               brought
               to
               one
               of
               the
               Sea-Towns
               .
               He
               had
               by
               her
               four
               Sons
               and
               four
               Daughters
               .
               He
               chastized
               the
               Frizelanders
               ,
               who
               had
               once
               again
               burnt
               Alcmaer
               ,
               and
               died
               gloriously
               at
               Antioch
               ,
               after
               he
               had
               seen
               the
               Sarrasins
               defeated
               and
               driven
               out
               of
               the
               
                 holy
                 Land.
              
               
            
          
           
             
               Thierry
               ,
               the
               Fourteenth
               .
            
             
               Thierry
               succeeded
               ,
               and
               had
               by
               his
               Wife
               Alide
               of
               Cleves
               two
               Daughters
               ,
               whereof
               one
               was
               married
               to
               Henry
               of
               Gueldre
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               to
               the
               Earl
               of
               Loen
               .
               He
               made
               War
               in
               Brabant
               ,
               and
               took
               Boisteduc
               ;
               but
               was
               at
               last
               taken
               prisoner
               by
               the
               Duke
               of
               Lorrain
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ada
               ,
               the
               Fifteenth
               .
            
             
               Ada
               Countess
               of
               Holland
               ,
               and
               
               Daughter
               to
               Thierry
               ,
               did
               not
               govern
               long
               ;
               for
               being
               married
               to
               the
               Earl
               of
               Loen
               ,
               whom
               most
               of
               the
               neighbouring
               Princes
               did
               envy
               ,
               there
               were
               many
               seditions
               fomented
               in
               her
               State
               ,
               which
               at
               last
               broke
               out
               with
               great
               effusion
               of
               blood
               .
            
          
           
             
               William
               the
               Sixteenth
               .
            
             
               William
               the
               first
               of
               the
               name
               succeeded
               his
               Brother
               Thierry
               ,
               and
               his
               Neece
               Ada.
               He
               had
               War
               with
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Utrect
               ,
               and
               on
               both
               sides
               the
               Countrey
               was
               much
               ruin'd
               ;
               but
               by
               agreement
               at
               last
               he
               was
               to
               pay
               to
               the
               Bishop
               a
               thousand
               Talents
               .
               Upon
               the
               news
               of
               the
               death
               of
               his
               Uncle
               the
               King
               of
               Scotland
               ,
               he
               immediately
               rigg'd
               out
               a
               great
               Fleet
               ,
               to
               put
               himself
               in
               possession
               of
               that
               Kingdome
               ;
               which
               he
               thought
               was
               his
               right
               ,
               and
               in
               pursuance
               of
               his
               design
               landed
               in
               Scotland
               ,
               and
               took
               divers
               Towns
               ;
               but
               hearing
               the
               Earl
               of
               Loen
               his
               Nephew
               was
               come
               into
               Holland
               with
               an
               Army
               ,
               he
               forsook
               the
               uncertain
               for
               the
               certain
               .
               He
               had
               two
               Wives
               ,
               Alide
               of
               Gueldres
               ,
               (
               by
               whom
               
               he
               had
               three
               Sons
               and
               two
               Daughters
               ;
               )
               and
               Mary
               ,
               Daughter
               to
               the
               Duke
               of
               Lancaster
               ,
               who
               had
               no
               Children
               .
               He
               died
               in
               the
               year
               1223.
               having
               reign'd
               nineteen
               years
               .
            
          
           
             
               Florent
               ,
               the
               Seventeenth
               .
            
             
               Florent
               the
               fourth
               Son
               to
               William
               ,
               was
               married
               to
               Matthild
               ,
               Daughter
               of
               the
               Duke
               of
               Brabant
               ;
               who
               had
               two
               Sons
               ,
               William
               and
               Florent
               ,
               and
               two
               Daughters
               ,
               Alide
               Coun●ess
               of
               Hainaut
               ,
               and
               Matthild
               Countess
               of
               Heneberg
               ,
               that
               had
               at
               one
               birth
               as
               many
               Children
               as
               there
               are
               days
               in
               the
               year
               .
               This
               Prince
               was
               extream
               valiant
               ,
               which
               was
               the
               cause
               of
               his
               death
               ;
               for
               the
               Countess
               of
               Clermont
               having
               heard
               much
               of
               his
               valour
               ,
               was
               so
               desirous
               to
               see
               him
               ,
               that
               she
               entreated
               her
               Husband
               to
               publish
               a
               solemn
               Turnament
               ;
               Florent
               fail'd
               not
               to
               be
               there
               ,
               and
               by
               his
               noble
               carriage
               so
               charm'd
               the
               Countess
               ;
               that
               she
               could
               not
               hold
               praising
               of
               him
               before
               her
               Husband
               ;
               who
               thereupon
               conceiv'd
               so
               much
               jealousie
               ,
               that
               he
               caused
               him
               to
               be
               barbarously
               murder'd
               in
               
               the
               flower
               of
               his
               age
               .
               His
               Body
               was
               transported
               into
               Holland
               ,
               and
               buried
               at
               Rinsburg
               .
            
          
           
             
               William
               ,
               the
               Eighteenth
               .
            
             
               William
               the
               second
               ,
               being
               yet
               under
               age
               ,
               succeeded
               to
               his
               Father
               ,
               under
               the
               Guardianship
               of
               his
               Uncle
               the
               Bishop
               ;
               his
               Wife
               was
               Elizabeth
               of
               Brunswick
               ,
               by
               whom
               he
               had
               Florent
               .
               This
               Prince
               was
               of
               a
               very
               warlike
               temper
               ,
               and
               by
               reason
               of
               his
               valour
               was
               chosen
               King
               of
               the
               Romans
               ,
               at
               the
               age
               of
               twenty
               years
               .
               He
               first
               held
               a
               Court
               at
               the
               Hague
               ,
               to
               hear
               the
               complaints
               of
               the
               Hollanders
               and
               Zelanders
               ;
               in
               the
               protection
               of
               whom
               ,
               he
               sent
               his
               Brother
               with
               an
               Army
               against
               the
               Flemmings
               ,
               who
               were
               entred
               the
               Island
               of
               Walkeren
               in
               Zeland
               .
               There
               was
               so
               stout
               a
               ●encounter
               between
               the
               two
               Armies
               ,
               that
               the
               ground
               for
               a
               great
               space
               was
               all
               covered
               with
               the
               blood
               of
               the
               Flemmings
               .
               The
               King
               upon
               the
               news
               ●astened
               into
               Zeland
               ,
               and
               sav'd
               the
               lives
               of
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Flemmings
               ,
               but
               sent
               them
               away
               stark
               naked
               .
               After
               this
               
               he
               went
               into
               Germany
               ,
               where
               he
               was
               receiv'd
               with
               great
               honour
               and
               joy
               ;
               coming
               back
               ,
               he
               overcame
               the
               Frizelanders
               in
               one
               Battell
               ,
               and
               a
               little
               before
               the
               second
               he
               was
               kill'd
               ,
               having
               govern'd
               twenty
               one
               years
               .
               It
               was
               he
               that
               founded
               the
               Colledge
               of
               the
               Heemrades
               ,
               where
               a
               Diikgrave
               presides
               .
            
          
           
             
               Florent
               ,
               the
               Nineteenth
               .
            
             
               This
               Prince
               was
               two
               years
               under
               the
               Guardianship
               of
               his
               Uncle
               and
               his
               Aunt
               ,
               Alide
               Countess
               of
               Haina●t
               .
               To
               make
               up
               the
               difference
               between
               the
               Hollanders
               and
               Flemmings
               ,
               he
               married
               Beat●ix
               of
               Flanders
               ,
               by
               whom
               he
               had
               five
               Sons
               and
               three
               Daughters
               ,
               the
               youngest
               of
               which
               ,
               Margaret
               ,
               was
               Queen
               of
               England
               .
               To
               revenge
               his
               Fathers
               death
               he
               fell
               upon
               the
               Frizelanders
               ,
               whom
               he
               worsted
               ,
               and
               recover'd
               the
               dead
               Body
               of
               his
               Father
               ,
               which
               he
               caused
               to
               be
               buried
               with
               royall
               obsequies
               .
               In
               his
               old
               age
               he
               corrupted
               the
               Wife
               of
               one
               
                 Gerard
                 de
                 Velsen
              
               ,
               a
               Gentleman
               of
               his
               Court
               ,
               whom
               he
               had
               much
               lov●●
               ;
               and
               it
               was
               rather
               to
               affront
               him
               ,
               than
               
               out
               of
               a
               desire
               to
               satisfie
               his
               lusts
               ;
               but
               Gerard
               and
               
                 Herman
                 de
                 Vourd
              
               ,
               his
               Father-in-law
               ,
               resolv'd
               to
               be
               reveng'd
               ,
               and
               by
               conspiracy
               seized
               the
               Earls
               person
               ,
               and
               carried
               him
               to
               the
               Castle
               of
               Mude
               ;
               where
               ,
               hearing
               of
               the
               Preparations
               made
               in
               Holland
               against
               them
               ,
               they
               made
               the
               Earl
               get
               on
               Horseback
               ,
               thinking
               to
               convey
               him
               into
               England
               ;
               but
               being
               too
               hotly
               pursued
               ,
               Gerard
               gave
               him
               twenty
               two
               wounds
               with
               his
               Sword
               ,
               and
               left
               him
               dead
               in
               a
               Ditch
               .
               This
               murder
               remain'd
               not
               unrevenged
               ;
               for
               some
               Authors
               write
               that
               Gerard
               being
               taken
               ,
               was
               put
               into
               a
               Hogshead
               full
               of
               sharp
               nails
               ,
               and
               so
               rolled
               up
               and
               down
               the
               Streets
               at
               Leyden
               till
               he
               died
               .
            
          
           
             
               John
               ,
               the
               Twentieth
               .
            
             
               John
               the
               first
               of
               that
               name
               ,
               being
               in
               England
               at
               the
               time
               of
               his
               Fathers
               death
               ,
               there
               was
               some
               trouble
               in
               Holland
               ,
               which
               was
               soon
               appeased
               by
               his
               presence
               .
               He
               married
               Elizabeth
               ,
               Daughter
               to
               Edward
               King
               of
               England
               ,
               by
               whom
               he
               had
               no
               Children
               .
               In
               his
               time
               there
               was
               a
               Giant
               in
               Holland
               ,
               
               nam'd
               Nicolas
               ,
               to
               whom
               other
               men
               compared
               were
               but
               Dwarfs
               ;
               his
               Shooe
               was
               so
               wide
               that
               four
               men
               together
               could
               set
               all
               their
               feet
               in
               it
               .
               The
               said
               Earl
               John
               died
               at
               Harlem
               ,
               having
               reigned
               three
               years
               ,
               and
               made
               room
               for
               the
               House
               of
               Hainaut
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             III.
             
          
           
             
               The
               House
               of
               Hainaut
               .
            
          
           
             
               John
               of
               Hainaut
               ,
               the
               Twenty
               first
               .
            
             
               JOhn
               the
               second
               of
               this
               name
               ,
               Son
               to
               Alide
               Countess
               of
               Hainaut
               ,
               Sister
               to
               King
               William
               ,
               succeeded
               his
               Cousin-german
               in
               1299.
               and
               took
               in
               marriage
               Philippine
               ,
               Daughter
               to
               the
               Duke
               of
               Luxemburg
               ,
               by
               whom
               he
               had
               three
               Sons
               and
               four
               Daughters
               .
               He
               was
               five
               years
               Earl
               of
               Holland
               ,
               and
               did
               defend
               with
               much
               vigour
               his
               Brother
               ,
               who
               was
               Bishop
               of
               Utrect
               ,
               against
               those
               who
               endeavoured
               to
               deprive
               him
               of
               his
               Bishoprick
               .
               It
               is
               said
               ,
               that
               in
               those
               dayes
               
               there
               was
               seen
               in
               the
               Air
               an
               arm'd
               Knight
               ,
               who
               with
               a
               loud
               voice
               animated
               the
               people
               to
               War
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               Sea
               also
               was
               seen
               full
               of
               Ships
               ,
               which
               vanished
               before
               the
               eyes
               of
               them
               that
               curiosity
               had
               brought
               upon
               the
               shore
               .
               These
               apparitions
               were
               taken
               as
               prognosticks
               of
               the
               War
               ,
               that
               a
               little
               after
               happened
               between
               the
               Hollanders
               and
               Flemmings
               in
               Zeland
               ;
               in
               which
               the
               Flemmings
               were
               defeated
               by
               the
               valour
               of
               William
               ,
               Son
               to
               the
               Earl
               John
               ;
               but
               he
               outliv'd
               his
               victory
               a
               very
               small
               time
               ,
               and
               lies
               buried
               at
               Valenciennes
               .
            
          
           
             
               William
               ,
               sirnamed
               the
               Good
               ,
               the
               Twenty
               second
               .
            
             
               William
               the
               third
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               his
               good
               nature
               and
               vertuous
               disposition
               ,
               was
               call'd
               the
               Good.
               He
               had
               divers
               Children
               by
               his
               Wife
               Jane
               of
               Valois
               ,
               viz.
               
                 William
                 ,
                 Lewis
                 ,
                 John
                 ,
                 Margaret
              
               Dutchess
               of
               Bavaria
               and
               Empress
               ,
               Jane
               Countess
               of
               
                 Juliers
                 ,
                 Philippine
              
               Queen
               of
               England
               ,
               and
               Elizabeth
               .
               In
               his
               time
               Holland
               was
               much
               aff●●cted
               with
               plague
               and
               famine
               .
               In
               the
               year
               
               1328.
               
               Philip
               King
               of
               France
               gave
               a
               great
               overthrow
               to
               the
               Flemmings
               ,
               being
               assisted
               by
               the
               Forces
               of
               this
               Earl.
               He
               reign'd
               thirty
               three
               years
               .
            
          
           
             
               William
               ,
               the
               Twenty
               third
               .
            
             
               This
               young
               Prince
               led
               an
               Army
               into
               Spain
               ,
               to
               assist
               that
               King
               against
               the
               Infidels
               ,
               and
               got
               much
               honour
               in
               that
               War.
               Being
               come
               back
               into
               Holland
               ,
               he
               besieged
               Utrect
               ,
               and
               being
               ready
               to
               take
               and
               sack
               the
               Town
               ,
               he
               was
               prevail'd
               upon
               by
               the
               Gentry
               to
               give
               the
               Citizens
               their
               lives
               ,
               upon
               condition
               that
               five
               hundred
               of
               the
               best
               qualified
               should
               come
               bare-foot
               and
               bare-head
               ,
               and
               fall
               down
               upon
               their
               knees
               before
               him
               ,
               and
               crave
               his
               pardon
               for
               their
               faults
               .
               After
               this
               he
               went
               against
               the
               Frizelanders
               ,
               where
               fighting
               too
               boldly
               ,
               he
               was
               kill'd
               near
               Staveron
               .
               He
               left
               no
               Children
               by
               his
               Wife
               Jane
               of
               Brabant
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Margaret
                 August
              
               ,
               Countess
               ,
               the
               Twenty
               fourth
               .
            
             
               This
               Princess
               was
               Daughter
               of
               William
               the
               Good
               ,
               and
               Wife
               to
               Lewis
               of
               Bavaria
               ,
               Emperour
               .
               She
               came
               with
               a
               great
               retinue
               into
               Holland
               ,
               and
               having
               took
               possession
               gave
               the
               Government
               to
               her
               Son
               William
               ,
               reserving
               for
               her self
               a
               Pension
               every
               year
               .
               She
               sold
               all
               the
               Estates
               the
               Frizelanders
               had
               in
               Holland
               ,
               to
               revenge
               her
               Brothers
               death
               .
               She
               died
               in
               the
               year
               1355.
               and
               in
               her
               ended
               the
               House
               of
               Hainant
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             IV.
             
          
           
             
               The
               House
               of
               Bavaria
               .
            
          
           
             
               William
               of
               Bavaria
               ,
               the
               Twenty
               fifth
               .
            
             
               VVIlliam
               the
               fifth
               ,
               Duke
               of
               Bavaria
               ,
               and
               Son
               to
               the
               Empress
               Margaret
               ,
               govern'd
               three
               years
               ,
               and
               had
               no
               Children
               by
               his
               Wife
               ,
               who
               
               was
               of
               the
               House
               of
               Lancaster
               .
               He
               ran
               mad
               ,
               and
               kill'd
               a
               Gentleman
               of
               great
               quality
               ;
               whereupon
               his
               Subjects
               gave
               him
               a
               Guardian
               ,
               who
               was
            
          
           
             
               Albert
               ,
               the
               Twenty
               sixth
               .
            
             
               Albert
               ,
               his
               Brother
               govern'd
               as
               Guardian
               for
               the
               space
               of
               thirty
               years
               ;
               after
               which
               time
               the
               right
               fell
               to
               him
               ,
               and
               he
               reign'd
               sixteen
               more
               .
               He
               had
               by
               his
               first
               Wife
               ,
               
                 William
                 ,
                 Albert
              
               ,
               and
               John
               ,
               afterwards
               Bishop
               of
               
                 Leege
                 ,
                 Katherine
              
               Dutchess
               of
               
                 Gueldres
                 ,
                 Mary
              
               of
               
                 Burgundy
                 ,
                 Jane
              
               of
               Austria
               ,
               and
               Jane
               Queen
               of
               Bohemia
               .
               In
               second
               marriage
               he
               took
               the
               Daughter
               of
               the
               Duke
               of
               Cleves
               .
               The
               Frizelanders
               felt
               the
               effects
               of
               his
               just
               anger
               .
            
          
           
             
               William
               ,
               the
               Twenty
               seventh
               .
            
             
               William
               the
               sixth
               ,
               Son
               to
               Albert
               ,
               was
               twice
               married
               ,
               first
               to
               the
               Daughter
               of
               Charles
               King
               of
               France
               ,
               who
               died
               without
               issue
               ;
               secondly
               to
               the
               Daughter
               of
               Philip
               the
               bold
               Duke
               of
               Brabant
               ,
               by
               whom
               he
               had
               a
               Daughter
               
               call'd
               Jacqueline
               .
               He
               made
               War
               with
               the
               Duke
               of
               Gueldres
               ;
               but
               after
               he
               made
               not
               only
               peace
               but
               friendship
               with
               him
               .
               A
               little
               before
               he
               died
               he
               made
               an
               assembly
               of
               the
               States
               ,
               in
               which
               his
               Daughter
               was
               by
               common
               consent
               proclaim'd
               his
               Heiress
               .
               He
               died
               in
               the
               same
               year
               ,
               which
               was
               the
               thirteenth
               of
               his
               Reign
               .
            
          
           
             
               Jacqueline
               ,
               the
               Twenty
               eighth
               .
            
             
               Jacqueline
               being
               sixteen
               years
               old
               ,
               was
               married
               to
               the
               Dolphin
               of
               France
               ,
               Son
               to
               Charles
               the
               sixth
               ,
               who
               died
               the
               first
               year
               of
               their
               marriage
               ,
               and
               left
               her
               at
               liberty
               to
               marry
               John
               Son
               to
               the
               Duke
               of
               Brabant
               ;
               but
               this
               marriage
               being
               void
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               proximity
               of
               blood
               ,
               they
               being
               Cousin-germans
               ,
               before
               the
               cause
               could
               be
               decided
               at
               Rome
               ;
               she
               went
               into
               England
               ,
               and
               there
               was
               married
               anew
               to
               Humphrey
               Duke
               of
               Gloucester
               ,
               Brother
               to
               King
               Henry
               :
               but
               this
               marriage
               being
               likewise
               made
               void
               by
               the
               Pope
               ,
               she
               married
               
                 Francis
                 de
                 Borsales
              
               ,
               who
               was
               taken
               prisoner
               by
               the
               Duke
               of
               Burgundy
               .
               
               In
               her
               time
               there
               were
               many
               civil
               Wars
               ;
               and
               by
               her
               death
               her
               State
               fell
               to
               Philip
               of
               Burgundy
               ,
               and
               in
               her
               ended
               the
               House
               of
               Bavaria
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             V.
             
          
           
             
               The
               House
               of
               Burgundy
               .
            
          
           
             
               Philip
               the
               Good
               ,
               the
               Twenty
               ninth
               .
            
             
               PHilip
               of
               Burgundy
               ,
               Son
               to
               John
               of
               Burgundy
               ,
               and
               Margaret
               Daughter
               of
               Albert
               ,
               Duke
               of
               Bavaria
               ,
               added
               this
               noble
               accession
               to
               his
               Dutchy
               .
               He
               had
               three
               Wives
               ,
               the
               first
               Michelle
               ,
               Daughter
               to
               Charles
               the
               sixth
               King
               of
               France
               ,
               who
               died
               without
               Children
               .
               His
               second
               was
               Claudina
               ,
               Daughter
               to
               Robert
               Earl
               of
               Heu
               ,
               who
               was
               also
               barren
               .
               His
               third
               was
               Isabelle
               of
               Portugal
               ,
               by
               whom
               he
               had
               three
               Sons
               ,
               who
               died
               young
               ,
               and
               the
               fourth
               nam'd
               Charles
               Earl
               of
               Charolo●●
               lived
               .
               He
               govern'd
               thirty
               four
               years
               ;
               he
               was
               a
               vertuous
               witty
               Prince
               .
               One
               day
               some
               body
               
               telling
               him
               ,
               that
               the
               inhabitants
               of
               G●●nt
               did
               much
               court
               his
               Son
               Charles
               ;
               he
               answer'd
               that
               they
               were
               much
               given
               to
               love
               their
               Masters
               Son
               ,
               but
               that
               they
               would
               hate
               him
               when
               he
               should
               be
               their
               Master
               .
               He
               receiv'd
               some
               injury
               from
               the
               King
               of
               England
               ,
               and
               in
               revenge
               ,
               besieged
               Calais
               with
               a
               prodigious
               Army
               ;
               but
               the
               inhabitants
               of
               Ghent
               and
               Bruges
               forsaking
               his
               Army
               ,
               because
               he
               did
               not
               act
               according
               to
               their
               hasty
               expectations
               ,
               were
               the
               ruine
               of
               his
               design
               .
               This
               Prince
               was
               the
               first
               that
               instituted
               at
               the
               Hague
               the
               Order
               of
               the
               
                 Golden
                 Fleece
              
               ,
               and
               it
               has
               been
               since
               transferr'd
               to
               the
               House
               of
               Austria
               .
               His
               ordinary
               stay
               was
               at
               Bruges
               in
               Flanders
               ,
               where
               he
               died
               .
            
          
           
             
               Charles
               Earl
               of
               Charolois
               ,
               the
               Thirtieth
               .
            
             
               Charles
               ,
               sirnamed
               the
               Warrier
               ,
               succeeded
               to
               his
               Father
               .
               By
               his
               first
               Wife
               Katherine
               of
               France
               he
               had
               no
               Children
               ;
               but
               by
               his
               second
               ,
               Elizabeth
               of
               Bourbon
               ,
               he
               had
               the
               Princess
               Mary
               .
               War
               was
               this
               Princes
               inclination
               ,
               which
               he
               
               begun
               against
               the
               King
               of
               
                 France
                 ,
                 Lewis
              
               the
               eleventh
               .
               He
               chastized
               the
               inhabitants
               of
               Liege
               ,
               and
               caused
               the
               Town
               to
               be
               laid
               waste
               .
               He
               was
               still
               out-witted
               by
               Lewis
               ,
               though
               he
               were
               assisted
               by
               the
               Constable
               de
               St.
               Paul
               ,
               whom
               Lewis
               beheaded
               .
               He
               drove
               the
               Duke
               of
               Larrain
               out
               of
               his
               Countrey
               ,
               who
               recover'd
               it
               again
               by
               the
               assistance
               of
               the
               Swissers
               ,
               against
               whom
               by
               his
               fault
               he
               lost
               a
               great
               Battle
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               hopes
               of
               revenge
               ,
               having
               engaged
               them
               with
               a
               new
               Army
               ,
               he
               lost
               above
               sixteen
               thousand
               men
               .
               And
               at
               last
               (
               his
               ill
               fortune
               still
               pursuing
               him
               )
               he
               went
               to
               besiege
               Nancy
               ,
               and
               was
               there
               betrayed
               by
               an
               Italian
               ,
               whom
               he
               loved
               and
               trusted
               too
               much
               ,
               his
               Army
               defeated
               ,
               and
               himself
               kill'd
               upon
               the
               place
               .
               It
               is
               thought
               that
               his
               design
               was
               to
               have
               extended
               his
               Dominions
               as
               far
               as
               Italy
               ,
               by
               Lorrain
               and
               the
               Swissers
               ;
               and
               that
               he
               had
               often
               desir'd
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               to
               erect
               his
               States
               into
               a
               Kingdome
               .
               Never
               Prince
               was
               more
               courted
               by
               forreign
               Powers
               than
               he
               ;
               for
               he
               had
               one
               only
               Daughter
               ,
               extream
               handsome
               ,
               and
               who
               was
               to
               inherit
               all
               his
               
               Dominions
               ;
               he
               promis'd
               her
               to
               none
               ,
               but
               gave
               fair
               words
               to
               all
               .
               His
               death
               was
               much
               resented
               by
               his
               Subjects
               ,
               and
               hardly
               beleev'd
               by
               the
               
                 Hollanders
                 .
                 Lewis
              
               King
               of
               France
               was
               very
               glad
               of
               his
               death
               ,
               for
               he
               stood
               much
               in
               awe
               of
               his
               power
               ;
               and
               't
               is
               thought
               ,
               that
               he
               prevailed
               with
               money
               upon
               this
               Italian
               ,
               to
               betray
               him
               .
            
          
           
             
               Mary
               Countess
               of
               Charolois
               ,
               Dutchess
               of
               Burgundy
               ,
               and
               Countess
               of
               Holland
               ,
               the
               Thirty
               first
               .
            
             
               The
               loss
               of
               this
               great
               Warriour
               ,
               brought
               a
               great
               consternation
               amongst
               his
               people
               ,
               and
               made
               them
               assemble
               the
               generall
               States
               at
               Louvain
               ,
               to
               take
               care
               for
               the
               safety
               of
               those
               Provinces
               ,
               and
               their
               Mistress
               .
               This
               young
               Lady
               was
               then
               about
               fourteen
               years
               old
               ,
               when
               the
               tragick
               news
               of
               her
               Fathers
               death
               ,
               reach'd
               her
               ears
               .
               The
               Emperour
               Ferdinand
               did
               desire
               her
               for
               his
               Son
               Maximilian
               ;
               and
               Lewis
               of
               France
               for
               his
               Dolphin
               Charles
               ;
               and
               it
               seem'd
               that
               the
               Ladies
               inclinations
               were
               more
               inclin'd
               o
               the
               French
               :
               but
               they
               too
               
               hasty
               to
               seize
               the
               prey
               ,
               having
               entred
               Artois
               with
               an
               Army
               ,
               the
               States
               gave
               her
               to
               Maximilian
               ,
               the
               Emperours
               Son
               ;
               the
               Countess
               of
               Meguen
               her
               Governant
               having
               boldly
               said
               ,
               that
               the
               Princess
               was
               of
               age
               to
               bear
               a
               man
               ,
               and
               therefore
               they
               should
               not
               give
               her
               a
               childe
               ,
               such
               as
               the
               Dolphin
               of
               France
               was
               .
            
             
               The
               French
               upon
               this
               marriage
               were
               so
               incensed
               ,
               that
               they
               laid
               wast
               all
               the
               Countrey
               of
               Artois
               ;
               and
               from
               thence
               fell
               upon
               Hainaut
               .
               They
               tryed
               also
               to
               annoy
               these
               Provinces
               by
               Sea
               ,
               but
               were
               beaten
               by
               the
               Hollanders
               .
               This
               excellent
               Lady
               having
               liv'd
               some
               years
               in
               admirable
               union
               with
               her
               Husband
               ,
               fell
               one
               day
               as
               she
               was
               a
               hunting
               ,
               and
               broke
               two
               ribbs
               ;
               whereupon
               a
               Feaver
               citing
               her
               ,
               she
               died
               in
               the
               year
               1482.
               
               She
               left
               a
               Son
               call'd
               Philip
               ,
               and
               Margaret
               her
               Daughter
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VI.
             
          
           
             
               The
               House
               of
               Austria
               .
            
          
           
             
               Maximilian
               ,
               the
               Thirty
               second
               .
            
             
               THis
               Imperiall
               Prince
               having
               married
               the
               Princess
               Mary
               at
               Ghent
               ,
               was
               declar'd
               Earl
               of
               Holland
               .
               His
               first
               care
               was
               to
               invite
               all
               his
               Nobility
               ,
               to
               be
               reveng'd
               of
               the
               French
               ,
               for
               pillaging
               Maries
               Territories
               :
               in
               effect
               he
               defeated
               them
               ,
               and
               took
               the
               Town
               of
               Tournay
               ;
               and
               a
               year
               after
               he
               constituted
               for
               his
               Lieutenant
               in
               
                 Holland
                 ,
                 Nun.
                 de
                 lalain
                 seigneur
                 de
                 montigny
                 ,
              
               and
               Knight
               of
               the
               golden
               Fleece
               .
            
             
               After
               the
               death
               of
               Mary
               ,
               the
               French
               pretended
               that
               the
               care
               of
               the
               Children
               did
               belong
               to
               them
               ;
               but
               it
               was
               judged
               for
               the
               Father
               .
               He
               was
               at
               last
               chosen
               Emperour
               ,
               and
               died
               in
               the
               year
               1519.
               in
               January
               .
               Thus
               the
               
                 Low
                 Countreys
              
               became
               annexed
               to
               the
               House
               of
               Austria
               ;
               and
               by
               the
               marriage
               of
               
                 Philip
                 ,
                 
                 Maximilians
              
               Son
               ,
               to
               Jane
               of
               Castile
               ,
               was
               fram'd
               that
               great
               House
               ,
               which
               has
               so
               long
               given
               subject
               of
               fears
               and
               jealousies
               to
               all
               Europe
               .
            
          
           
             
               Philip
               of
               Austria
               ,
               the
               Thirty
               third
               .
            
             
               This
               Prince
               ,
               firnam'd
               the
               Delight
               of
               Mankind
               ,
               for
               his
               beauty
               and
               goodness
               ,
               was
               married
               to
               Jane
               ,
               Daughter
               to
               Ferdinand
               of
               Castile
               .
               He
               brought
               her
               into
               the
               Low-Countreys
               ,
               and
               there
               she
               was
               brought
               abed
               of
               Charles
               ,
               who
               was
               afterwards
               Emperour
               ;
               as
               also
               of
               another
               Son
               ,
               nam'd
               Ferdinand
               .
               Then
               he
               return'd
               into
               Spain
               ,
               and
               so
               won
               the
               hearts
               of
               all
               the
               Nobility
               there
               ,
               that
               his
               Father-in-law
               Ferdinand
               became
               jealous
               of
               him
               ,
               but
               durst
               not
               trust
               any
               body
               with
               his
               jealousie
               :
               nay
               such
               was
               his
               distrust
               ,
               that
               he
               began
               to
               hate
               that
               great
               Captain
               ,
               
                 D●n
                 Gonsaloe
              
               .
               But
               Philip
               freed
               him
               from
               his
               fears
               ,
               by
               dying
               in
               Spain
               ,
               which
               made
               many
               suspect
               poison
               .
               His
               Wife
               did
               love
               him
               so
               passionately
               ,
               that
               she
               ran
               mad
               ,
               and
               died
               not
               long
               after
               him
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               ,
               of
               Austria
               ,
               Emperour
               ,
               King
               of
               Spain
               ,
               and
               Earl
               of
               Holland
               ,
               the
               Thirty
               fourth
               .
            
             
               Charles
               was
               born
               at
               Gheat
               ,
               in
               the
               year
               1500.
               the
               twenty
               fourth
               of
               February
               .
               His
               Father
               died
               when
               he
               was
               but
               six
               years
               old
               ;
               and
               at
               fifteen
               ,
               he
               was
               receiv'd
               as
               Prince
               in
               the
               Low-Countreys
               ;
               at
               eighteen
               he
               was
               acknowledg'd
               King
               of
               Spain
               ;
               and
               proclaim'd
               Emperour
               at
               nineteen
               .
               He
               was
               very
               well
               bred
               up
               by
               his
               Aunt
               Margaret
               ,
               and
               his
               Tutor
               ,
               Adrian
               of
               Utrect
               ,
               whom
               he
               afterwards
               made
               Pope
               .
            
             
               He
               was
               solemnly
               crown'd
               King
               of
               Spain
               at
               Valladolid
               ;
               but
               while
               he
               was
               absent
               in
               the
               
                 Low
                 Countreys
              
               ,
               the
               Spaniards
               revolted
               from
               him
               .
            
             
               Francis
               the
               first
               ,
               King
               of
               France
               ,
               stood
               with
               him
               to
               be
               chosen
               Emperour
               ,
               but
               fail'd
               of
               his
               pretensions
               :
               thence
               sprung
               an
               animosity
               between
               them
               ,
               which
               caus'd
               many
               bloody
               Wars
               ,
               wherein
               Charles
               his
               good
               fortune
               prevail'd
               ;
               for
               he
               took
               Francis
               prisoner
               ,
               and
               for
               his
               ransome
               ,
               made
               him
               yeeld
               
               all
               his
               right
               to
               
                 Naples
                 ,
                 Milan
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Low-Countreys
               .
               In
               his
               time
               ,
               and
               under
               his
               colours
               ,
               Rome
               was
               taken
               ,
               and
               sack'd
               ,
               and
               the
               Pope
               kept
               prisoner
               .
               He
               bought
               the
               Lordship
               of
               Utrect
               and
               Transilvania
               ,
               and
               annexed
               them
               to
               the
               rest
               .
               Solyman
               the
               Emperour
               of
               the
               Turks
               ,
               had
               besieged
               Vienna
               ;
               but
               hearing
               of
               Charles
               his
               approach
               ,
               rais'd
               his
               siege
               ,
               and
               march'd
               away
               .
               He
               overcame
               the
               Protestant
               Princes
               ,
               took
               the
               Duke
               of
               Saxony
               ,
               and
               the
               Landgrave
               of
               Hessen
               .
               He
               pass'd
               over
               into
               Africa
               ,
               and
               took
               the
               Town
               of
               Tunis
               .
               These
               are
               couragious
               actions
               ;
               but
               the
               boldest
               of
               all
               was
               ,
               when
               he
               trusted
               his
               person
               in
               the
               hands
               of
               his
               mortall
               enemy
               ,
               Francis
               the
               first
               ;
               which
               was
               upon
               this
               occasion
               :
               The
               inhabitants
               of
               Ghent
               were
               revolted
               ,
               and
               did
               desire
               the
               French
               to
               protect
               them
               ;
               Charles
               then
               in
               Spain
               ,
               demands
               passage
               through
               France
               ;
               and
               safe
               conduct
               ,
               which
               was
               ordered
               ,
               and
               nobly
               observ'd
               by
               Francis
               ,
               who
               caus'd
               him
               to
               be
               sumptuously
               entertain'd
               all
               along
               his
               journey
               .
               Being
               arriv'd
               in
               Brabant
               ,
               he
               found
               his
               Rebels
               ready
               to
               submit
               ;
               he
               receiv'd
               them
               
               to
               mercy
               ,
               but
               with
               very
               infamous
               conditions
               for
               them
               ,
               by
               the
               advice
               of
               one
               of
               his
               counsellors
               ,
               who
               was
               afterwards
               banished
               Flanders
               ,
               for
               being
               the
               author
               of
               so
               severe
               a
               proceeding
               .
               After
               this
               ,
               having
               made
               peace
               with
               the
               other
               Protestant
               Princes
               ,
               he
               came
               and
               laid
               siege
               to
               Mets
               ,
               a
               Town
               in
               Lorrain
               ,
               where
               he
               was
               worsted
               ,
               and
               forced
               by
               the
               valour
               of
               the
               Duke
               of
               Guise
               ,
               who
               was
               within
               the
               Town
               ,
               to
               retire
               ,
               having
               lost
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               an
               Army
               of
               a
               hundred
               thousand
               men
               .
            
             
               This
               so
               much
               afflicted
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               that
               he
               was
               divers
               daies
               before
               he
               would
               be
               seen
               in
               publick
               ;
               and
               it
               is
               thought
               that
               from
               that
               time
               forward
               ,
               he
               fram'd
               the
               design
               of
               resigning
               his
               Crown
               .
               In
               pursuance
               of
               this
               resolution
               ,
               he
               call'd
               the
               States
               to
               Brussels
               ,
               and
               there
               in
               the
               presence
               of
               his
               Son
               ,
               having
               recited
               his
               actions
               ,
               and
               given
               account
               of
               his
               Government
               ,
               he
               desir'd
               to
               be
               eas'd
               of
               the
               burden
               in
               his
               old
               age
               ,
               and
               so
               absolv'd
               them
               from
               their
               Oathes
               of
               Allegiance
               ,
               and
               dispos'd
               of
               all
               ,
               in
               favour
               of
               his
               Son
               Philip.
               
            
             
               
                 I
                 desire
                 you
              
               ,
               said
               he
               ,
               
                 to
                 obey
                 my
                 Son
                 ,
                 
                 to
                 keep
                 peace
                 and
                 union
                 amongst
                 your selves
                 ,
                 to
                 observe
                 your
                 old
                 Religion
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 forgive
                 me
                 if
                 I
                 have
                 offended
                 you
                 .
              
               Then
               turning
               to
               his
               Son
               ,
               he
               desir'd
               him
               
                 to
                 confer
                 the
                 love
                 he
                 owed
                 him
                 as
                 his
                 Father
                 ,
                 upon
                 the
                 people
                 .
              
               His
               Speech
               ended
               with
               tears
               in
               his
               eyes
               ,
               and
               drew
               showers
               from
               his
               spectators
               ,
               and
               old
               Servants
               .
            
             
               Philip
               his
               Son
               having
               kiss'd
               his
               Fathers
               hand
               ,
               commanded
               Cardinal
               Granvell
               ,
               because
               he
               could
               not
               speak
               French
               himself
               ,
               to
               assure
               the
               States
               of
               his
               good
               favour
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               desire
               he
               had
               to
               follow
               his
               Fathers
               example
               and
               instructions
               .
            
             
               Two
               moneths
               after
               he
               resign'd
               all
               his
               Kingdomes
               to
               Philip
               ,
               and
               sent
               the
               Imperiall
               Crown
               to
               his
               Brother
               Ferdinand
               .
               And
               then
               Charles
               who
               had
               been
               one
               of
               the
               greatest
               Monarchs
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               being
               become
               a
               private
               person
               ,
               embarqued
               for
               Spain
               in
               the
               year
               1556.
               and
               arrived
               there
               in
               a
               few
               dayes
               ,
               passing
               the
               rest
               of
               his
               life
               ,
               which
               was
               just
               two
               years
               ,
               in
               the
               solitude
               of
               St.
               Just.
               In
               this
               retir'd
               place
               he
               died
               in
               1558.
               having
               enjoyed
               the
               Empire
               thirty
               six
               years
               .
            
             
             
               I
               have
               spoke
               a
               little
               more
               at
               large
               of
               the
               actions
               of
               this
               Prince
               ,
               than
               our
               method
               bears
               ,
               for
               two
               reasons
               ;
               First
               ,
               Because
               he
               is
               the
               author
               of
               many
               fine
               Laws
               and
               Constitutions
               ,
               which
               are
               to
               this
               day
               observ'd
               in
               Holland
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               Because
               his
               memorie
               is
               yet
               in
               great
               veneration
               amongst
               these
               Nations
               .
            
             
               Some
               of
               the
               Citizens
               of
               Utrect
               ,
               having
               carried
               themselves
               very
               insolently
               towards
               him
               ,
               he
               patiently
               endur'd
               the
               affronts
               ,
               that
               he
               might
               give
               an
               example
               to
               other
               Princes
               ,
               how
               they
               are
               bound
               to
               observe
               themselves
               ,
               the
               Laws
               they
               lay
               upon
               their
               people
               ;
               though
               in
               this
               case
               it
               were
               not
               he
               ,
               but
               one
               of
               his
               Officers
               that
               was
               in
               fault
               .
               It
               is
               said
               that
               he
               gave
               the
               Citizens
               of
               Utrect
               this
               priviledge
               ,
               that
               their
               estates
               should
               not
               be
               confiscated
               ,
               though
               their
               persons
               were
               executed
               ,
               and
               that
               for
               what
               crime
               soever
               ,
               but
               that
               their
               heirs
               may
               enjoy
               it
               ,
               in
               paying
               five
               pound
               fine
               .
            
             
               In
               all
               his
               Wars
               ,
               he
               had
               no
               faithfuller
               Subjects
               than
               the
               Low-Countrey
               people
               ;
               witness
               his
               own
               words
               at
               Ingolstat
               ,
               where
               he
               had
               like
               to
               have
               been
               quite
               oppress'd
               by
               the
               Pretestant
               Army
               ;
               he
               
               still
               cheer'd
               up
               himself
               and
               his
               Souldiers
               ,
               by
               saying
               ,
               
                 Courage
                 ,
                 my
                 Low-Countrey
                 Subjects
                 will
                 be
                 here
                 shortly
                 :
              
               And
               when
               he
               saw
               them
               arrive
               ,
               he
               cryed
               out
               with
               joy
               ,
               
                 We
                 have
                 now
                 vanquished
                 our
                 enemies
                 .
              
            
             
               In
               his
               life
               time
               ,
               
                 Martin
                 Luther
              
               began
               his
               reformation
               ,
               and
               had
               converted
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               Germany
               ,
               to
               whom
               the
               Emperour
               was
               forc'd
               to
               grant
               a
               toleration
               ,
               in
               matters
               of
               Religion
               .
               
                 John
                 Calvin
              
               likewise
               writ
               against
               the
               Church
               of
               Rome
               ,
               and
               his
               books
               met
               with
               as
               favourable
               a
               reception
               in
               Holland
               ,
               as
               Luthe●s
               did
               in
               Germany
               .
               The
               Emperour
               endeavoured
               by
               strict
               Edicts
               ,
               to
               stop
               the
               course
               of
               this
               change
               ,
               and
               recommended
               to
               his
               Son
               Philip
               to
               do
               so
               likewise
               .
            
          
           
             
               Philip
               the
               second
               ,
               King
               of
               Spain
               ,
               and
               Earl
               of
               Holland
               ,
               the
               Thirty
               fifth
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               year
               1556.
               
               Philip
               took
               in
               hand
               the
               reins
               of
               Government
               in
               the
               Low-Countreys
               ,
               and
               made
               Philibert
               ,
               Duke
               of
               Savoy
               ,
               a
               great
               and
               stout
               Prince
               ,
               his
               Lieutenant
               and
               Governour
               in
               all
               the
               
               Low-Countreys
               .
               The
               truce
               that
               was
               between
               France
               and
               Spain
               ,
               being
               broken
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               succour
               which
               the
               French
               sent
               the
               Pope
               ,
               Queen
               Mary
               of
               England
               declar'd
               War
               likewise
               against
               the
               French
               ,
               at
               the
               instigation
               of
               her
               Husband
               ,
               King
               Philip.
               The
               Duke
               of
               Savoy
               comes
               into
               Picardy
               ,
               and
               defeats
               entirely
               the
               French
               Army
               upon
               St.
               Laurence
               day
               ,
               with
               so
               great
               a
               slaughter
               of
               Nobility
               and
               Gentry
               ,
               that
               it
               astonish'd
               the
               whole
               Kingdome
               .
               Paris
               it self
               being
               forsaken
               by
               its
               inhabitants
               ,
               was
               in
               danger
               of
               being
               lost
               ,
               had
               the
               conquerour
               followed
               his
               victory
               .
               But
               the
               Duke
               of
               Guise
               coming
               out
               of
               Italy
               ,
               soon
               recruited
               ,
               and
               set
               a
               new
               Army
               on
               foot
               ;
               took
               Ca●ais
               in
               seven
               dayes
               time
               ,
               which
               had
               been
               so
               many
               hundred
               years
               in
               the
               power
               of
               the
               English.
               
            
             
               Fortune
               continuing
               still
               averse
               to
               the
               French
               ,
               they
               received
               another
               overthrow
               in
               Flanders
               ,
               where
               the
               Earl
               of
               Egmont
               behav'd
               himself
               as
               nobly
               ,
               as
               he
               had
               done
               in
               the
               first
               battell
               of
               St.
               Laurence
               ,
               and
               was
               the
               cause
               of
               the
               winning
               of
               the
               day
               .
               'T
               is
               true
               that
               ten
               English
               men
               of
               War
               ,
               which
               happened
               by
               chance
               
               to
               be
               near
               the
               shore
               ,
               play'd
               with
               their
               great
               Guns
               upon
               the
               French
               Army
               ,
               and
               much
               disorder'd
               it
               .
               After
               this
               ,
               Queen
               Mary
               of
               England
               dying
               ,
               left
               Philip
               a
               widower
               ,
               and
               he
               took
               to
               his
               second
               Wife
               ,
               Isabelle
               of
               
                 France
                 .
                 Philip
              
               before
               he
               embarqued
               for
               Spain
               ,
               being
               desirous
               to
               provide
               for
               the
               peace
               and
               tranquillity
               of
               the
               Low-Countreys
               ,
               made
               Margaret
               of
               Austria
               ,
               Dutchess
               of
               Parma
               ,
               and
               bastard
               Daughter
               to
               Charles
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               his
               Regent
               and
               Governess
               over
               all
               the
               Low-Countreys
               .
               The
               Earl
               of
               Egmont
               was
               made
               Governour
               of
               Flanders
               and
               Artois
               ;
               the
               Duke
               Mansfield
               ,
               of
               Luxemburg
               ;
               the
               Earl
               William
               of
               Nassaw
               ,
               Prince
               of
               Orange
               ,
               was
               made
               Governour
               of
               Holland
               and
               Zeland
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VII
             .
          
           
             
               Containing
               the
               memorable
               Passages
               under
               the
               Government
               of
               Margaret
               of
               Parma
               .
            
          
           
             KIng
             Philip
             having
             install'd
             and
             setled
             this
             Princess
             in
             the
             Government
             of
             the
             Low-Countreys
             ,
             left
             her
             at
             Brussels
             with
             an
             ample
             power
             ,
             and
             embarqued
             at
             Flushing
             for
             Spain
             .
             After
             his
             departure
             ,
             that
             peace
             and
             tranquillity
             which
             he
             left
             things
             in
             ,
             lasted
             not
             long
             ;
             for
             what
             with
             the
             discontent
             of
             great
             ones
             ,
             who
             thought
             themselves
             neglected
             ,
             and
             the
             jealousies
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             who
             were
             afraid
             of
             being
             oppress'd
             by
             the
             Inquisition
             ,
             all
             men
             were
             ready
             and
             dispos'd
             for
             tumults
             .
             Adde
             to
             this
             the
             non-performance
             of
             that
             promise
             ,
             which
             the
             King
             had
             made
             at
             his
             going
             away
             ,
             which
             was
             to
             recall
             all
             Spanish
             and
             forreign
             Forces
             out
             of
             the
             
               Low
               Countreys
            
             .
          
           
           
             The
             first
             appearance
             of
             sedition
             ,
             was
             a
             Petition
             presented
             to
             the
             Princess
             ,
             by
             five
             hundred
             Gentlemen
             ,
             dress'd
             like
             beggars
             .
             To
             content
             them
             ,
             the
             Spanish
             Forces
             were
             with-drawn
             ;
             and
             not
             long
             after
             Cardinal
             Granvell
             ,
             whom
             they
             much
             envied
             ,
             was
             recall'd
             .
             But
             still
             in
             every
             place
             there
             was
             execution
             done
             upon
             those
             ,
             whom
             they
             call'd
             hereticks
             ;
             who
             by
             their
             constant
             sufferings
             ,
             so
             animated
             the
             people
             ,
             that
             at
             last
             they
             would
             no
             longer
             endure
             they
             should
             be
             put
             to
             death
             ,
             but
             rescued
             them
             out
             of
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             hang-men
             ,
             by
             force
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             having
             notice
             of
             all
             ,
             order'd
             that
             the
             Councell
             of
             Trent
             should
             be
             publish'd
             in
             the
             Low-Countreys
             ,
             the
             execution
             of
             which
             caus'd
             more
             troubles
             ,
             and
             gave
             occasion
             to
             the
             Count
             Egmont
             ,
             to
             take
             a
             journey
             into
             Spain
             ,
             there
             he
             was
             very
             well
             receiv'd
             by
             the
             King
             ,
             soon
             dispatch'd
             ;
             and
             in
             his
             return
             home
             ,
             he
             brought
             with
             him
             Alexander
             ,
             Prince
             of
             Parma
             ,
             Son
             to
             the
             Princess
             Regent
             .
             Prince
             Maurice
             of
             Nassaw
             was
             born
             in
             this
             year
             1565.
             in
             which
             was
             fram'd
             the
             league
             or
             confederation
             
             of
             the
             Nobility
             ,
             which
             was
             followed
             by
             the
             revolt
             and
             rising
             of
             the
             meaner
             sort
             ,
             who
             broke
             down
             Images
             ,
             and
             Altars
             ,
             invaded
             Monasteries
             and
             Nunneries
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             attak'd
             Towns.
             But
             their
             fury
             was
             stop'd
             by
             the
             Countrey
             people
             ,
             called
             Wallons
             ,
             who
             fell
             upon
             them
             ,
             and
             routed
             them
             .
          
           
             The
             Confederates
             made
             a
             new
             Assembly
             at
             Leege
             ,
             and
             there
             the
             Regent
             sent
             to
             them
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             and
             the
             Count
             Egmont
             ,
             to
             desire
             them
             to
             forbear
             all
             new
             designs
             .
             They
             sent
             her
             another
             Petition
             ,
             which
             she
             defer'd
             to
             answer
             ,
             till
             the
             generall
             Assembly
             of
             the
             Knights
             of
             the
             
               Golden
               Fle●c●
            
             should
             be
             holden
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             very
             year
             ,
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             the
             Count
             Egmond
             ,
             Count
             Lewis
             of
             Nassaw
             and
             Horne
             ,
             met
             at
             Dondermond
             ,
             to
             consider
             whether
             it
             were
             safe
             for
             them
             ,
             to
             let
             the
             King
             ,
             who
             did
             threaten
             to
             appear
             with
             an
             Army
             ,
             come
             peaceably
             in
             ,
             or
             oppose
             his
             passage
             by
             main
             force
             .
             Upon
             this
             Consultation
             ,
             the
             Gentry
             and
             the
             Merchants
             joyn'd
             with
             them
             ,
             and
             all
             resolv'd
             to
             maintain
             by
             force
             ,
             that
             which
             
             they
             had
             obtain'd
             by
             Petition
             from
             the
             Princess
             .
          
           
             The
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             his
             Brother
             ,
             and
             Hogestract
             ,
             met
             at
             Breda
             ,
             and
             writ
             to
             Fgmont
             ,
             to
             know
             whether
             he
             would
             joyn
             with
             them
             ;
             but
             he
             refus'd
             it
             .
          
           
             In
             1567.
             was
             struck
             the
             first
             stroke
             of
             War
             ,
             between
             Beauvor
             for
             the
             Princess
             ,
             and
             the
             Lord
             of
             Tholoze
             for
             the
             Confederates
             ,
             who
             were
             routed
             ,
             and
             their
             leader
             kill'd
             in
             the
             sight
             of
             the
             inhabitants
             of
             Antwerp
             ,
             who
             stood
             upon
             their
             Walls
             ,
             and
             looked
             on
             for
             a
             while
             ;
             till
             at
             last
             seeing
             their
             party
             worsted
             ,
             they
             ran
             to
             their
             Arms
             ,
             but
             were
             app●ased
             by
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             .
             The
             Princess
             ▪
             taking
             heart
             at
             this
             ,
             propos'd
             a
             new
             Oath
             of
             Allegiance
             ;
             but
             it
             was
             first
             refus'd
             by
             Brederode
             and
             Horn
             ,
             and
             then
             by
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             himself
             ,
             who
             forsook
             all
             his
             employments
             and
             charges
             ,
             and
             retir'd
             with
             his
             Brother
             into
             Germany
             .
             Before
             he
             went
             he
             had
             a
             meeting
             with
             the
             Count
             Egmont
             ,
             and
             he
             told
             him
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             Count
             
               Mansfield
               ;
               I
               foresee
            
             ,
             said
             he
             ,
             
               that
               thou
               wilt
               be
               the
               Bridge
               ,
               over
               which
               the
            
             Spaniards
             
             
               will
               march
               into
               the
               Low-Countreys
            
             .
          
           
             This
             departure
             of
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             and
             his
             friends
             ,
             did
             for
             a
             time
             so
             ●●artle
             most
             of
             the
             Towns
             ,
             that
             they
             began
             to
             ask
             pardon
             and
             submit
             .
             The
             small
             Army
             which
             Brederode
             had
             gather'd
             together
             ,
             was
             routed
             and
             dispersed
             ,
             and
             he
             forced
             to
             fly
             with
             his
             Family
             into
             Friezeland
             .
             This
             made
             Holland
             and
             Zeland
             receive
             Garrisons
             ,
             and
             drive
             away
             the
             Protestant
             Ministers
             ,
             insomuch
             that
             all
             was
             setled
             again
             ,
             and
             obedience
             restor'd
             to
             the
             Prince
             .
             Hereupon
             the
             Princess
             writ
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             to
             come
             in
             person
             ,
             and
             by
             his
             presence
             heal
             up
             a
             wound
             ,
             which
             else
             might
             open
             afresh
             ;
             but
             Philip
             ,
             glad
             (
             it
             may
             be
             )
             of
             this
             occasion
             ,
             of
             diminishing
             the
             priviledges
             of
             his
             Low-Countrey
             Subjects
             ,
             sent
             the
             Duke
             of
             Alva
             with
             an
             Army
             to
             execute
             his
             commands
             .
             The
             Princess
             soon
             perceiv'd
             ,
             that
             the
             severe
             proud
             nature
             of
             the
             Duke
             ,
             would
             undoe
             all
             that
             her
             milde
             temper
             had
             made
             up
             .
             In
             effect
             ,
             as
             soon
             as
             he
             came
             ,
             he
             clap'd
             up
             the
             Earls
             of
             Horn
             and
             Egmont
             :
             whereupon
             the
             
             Princess
             desir'd
             leave
             to
             be
             gone
             for
             Italy
             .
             Before
             her
             departure
             ,
             she
             took
             her
             leave
             by
             Letters
             of
             most
             of
             the
             Cities
             ;
             and
             the
             Nobility
             shewed
             their
             respects
             ,
             in
             waiting
             upon
             her
             to
             the
             borders
             of
             Germany
             ,
             where
             she
             left
             them
             ,
             to
             their
             great
             sorrow
             ,
             for
             the
             loss
             of
             so
             wise
             and
             moderate
             a
             Princess
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VIII
             .
          
           
             
               Containing
               the
               Government
               of
               the
               Duke
               of
               Alva
               .
            
          
           
             THe
             Duke
             D'alva
             having
             pass'd
             by
             Savoy
             and
             Lorrain
             ,
             with
             an
             Army
             of
             10000.
             
             Spaniards
             and
             Italians
             ,
             all
             old
             Souldiers
             ,
             he
             was
             sent
             by
             the
             King
             ,
             to
             punish
             and
             chastize
             all
             those
             ,
             that
             had
             any
             hand
             in
             pulling
             down
             Churches
             and
             Monasteries
             ;
             or
             that
             had
             any
             way
             favour'd
             the
             former
             Confederations
             .
             This
             he
             executed
             by
             a
             Court
             of
             twelve
             ,
             who
             were
             to
             judge
             soveraignly
             ,
             and
             without
             appeal
             ,
             of
             all
             Delinquents
             .
             This
             was
             call'd
             the
             Councell
             
             of
             blood
             ,
             and
             so
             frighted
             the
             people
             ,
             that
             thousands
             of
             them
             fled
             with
             their
             Families
             ,
             into
             neighbouring
             Countreys
             ,
             to
             the
             great
             detriment
             of
             those
             Provinces
             ,
             as
             the
             Princess
             Margaret
             had
             well
             fore-seen
             .
             The
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             and
             they
             that
             were
             with
             him
             ,
             had
             wisely
             avoided
             this
             storm
             ,
             which
             they
             fore-saw
             ;
             but
             Henry
             of
             Erederode
             ,
             the
             Earls
             of
             
               Hooghstract
               ,
               Culemburg
            
             ,
             and
             Bergue
             ,
             were
             cited
             before
             this
             Councell
             ;
             but
             they
             ran
             into
             Germany
             ,
             and
             implor'd
             the
             succour
             of
             the
             Princes
             there
             .
             In
             the
             mean
             time
             the
             Duke
             of
             Culemburghs
             house
             was
             razed
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             Philip
             his
             Son
             taken
             from
             Louvain
             ,
             and
             sent
             into
             Spain
             to
             be
             bred
             .
          
           
             By
             this
             time
             the
             Princes
             had
             got
             an
             Army
             ;
             and
             Hooghstract
             fell
             upon
             Artois
             ,
             and
             was
             there
             defeated
             by
             Davila
             .
          
           
             Lewis
             of
             Nassaw
             ,
             with
             his
             brother
             Adolfe
             ,
             invaded
             Friezeland
             ,
             and
             routed
             the
             Earl
             of
             Aremberg
             ,
             who
             oppos'd
             them
             :
             the
             Earl
             and
             Adolfe
             were
             both
             kill'd
             .
             D'alva
             hearing
             this
             ,
             resolv'd
             to
             meet
             ●hem
             in
             person
             ;
             but
             before
             he
             
             undertook
             his
             journey
             ,
             he
             made
             nineteen
             Gentlemen
             be
             publickly
             executed
             ;
             and
             a
             little
             after
             ,
             caused
             the
             Earls
             of
             Horne
             and
             Egmont
             to
             be
             beheaded
             ;
             no
             prayers
             nor
             entreaties
             made
             in
             favour
             of
             so
             great
             a
             Warriour
             ,
             being
             able
             to
             prevail
             with
             his
             fierce
             temper
             .
             He
             valued
             as
             little
             the
             threats
             of
             vengeance
             ,
             that
             were
             made
             after
             their
             deaths
             ;
             but
             in
             pursuance
             of
             his
             design
             ,
             went
             and
             fought
             the
             Army
             of
             Lewis
             ,
             which
             he
             utterly
             ruin'd
             ;
             and
             immediately
             turn'd
             head
             to
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             who
             was
             got
             into
             Brabant
             with
             another
             considerable
             Army
             :
             him
             he
             overcame
             by
             policy
             ;
             for
             he
             refus'd
             to
             fight
             ,
             knowing
             ,
             that
             the
             Princes
             Army
             for
             want
             of
             pay
             ,
             would
             soon
             disband
             ,
             which
             accordingly
             fell
             out
             .
          
           
             After
             this
             ,
             he
             demanded
             the
             tenth
             penny
             ,
             through
             the
             whole
             Low-Countreys
             ;
             and
             that
             was
             the
             apple
             of
             division
             ,
             which
             separated
             and
             divided
             the
             Low-Countreys
             ,
             and
             made
             two
             states
             of
             them
             ,
             one
             part
             remaining
             under
             the
             Spanish
             domination
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             making
             up
             that
             powerfull
             body
             of
             the
             United
             Provinces
             ,
             now
             acknowledg'd
             
             by
             Philip
             the
             fourth
             ,
             to
             be
             Soveraigns
             .
             All
             the
             people
             were
             very
             much
             shaken
             in
             their
             affection
             to
             Spain
             ,
             by
             the
             former
             causes
             ;
             but
             this
             last
             did
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             precipitate
             them
             into
             war
             and
             discord
             ,
             which
             have
             at
             last
             by
             the
             exactness
             of
             their
             discipline
             ,
             produced
             that
             incomparable
             fruit
             of
             peace
             and
             tranquillity
             .
          
           
             This
             tenth
             penny
             was
             a
             new
             tribute
             upon
             all
             merchandises
             ;
             besides
             there
             was
             a
             twentieth
             upon
             immoveables
             ,
             and
             a
             hundredth
             part
             upon
             all
             for
             once
             .
             But
             the
             people
             concern'd
             in
             this
             demand
             ,
             chose
             rather
             to
             put
             hands
             to
             their
             swords
             ,
             than
             to
             their
             purses
             ;
             and
             yet
             by
             a
             strange
             ,
             but
             necessary
             effect
             of
             their
             resolution
             ,
             they
             have
             been
             forc'd
             to
             lay
             much
             heavier
             burdens
             upon
             themselves
             ,
             to
             enable
             themselves
             to
             maintain
             the
             War
             :
             but
             the
             desire
             of
             liberty
             made
             them
             endure
             joyfully
             that
             ,
             which
             they
             were
             so
             much
             afraid
             of
             from
             anothers
             hand
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             mean
             time
             ,
             the
             Councell
             still
             proceeded
             to
             execution
             upon
             the
             guilty
             ,
             and
             those
             that
             refus'd
             to
             pay
             this
             new
             imposition
             :
             and
             though
             the
             States
             
             did
             represent
             what
             damage
             would
             befall
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             by
             the
             removall
             of
             Mark-lands
             ,
             yet
             he
             being
             jealous
             of
             his
             Authority
             ,
             made
             them
             go
             on
             .
             But
             there
             happened
             an
             accident
             ,
             which
             much
             vexed
             the
             Duke
             ,
             which
             was
             ,
             that
             Queen
             Elizabeth
             of
             England
             ,
             stop'd
             in
             her
             harbours
             ,
             divers
             Ships
             loaden
             with
             money
             ,
             destin'd
             to
             pay
             his
             Army
             ,
             and
             caus'd
             it
             to
             be
             transported
             into
             the
             Tower
             of
             London
             ,
             where
             i●
             remain'd
             ,
             never
             to
             be
             repayed
             .
          
           
             This
             disappointment
             cool'd
             the
             Dukes
             heat
             a
             little
             ,
             and
             made
             him
             publish
             a
             solemn
             pardon
             for
             the
             following
             year
             ;
             but
             in
             vain
             ,
             for
             by
             this
             time
             he
             was
             become
             so
             odious
             ,
             that
             all
             the
             people
             forsook
             ,
             and
             turn'd
             to
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             as
             it
             appear'd
             not
             long
             after
             .
          
           
             About
             All-Saints
             day
             ,
             there
             hapned
             an
             unlucky
             presage
             of
             the
             following
             calamities
             ,
             and
             which
             was
             indeed
             a
             great
             one
             it self
             ;
             for
             the
             Sea
             having
             broken
             the
             dikes
             and
             sluces
             ,
             over-flowed
             almost
             all
             Friezeland
             ,
             with
             a
             great
             part
             of
             Holland
             and
             Zeland
             ;
             they
             say
             ,
             that
             above
             20000.
             persons
             perished
             
             in
             Friezeland
             alone
             .
             This
             great
             misfortune
             made
             them
             represent
             to
             the
             Duke
             ,
             the
             impossibility
             of
             paying
             the
             Taxe
             he
             requir'd
             ;
             who
             little
             satisfied
             with
             their
             Remonstrances
             ,
             was
             upon
             the
             point
             of
             dealing
             severely
             with
             some
             Citizens
             of
             Bruxels
             ,
             when
             the
             news
             came
             that
             the
             *
             
               Gueux
               d'eau
            
             ,
             or
             water
             Gueux
             ,
             or
             Beggars
             ,
             had
             surprized
             the
             Bril
             upon
             Palm-Sunday
             .
             The
             chief
             of
             this
             Faction
             was
             the
             Earl
             of
             Lumee
             ;
             who
             being
             cast
             there
             with
             his
             Fleet
             by
             a
             storm
             ,
             found
             occasion
             of
             surprizing
             the
             place
             ,
             and
             there
             discharg'd
             upon
             the
             Church-men
             ,
             the
             hatred
             he
             owed
             the
             Spaniards
             .
             The
             Count
             
               de
               Bossu
            
             hastening
             to
             its
             relief
             ,
             was
             beaten
             off
             ,
             and
             then
             seeking
             to
             secure
             Dort
             ,
             he
             was
             refus'd
             entrance
             .
          
           
             Upon
             this
             news
             ,
             all
             the
             Towns
             of
             Holland
             cast
             off
             the
             yoke
             ,
             and
             joyn'd
             with
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             except
             Amsterdam
             and
             
               Schorhof
               :
               Flushing
            
             in
             Zeland
             followed
             the
             example
             of
             the
             rest
             ,
             being
             animated
             to
             it
             by
             a
             Priest.
             
          
           
           
             The
             Province
             of
             Overissel
             chang'd
             likewise
             :
             but
             nothing
             so
             much
             troubled
             the
             Duke
             ,
             as
             the
             taking
             of
             Mons
             in
             Hainaut
             by
             the
             French
             ,
             under
             the
             conduct
             of
             Lewis
             of
             Nassaw
             .
             For
             fearing
             lest
             Charles
             of
             France
             should
             take
             this
             occasion
             ,
             of
             invading
             the
             Low-Countreys
             ,
             he
             immediately
             turn'd
             all
             his
             Forces
             that
             way
             ,
             which
             gave
             time
             to
             the
             Hollanders
             ,
             to
             frame
             their
             small
             Commonwealth
             ,
             and
             give
             it
             some
             foundation
             .
             He
             besieged
             Mons
             by
             his
             Son
             at
             first
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             came
             himself
             ,
             and
             took
             it
             ,
             in
             spight
             of
             Lewis
             and
             his
             Army
             ;
             who
             endeavouring
             to
             succour
             the
             place
             ,
             were
             beaten
             ,
             and
             forc'd
             to
             a
             retreat
             .
             Mons
             being
             recover'd
             ,
             many
             other
             Towns
             yeelded
             ;
             and
             Malines
             for
             having
             receiv'd
             a
             Garrison
             from
             the
             Prince
             ,
             was
             sacked
             .
             The
             Dukes
             Son
             Frederick
             ,
             following
             his
             Fathers
             foot-steps
             ,
             recover'd
             Overissel
             and
             Friezeland
             ;
             from
             thence
             passed
             into
             Holland
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             bloody
             action
             he
             committed
             at
             Naerden
             ,
             he
             fastened
             an
             indeleble
             hatred
             upon
             his
             Nation
             .
             Harlem
             also
             was
             taken
             ;
             but
             Alcmaer
             stood
             out
             ,
             and
             much
             fortified
             the
             Confederates
             .
          
           
           
             The
             year
             1573.
             was
             famous
             ,
             by
             the
             Duke
             of
             Alvaes
             leaving
             the
             Low-Countreys
             .
             He
             was
             recall'd
             by
             Philip
             ,
             who
             thought
             his
             absence
             might
             bring
             a
             calm
             in
             this
             troubled
             Sea
             ;
             but
             the
             agitation
             was
             too
             great
             to
             be
             so
             soon
             layed
             .
             He
             was
             a
             cruell
             proud
             man
             ;
             a
             very
             good
             Souldier
             ,
             but
             inexorable
             in
             his
             chastizings
             :
             if
             he
             had
             made
             a
             mixture
             of
             severity
             and
             mildness
             ,
             he
             had
             without
             doubt
             better
             fitted
             the
             humour
             of
             the
             Nations
             ,
             he
             had
             to
             do
             with
             .
             He
             is
             to
             this
             very
             day
             in
             great
             aversion
             among
             the
             Hollanders
             ,
             who
             call
             all
             cruell
             men
             by
             his
             name
             .
             It
             is
             said
             of
             him
             ,
             that
             he
             bragg'd
             he
             had
             brought
             above
             18000.
             to
             their
             end
             ,
             by
             the
             hand
             of
             justice
             :
             I
             know
             not
             whether
             it
             be
             true
             ;
             but
             I
             know
             that
             the
             States
             have
             founded
             the
             justice
             of
             their
             pretensions
             ,
             upon
             his
             cruelties
             .
             He
             govern'd
             six
             years
             ,
             and
             left
             no
             body
             afflicted
             for
             his
             depart
             .
             It
             was
             said
             ,
             and
             well
             said
             ,
             that
             
               either
               King
            
             Philip
             
               should
               never
               have
               sent
               him
               ,
               or
               never
               have
               recall'd
               him
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             IX
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Government
                 of
              
               Don
               Lewis
               ,
               
                 and
                 the
              
               great
               Councell
               of
               State.
               
            
          
           
             LEwis
             of
             Requesens
             ,
             high
             Commander
             of
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Castilia
             ,
             was
             sent
             in
             the
             place
             of
             the
             Duke
             ;
             and
             his
             famous
             Statue
             which
             he
             had
             caused
             to
             be
             set
             up
             in
             Antwerp
             ,
             was
             pull'd
             down
             by
             his
             order
             ,
             to
             the
             great
             satisfaction
             of
             the
             States
             .
             His
             first
             care
             was
             to
             set
             out
             a
             Fleet
             ,
             to
             succour
             Mondragonius
             ,
             a
             brave
             Captain
             ,
             who
             had
             defended
             Middleburgh
             almost
             two
             years
             ;
             but
             he
             was
             ignorant
             that
             the
             Sea
             was
             the
             Throne
             ,
             these
             Nations
             intended
             to
             settle
             their
             Empire
             in
             .
             The
             Earl
             Bossu
             had
             been
             beaten
             the
             year
             afore
             by
             the
             Hollanders
             ;
             and
             now
             the
             Zelanders
             burn'd
             and
             destroyed
             this
             Fleet
             ,
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             
               Don
               Lewis
            
             ,
             and
             took
             Middleburgh
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Count
             Lewis
             of
             Nassaw
             had
             worse
             fortune
             ;
             for
             having
             brought
             a
             brave
             Army
             out
             of
             Germany
             ,
             he
             was
             met
             at
             Nimmiegue
             by
             Davila
             ,
             and
             entirely
             defeated
             ;
             himself
             and
             his
             Brother
             slain
             .
             This
             victory
             was
             followed
             by
             a
             sedition
             in
             the
             Spanish
             Army
             ,
             which
             much
             weakened
             their
             power
             ;
             but
             being
             appeas'd
             ,
             were
             sent
             before
             Leyden
             ,
             in
             hopes
             of
             having
             the
             pillageing
             of
             that
             Town
             ;
             but
             being
             there
             shamefully
             repulsed
             ,
             their
             indignation
             fell
             upon
             their
             Generall
             ,
             whom
             they
             detained
             in
             prison
             ,
             till
             they
             had
             received
             their
             full
             pay
             .
             After
             that
             they
             took
             Oudewater
             and
             Schoonhof
             .
             Many
             Propositions
             and
             Treaties
             were
             advanced
             ;
             but
             none
             taking
             effect
             ,
             
               Don
               Lewis
            
             fram'd
             that
             famous
             enterprize
             ,
             by
             many
             thought
             impossible
             ,
             of
             besieging
             Ziriczee
             .
             This
             Island
             was
             in
             the
             Confederates
             hands
             ,
             and
             the
             Royalists
             waded
             through
             the
             Sea
             up
             to
             the
             neck
             ,
             to
             go
             and
             besiege
             it
             :
             't
             is
             true
             ,
             there
             was
             no
             hopes
             of
             a
             return
             ,
             the
             Sea
             being
             encreased
             by
             the
             flowing
             water
             .
             Ziriczee
             held
             out
             nine
             moneths
             ,
             after
             which
             it
             yeelded
             .
             Vitellio
             a
             great
             Captain
             died
             
             during
             that
             siege
             ,
             and
             
               Don
               Lewis
            
             followed
             him
             shortly
             after
             .
          
           
             By
             his
             death
             ,
             the
             Authority
             came
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             
               Cou●cell
               of
               State
            
             ;
             who
             for
             want
             of
             union
             ,
             ruin'd
             the
             Kings
             affairs
             ,
             and
             gave
             occasion
             to
             a
             fourth
             sedition
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             .
             A
             little
             after
             followed
             the
             pacification
             of
             Gand
             ,
             and
             the
             alliance
             of
             the
             Provinces
             ,
             against
             the
             Spaniards
             ;
             who
             seeing
             themselves
             generally
             hated
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             inhabitants
             of
             Antwerp
             ,
             were
             about
             to
             divide
             the
             Town
             from
             the
             Cittadell
             ,
             by
             a
             Trench
             ,
             agreed
             at
             last
             with
             the
             Governour
             Davila
             ,
             and
             sallying
             out
             ,
             plunder'd
             the
             Town
             for
             three
             dayes
             together
             ,
             which
             was
             a
             most
             barbarous
             and
             detestable
             action
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             X.
             
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Government
                 of
              
               Don
               John
               of
               Austria
               ,
               
                 and
                 of
                 the
              
               Prince
               of
               Parma
               .
            
          
           
             
               DOn
               John
            
             of
             Austria
             was
             receiv'd
             Governour
             ,
             upon
             condition
             that
             he
             should
             subscribe
             to
             the
             pacification
             of
             Gand
             ,
             which
             he
             did
             ;
             but
             finding
             himself
             without
             Authority
             ,
             he
             surprized
             Namur
             ;
             whereupon
             the
             States
             proclaimed
             him
             as
             an
             enemy
             ,
             and
             raised
             an
             Army
             .
             He
             was
             a
             Bastard
             of
             Charles
             the
             fifth
             ,
             and
             had
             made
             himself
             famous
             ,
             by
             that
             immortall
             Battle
             of
             Lepanto
             against
             the
             Turks
             ,
             in
             which
             he
             was
             Generall
             .
             The
             States
             chose
             in
             the
             mean
             time
             the
             Archduke
             Matthias
             ,
             Brother
             to
             the
             Emperour
             Rodolf
             ,
             for
             their
             Governour
             .
             Then
             having
             assembled
             their
             Army
             at
             Gemblours
             ,
             they
             faced
             
               Don
               Johns
            
             Forces
             ;
             who
             couragiously
             engaging
             them
             ,
             obtained
             the
             victory
             ,
             but
             
             liv'd
             not
             long
             after
             it
             ,
             declaring
             Alexander
             ,
             Prince
             of
             Parma
             ,
             for
             his
             successour
             .
             This
             was
             that
             famous
             Alexander
             ,
             who
             by
             his
             valour
             and
             conduct
             ,
             reduced
             all
             
               Artois
               ,
               Hainaut
               ,
               Flanders
            
             ,
             and
             Brabant
             ,
             to
             their
             obedience
             ;
             who
             took
             
               Antwerp
               ,
               Malines
               ,
               Ipres
               ,
               Brussels
               ,
            
             and
             many
             other
             Cities
             ;
             and
             at
             last
             he
             had
             brought
             the
             Confederates
             to
             the
             necessity
             of
             submitting
             to
             some
             forreign
             Prince
             for
             protection
             ,
             if
             God
             had
             not
             raised
             up
             Prince
             Morrice
             to
             defend
             them
             .
             In
             the
             mean
             time
             the
             Archduke
             Matthias
             ,
             finding
             that
             the
             States
             had
             a
             mind
             to
             be
             rid
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             were
             ready
             to
             call
             the
             Duke
             of
             Alencon
             ,
             and
             make
             him
             Duke
             of
             Brabant
             ,
             left
             the
             Low-Countreys
             .
             The
             Duke
             of
             Alencon
             went
             first
             into
             England
             ,
             in
             hopes
             of
             being
             married
             to
             Queen
             Elizabeth
             ;
             but
             the
             match
             being
             deferr'd
             ,
             he
             went
             into
             Brabant
             ,
             and
             took
             possession
             of
             the
             Dutchy
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1582.
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             was
             shot
             in
             the
             face
             with
             a
             Pistoll
             ,
             which
             made
             the
             people
             take
             some
             jealousie
             of
             the
             French
             ,
             and
             threaten
             to
             cut
             their
             throats
             ,
             and
             their
             new
             Dukes
             .
             
             He
             on
             his
             side
             did
             complain
             ,
             that
             all
             the
             Authority
             was
             in
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             his
             hand
             ;
             and
             thereupon
             fram'd
             a
             design
             upon
             Antwerp
             ,
             but
             fail'd
             when
             it
             came
             to
             the
             execution
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             were
             forced
             to
             leave
             the
             Town
             :
             and
             soon
             after
             Alexander
             made
             them
             quit
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             in
             which
             he
             did
             still
             advance
             ,
             having
             taken
             
               Tournay
               ,
               Oudenard
            
             ,
             and
             Breda
             ,
             defeated
             Biron
             ,
             and
             taken
             Dunkirk
             .
          
           
             All
             this
             while
             ,
             William
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             was
             seriously
             employed
             in
             framing
             ,
             and
             giving
             Laws
             to
             this
             new
             Commonwealth
             ;
             but
             being
             wakened
             by
             the
             progress
             of
             Alexander
             ,
             Duke
             of
             Parma
             ,
             he
             made
             a
             Remonstrance
             to
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             that
             now
             there
             was
             but
             two
             wayes
             left
             ,
             to
             provide
             for
             their
             safety
             ;
             the
             one
             was
             ,
             to
             submit
             ,
             and
             patiently
             yeeld
             to
             the
             Spanish
             domination
             ;
             the
             other
             ,
             to
             declare
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             to
             be
             fallen
             from
             ,
             and
             to
             have
             lost
             his
             right
             to
             the
             said
             Provinces
             ;
             and
             thereupon
             choose
             another
             Prince
             ,
             mentioning
             the
             Duke
             of
             Alenson
             .
             The
             last
             of
             these
             was
             followed
             ;
             and
             in
             a
             generall
             Assembly
             at
             Antwerp
             ,
             King
             Philip
             
             was
             depriv'd
             of
             his
             right
             and
             power
             in
             those
             Provinces
             ,
             and
             the
             Duke
             of
             Alenson
             ,
             as
             it
             has
             been
             said
             before
             ,
             chosen
             in
             his
             place
             .
             It
             is
             to
             the
             great
             wit
             and
             prudence
             of
             this
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             that
             Holland
             owes
             its
             liberty
             ;
             but
             he
             liv'd
             not
             to
             enjoy
             the
             fruit
             of
             his
             labour
             ,
             for
             he
             was
             assassinated
             at
             Delft
             ,
             the
             same
             year
             and
             day
             that
             the
             Duke
             of
             Alenson
             died
             at
             
               Chastea●
               Thyerry
            
             .
          
           
             Alexander
             having
             reduced
             Ipres
             and
             Bergue
             ,
             resolv'd
             ,
             against
             the
             opinion
             of
             all
             ,
             to
             besiege
             Antwerp
             ;
             and
             though
             he
             met
             with
             inconceivable
             difficulties
             in
             the
             execution
             ,
             yet
             he
             atchiev'd
             his
             enterprize
             with
             great
             glory
             .
          
           
             But
             his
             noble
             actions
             ,
             and
             the
             brave
             resistance
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             with
             all
             the
             series
             of
             the
             long
             War
             they
             have
             maintain'd
             ,
             for
             the
             defence
             of
             their
             liberties
             ,
             have
             been
             eloquently
             written
             by
             divers
             good
             Authors
             ,
             to
             whom
             we
             refer
             the
             Reader
             :
             our
             scope
             in
             this
             short
             Narration
             being
             only
             to
             instruct
             him
             ,
             how
             Holland
             and
             the
             other
             Provinces
             were
             govern'd
             before
             their
             union
             ;
             which
             having
             perform'd
             ,
             
             we
             now
             come
             to
             our
             main
             design
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             to
             give
             a
             particular
             Account
             of
             this
             Union
             ,
             of
             the
             Conditions
             upon
             which
             it
             was
             concluded
             ,
             and
             by
             which
             it
             yet
             stands
             ,
             as
             it
             follows
             in
             the
             Second
             Part
             of
             this
             Book
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           SECOND
           BOOK
           ,
           Containing
           the
           State
           and
           Government
           OF
           THE
           United
           Provinces
           OF
           THE
           LOW-COUNTRIES
           .
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             I.
             
          
           
             
               The
               League
               and
               Union
               of
               the
               Provinces
               .
            
          
           
             IT
             was
             in
             the
             Year
             1579.
             that
             some
             of
             the
             17.
             
             Provinces
             formerly
             under
             the
             Dominion
             of
             Philip
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             began
             to
             be
             call'd
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             League
             and
             Union
             which
             they
             made
             to
             defend
             
             themselves
             against
             the
             Spaniard
             their
             common
             Enemy
             ;
             and
             though
             these
             Provinces
             be
             now
             in
             the
             number
             of
             seven
             ,
             yet
             at
             first
             they
             were
             not
             so
             many
             ,
             but
             those
             that
             are
             mentioned
             in
             the
             Annals
             are
             these
             following
             ;
             
               Gueldre
               ,
               Zutphen
               ,
               Holland
               ,
               Zeeland
               ,
            
             the
             Diocess
             of
             
               Utrect
               ,
               Friezland
            
             ,
             or
             that
             Country
             which
             is
             call'd
             Omland
             ,
             situated
             between
             the
             Rivers
             Ems
             and
             Larica
             ,
             the
             Country
             about
             Nimmiegue
             and
             Arnhem
             ,
             the
             greatest
             part
             of
             the
             grietmans
             of
             
               Friezland
               ,
               Antwerp
               ,
               Ypres
            
             ,
             and
             Breda
             .
             The
             Provinces
             call'd
             Overyssel
             and
             Groningue
             followed
             their
             example
             ,
             and
             were
             admitted
             into
             the
             Union
             in
             the
             Year
             1594.
             
             Here
             follow
             the
             Articles
             of
             this
             Union
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             That
             all
             the
             aforesaid
             Provinces
             shall
             be
             as
             straightly
             and
             intimately
             united
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             did
             all
             make
             up
             one
             entire
             Province
             and
             Politick
             body
             ;
             and
             that
             they
             shall
             never
             be
             capable
             of
             being
             dis-united
             by
             any
             will
             ,
             codicil
             ,
             gift
             ,
             cession
             ,
             sale
             ,
             contract
             ,
             agreement
             ,
             or
             mariage
             of
             any
             Prince
             ,
             nor
             by
             any
             other
             means
             whatsoever
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             That
             every
             one
             of
             these
             Provinces
             
             shall
             inviolably
             keep
             and
             enjoy
             all
             their
             Immunities
             ,
             Customs
             ,
             Priviledges
             ,
             and
             Statutes
             of
             their
             Ancestors
             ;
             that
             they
             shall
             help
             one
             another
             against
             all
             Enemies
             whatsoever
             ;
             that
             if
             it
             should
             happen
             that
             any
             contentions
             should
             arise
             between
             the
             said
             Provinces
             ,
             that
             the
             de-bate
             should
             be
             judged
             either
             by
             the
             ordinary
             Judges
             ,
             or
             by
             Umpires
             friendly
             chosen
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             mean
             time
             they
             shall
             forbear
             troubling
             and
             offending
             one
             another
             till
             sentence
             be
             pronounced
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             The
             said
             Provinces
             shall
             be
             bound
             to
             defend
             and
             protect
             each
             other
             mutually
             and
             freely
             ,
             against
             all
             Princes
             and
             Lords
             either
             of
             their
             own
             Country
             or
             Foreigners
             ,
             who
             shall
             offer
             to
             invade
             them
             ,
             or
             commit
             any
             act
             of
             hostility
             whatsoever
             ;
             and
             for
             this
             effect
             they
             shall
             raise
             such
             Forces
             ,
             and
             such
             Money
             and
             Contribution
             as
             shall
             be
             thought
             fit
             ,
             and
             judged
             necessary
             by
             the
             greatest
             and
             major
             part
             of
             the
             Confederates
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             To
             the
             end
             that
             the
             said
             Provinces
             be
             alwayes
             in
             a
             readiness
             ,
             and
             provided
             against
             all
             designs
             of
             their
             Enemies
             ,
             the
             Frontier
             Towns
             shall
             be
             Fortified
             ,
             and
             provided
             with
             Men
             and
             Ammunition
             at
             
             the
             Publick
             charge
             ,
             by
             the
             consent
             of
             all
             the
             Provinces
             ;
             and
             that
             those
             whose
             Towns
             are
             already
             Fortified
             ,
             shall
             nevertheless
             contribute
             as
             the
             rest
             ;
             and
             if
             there
             be
             found
             necessity
             of
             building
             any
             new
             Forts
             ,
             demolishing
             or
             changeing
             the
             old
             ones
             ,
             that
             it
             be
             done
             at
             a
             common
             charge
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             And
             to
             the
             end
             that
             the
             necessary
             means
             whereby
             to
             answer
             all
             these
             designs
             fail
             not
             ,
             there
             shall
             be
             leavied
             and
             raised
             every
             where
             alike
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             same
             form
             and
             way
             ,
             Taxes
             and
             Imposts
             upon
             all
             sorts
             of
             Wine
             ,
             Beer
             ,
             Wheat
             ,
             Corn
             ,
             Salt
             ,
             Cloths
             ,
             Silks
             ,
             Cattle
             ,
             till'd
             and
             pasture
             Grounds
             ,
             the
             weight
             of
             Merchandizes
             ,
             weighed
             in
             publick
             weights
             ,
             &c.
             
             That
             those
             Regal
             Rights
             belonging
             heretofore
             to
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             shall
             still
             remain
             and
             be
             converted
             to
             the
             use
             aforesaid
             ;
             that
             all
             the
             Money
             raised
             by
             these
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             wayes
             ,
             shall
             not
             be
             destin'd
             nor
             imployed
             for
             any
             other
             use
             than
             for
             the
             defence
             of
             the
             said
             Provinces
             ;
             and
             the
             said
             Imposts
             shall
             be
             lessened
             or
             encreased
             according
             to
             publick
             emergencies
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             That
             the
             Frontier
             Towns
             shall
             be
             
             bound
             to
             receive
             or
             dismiss
             all
             Garrisons
             by
             the
             command
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             as
             likewise
             to
             pay
             them
             their
             pay
             out
             of
             the
             publick
             Money
             ;
             and
             to
             the
             end
             the
             safety
             of
             the
             said
             Towns
             be
             the
             better
             preserv'd
             ,
             it
             is
             agreed
             that
             the
             Officers
             of
             the
             Garrisons
             shall
             be
             sworn
             ,
             not
             only
             to
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             ,
             but
             also
             to
             the
             Magistrates
             of
             the
             particular
             Towns
             they
             shall
             be
             in
             ;
             that
             care
             be
             taken
             to
             make
             a
             Military
             Law
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             the
             Souldiers
             be
             not
             trouble
             some
             to
             the
             Inhabitants
             ;
             that
             the
             Souldiers
             themselves
             in
             Garrison
             be
             not
             freed
             from
             paying
             the
             Imposts
             ,
             and
             there
             be
             a
             sum
             set
             apart
             by
             the
             States
             to
             pay
             the
             Citizens
             for
             the
             lodging
             and
             quartering
             of
             Souldiers
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             That
             a
             moneth
             after
             the
             publication
             of
             this
             Union
             ,
             there
             be
             a
             general
             review
             made
             of
             all
             those
             that
             have
             attain'd
             the
             age
             of
             18.
             years
             ,
             and
             are
             under
             60.
             and
             that
             their
             Names
             be
             registred
             and
             declared
             to
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             ,
             to
             be
             imployed
             as
             they
             shall
             think
             fit
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             That
             there
             be
             made
             neither
             Peace
             ,
             War
             ,
             nor
             Truce
             ,
             nor
             new
             Imposition
             without
             the
             consent
             of
             all
             the
             Provinces
             ,
             
             not
             one
             resisting
             or
             standing
             out
             ;
             and
             as
             for
             the
             other
             things
             ,
             that
             concern
             the
             administration
             and
             execution
             of
             the
             said
             alliance
             ,
             that
             they
             be
             undertaken
             and
             perform'd
             by
             those
             that
             shall
             be
             appointed
             by
             the
             greatest
             part
             of
             the
             Confederates
             ;
             yet
             that
             all
             be
             call'd
             if
             there
             be
             either
             Peace
             or
             War
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             important
             business
             to
             be
             decided
             ;
             if
             the
             States
             cannot
             agree
             ,
             then
             the
             business
             be
             put
             to
             the
             Arbitration
             of
             the
             Governors
             of
             the
             particular
             Provinces
             ,
             and
             that
             all
             may
             follow
             their
             decision
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             That
             none
             of
             the
             said
             particular
             Provinces
             shall
             make
             League
             or
             Union
             with
             any
             Neighbouring
             Power
             ,
             or
             strange
             and
             remote
             Prince
             or
             People
             ,
             by
             their
             own
             private
             Authority
             ,
             and
             without
             the
             consent
             of
             the
             rest
             ;
             and
             likewise
             that
             if
             any
             Princes
             desire
             to
             come
             into
             the
             aforesaid
             alliance
             ,
             that
             they
             shall
             be
             received
             by
             common
             consent
             .
          
           
             10.
             
             That
             all
             approve
             of
             ,
             or
             reject
             the
             same
             coyn
             ,
             stamp
             ,
             and
             money
             ;
             and
             that
             as
             soon
             as
             can
             be
             ,
             there
             come
             forth
             a
             rule
             or
             settlement
             for
             coyning
             ,
             which
             all
             shall
             follow
             .
          
           
           
             11.
             
             As
             for
             the
             publick
             exercise
             of
             Religion
             ,
             whether
             or
             no
             any
             other
             ought
             to
             be
             receiv'd
             besides
             the
             Protestant
             ,
             let
             every
             Province
             dispose
             and
             ordain
             about
             it
             as
             they
             please
             ;
             provided
             still
             that
             they
             be
             all
             bound
             to
             let
             every
             man
             have
             the
             liberty
             of
             his
             Conscience
             ,
             without
             persecution
             for
             that
             subject
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             If
             there
             should
             happen
             any
             contests
             between
             any
             of
             the
             Provinces
             ,
             that
             then
             those
             of
             them
             that
             shall
             not
             be
             concern'd
             ,
             shall
             have
             power
             to
             determine
             about
             the
             debate
             of
             the
             others
             ;
             but
             if
             in
             these
             divisions
             all
             were
             concern'd
             ,
             then
             let
             the
             Governors
             of
             all
             the
             Provinces
             meet
             and
             decide
             the
             matter
             in
             a
             moneths
             time
             ,
             after
             which
             there
             shall
             be
             no
             appeal
             ,
             exception
             ,
             revision
             ,
             or
             nullity
             to
             be
             pleaded
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             That
             the
             said
             Provinces
             and
             Members
             of
             this
             Union
             do
             take
             a
             special
             care
             ,
             not
             to
             give
             any
             occasion
             to
             Foreign
             Princes
             to
             make
             War
             against
             them
             ;
             and
             therefore
             that
             they
             carry
             themselves
             towards
             Strangers
             with
             the
             same
             equity
             ,
             justice
             and
             moderation
             ,
             as
             towards
             the
             Naturals
             ;
             and
             if
             any
             of
             the
             Members
             
             do
             infringe
             and
             break
             this
             Article
             ,
             it
             is
             the
             duty
             and
             power
             of
             the
             others
             to
             constrain
             them
             to
             observe
             it
             by
             all
             means
             whatsoever
             .
          
           
             14.
             
             The
             States
             and
             Governors
             of
             each
             Province
             shall
             not
             lay
             a
             heavier
             Imposition
             upon
             those
             of
             their
             Subjects
             that
             shall
             travel
             to
             and
             fro
             ,
             than
             upon
             those
             that
             are
             found
             Inhabitants
             .
          
           
             15.
             
             That
             the
             Government
             and
             publick
             administration
             be
             well
             setled
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             agreed
             ;
             that
             there
             be
             chosen
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             all
             the
             Confederates
             some
             Plenipotentiaries
             ,
             and
             that
             these
             Plenipotentiaries
             do
             assign
             the
             day
             and
             place
             of
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             States
             of
             each
             Province
             ;
             and
             that
             they
             send
             to
             them
             in
             due
             time
             the
             Grievances
             ,
             and
             Heads
             of
             matters
             they
             are
             to
             treat
             about
             .
             Yet
             if
             there
             be
             such
             points
             as
             require
             secrecy
             ,
             that
             then
             they
             reserve
             to
             declare
             them
             in
             the
             Assembly
             General
             of
             the
             States
             ;
             that
             all
             the
             Provinces
             being
             thus
             advertiz'd
             ,
             do
             send
             their
             Deputies
             with
             their
             instructions
             and
             powers
             necessary
             to
             the
             place
             of
             the
             Assembly
             General
             ;
             that
             the
             preference
             be
             given
             by
             the
             plurality
             of
             Votes
             ,
             except
             in
             important
             
             affairs
             ;
             that
             if
             some
             Provinces
             do
             neglect
             to
             send
             their
             Deputies
             ,
             that
             those
             that
             shall
             meet
             do
             nevertheless
             debate
             and
             deliberate
             ,
             and
             decree
             ,
             as
             if
             all
             had
             been
             there
             ;
             but
             if
             the
             things
             to
             be
             debated
             will
             endure
             a
             delay
             ,
             then
             the
             Provinces
             that
             have
             not
             sent
             their
             Deputies
             shall
             be
             call'd
             upon
             two
             or
             three
             times
             ,
             and
             those
             that
             have
             not
             convenience
             of
             sending
             their
             Deputies
             ,
             let
             them
             send
             their
             advice
             by
             writing
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             If
             the
             States
             of
             the
             particular
             Provinces
             ,
             have
             any
             knowledge
             of
             those
             things
             that
             deserve
             to
             be
             examin'd
             and
             pass'd
             in
             the
             Council
             of
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             ,
             let
             them
             give
             notice
             to
             the
             Plenipotentiaries
             ,
             who
             shall
             assign
             and
             call
             together
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             Confederates
             .
          
           
             17.
             
             If
             there
             should
             be
             any
             difficulty
             about
             the
             interpretation
             of
             these
             Articles
             ,
             or
             any
             doubt
             arise
             ,
             let
             the
             sence
             of
             the
             major
             part
             of
             the
             Confederates
             be
             taken
             for
             the
             true
             meaning
             of
             all
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             If
             it
             be
             found
             necessary
             to
             abolish
             or
             change
             any
             Laws
             already
             made
             ,
             or
             make
             any
             new
             ones
             ,
             let
             it
             be
             done
             by
             the
             Votes
             and
             consent
             of
             all
             .
          
           
           
             19.
             
             Let
             all
             observe
             ,
             and
             solemnly
             swear
             to
             keep
             inviolably
             these
             Laws
             ;
             that
             if
             any
             thing
             be
             done
             either
             directly
             or
             indirectly
             contrary
             to
             them
             ,
             let
             it
             be
             
               ipso
               facto
            
             void
             ;
             and
             let
             it
             be
             lawfull
             for
             the
             other
             Provinces
             to
             seise
             and
             take
             the
             Cities
             ,
             Possessions
             ,
             and
             Goods
             of
             those
             that
             shall
             infringe
             them
             ,
             and
             persist
             so
             to
             do
             .
          
           
             In
             short
             ,
             if
             in
             these
             Constitutions
             there
             be
             any
             thing
             against
             the
             Right
             of
             any
             particular
             Province
             now
             constituting
             ,
             it
             shall
             not
             be
             sufficient
             to
             make
             a
             general
             renunciation
             to
             it
             ,
             except
             it
             be
             preceded
             by
             a
             particular
             renunciation
             of
             each
             of
             the
             Confederates
             .
          
           
             These
             are
             the
             Laws
             that
             have
             been
             the
             foundation
             and
             basis
             of
             this
             Commonwealth
             ,
             and
             are
             still
             exactly
             observed
             in
             all
             points
             ,
             except
             in
             the
             11th
             .
             Article
             concerning
             Religion
             ,
             which
             was
             alter'd
             by
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             in
             the
             Year
             1583.
             
          
           
             And
             since
             by
             the
             Union
             of
             Utrect
             ,
             it
             is
             free
             to
             amplifie
             ,
             change
             and
             shorten
             any
             of
             the
             said
             Articles
             ,
             when
             the
             safety
             of
             the
             Provinces
             should
             require
             it
             ;
             the
             States
             ordain'd
             ,
             that
             no
             Religion
             should
             
             be
             henceforth
             receiv'd
             ,
             but
             that
             which
             is
             publickly
             taught
             in
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Reformed
             ;
             but
             that
             if
             any
             Members
             ,
             Provinces
             ,
             or
             Papish
             Towns
             would
             enter
             into
             this
             alliance
             ,
             that
             then
             they
             should
             enjoy
             the
             liberty
             of
             their
             Religion
             ,
             in
             subscribing
             to
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Articles
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             II.
             
          
           
             
               The
               rank
               and
               dependencies
               of
               the
               United
               Provinces
               towards
               one
               another
               .
            
          
           
             HAving
             made
             a
             slight
             draught
             of
             the
             Commonwealth
             of
             these
             
               U●ited
               Provinces
            
             ,
             we
             must
             now
             consider
             what
             are
             these
             Provinces
             thus
             united
             ;
             and
             to
             that
             end
             it
             is
             observable
             ,
             that
             all
             those
             Towns
             that
             do
             depend
             on
             the
             administration
             and
             Government
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             do
             send
             their
             Deputies
             to
             the
             Hague
             ,
             and
             do
             share
             in
             the
             Government
             ;
             but
             that
             those
             Cities
             and
             Towns
             that
             have
             been
             added
             ,
             and
             subjected
             by
             
             the
             force
             of
             Armes
             ,
             are
             as
             conquer'd
             Nations
             used
             to
             be
             with
             the
             Romans
             .
             'T
             is
             true
             ,
             that
             those
             Towns
             that
             by
             the
             happy
             success
             of
             the
             States
             Armes
             have
             been
             with
             great
             cost
             and
             time
             conquer'd
             in
             Brabant
             ,
             have
             often
             solicited
             their
             admission
             and
             reception
             into
             the
             Body
             of
             the
             Commonwealth
             ;
             but
             because
             they
             have
             stood
             the
             State
             in
             so
             much
             blood
             and
             treasure
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             are
             incapable
             of
             assisting
             and
             being
             a
             help
             against
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             their
             long
             sufferings
             ,
             and
             also
             because
             it
             is
             fit
             that
             they
             alone
             who
             first
             conspir'd
             to
             this
             alliance
             ,
             should
             enjoy
             it
             ,
             they
             have
             not
             yet
             obtain'd
             their
             request
             .
          
           
             But
             to
             know
             whether
             those
             Towns
             of
             Brabant
             ,
             to
             the
             number
             of
             eight
             ,
             
               viz.
               Bolduc
               ,
               Breda
               ,
               Berguenopsooun
               ,
               Mastrect
               ,
               Grave
               ,
               Steenbergue
               ,
               Heindove
               ,
            
             and
             Helmont
             ,
             do
             deserve
             the
             priviledge
             that
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Drent
             now
             enjoys
             ,
             viz.
             of
             having
             particular
             Treasurers
             not
             accomptable
             to
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             ,
             is
             a
             point
             which
             deserves
             a
             greater
             discussion
             than
             is
             here
             to
             be
             expected
             .
             However
             within
             these
             few
             years
             the
             said
             Towns
             have
             a
             Court
             of
             Judicature
             ,
             
             which
             does
             Soveraignly
             and
             without
             Appeal
             judge
             and
             decide
             all
             controversies
             arising
             in
             those
             parts
             .
             This
             Court
             sits
             at
             the
             Hague
             ,
             and
             is
             made
             up
             of
             seven
             Counsellors
             ,
             one
             Secretary
             ,
             one
             Attorney
             of
             the
             Exchequer
             ,
             and
             one
             Attorney
             General
             :
             The
             Towns
             likewise
             conquer'd
             in
             Flanders
             have
             a
             Court
             of
             Judicature
             at
             Middlebourg
             ,
             determining
             all
             causes
             Soveraignly
             .
          
           
             The
             Countrey
             of
             Drent
             has
             many
             great
             Priviledges
             ,
             as
             the
             power
             to
             choose
             a
             Governor
             ;
             to
             contribute
             to
             the
             publick
             necessities
             as
             other
             Provinces
             do
             ;
             and
             it
             has
             also
             an
             ambulatory
             Court
             of
             Justice
             ,
             which
             goes
             from
             Town
             to
             Town
             to
             hear
             causes
             ,
             and
             decree
             upon
             them
             without
             Appeal
             ;
             besides
             it
             has
             the
             liberty
             of
             naming
             Commissaries
             for
             the
             Treasury
             ;
             but
             it
             has
             not
             yet
             the
             priviledge
             of
             sending
             Deputies
             call'd
             Pensionaries
             to
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             ,
             because
             they
             did
             not
             at
             first
             come
             into
             the
             League
             and
             Alliance
             made
             between
             the
             other
             Provinces
             ;
             and
             also
             because
             since
             that
             time
             there
             has
             been
             no
             occasion
             of
             making
             any
             Articles
             with
             any
             of
             their
             Towns
             ,
             except
             
             Couverde
             ,
             which
             is
             disputed
             too
             ;
             there
             being
             in
             this
             Countrey
             scarce
             any
             place
             which
             has
             
               ju●
               Civitatis
            
             ,
             except
             the
             little
             Town
             of
             Mepp●l
             ,
             which
             would
             sooner
             attain
             its
             desire
             of
             taking
             share
             in
             the
             Government
             ,
             if
             by
             the
             consent
             of
             Drent
             it
             were
             united
             to
             some
             of
             the
             neighbouring
             Provinces
             .
          
           
             To
             Drent
             is
             ordinarily
             joyn'd
             the
             Mannor
             or
             Demean
             of
             Rhun
             ,
             which
             is
             an
             antient
             Lordship
             of
             the
             House
             of
             Munster
             .
          
           
             But
             
               Gueldres
               ,
               Holland
               ,
               Zeeland
               ,
               Utrect
               ,
               Friezland
               ,
               Overyssel
            
             and
             Groningue
             ,
             with
             Omlund
             ,
             are
             of
             the
             first
             alliance
             ,
             and
             have
             for
             Armes
             a
             Lion
             holding
             in
             his
             paw
             seven
             Arrows
             ,
             the
             symbole
             of
             their
             Union
             ,
             and
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             do
             use
             it
             as
             their
             publick
             Seal
             .
          
           
             This
             order
             which
             we
             have
             set
             down
             ,
             though
             it
             were
             so
             at
             first
             ,
             was
             nevertheless
             disputed
             between
             Friezland
             and
             U●rect
             ,
             they
             both
             pretending
             to
             the
             precedency
             ;
             but
             besides
             that
             Utrect
             is
             in
             possession
             ,
             it
             has
             two
             strong
             reasons
             :
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             formerly
             all
             Friezland
             was
             subject
             to
             the
             Bishop
             of
             Utrect
             ,
             as
             for
             the
             Spiritual
             Jurisdiction
             ▪
             ●ly
             .
             That
             
             a
             〈…〉
             Utrect
             had
             declar'd
             for
             the
             Union
             ,
             when
             divers
             Towns
             of
             Friezland
             were
             yet
             in
             suspence
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             III.
             
          
           
             
               What
               was
               the
               Form
               of
               the
               General
               Assemblies
               ,
               till
               the
               time
               of
               the
               Earl
               of
               Leicester
               .
            
          
           
             FRom
             the
             first
             time
             that
             the
             Deputies
             met
             to
             make
             and
             ordain
             Laws
             ,
             about
             the
             setling
             and
             firm
             establishing
             of
             the
             Commonwealth
             ,
             it
             was
             agreed
             by
             the
             17th
             .
             Article
             of
             the
             Union
             of
             Utrect
             ,
             that
             as
             often
             as
             the
             Confederates
             should
             have
             occasion
             to
             deliberate
             about
             any
             thing
             in
             a
             set
             place
             ,
             they
             should
             send
             thither
             their
             Deputies
             ,
             and
             these
             Deputies
             were
             call'd
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             .
             But
             the
             States
             being
             not
             alwayes
             in
             a
             capacity
             to
             meet
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             divers
             obstacles
             ,
             and
             there
             being
             a
             great
             necessity
             of
             a
             perpetual
             Senate
             or
             Council
             ,
             it
             was
             
             found
             requisite
             to
             establish
             a
             Council
             of
             State
             ,
             
               (
               den
               Raed
               van
               Staten
            
             )
             which
             was
             made
             up
             of
             one
             President
             ,
             of
             the
             Deputies
             of
             the
             Provinces
             ,
             of
             one
             Treasurer
             ,
             and
             three
             Secretaries
             .
             There
             was
             in
             those
             dayes
             no
             set
             place
             for
             the
             meeting
             of
             this
             Council
             ,
             because
             that
             then
             the
             settlement
             was
             not
             compleated
             ,
             and
             things
             were
             uncertain
             :
             but
             here
             are
             the
             Articles
             which
             this
             Council
             was
             bound
             to
             observe
             ,
             and
             which
             were
             to
             guide
             them
             in
             their
             administration
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             That
             in
             the
             exercise
             of
             their
             charge
             they
             should
             not
             so
             much
             endeavour
             the
             benefit
             and
             advantage
             of
             those
             Provinces
             which
             they
             were
             Deputies
             for
             ,
             as
             the
             good
             of
             the
             whole
             Commonwealth
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             That
             they
             should
             observe
             the
             Laws
             prescribed
             them
             by
             the
             Authority
             of
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             That
             they
             shall
             take
             care
             of
             the
             publick
             Treasure
             ,
             and
             pay
             the
             wages
             to
             all
             those
             to
             whom
             wages
             are
             due
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             That
             they
             shall
             take
             care
             that
             the
             affaires
             of
             the
             Confederates
             do
             
             not
             receive
             any
             disadvantage
             or
             trouble
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             That
             they
             shall
             send
             every
             three
             moneths
             to
             the
             States
             of
             each
             particular
             Province
             ,
             a
             Compendium
             of
             all
             their
             Consultations
             ,
             and
             the
             accounts
             of
             their
             expences
             and
             receipts
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             That
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             shall
             consult
             and
             deliberate
             with
             them
             in
             affairs
             of
             importance
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             shall
             call
             them
             together
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             19th
             .
             Article
             of
             the
             Union
             .
          
           
             This
             last
             Article
             was
             to
             be
             understood
             of
             such
             affairs
             as
             could
             not
             be
             delayed
             For
             their
             importance
             .
          
           
             By
             succession
             of
             time
             ,
             the
             Common-wealth
             continuing
             to
             prosper
             and
             advance
             ,
             and
             the
             Earl
             of
             Leicester
             being
             expected
             in
             these
             parts
             from
             England
             ,
             to
             govern
             as
             Lieutenant
             to
             Queen
             Elizabeth
             ,
             there
             was
             reason
             to
             fear
             that
             which
             had
             already
             happened
             ,
             viz.
             that
             he
             or
             others
             sitting
             for
             him
             ,
             in
             the
             States
             ,
             should
             endeavour
             to
             dive
             into
             the
             secret
             of
             deliberations
             ;
             whereupon
             it
             was
             resolv'd
             ,
             to
             settle
             ,
             besides
             this
             
               Council
               of
               State
            
             ,
             the
             Soveraign
             
               Council
               of
               the
               States
               General
            
             ,
             who
             should
             alwayes
             
             sit
             at
             the
             Hague
             ,
             leaving
             to
             this
             
               Council
               of
               State
            
             the
             care
             of
             smaller
             and
             less
             important
             business
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             IV.
             
          
           
             
               In
               what
               consists
               the
               Superiority
               of
               the
               States
               General
               ,
               and
               what
               sort
               of
               affairs
               are
               determin'd
               by
               them
               ,
               which
               cannot
               be
               determin'd
               by
               the
               States
               of
               the
               particular
               Provinces
               .
            
          
           
             SInce
             that
             time
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             ever
             since
             the
             Year
             1587.
             the
             Soveraign
             administration
             of
             business
             has
             been
             in
             the
             power
             of
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             and
             their
             
               Soveraign
               Council
            
             ;
             and
             in
             it
             is
             not
             only
             all
             Majesty
             and
             Soveraignty
             ,
             by
             vertue
             of
             the
             Union
             ,
             but
             they
             have
             also
             the
             power
             of
             deciding
             some
             business
             which
             the
             particular
             Provinces
             cannot
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             For
             in
             the
             first
             〈…〉
             
             lone
             that
             give
             Audience
             to
             the
             Ambassadors
             of
             Princes
             and
             Foreign
             States
             ,
             and
             do
             also
             send
             in
             their
             own
             Name
             Ambassadors
             abroad
             for
             the
             good
             of
             all
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             This
             Assembly
             alone
             proclaims
             War
             ,
             and
             has
             the
             management
             of
             it
             both
             by
             Sea
             and
             Land.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             It
             is
             to
             them
             that
             the
             Officers
             and
             Souldiers
             are
             first
             sworn
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             the
             General
             that
             commands
             the
             Army
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Some
             Deputies
             of
             this
             Assembly
             are
             alwayes
             appointed
             to
             accompany
             the
             General
             in
             time
             of
             War
             ,
             without
             whose
             advice
             he
             cannot
             lawfully
             begin
             any
             enterprize
             of
             importance
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             This
             Assembly
             has
             also
             its
             Envoys
             in
             the
             Meetings
             of
             the
             East
             and
             
               West
               India
               Companies
            
             ,
             because
             there
             are
             often
             deliberations
             of
             War
             and
             Peace
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             It
             is
             this
             Assembly
             that
             has
             the
             power
             of
             chosing
             a
             General
             both
             by
             Sea
             and
             Land
             ,
             and
             of
             obliging
             him
             to
             take
             the
             Oath
             of
             allegiance
             to
             them
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             They
             give
             Safe-conduct
             and
             Passes
             to
             all
             Strangers
             that
             desire
             to
             passe
             through
             their
             Countrey
             .
          
           
           
             8.
             
             They
             can
             pardon
             and
             forgive
             Fugitives
             ,
             and
             those
             that
             have
             turn'd
             to
             the
             Enemies
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             They
             make
             Orders
             about
             the
             transport
             and
             entries
             of
             Merchandises
             .
          
           
             10.
             
             They
             alone
             exercise
             the
             power
             of
             Soveraignty
             over
             the
             conquer'd
             Cities
             and
             Towns
             of
             
               Brabant
               ,
               Flanders
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             reduced
             by
             force
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             They
             ought
             to
             take
             care
             that
             all
             the
             Provinces
             remain
             in
             friendship
             and
             amity
             one
             with
             another
             ;
             but
             they
             ought
             to
             comport
             themselves
             rather
             as
             Remonstrancers
             than
             as
             Commanders
             .
          
           
             And
             in
             short
             ,
             they
             are
             to
             take
             care
             of
             all
             that
             is
             directed
             and
             addressed
             to
             them
             by
             Commissions
             ;
             and
             whosoever
             shall
             well
             weigh
             these
             things
             ,
             will
             not
             wonder
             if
             they
             are
             honoured
             with
             the
             title
             of
             
               Illustrious
               High
               and
               Mighty
            
             ,
             though
             the
             
               States
               of
               Holland
            
             enjoy
             only
             the
             quality
             of
             
               Noble
               and
               Powerfull
            
             :
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             V.
             
          
           
             
               How
               far
               the
               power
               of
               the
               
                 States
                 Generall
              
               does
               extend
               .
            
          
           
             THe
             
               States
               Generall
            
             are
             alwayes
             upon
             the
             Guard
             ,
             for
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Provinces
             safety
             ,
             and
             for
             all
             publick
             advantages
             .
             If
             therefore
             the
             Governour
             Generall
             ,
             or
             the
             Embassadours
             and
             Envoys
             of
             other
             Princes
             ,
             do
             make
             any
             Propositions
             ,
             that
             are
             of
             concern
             and
             importance
             to
             the
             Commonwealth
             ,
             it
             is
             order'd
             ,
             that
             the
             Deputies
             do
             give
             account
             of
             it
             by
             Letters
             ,
             to
             their
             respective
             Provinces
             ;
             and
             according
             as
             their
             answer
             is
             ,
             it
             is
             determin'd
             by
             the
             plurality
             of
             Votes
             ,
             except
             in
             cases
             of
             contribution
             ,
             for
             then
             there
             is
             requir'd
             an
             unanimous
             consent
             of
             all
             the
             Provinces
             .
          
           
             From
             whence
             it
             appears
             ,
             that
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             being
             the
             representatives
             of
             those
             that
             send
             them
             ,
             have
             no
             
             power
             beyond
             the
             extent
             of
             their
             Commission
             ,
             and
             in
             such
             things
             only
             as
             are
             mention'd
             by
             it
             ;
             but
             do
             stand
             in
             need
             of
             new
             Orders
             ,
             when
             new
             business
             happens
             ,
             and
             without
             them
             they
             cannot
             deliberate
             ,
             nor
             give
             their
             Vote
             in
             the
             Assembly
             .
             So
             that
             it
             appears
             ,
             that
             they
             have
             but
             a
             fiduciary
             and
             delegated
             power
             ;
             their
             Decrees
             are
             of
             no
             force
             ,
             if
             they
             are
             not
             agreed
             to
             by
             the
             particular
             Provinces
             :
             and
             to
             them
             these
             Decrees
             are
             directed
             to
             be
             published
             ,
             rather
             in
             a
             precary
             and
             submissive
             way
             ,
             the
             stile
             running
             ;
             
               We
               pray
               and
               require
               our
               dear
               and
               beloved
               the
               States
               ,
               Governours
               ,
               Deputies
               ,
            
             &c.
             
               of
               the
               respective
               Provinces
            
             ,
             &c.
             
             Besides
             this
             ,
             every
             Province
             makes
             Laws
             at
             home
             as
             they
             please
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VI.
             
          
           
             
               Who
               are
               those
               that
               are
               ordinarily
               chosen
               for
               Deputies
               to
               the
               States
               Generall
               ;
               and
               of
               the
               order
               which
               is
               observ'd
               amongst
               the
               Deputies
               .
            
          
           
             THis
             high
             Councell
             alwayes
             sitting
             at
             the
             Hague
             ,
             is
             composed
             of
             the
             Deputies
             of
             the
             seven
             Provinces
             ,
             in
             the
             order
             above-mentioned
             .
             They
             are
             sent
             in
             uncertain
             number
             ;
             for
             some
             Provinces
             send
             two
             ,
             some
             three
             ,
             or
             one
             ,
             or
             a
             greater
             number
             ;
             but
             all
             the
             Deputies
             of
             one
             Province
             ,
             though
             never
             so
             many
             ,
             make
             but
             one
             Vote
             ,
             or
             Su●●rage
             .
             The
             Provinces
             that
             send
             them
             ,
             furnish
             them
             for
             their
             expences
             ,
             and
             give
             them
             a
             considerable
             allowance
             .
             The
             time
             of
             their
             deputation
             is
             not
             limited
             neither
             ;
             for
             some
             Provinces
             
             send
             them
             for
             two
             years
             ,
             some
             for
             four
             ,
             six
             ,
             or
             more
             ,
             some
             for
             all
             their
             life
             .
             Now
             all
             these
             Provinces
             are
             of
             equall
             Authority
             in
             the
             States
             ,
             though
             Holland
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             strongest
             of
             all
             ,
             have
             the
             custome
             of
             drawing
             some
             others
             to
             its
             party
             ,
             and
             particularly
             ,
             when
             Zeeland
             joyns
             with
             it
             .
          
           
             But
             that
             which
             is
             worth
             observation
             ,
             and
             contrary
             to
             the
             opinion
             of
             some
             strangers
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             though
             the
             Provinces
             be
             very
             unequall
             in
             strength
             and
             dignity
             ,
             and
             that
             some
             contribute
             four
             times
             as
             much
             in
             peace
             and
             war
             ,
             towards
             the
             publick
             ;
             yet
             have
             they
             all
             equall
             right
             in
             deliberations
             ,
             and
             none
             has
             an
             authority
             over
             the
             other
             .
             Between
             the
             Deputies
             ,
             they
             observe
             the
             order
             that
             is
             receiv'd
             in
             their
             respective
             Provinces
             ,
             for
             their
             precedency
             .
             In
             Gu●ldres
             the
             Gentry
             goes
             before
             the
             Deputies
             of
             the
             Towns
             ,
             and
             the
             Deputies
             of
             Nimegue
             precede
             all
             the
             others
             .
             In
             Holland
             the
             Deputies
             of
             Towns
             yeeld
             to
             the
             Deputies
             of
             the
             Nobles
             .
             In
             Zeeland
             the
             Deputy
             of
             the
             Marquess
             of
             Terveer
             ,
             and
             of
             Flushing
             ,
             precede
             all
             the
             others
             ,
             as
             representing
             the
             Nobility
             .
             
             In
             the
             Diocess
             of
             Utrect
             ,
             the
             Deputies
             of
             the
             chosen
             ,
             or
             Eleu●
             ,
             have
             precedency
             before
             the
             Nobility
             ,
             and
             before
             the
             Deputies
             of
             the
             Town
             of
             Utrect
             it self
             .
             In
             Friezeland
             the
             Deputies
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             call'd
             
               (
               Goon
               ende
               Wolden
            
             )
             do
             precede
             the
             Deputies
             of
             Towns.
             In
             Overissel
             the
             Nobles
             Deputies
             carry
             it
             ,
             before
             the
             Deputy
             of
             the
             three
             great
             Towns
             ;
             and
             the
             same
             precedency
             that
             Groeningue
             has
             upon
             Omland
             ,
             its
             Deputy
             has
             upon
             the
             Deputy
             of
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             These
             things
             deserve
             to
             be
             taken
             notice
             of
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             ordinarily
             the
             first
             Deputy
             that
             presides
             ;
             and
             he
             being
             absent
             ,
             the
             next
             takes
             his
             place
             :
             but
             the
             same
             does
             not
             preside
             alwayes
             in
             this
             great
             Assembly
             ;
             for
             the
             president
             is
             changed
             every
             week
             ,
             and
             the
             Deputies
             of
             the
             Provinces
             take
             it
             by
             turns
             .
          
           
             Some
             strangers
             have
             been
             grosly
             mistaken
             ,
             to
             write
             ,
             that
             the
             Governour
             Generall
             was
             the
             perpetuall
             President
             of
             this
             Assembly
             ;
             which
             is
             so
             far
             from
             being
             true
             ,
             that
             he
             has
             not
             so
             much
             ,
             as
             the
             liberty
             of
             giving
             his
             Vote
             .
             It
             cannot
             be
             denied
             indeed
             ,
             that
             the
             
             States
             do
             often
             ask
             his
             advice
             ,
             and
             hear
             his
             Propositions
             ;
             and
             by
             a
             receiv'd
             custome
             ,
             the
             President
             does
             every
             day
             see
             him
             ,
             to
             know
             whether
             he
             has
             any
             thing
             to
             propose
             .
          
           
             When
             the
             President
             takes
             the
             Votes
             ,
             he
             begins
             by
             Gueldres
             ,
             and
             goes
             on
             to
             
               Holland
               ,
               Zeeland
            
             ,
             &c.
             and
             having
             the
             opinion
             of
             all
             ,
             he
             concludes
             according
             to
             the
             plurality
             of
             Votes
             ;
             except
             it
             be
             an
             affair
             of
             great
             consequence
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Deputies
             desire
             to
             have
             time
             ,
             to
             advise
             with
             the
             States
             of
             their
             Provinces
             .
             The
             Clerk
             or
             Secretary
             does
             at
             the
             same
             time
             ,
             draw
             up
             the
             resolution
             of
             the
             company
             ,
             which
             the
             President
             signs
             ,
             and
             the
             Secretary
             after
             him
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Orders
               that
               the
               States
               of
               Holland
               and
               West-Friezeland
               give
               to
               their
               Deputies
               in
               the
               
                 States
                 Generall
              
               ;
               and
               of
               the
               Oath
               they
               take
               .
            
          
           
             SInce
             that
             the
             Government
             of
             Holland
             shall
             be
             hereafter
             propos'd
             ,
             as
             a
             pattern
             of
             the
             other
             Provinces
             ;
             it
             will
             not
             be
             amiss
             to
             produce
             here
             the
             Orders
             ,
             that
             the
             States
             of
             Holland
             and
             West-Friezeland
             gave
             upon
             the
             third
             of
             March
             ,
             in
             1643.
             to
             the
             Deputies
             they
             sent
             to
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             There
             shall
             be
             sent
             on
             the
             behalf
             of
             Holland
             and
             West-Friezeland
             ,
             none
             but
             capable
             and
             sufficient
             men
             ,
             that
             shall
             not
             be
             before-hand
             engaged
             in
             another
             employment
             ,
             by
             Oath
             or
             Pension
             .
          
           
           
             2.
             
             It
             is
             not
             lawfull
             for
             the
             Deputies
             to
             go
             beyond
             the
             terms
             of
             the
             Treaty
             of
             union
             at
             Utrect
             ,
             and
             the
             Commands
             of
             their
             Provinces
             .
             They
             shall
             let
             pass
             nothing
             ,
             that
             shall
             be
             contrary
             to
             the
             priviledges
             ,
             immunities
             ,
             and
             customes
             ,
             receiv'd
             by
             our
             Ancestours
             ,
             without
             a
             speciall
             Order
             from
             their
             States
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             The
             said
             Deputies
             shall
             not
             ,
             neither
             in
             this
             Assembly
             ,
             nor
             out
             of
             it
             ,
             treat
             of
             peace
             nor
             war
             ,
             nor
             grant
             Patents
             or
             Priviledges
             ,
             that
             might
             be
             damageable
             to
             Holland
             or
             West-Friezeland
             ;
             nor
             levy
             or
             cashier
             Souldiers
             ;
             nor
             change
             the
             current
             Coyn
             ;
             nor
             forgive
             traytors
             :
             but
             whensoever
             things
             of
             that
             nature
             shall
             be
             afoot
             ,
             they
             shall
             give
             notice
             to
             the
             States
             of
             Holland
             and
             West-Friezeland
             ,
             or
             in
             their
             absence
             ,
             to
             the
             
               Councell
               of
               State.
            
             
          
           
             4.
             
             They
             shall
             neither
             sell
             ,
             nor
             alienate
             the
             Dominions
             ,
             Rights
             ,
             and
             Priviledges
             belonging
             to
             the
             publick
             ,
             by
             vertue
             of
             their
             publick
             union
             ,
             without
             a
             particular
             and
             speciall
             consent
             of
             the
             Provinces
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             All
             the
             revenues
             and
             prerogatives
             
             that
             belong
             to
             the
             publick
             ,
             by
             vertue
             of
             Treaties
             and
             Agreements
             made
             with
             forreign
             powers
             ,
             shall
             be
             applied
             to
             the
             benefit
             of
             the
             publick
             union
             ,
             and
             shall
             be
             put
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Treasurer
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Councell
               of
               State
            
             ,
             and
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             shall
             not
             dispose
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             The
             Deputies
             shall
             not
             ,
             neither
             by
             themselves
             ,
             nor
             by
             others
             ,
             exercise
             any
             sort
             of
             Judicature
             upon
             any
             cause
             ;
             but
             shall
             send
             the
             parties
             either
             to
             the
             
               Councell
               of
               State
            
             ,
             or
             to
             the
             Admiralty
             ,
             according
             as
             the
             affair
             is
             :
             but
             they
             may
             pronounce
             sentence
             upon
             such
             Law-Suits
             ,
             as
             are
             subject
             to
             be
             re-viewed
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             They
             cannot
             by
             their
             Authority
             ,
             hinder
             and
             suspend
             the
             execution
             of
             any
             sentence
             ,
             given
             by
             any
             Court
             whatsoever
             ,
             either
             in
             criminall
             or
             civill
             matters
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             As
             soon
             as
             the
             States
             of
             Holland
             and
             West-Frieze
             shall
             meet
             ,
             they
             shall
             immediately
             send
             them
             all
             the
             Deliberations
             made
             in
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             They
             shall
             communicate
             the
             affairs
             
             and
             concerns
             of
             these
             Countreys
             ,
             to
             none
             but
             their
             States
             ;
             or
             in
             their
             absence
             ,
             to
             their
             
               Councell
               of
               State
            
             :
             and
             if
             there
             fall
             out
             any
             thing
             that
             may
             concern
             North-Holland
             ,
             they
             shall
             immediately
             give
             notice
             to
             the
             Deputies
             of
             that
             place
             .
          
           
             10.
             
             The
             
               Councell
               of
               State
            
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Colledge
               of
               the
               〈…〉
               iralty
            
             ,
             shall
             leave
             that
             very
             thing
             〈◊〉
             the
             order
             so
             prescrib'd
             ;
             and
             shall
             not
             change
             ,
             either
             by
             themselves
             ,
             or
             others
             ,
             any
             part
             of
             these
             Instructions
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             They
             shall
             not
             dispose
             of
             the
             pri
             〈…〉
             pall
             military
             ,
             and
             pol
             〈…〉
             ck
             Offices
             ,
             without
             the
             particular
             consent
             of
             the
             States
             of
             Holland
             ;
             neither
             shall
             they
             make
             such
             presents
             ,
             as
             might
             lessen
             the
             revenue
             of
             the
             publick
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             They
             shall
             have
             six
             shillings
             a
             day
             allowed
             them
             for
             their
             wages
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             The
             Deputies
             shall
             swear
             to
             observe
             all
             these
             Articles
             ;
             of
             which
             ,
             the
             States
             of
             Holland
             and
             West-Friezeland
             ,
             do
             reserve
             to
             themselves
             a
             more
             ample
             interpretation
             .
          
           
             This
             Order
             has
             been
             made
             and
             confirm'd
             by
             the
             said
             States
             the
             ninth
             of
             
             March
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1643.
             
             Here
             follows
             the
             Formulary
             of
             the
             Oath
             .
          
           
             I
             A.
             B.
             
               do
               promise
               and
               swear
               perpetuall
               fidelity
               to
               the
            
             States
             of
             Holland
             ,
             and
             West-Friezeland
             ,
             
               as
               being
               the
               Soveraign
               Lords
               of
               the
               said
            
             Provinces
             ;
             
               and
               that
               I
               will
               not
               assist
               neither
               by
               counsell
               ,
               nor
               by
               deed
               ,
               or
               any
               manner
               ,
               in
               any
               thing
               that
               shall
               be
               prejudiciall
               to
               the
               aforesaid
               Authority
               ;
               and
               that
               if
               I
               perceive
               any
               such
               thing
               doing
               by
               others
               ,
               I
               will
               immediately
               give
               notice
               of
               it
               to
               the
            
             States
             ,
             
               or
               in
               their
               absence
               ,
               to
               their
            
             Councell
             :
             
               likewise
               that
               I
               will
               defend
               to
               my
               utmost
               ,
               the
               prerogatives
               and
               honour
               of
               the
               said
               Countreys
               ;
               as
               likewise
               the
               Reform'd
               Religion
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               now
               taught
               in
               those
            
             Provinces
             .
             
               In
               a
               word
               ;
               that
               I
               will
               further
               and
               advance
               ,
               as
               much
               as
               in
               me
               lyes
               ,
               the
               interest
               of
               the
               said
            
             Provinces
             ,
             
               both
               in
               the
            
             States
             Generall
             ,
             
               and
               abroad
               ,
               as
               far
               as
               it
               stands
               with
               the
               benefit
               of
               the
               publick
               union
               .
               I
               do
               likewise
               promise
               to
               keep
               secret
               all
               things
               ,
               that
               shall
               require
               to
               be
               so
               kept
               ;
               that
               I
               will
               receive
               no
               forbidden
               presents
               ;
               and
               that
               I
               will
               do
               all
               things
               according
               to
               those
               Orders
               I
               have
               now
               or
               shall
               have
               hereafter
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VIII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Great
               Assembly
               Extraordinary
               .
            
          
           
             BEsides
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             alwayes
             residing
             at
             the
             Hague
             ;
             there
             is
             besides
             a
             great
             Assembly
             ,
             call'd
             in
             the
             language
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             
               De
               groote
               Vergaderinge
            
             ;
             which
             is
             also
             convocated
             to
             meet
             at
             the
             Hague
             ,
             for
             affairs
             of
             extraordinary
             importance
             .
             This
             Assembly
             never
             meets
             ,
             till
             all
             the
             Provinces
             have
             first
             given
             their
             consent
             ;
             who
             do
             not
             only
             prescribe
             the
             time
             and
             place
             ,
             but
             do
             also
             examine
             before-hand
             ,
             in
             their
             States
             ,
             all
             the
             points
             that
             are
             to
             be
             put
             in
             deliberation
             ,
             that
             so
             they
             may
             be
             able
             to
             give
             positive
             and
             certain
             Orders
             to
             their
             Deputies
             ;
             and
             yet
             are
             these
             Deputies
             often
             obliged
             to
             write
             back
             ,
             and
             have
             recourse
             to
             those
             that
             sent
             them
             .
             The
             Order
             of
             this
             Assembly
             ,
             is
             the
             same
             with
             that
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             and
             they
             have
             the
             same
             power
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             IX
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               
                 Councell
                 of
                 State
              
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               greatest
               after
               the
               Councell
               of
               the
               
                 States
                 Generall
              
               .
            
          
           
             IT
             appears
             by
             what
             has
             been
             said
             before
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             a
             
               Councell
               of
               State
            
             of
             more
             ancient
             standing
             ,
             than
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             .
             But
             since
             the
             establishment
             of
             this
             last
             ,
             the
             first
             takes
             cognizance
             of
             smaller
             affairs
             ;
             as
             of
             those
             things
             that
             concern
             Taxes
             ;
             or
             the
             Militia
             ;
             or
             those
             that
             regard
             the
             Towns
             and
             Fortresses
             conquer'd
             ,
             and
             the
             visit
             of
             the
             fortifications
             of
             them
             .
             This
             Councill
             is
             compos'd
             of
             the
             Deputies
             of
             all
             the
             Provinces
             ;
             and
             the
             Generall
             of
             the
             Army
             ,
             (
             when
             there
             is
             one
             )
             is
             perpetuall
             President
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             has
             his
             Vote
             .
             There
             are
             twelve
             Counsellors
             from
             the
             Provinces
             ;
             two
             from
             Gueldres
             ;
             three
             from
             Holland
             ;
             two
             from
             
             Zeeland
             ;
             two
             from
             Friezeland
             ;
             and
             
               Utrect
               ,
               Overissell
               ,
               Groeningue
            
             ,
             and
             Omland
             ,
             each
             ,
             one
             .
             And
             because
             the
             Generall
             is
             often
             absent
             ,
             therefore
             they
             choose
             a
             President
             ,
             which
             ordinarily
             fall
             to
             them
             by
             turns
             .
             Hereof
             every
             man
             makes
             a
             Vote
             ,
             and
             they
             reckon
             by
             Pole
             ;
             and
             then
             the
             greatest
             number
             carries
             it
             .
             They
             sit
             as
             long
             ,
             as
             it
             pleases
             the
             States
             that
             sent
             them
             .
             Friezeland
             having
             alwaies
             had
             a
             Governour
             apart
             ,
             he
             has
             had
             the
             priviledge
             of
             appearing
             and
             sitting
             for
             them
             ,
             and
             of
             appointing
             some
             body
             to
             do
             it
             in
             his
             absence
             .
             This
             Councell
             being
             (
             in
             effect
             )
             as
             a
             help
             to
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             they
             treat
             much
             about
             affairs
             of
             the
             same
             nature
             ,
             and
             often
             do
             give
             an
             account
             of
             what
             they
             do
             ,
             to
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ;
             who
             upon
             their
             information
             ,
             do
             Decree
             :
             and
             then
             the
             Decree
             runs
             thus
             :
             
               By
               the
               Commandment
               of
               our
               Lords
               ,
               the
            
             States
             Generall
             
               of
               the
            
             United
             Provinces
             ,
             
               upon
               the
               relation
               of
               the
            
             Councell
             of
             State
             ,
             
               of
               the
               same
               Provinces
            
             .
             And
             besides
             the
             Secretary
             ,
             the
             President
             
               (
               pro
               tempore
            
             )
             in
             the
             Councell
             ,
             signs
             it
             .
          
           
           
             This
             Councell
             does
             ordinarily
             meet
             apart
             ,
             and
             of
             its
             own
             accord
             ;
             but
             sometimes
             extraordinarily
             it
             joyns
             with
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             .
             When
             that
             happens
             ,
             if
             the
             Generall
             of
             the
             Army
             is
             there
             ,
             he
             takes
             place
             among
             the
             Deputies
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             and
             he
             takes
             the
             most
             honourable
             place
             ,
             at
             the
             upper
             end
             of
             a
             long
             Table
             :
             and
             as
             it
             often
             happens
             ,
             when
             the
             
               Counsellors
               of
               State
            
             are
             dismiss'd
             ,
             he
             may
             keep
             his
             place
             ,
             and
             assist
             at
             the
             other
             Deliberations
             of
             the
             States
             .
          
           
             Now
             every
             time
             that
             this
             Councell
             meets
             alone
             ,
             there
             are
             two
             Counsellors
             supernumerary
             ,
             who
             have
             only
             deliberative
             voices
             ,
             and
             not
             definitive
             Votes
             ,
             that
             do
             assist
             at
             it
             .
             The
             one
             is
             the
             
               Superintendant
               of
               the
               Treasury
            
             ;
             and
             the
             other
             is
             the
             Treasurer
             ,
             or
             
               Receiver
               Generall
            
             himself
             .
             The
             first
             keeps
             account
             ,
             and
             controuls
             all
             publick
             expences
             ,
             though
             he
             keep
             not
             the
             money
             ;
             the
             other
             has
             in
             his
             hands
             all
             the
             publick
             treasure
             ,
             of
             which
             he
             gives
             good
             account
             .
             He
             is
             ordinarily
             heard
             after
             the
             Intendant
             ,
             whose
             counsell
             they
             commonly
             ask
             first
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             X.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Power
               of
               the
               States
               of
               every
               Province
               .
            
          
           
             EAch
             Province
             has
             a
             soveraign
             power
             within
             it self
             ,
             and
             may
             exercise
             all
             supreme
             jurisdiction
             ,
             except
             such
             as
             ought
             to
             be
             common
             to
             all
             by
             vertue
             of
             their
             union
             .
             For
             example
             ,
             that
             can
             make
             Laws
             obligatory
             to
             their
             Subjects
             ;
             choose
             Magistrates
             ;
             punish
             Criminals
             ;
             coyn
             Money
             ;
             set
             up
             Universities
             ;
             make
             the
             Dividends
             of
             generall
             Taxes
             ;
             and
             impose
             such
             as
             are
             necessary
             for
             the
             States
             of
             the
             Province
             .
          
           
             Yet
             this
             is
             not
             to
             be
             so
             understood
             ,
             as
             if
             this
             Soveraignty
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             did
             exclude
             the
             soveraign
             jurisdiction
             ,
             which
             many
             Towns
             do
             exercise
             within
             their
             Precinct
             :
             for
             the
             end
             of
             the
             State●
             being
             to
             preserve
             every
             ones
             liberties
             and
             priviledges
             ,
             it
             is
             not
             to
             be
             thought
             they
             will
             take
             away
             any
             ,
             that
             shall
             be
             
             consistent
             with
             the
             Government
             .
             As
             for
             example
             ,
             
               Dort
               ,
               Nimmegue
               ,
               Deventer
               ,
               de
               Camp
               ,
               de
               Zwoll
               ,
            
             and
             Gr●eningue
             ,
             have
             many
             priviledges
             ,
             which
             we
             shall
             else-where
             take
             notice
             of
             .
             Likewise
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Drent
             does
             exercise
             by
             its
             States
             ,
             a
             royall
             and
             absolute
             Authority
             ,
             and
             does
             commit
             the
             administration
             of
             it
             to
             its
             Deputies
             .
             Omland
             likewise
             has
             the
             power
             of
             imposing
             Taxes
             upon
             its
             ●nhabitants
             ,
             though
             it
             make
             up
             one
             
               Province
               ▪
            
             with
             Groeningue
             .
             Now
             here
             are
             the
             particular
             acts
             of
             Soveraignty
             ,
             of
             which
             every
             
               Province
               ▪
            
             in
             particular
             is
             barr'd
             ,
             and
             which
             do
             only
             belong
             to
             them
             all
             united
             .
             For
             they
             cannot
          
           
             1.
             
             Undertake
             a
             new
             War.
             2.
             
             Make
             Peace
             or
             Truce
             .
             3.
             
             Lay
             Impositions
             ,
             which
             concern
             the
             common
             Union
             .
             4.
             
             M●ke
             alliance
             with
             Neighbours
             .
             5.
             
             Set
             the
             value
             of
             Money
             ,
             or
             make
             Laws
             concerning
             the
             publick
             .
             All
             these
             things
             cannot
             be
             done
             but
             by
             common
             consent
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XI
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               States
               of
               Holland
               and
               Zeeland
               .
            
          
           
             IN
             Holland
             and
             West-Friezeland
             the
             States
             are
             compos'd
             of
             two
             sorts
             of
             Members
             ;
             viz.
             of
             the
             Nobles
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             
               Deputies
               of
               Towns
            
             ;
             the
             Nobles
             that
             are
             famous
             not
             only
             by
             their
             antient
             extraction
             ,
             but
             also
             by
             the
             Lordships
             and
             Castles
             which
             they
             possess
             ,
             are
             the
             chiefest
             :
             they
             ordinarily
             meet
             to
             the
             number
             of
             twelve
             or
             thirteen
             ,
             and
             have
             the
             first
             voyce
             .
          
           
             The
             Towns
             which
             send
             their
             Deputies
             are
             these
             ,
             
               Dort
               ,
               Harlem
               ,
               Leyden
               ,
               Amsterdam
               ,
               Tergou
               ,
               Rotterdam
               ,
               Gorchom
               ,
               Schoonhove
               ,
               la
               Brille
               ,
               Al●maer
               ,
               Enchuse
               ,
               Edam
               ,
               Monichdam
               ,
            
             and
             Purmerent
             .
             If
             there
             be
             any
             difficulty
             about
             Tributes
             ,
             or
             if
             it
             be
             to
             declare
             War
             ,
             or
             make
             Peace
             ,
             then
             these
             following
             Towns
             are
             likewise
             assembled
             by
             
               D●puties
               ,
               Wo●rde
               ,
               Geertrudenbergue
               ,
               Naerde
               ,
               Muden
               ,
               O●de
               ▪
               
               watre
               ,
               Huesdam
               ,
               Wesop
               ,
            
             and
             Wourcom
             .
             The
             
               Deputies
               of
               Towns
            
             are
             ordinarily
             Bourgmasters
             ,
             to
             whom
             is
             ordinarily
             joyn'd
             an
             Alderman
             or
             Counsellor
             ,
             who
             is
             call'd
             a
             Pensioner
             .
          
           
             The
             great
             Assembly
             ,
             call'd
             
               (
               groot
               mogende
            
             )
             that
             is
             ,
             Great
             and
             Mighty
             ,
             is
             at
             the
             Hague
             ,
             and
             is
             vulgarly
             call'd
             ,
             
               The
               Assembly
               of
               the
               States
               of
            
             Holland
             and
             West-Friezeland
             .
          
           
             Besides
             this
             Assembly
             which
             is
             held
             but
             from
             time
             to
             time
             ,
             there
             is
             another
             ordinary
             Assembly
             ,
             which
             also
             sits
             at
             the
             Hague
             ,
             and
             is
             a
             Representative
             of
             the
             
               States
               of
               the
               Province
            
             ,
             and
             in
             their
             absence
             takes
             care
             of
             the
             Treasury
             ,
             and
             all
             ordinary
             affairs
             ;
             and
             ,
             if
             there
             be
             occasion
             ,
             it
             convocates
             the
             Great
             Assembly
             :
             one
             Nobleman
             and
             the
             
               Deputies
               of
               Towns
            
             sit
             in
             this
             ,
             and
             is
             call'd
             ,
             the
             
               Counsellors
               Deputies
               of
               the
               Lords
               of
               the
               States
               of
            
             Holland
             and
             West-Friezeland
             :
             The
             Advocate
             
               Pensioner
               of
               Holland
            
             is
             the
             Moderator
             of
             these
             two
             Assemblies
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             he
             that
             gathers
             the
             Votes
             ,
             and
             performs
             the
             Office
             of
             Speaker
             ;
             and
             eight
             dayes
             after
             their
             separation
             ,
             he
             is
             bound
             to
             send
             to
             the
             Nobles
             ,
             
             and
             to
             the
             
               Deputies
               of
               Towns
            
             ,
             the
             deliberations
             and
             resolves
             made
             in
             the
             Assembly
             .
          
           
             Zeeland
             being
             also
             govern'd
             by
             States
             ,
             there
             are
             two
             sorts
             of
             Members
             ,
             viz.
             the
             Nobles
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Deputies
               of
               Towns
            
             ;
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             as
             Marquess
             of
             Treveer
             and
             Flessingue
             ,
             represents
             the
             Nobles
             by
             his
             Deputy
             in
             the
             Assemblies
             at
             Middlebourg
             ,
             and
             has
             the
             first
             place
             .
          
           
             The
             Towns
             that
             send
             their
             Deputies
             are
             
               Middlebourg
               ,
               Ziriczee
               ,
               Tergoes
               ,
               Tertole
               ,
               Flessingue
               ,
            
             and
             Treveer
             ;
             these
             States
             meet
             as
             often
             as
             they
             think
             fit
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             intervals
             seven
             Deputies
             supply
             their
             room
             ;
             one
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Prince
             ,
             who
             represents
             the
             Nobility
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             each
             Town
             one
             ,
             to
             whom
             are
             added
             the
             Pensioner
             and
             the
             Secretary
             .
          
           
             Besides
             ,
             Walachria
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             principal
             Island
             of
             Zeeland
             ,
             has
             the
             right
             of
             holding
             a
             particular
             Assembly
             at
             Middlebourg
             ,
             which
             is
             ordinarily
             call'd
             ,
             the
             
               Assembly
               of
               the
               States
               of
               the
               Isle
               of
            
             Walachria
             ,
             and
             is
             composed
             of
             one
             Deputy
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             
             and
             of
             six
             others
             ;
             three
             for
             
               Middlebourg
               ,
               Flessingue
            
             and
             Treveer
             ,
             two
             for
             the
             rich
             Landowners
             of
             the
             Island
             ,
             call'd
             
               (
               de
               breed
               geerfde
            
             )
             to
             whom
             is
             adjoyn'd
             a
             Secretary
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Governors
               of
               the
               
                 United
                 Provinces
              
               ,
               untill
               the
               Year
               1650.
               
            
          
           
             WIlliam
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             was
             the
             first
             Governor
             General
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ;
             and
             since
             by
             the
             desert
             of
             this
             Family
             ,
             this
             so
             great
             a
             charge
             has
             been
             continued
             in
             it
             ,
             it
             will
             not
             be
             amiss
             to
             set
             down
             their
             Titles
             and
             Lordships
             here
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             Princes
             of
             Orange
             ,
             Counts
             of
             
               Nassaw
               ,
               Catinilibogue
               ,
               Viande
               ,
               Diest
               ,
               Lingue
               ,
               Meurs
               ,
               Bure
               ,
            
             and
             Leerdam
             ,
             &c.
             
             Marquess
             of
             Treveer
             and
             Flessingue
             ,
             Lords
             Barons
             of
             
               Breda
               ,
               Grave
               ,
               Cuych
               ,
               Diest
               ,
               Grimbergue
               ,
               Harental
               ,
               Branendock
               ,
               Warneston
               ,
               Arlac
               ,
               Noseroy
               ,
               Saint
               
               Vite
               ,
               Doesbourg
               ,
               Polan
               ,
               Wilemstad
               ,
               Nieuward
               ,
               Ysselstein
               ,
            
             of
             the
             Fort
             
               Saint
               Martin
               Guertrude●bergue
               ,
               Chasteanrenart
            
             of
             the
             two
             Swal●es
             of
             Naddwick
             ,
             Vicounts
             hereditary
             of
             Antwerp
             and
             Besanson
             ,
             Governors
             of
             
               Gueldres
               ,
               Holland
               ,
               Zeeland
               ,
               West-Friezeland
               ,
               Zutphen
               ,
               Overyssel
               ,
            
             and
             Generals
             by
             Sea
             and
             by
             Land.
             
          
           
             This
             first
             noble
             Prince
             having
             been
             wickedly
             assassinated
             in
             the
             year
             1584.
             brought
             such
             a
             consternation
             upon
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             that
             many
             Towns
             ,
             nay
             some
             Provinces
             ,
             fell
             back
             under
             the
             Spanish
             domination
             .
             The
             Earl
             of
             Meurs
             was
             Governor
             of
             Gueldres
             and
             Utrect
             .
             The
             Hollanders
             and
             Zeelanders
             chose
             by
             provision
             the
             Prince
             Maurice
             ,
             younger
             son
             to
             the
             deceased
             Prince
             
               William
               .
               William
               Lewis
            
             Earl
             of
             Nassaw
             had
             been
             receiv'd
             General
             in
             Friezeland
             not
             long
             before
             ;
             the
             Earl
             of
             Hohenlo
             had
             the
             conduct
             of
             the
             Army
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Council
               of
               State
            
             the
             management
             of
             affairs
             .
          
           
             But
             things
             were
             in
             so
             great
             a
             confusion
             ,
             that
             the
             States
             m●strusting
             their
             own
             strength
             ,
             offer'd
             themselves
             to
             the
             
             French
             ;
             who
             having
             used
             them
             ill
             ,
             they
             address'd
             themselves
             to
             '
             Queen
             Elizabeth
             of
             England
             ,
             with
             whom
             they
             prevailed
             at
             last
             to
             send
             them
             
               Robert
               Dudley
            
             Earl
             of
             Leicester
             .
          
           
             He
             came
             into
             Holland
             in
             1585.
             with
             so
             absolute
             a
             power
             ,
             that
             no
             Governor
             before
             him
             ever
             had
             the
             like
             ;
             for
             he
             had
             power
             to
             name
             one
             half
             of
             the
             
               Council
               of
               State
            
             ;
             and
             because
             he
             was
             a
             credulous
             easie
             man
             ,
             he
             suffer'd
             himself
             to
             be
             led
             by
             the
             Nose
             by
             some
             Strangers
             about
             him
             ,
             who
             little
             intended
             the
             advantage
             of
             the
             Low-Countries
             ;
             and
             himself
             being
             a
             particular
             Enemy
             to
             Prince
             Maurice
             and
             the
             Earl
             of
             Hohenlo
             ,
             at
             last
             the
             hatred
             against
             him
             became
             great
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             affections
             of
             the
             people
             and
             Souldiers
             turn'd
             to
             Maurice
             :
             the
             treacherous
             actions
             of
             Stanly
             and
             York
             ,
             English
             Commanders
             who
             had
             deliver'd
             Deventer
             and
             Zutphen
             to
             the
             Spaniard
             ,
             had
             much
             exasperated
             the
             States
             ;
             and
             now
             a
             general
             fear
             began
             to
             possess
             the
             Lovers
             of
             their
             Countrey
             ,
             least
             they
             should
             either
             be
             sold
             or
             oppress'd
             :
             whereupon
             the
             States
             of
             
               Five
               Provinces
            
             gave
             all
             the
             charge
             of
             
             governing
             to
             Prince
             Maurice
             ,
             who
             being
             setled
             ,
             did
             soon
             quash
             all
             jealousies
             and
             suspicions
             which
             did
             already
             make
             people
             apt
             to
             sedition
             and
             tumults
             .
          
           
             But
             since
             our
             design
             is
             not
             to
             write
             Annals
             ,
             we
             need
             not
             here
             recite
             all
             the
             glorious
             actions
             of
             Prince
             Maurice
             ;
             it
             is
             only
             fit
             to
             observe
             ,
             that
             
               William
               Lewis
            
             Earl
             of
             Nassaw
             ,
             then
             Governor
             of
             Friezeland
             ,
             and
             since
             1550.
             
             Governor
             of
             Groningue
             and
             Omlande
             ,
             was
             alwayes
             in
             perfect
             intelligence
             with
             his
             Cousin
             Maurice
             ;
             and
             so
             this
             famous
             couple
             of
             the
             Nassavian
             Family
             advanc'd
             the
             affairs
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             conjoyntly
             .
          
           
             Maurice
             died
             the
             23.
             of
             April
             in
             the
             Year
             1625.
             he
             was
             a
             very
             great
             Captain
             ,
             and
             of
             incomparable
             conduct
             in
             War
             ,
             and
             politick
             affairs
             .
          
           
             Maurice
             being
             dead
             ,
             and
             Spinola
             the
             Spanish
             General
             having
             then
             besieged
             Breda
             ,
             a
             Town
             of
             great
             importance
             for
             the
             States
             ,
             they
             presently
             chose
             
               Henry
               Frederick
            
             of
             Nassaw
             ,
             his
             Brother
             ,
             for
             General
             in
             his
             room
             ,
             and
             not
             long
             after
             
               Gueldres
               ,
               Holland
               ,
               Zeeland
               ,
               Utrect
            
             and
             Overyssel
             accepted
             of
             him
             for
             their
             
             Governor
             ;
             
               Groningue
               ,
               Omlande
            
             ,
             and
             Drent
             ,
             submitted
             to
             
               Ernest
               Lasimir
            
             of
             Nassaw
             ,
             Brother
             to
             
               William
               Lewis
            
             of
             Nassaw
             ,
             who
             was
             also
             Governor
             of
             Friezeland
             .
          
           
             Prince
             Henry
             was
             a
             worthy
             successor
             to
             his
             Brothers
             deserts
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             Honours
             ,
             and
             carried
             himself
             with
             singular
             valour
             and
             prudence
             ;
             his
             Cousin
             Ernest
             was
             no
             small
             help
             to
             him
             and
             the
             Provinces
             ,
             being
             a
             most
             excellent
             Field
             Officer
             ,
             and
             in
             that
             imployment
             he
             died
             at
             the
             siege
             of
             Ruremonde
             in
             the
             Year
             1632.
             
          
           
             His
             successor
             to
             his
             Governments
             of
             
               Friezeland
               ,
               &c.
            
             was
             his
             son
             Prince
             Henry
             ;
             the
             A●hilles
             of
             the
             Hollander
             ;
             he
             was
             young
             ,
             and
             by
             his
             beginnings
             did
             promise
             so
             much
             as
             might
             make
             all
             men
             wish
             him
             a
             longer
             life
             ;
             but
             he
             was
             kill'd
             in
             the
             Year
             1640.
             his
             very
             Enemies
             bearing
             witness
             of
             his
             noble
             valour
             ;
             and
             the
             Friezelanders
             much
             afflicted
             chose
             his
             Brother
             
               William
               Frederick
            
             of
             Nassaw
             ,
             who
             worthily
             supplyed
             his
             Brothers
             loss
             .
             
               Groningue
               ,
               Omlande
            
             ,
             and
             Drent
             ,
             coming
             back
             to
             
               Henry
               Frederick
            
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             who
             
             died
             likewise
             at
             the
             Hague
             in
             1647.
             the
             14th
             .
             of
             March
             ,
             having
             first
             forced
             the
             Spaniards
             to
             make
             Peace
             .
          
           
             His
             only
             son
             William
             took
             the
             Oath
             of
             Allegiance
             to
             the
             States
             the
             same
             day
             ,
             as
             General
             of
             all
             their
             Forces
             both
             by
             Sea
             and
             Land.
             
          
           
             A
             little
             after
             ,
             six
             of
             the
             
               Provi
               〈…〉
               s
            
             chose
             him
             for
             their
             Governor
             ,
             as
             they
             had
             promised
             his
             Father
             ;
             but
             Friezeland
             alone
             being
             already
             provided
             of
             Prince
             
               William
               Frederick
            
             ,
             made
             no
             change
             ,
             but
             engaged
             that
             in
             case
             he
             should
             die
             ,
             they
             would
             then
             choose
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             .
             But
             O
             unexpected
             misfortune
             !
             just
             as
             all
             the
             Provinces
             were
             in
             hopes
             of
             living
             in
             a
             flourishing
             condition
             under
             the
             protection
             of
             this
             William
             the
             second
             ,
             he
             died
             at
             the
             Hague
             in
             the
             Year
             1650.
             and
             that
             in
             so
             short
             a
             time
             ,
             that
             the
             noise
             of
             his
             disease
             did
             scarce
             fore-run
             the
             news
             of
             his
             death
             ;
             he
             left
             the
             Princess
             his
             Lady
             with
             Child
             of
             a
             son
             ,
             of
             whom
             she
             was
             brought
             abed
             eight
             dayes
             after
             the
             Princes
             death
             ,
             who
             is
             the
             now
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             whom
             God
             keep
             and
             preserve
             ,
             and
             give
             him
             his
             Ancestors
             spirit
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XIII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               charge
               of
               Governour
               .
            
          
           
             IT
             is
             a
             hard
             matter
             to
             reduce
             the
             charge
             of
             Governour
             under
             certain
             Heads
             ,
             because
             hitherto
             the
             Provinces
             have
             given
             them
             such
             different
             instructions
             ,
             that
             they
             have
             had
             a
             hand
             in
             every
             thing
             .
             The
             
               States
               General
            
             have
             hitherto
             communicated
             all
             their
             designs
             and
             counsils
             with
             the
             three
             Princes
             of
             Orange
             ,
             that
             have
             succeeded
             one
             another
             ;
             as
             also
             the
             President
             of
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             has
             alwayes
             used
             to
             wait
             upon
             his
             Highness
             before
             the
             sitting
             of
             the
             Company
             ;
             besides
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             great
             Estates
             they
             possess
             in
             Zeeland
             ,
             and
             other
             Provinces
             ,
             they
             enjoy
             peculiar
             Priviledges
             ,
             and
             have
             in
             that
             consideration
             and
             others
             ,
             many
             advantages
             which
             the
             Provinces
             may
             either
             amplifie
             or
             restrain
             at
             their
             pleasure
             .
          
           
             But
             leaving
             all
             this
             aside
             ,
             and
             considering
             barely
             what
             belongs
             to
             the
             
             Office
             of
             a
             Governour
             ,
             we
             may
             particularly
             stay
             upon
             these
             six
             points
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             The
             
               Governour
               General
            
             may
             pardon
             and
             forgive
             all
             capital
             crimes
             ,
             that
             deserve
             death
             ;
             this
             Prerogative
             is
             call'd
             
               (
               trech
               van
               pardonneren
               .
            
             )
          
           
             2.
             
             In
             those
             Provinces
             that
             have
             Courts
             of
             Judicature
             ,
             he
             is
             alwayes
             the
             President
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             his
             Name
             and
             Titles
             are
             in
             the
             front
             of
             all
             their
             Acts
             and
             Decrees
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             In
             certain
             places
             where
             that
             custom
             is
             receiv'd
             ,
             he
             names
             the
             Magistrates
             ,
             either
             out
             of
             a
             certain
             number
             proposed
             to
             him
             ,
             or
             absolutely
             as
             he
             pleases
             .
             It
             is
             thus
             practis'd
             at
             Nimmegue
             ;
             every
             where
             in
             Holland
             ,
             except
             at
             
               Horne
               ,
               Enchuse
               ,
               Edam
            
             ,
             and
             Monchenda●
             ;
             in
             Zeeland
             every
             where
             ,
             except
             at
             Tergoes
             ;
             in
             Utrect
             every
             where
             ;
             in
             Friezeland
             the
             Governour
             does
             the
             like
             .
             This
             Priviledge
             is
             extended
             even
             to
             the
             nomination
             of
             
               (
               amptmans
            
             ,
             or
             
               drostampen
               ,
            
             )
             of
             the
             dignity
             of
             Patricians
             ,
             or
             
               (
               ra●ts
               heers-ampten
            
             )
             and
             many
             other
             which
             would
             be
             too
             long
             to
             name
             here
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             He
             may
             send
             Ambassadors
             to
             
             Foreign
             Princes
             for
             his
             own
             particular
             concerns
             ,
             and
             give
             private
             Audience
             to
             the
             Ambassadors
             of
             Foreign
             States
             ,
             that
             are
             sent
             to
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             It
             is
             his
             duty
             to
             see
             the
             States
             Orders
             executed
             in
             those
             Provinces
             in
             which
             he
             is
             Governour
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             By
             the
             9th
             .
             and
             14th
             .
             Articles
             of
             the
             Union
             of
             Utrect
             ,
             he
             is
             made
             Umpire
             of
             such
             contests
             as
             should
             arise
             between
             the
             Provinces
             ,
             or
             between
             any
             Members
             of
             one
             Province
             ,
             or
             even
             between
             the
             States
             and
             some
             of
             their
             Subjects
             ;
             touching
             all
             which
             he
             alone
             can
             pronounce
             a
             Soveraign
             and
             definitive
             sentence
             ;
             and
             if
             the
             affairs
             be
             of
             very
             great
             consequence
             ,
             then
             he
             may
             joyn
             with
             him
             some
             Counsellors
             of
             State
             ,
             without
             exception
             of
             persons
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             expresly
             enjoyn'd
             to
             all
             parties
             ,
             to
             acquiesce
             and
             submit
             to
             his
             A●bitration
             .
             We
             shall
             speak
             elsewhere
             of
             the
             other
             attributes
             of
             Governour
             ,
             that
             have
             ●elong'd
             to
             him
             as
             General
             by
             Sea
             and
             Land
             ;
             for
             these
             two
             great
             charges
             are
             not
             ,
             as
             some
             Strangers
             do
             ,
             to
             be
             confounded
             ;
             and
             he
             that
             is
             Governour
             of
             the
             Provinces
             ,
             is
             not
             alwayes
             General
             of
             their
             Forces
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XIV
             .
          
           
             
               Whether
               or
               no
               the
               
                 United
                 Provinces
              
               can
               subsist
               without
               a
               Governour
               .
            
          
           
             SInce
             we
             have
             numbred
             up
             the
             Governours
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             and
             declar'd
             freely
             what
             is
             their
             Authority
             and
             Power
             ,
             it
             is
             now
             fit
             to
             consider
             whether
             they
             are
             so
             necessary
             to
             the
             States
             ,
             as
             to
             make
             them
             incapable
             of
             subsisting
             without
             them
             .
             Many
             Strangers
             are
             of
             opinion
             ,
             that
             these
             Provinces
             cannot
             be
             without
             a
             
               Governour
               General
            
             ;
             and
             the
             same
             opinion
             has
             taken
             root
             in
             the
             hearts
             of
             many
             Natives
             ,
             who
             are
             not
             able
             to
             discern
             those
             things
             in
             the
             Treaty
             of
             Utrect
             which
             are
             essential
             ,
             from
             those
             that
             are
             mutable
             ,
             and
             may
             be
             otherwise
             disposed
             of
             ,
             as
             the
             circumstances
             of
             time
             do
             vary
             .
          
           
             But
             since
             the
             Soveraign
             Power
             has
             never
             been
             entirely
             resigned
             into
             the
             hand
             of
             any
             one
             Governour
             ,
             though
             
             some
             have
             had
             very
             many
             of
             the
             Prorogatives
             belonging
             to
             it
             ,
             it
             is
             evident
             ,
             that
             they
             in
             whom
             the
             Soveraign
             Power
             remains
             ,
             can
             perform
             by
             themselves
             those
             Offices
             which
             they
             are
             pleas'd
             to
             trust
             a
             Governour
             with
             :
             therefore
             if
             a
             Governour
             does
             nothing
             but
             by
             Commission
             ,
             and
             that
             because
             of
             the
             absence
             of
             those
             who
             impower
             him
             to
             act
             for
             them
             ;
             why
             shall
             not
             they
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             present
             ,
             take
             upon
             them
             the
             execution
             of
             those
             things
             that
             were
             before
             committed
             to
             anothers
             care
             ?
             And
             though
             Governours
             be
             often
             nam'd
             and
             mention'd
             in
             the
             Treaty
             of
             Utrect
             ,
             yet
             was
             it
             not
             intended
             for
             a
             
               Governour
               General
            
             ,
             for
             even
             at
             that
             time
             Utrect
             had
             its
             particular
             Governour
             ;
             and
             some
             years
             after
             it
             was
             govern'd
             by
             the
             same
             Governour
             that
             Holland
             and
             Zeeland
             was
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             to
             as
             little
             purpose
             that
             some
             pretend
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             necessary
             that
             each
             Province
             should
             have
             its
             particular
             Governour
             ,
             who
             may
             in
             fit
             season
             prevent
             and
             calm
             all
             occasions
             of
             Civil
             commotions
             ,
             as
             the
             Dictators
             did
             in
             Rome
             ;
             but
             in
             vain
             ,
             for
             who
             sees
             not
             but
             that
             as
             hitherto
             the
             way
             of
             determining
             those
             
             contests
             has
             been
             by
             referring
             them
             to
             the
             Governour
             ,
             and
             some
             Deputies
             of
             another
             Province
             ;
             so
             they
             may
             ,
             if
             they
             please
             ,
             leave
             out
             the
             Governour
             ,
             and
             refer
             their
             debates
             to
             the
             Deputies
             of
             other
             Provinces
             alone
             :
             particularly
             considering
             ,
             that
             it
             has
             been
             hitherto
             observ'd
             ,
             that
             no
             Governour
             ever
             undertook
             the
             person
             of
             an
             Umpire
             ,
             before
             he
             had
             consulted
             with
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ;
             who
             being
             above
             any
             inferiour
             Province
             ,
             have
             the
             power
             of
             hindring
             the
             progress
             and
             encrease
             of
             any
             dissention
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XV.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Riches
               ,
               by
               which
               the
               
                 United
                 Provinces
              
               do
               maintain
               themselves
               .
            
          
           
             BY
             the
             Treaty
             of
             Union
             made
             at
             Utrect
             ,
             it
             was
             ordained
             ,
             that
             there
             should
             be
             raised
             an
             equall
             summe
             of
             Moneys
             in
             every
             Province
             :
             but
             experience
             
             hath
             taught
             us
             ,
             that
             such
             an
             equality
             was
             very
             unjust
             .
             For
             ,
             for
             example
             ;
             is
             it
             fit
             that
             there
             should
             be
             no
             more
             laid
             upon
             an
             acre
             of
             Land
             in
             Holland
             ,
             which
             is
             very
             rich
             ,
             and
             yeelds
             twice
             as
             much
             as
             in
             any
             other
             place
             ,
             than
             upon
             an
             acre
             in
             Gueldres
             ,
             which
             is
             poor
             ,
             and
             yeelds
             not
             half
             the
             revenue
             .
             The
             same
             difference
             is
             to
             be
             observ'd
             in
             all
             other
             things
             .
          
           
             It
             has
             therefore
             been
             judg'd
             by
             common
             consent
             ,
             more
             just
             and
             profitable
             for
             each
             Province
             to
             make
             a
             new
             Order
             every
             year
             ;
             in
             which
             each
             should
             be
             taxed
             according
             to
             the
             then
             abilities
             of
             the
             said
             Province
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             the
             publick
             exigencies
             .
             So
             for
             example
             ;
             if
             there
             be
             necessity
             of
             raising
             10000.
             pound
             ,
             Holland
             alone
             shall
             furnish
             4000.
             five
             hundred
             of
             it
             ;
             Zeeland
             and
             Friezeland
             a
             1000.
             a
             piece
             ;
             
               Gueldres
               Utrect
            
             ,
             and
             Groeningue
             ,
             3500.
             and
             Transisulania
             ,
             or
             Overissell
             ,
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
             This
             order
             being
             once
             agreed
             upon
             ,
             it
             belongs
             to
             the
             States
             of
             each
             Province
             ,
             to
             consider
             how
             it
             shall
             be
             levyed
             :
             and
             this
             is
             the
             true
             reason
             why
             the
             Taxes
             and
             Imposts
             are
             so
             different
             in
             the
             Dominions
             
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             .
          
           
             These
             Levyes
             thus
             order'd
             ,
             are
             not
             alwayes
             receiv'd
             in
             money
             ,
             and
             return'd
             to
             the
             publick
             Treasury
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             but
             are
             distributed
             by
             Tallies
             in
             the
             Province
             it self
             ,
             to
             those
             to
             whom
             the
             States
             do
             owe
             ;
             which
             is
             a
             very
             wise
             caution
             ;
             for
             it
             is
             certain
             ,
             that
             money
             still
             lessens
             as
             it
             passes
             through
             the
             hands
             of
             many
             receivers
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Among
             these
             Levyes
             ,
             it
             was
             thought
             fit
             from
             the
             very
             beginning
             ,
             to
             give
             leave
             to
             all
             to
             transport
             certain
             merchandize
             into
             the
             neighbouring
             Low-Countreys
             ,
             still
             remaining
             under
             the
             Spanish
             jurisdiction
             ;
             but
             there
             was
             and
             is
             an
             impost
             laid
             upon
             them
             ;
             for
             the
             receit
             of
             which
             there
             are
             Officers
             ,
             and
             seachers
             upon
             the
             Frontier
             .
             But
             to
             the
             end
             this
             licence
             might
             be
             no
             wayes
             prejudiciable
             to
             the
             affairs
             of
             this
             rising
             Commonwealth
             ,
             they
             forbid
             the
             transport
             of
             Arms
             or
             Ammunition
             ,
             under
             pain
             of
             death
             .
             Yet
             at
             last
             when
             victuals
             and
             necessaries
             for
             life
             grew
             dear
             among
             their
             enemies
             ,
             and
             that
             there
             was
             an
             evident
             advantage
             for
             the
             Confederates
             to
             furnish
             them
             with
             those
             
             things
             ,
             licence
             was
             granted
             ,
             and
             they
             drove
             such
             a
             trade
             with
             their
             enemies
             ,
             as
             made
             themselves
             grow
             rich
             and
             powerfull
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             There
             is
             likewise
             a
             great
             summe
             of
             money
             rais'd
             upon
             the
             granting
             of
             Passports
             ,
             to
             those
             in
             the
             Spanish
             Dominions
             ,
             who
             desire
             to
             transport
             themselves
             into
             the
             Territories
             of
             the
             States
             ;
             for
             every
             Passport
             costs
             fifty
             shillings
             of
             English
             money
             .
             And
             yet
             lest
             this
             also
             should
             prove
             prejudiciall
             to
             the
             State
             ,
             they
             seldome
             grant
             any
             to
             those
             amongst
             their
             enemies
             ,
             who
             are
             either
             in
             military
             or
             politick
             employments
             :
             and
             to
             any
             others
             they
             scarce
             grant
             them
             for
             longer
             than
             the
             time
             of
             six
             moneths
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             The
             Contributions
             that
             are
             levyed
             upon
             those
             Villages
             ,
             and
             that
             part
             of
             the
             Countrey
             which
             lyes
             between
             the
             enemy
             and
             them
             ,
             make
             another
             part
             of
             their
             supplyes
             ;
             for
             these
             Bourghs
             pay
             as
             much
             to
             the
             States
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             Spaniards
             ;
             and
             there
             are
             Treasurers
             upon
             the
             Frontier
             for
             the
             receit
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             The
             Imposts
             payed
             in
             the
             conquer'd
             Towns
             of
             Brabant
             and
             Flanders
             ,
             
             make
             another
             part
             of
             their
             revenue
             ;
             for
             there
             is
             excise
             upon
             Wine
             ,
             and
             Beer
             ,
             and
             Salt.
             A
             Tax
             upon
             Houses
             ,
             and
             upon
             Lands
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             They
             receive
             a
             part
             of
             the
             plunder
             made
             by
             the
             Souldiers
             upon
             the
             enemy
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             They
             have
             hitherto
             had
             from
             the
             French
             and
             the
             English
             great
             summes
             of
             money
             ,
             as
             long
             as
             they
             have
             had
             War
             with
             the
             Spaniards
             .
             The
             French
             to
             make
             diversion
             ,
             did
             maintain
             in
             the
             service
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             a
             body
             of
             6000.
             
             Foot
             ,
             and
             2000.
             
             Horse
             at
             their
             own
             charges
             for
             many
             years
             .
             The
             serene
             State
             of
             Venice
             ,
             in
             vertue
             of
             a
             Treaty
             made
             in
             1622.
             did
             promise
             4000.
             pound
             a
             moneth
             in
             time
             of
             War.
             
          
           
             8.
             
             They
             have
             money
             at
             use
             ,
             (
             that
             is
             )
             they
             keep
             a
             bank
             of
             such
             moneys
             as
             are
             lent
             the
             State
             by
             particulars
             ,
             and
             pay
             use
             for
             it
             ;
             five
             in
             the
             hundred
             is
             the
             use
             the
             State
             payes
             .
             All
             these
             great
             summes
             of
             money
             are
             by
             the
             Order
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             committed
             to
             the
             care
             of
             a
             particular
             Councell
             ,
             call'd
             ,
             A
             General
             Directory
             for
             the
             Treasury
             ,
             
             which
             is
             composed
             of
             the
             Deputies
             of
             each
             Province
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XVI
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               principall
               Forces
               which
               do
               maintain
               the
               Commonwealth
               of
               the
               
                 United
                 Provinces
              
               .
            
          
           
             THe
             greatest
             internall
             or
             defensive
             strength
             of
             these
             Countreys
             ,
             does
             lye
             in
             their
             situation
             ,
             which
             makes
             all
             their
             Towns
             easily
             to
             be
             fortified
             .
             As
             for
             the
             externall
             ,
             it
             consists
             in
             their
             Leagues
             and
             Alliances
             with
             Foreign
             Princes
             .
             Let
             us
             speak
             first
             of
             the
             situation
             .
          
           
             That
             situation
             which
             is
             advantagious
             for
             the
             defence
             of
             a
             Countrey
             ,
             the
             exercising
             of
             commerce
             ,
             and
             consequently
             growing
             rich
             ,
             must
             needs
             proceed
             from
             the
             neighbourhood
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             and
             the
             affluence
             of
             great
             Rivers
             and
             Channells
             ;
             thence
             comes
             the
             Proverb
             ,
             
             The
             Hollanders
             
               are
               born
               for
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               the
               Sea
               for
               them
               :
            
             of
             which
             they
             are
             well
             convinc'd
             ,
             and
             consequently
             spare
             no
             cost
             nor
             industry
             to
             be
             the
             masters
             upon
             this
             Element
             ;
             having
             long
             ago
             graven
             upon
             their
             Coyn
             this
             Motto
             ,
             
               Imperator
               maris
               est
               terrae
               Dominus
            
             .
             If
             the
             Spaniards
             had
             been
             so
             wise
             ,
             as
             to
             have
             spent
             that
             treasure
             in
             hindring
             the
             Hollanders
             trade
             and
             navigation
             ,
             that
             he
             layed
             out
             upon
             attaking
             their
             Countrey
             ,
             he
             had
             undoubtedly
             ruin'd
             them
             ;
             and
             he
             now
             perceives
             it
             ,
             and
             does
             endeavour
             by
             all
             means
             ,
             though
             too
             late
             ,
             to
             obstruct
             their
             commerce
             .
             Besides
             the
             Sea
             ,
             there
             are
             the
             Rivers
             of
             
               Rhene
               ,
               Meuse
            
             ,
             and
             Jud
             ,
             that
             do
             make
             the
             Countrey
             almost
             inaccessible
             .
             Besides
             ,
             if
             any
             enemies
             be
             taken
             on
             this
             side
             these
             Rivers
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             Law
             which
             is
             exactly
             observ'd
             ,
             which
             commands
             to
             hang
             them
             up
             immediately
             .
          
           
             The
             strong
             Towns
             are
             upon
             the
             Borders
             ,
             not
             only
             in
             
               Brabant
               ,
               Flanders
               ,
               Gueldres
            
             ,
             and
             Friezeland
             ,
             but
             also
             upon
             the
             Confines
             of
             Germany
             ,
             as
             
               Rhinbergue
               ,
               Wesel
            
             ,
             and
             divers
             places
             bordering
             upon
             the
             Dutchy
             of
             Cleves
             .
             The
             reason
             whereof
             
             is
             this
             :
             the
             War
             being
             kindled
             between
             the
             Spaniards
             and
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             the
             Spaniards
             did
             first
             begin
             to
             seize
             ,
             and
             put
             themselves
             in
             possession
             of
             the
             Towns
             of
             the
             Dutchy
             of
             Cleves
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Electour
             of
             Cullen
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             the
             better
             annoy
             the
             Hollanders
             ;
             who
             fore-seeing
             the
             mischief
             like
             to
             arise
             from
             thence
             ,
             sent
             an
             Army
             ,
             and
             seized
             as
             many
             of
             these
             Towns
             as
             they
             could
             ,
             put
             Garrisons
             into
             them
             ,
             and
             nevertheless
             still
             preserv'd
             the
             Inhabitants
             in
             all
             their
             propriety
             ,
             liberty
             ,
             and
             priviledges
             .
             Hereupon
             arose
             great
             contests
             between
             the
             Emperour
             the
             Duke
             of
             Cleves
             ,
             and
             the
             Electour
             of
             Cullen
             on
             one
             side
             ,
             and
             the
             Hollanders
             on
             the
             other
             ;
             but
             the
             Hollanders
             kept
             possession
             .
          
           
             Besides
             the
             Garrisons
             they
             maintain
             in
             all
             Frontier
             Towns
             ,
             they
             have
             also
             two
             Magazines
             in
             each
             ,
             one
             with
             Ammunition
             for
             War
             ,
             the
             other
             with
             provisions
             for
             life
             .
          
           
             A
             Governour
             commands
             the
             Garrison
             :
             they
             that
             command
             in
             small
             Frontier
             Towns
             ,
             are
             call'd
             Commanders
             ;
             and
             they
             that
             command
             in
             great
             strong
             
             Towns
             ,
             are
             
               qualified
               Governours
            
             .
             And
             for
             the
             greater
             safety
             of
             the
             said
             Towns
             ,
             the
             Keys
             are
             partly
             in
             the
             Governours
             ,
             partly
             in
             the
             Bourgmasters
             hands
             .
             The
             Civill
             and
             Military
             powers
             are
             likewise
             so
             distinct
             ,
             that
             the
             Governour
             has
             nothing
             to
             do
             with
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             nor
             the
             Judges
             of
             the
             place
             any
             power
             over
             the
             Souldiers
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             the
             Land-Forces
             ,
             they
             consist
             of
             Strangers
             and
             Naturals
             ;
             but
             the
             Strangers
             do
             exceed
             the
             Naturals
             in
             number
             ,
             who
             are
             more
             enclin'd
             to
             long
             Voyages
             and
             Trade
             ,
             than
             to
             Warre
             .
             Neither
             is
             the
             State
             endanger'd
             ,
             by
             putting
             the
             force
             and
             military
             power
             in
             Stangers
             hands
             ;
             for
             they
             being
             of
             different
             Nations
             ,
             as
             
               English
               ,
               Scotch
               ,
               French
            
             ,
             &c.
             have
             different
             inclinations
             ,
             and
             aversions
             ,
             and
             so
             will
             hardly
             conspire
             to
             oppress
             their
             Masters
             ,
             who
             do
             alwayes
             mingle
             them
             in
             their
             strongest
             Towns.
             
          
           
             It
             is
             believ'd
             ,
             that
             the
             number
             of
             Souldiers
             paid
             by
             the
             States
             ,
             and
             sworn
             to
             them
             ,
             does
             come
             very
             near
             one
             hundred
             thousand
             .
             The
             Companies
             are
             for
             the
             most
             part
             of
             a
             hundred
             men
             ;
             
             some
             few
             excepted
             ,
             who
             are
             either
             stronger
             or
             weaker
             ,
             as
             necessity
             requires
             .
             The
             Regiments
             are
             of
             ten
             ,
             twelve
             ,
             fourteen
             ,
             sixteen
             ,
             eighteen
             Companies
             .
             Each
             Regiment
             is
             commanded
             by
             a
             Collonel
             .
          
           
             The
             Horse
             is
             much
             inferiour
             in
             number
             to
             the
             Foot
             ,
             because
             that
             in
             these
             Countreys
             ,
             the
             greatest
             employment
             for
             Souldiers
             is
             besieging
             and
             defending
             of
             Towns
             ,
             in
             which
             the
             Horse
             are
             not
             so
             necessary
             ,
             as
             in
             set
             Battles
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             two
             sort
             of
             Horsemen
             distinguish'd
             by
             their
             Arms
             ,
             viz.
             Cuirasseers
             ,
             that
             wear
             iron
             breast
             and
             back-pieces
             ;
             and
             Arquebusiers
             ,
             that
             carry
             short
             Guns
             on
             Horseback
             .
             Their
             Horses
             ought
             to
             be
             sixteen
             handfull
             high
             ,
             measuring
             from
             the
             hoof
             of
             the
             fore-foot
             ,
             to
             the
             top
             of
             the
             shoulder
             .
          
           
             The
             Infantry
             has
             about
             four
             shillings
             and
             six
             pence
             a
             week
             pay
             ;
             and
             the
             Horse
             about
             fifty
             shillings
             a
             moneth
             .
             They
             that
             are
             payed
             by
             the
             States
             money
             ,
             are
             soon
             and
             exactly
             payed
             ,
             but
             they
             whose
             payment
             is
             assign'd
             upon
             the
             money
             that
             comes
             from
             France
             ,
             wait
             a
             little
             longer
             for
             it
             .
          
           
           
             It
             is
             very
             observable
             in
             these
             Provinces
             ,
             that
             though
             there
             be
             no
             Money
             in
             the
             Treasury
             ,
             yet
             the
             Souldiers
             receive
             their
             pay
             every
             week
             or
             moneth
             ;
             for
             every
             Regiment
             chooses
             an
             Agitatour
             ,
             who
             resides
             near
             the
             States
             to
             sollicite
             the
             payment
             of
             those
             he
             represents
             ;
             and
             when
             there
             is
             no
             Money
             in
             the
             publick
             Treasury
             ,
             he
             may
             confidently
             ,
             and
             does
             borrow
             and
             take
             up
             Money
             for
             the
             present
             necessity
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             repaid
             him
             again
             with
             interest
             by
             the
             States
             order
             .
          
           
             The
             hopes
             of
             the
             great
             profit
             there
             is
             to
             be
             made
             ,
             engages
             these
             Sollicitors
             to
             do
             thus
             ;
             for
             when
             they
             advance
             their
             Money
             ,
             it
             is
             at
             the
             rate
             of
             10
             
               per
               Cent.
            
             gains
             ,
             which
             they
             t●●e
             upon
             the
             arrears
             which
             the
             State
             owes
             to
             the
             Officers
             .
             But
             this
             produces
             another
             inconvenience
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             Officer
             being
             forc'd
             to
             give
             so
             much
             to
             the
             Sollicitor
             out
             of
             his
             pay
             ,
             endeavours
             to
             recover
             it
             again
             upon
             the
             States
             ,
             and
             musters
             more
             men
             in
             his
             Company
             than
             he
             really
             pays
             .
             Besides
             their
             pay
             ,
             the
             Souldiers
             have
             likewise
             their
             Lodging
             free
             ,
             and
             the
             States
             do
             pay
             to
             the
             Inhabitants
             
             of
             all
             Towns
             upon
             that
             score
             ,
             six
             pence
             a
             week
             for
             each
             Souldier
             they
             lodge
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             call'd
             Service-Money
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             Enemies
             besiege
             a
             Town
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Money
             laid
             up
             in
             it
             for
             the
             paying
             of
             the
             Souldiery
             come
             to
             fail
             ,
             they
             make
             Money
             of
             Tin
             ,
             Brass
             ,
             Leather
             ,
             or
             Pastboard
             ;
             which
             the
             Magistrates
             set
             a
             price
             upon
             ,
             and
             such
             a
             one
             as
             exceeds
             very
             much
             the
             price
             of
             the
             matter
             of
             which
             such
             Money
             is
             made
             .
             In
             the
             mean
             time
             the
             Souldiers
             take
             it
             freely
             ;
             for
             the
             siege
             being
             raised
             ,
             or
             the
             Town
             yielded
             up
             ,
             there
             comes
             a
             Treasurer
             who
             gives
             them
             currant
             Money
             for
             their
             other
             .
          
           
             All
             sorts
             of
             Provisions
             that
             are
             brought
             to
             the
             Armies
             ,
             are
             free
             from
             all
             Imposts
             and
             Tributes
             ,
             in
             favour
             of
             the
             Souldiers
             .
             In
             the
             siege
             of
             Towns
             the
             Souldiers
             have
             likewise
             gratuity
             given
             them
             ,
             some
             Provisions
             for
             their
             diet
             out
             of
             the
             publick
             Magazines
             .
          
           
             The
             Souldiers
             and
             inferiour
             Officers
             being
             made
             Prisoners
             ,
             are
             at
             liberty
             in
             paying
             their
             ransom
             ,
             which
             by
             agreement
             between
             the
             States
             and
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             
             is
             a
             moneths
             pay
             of
             the
             Prisoners
             .
             The
             Inhabitants
             or
             Citizens
             are
             not
             so
             mildly
             dealt
             withall
             ,
             for
             they
             are
             constrained
             to
             pay
             whatsoever
             the
             Enemy
             demands
             ,
             or
             to
             rot
             in
             Prison
             ,
             till
             there
             be
             a
             general
             exchange
             made
             of
             Prisoners
             ,
             which
             is
             once
             or
             twice
             a
             year
             .
             The
             Women
             and
             Children
             under
             twelve
             years
             old
             are
             not
             to
             be
             taken
             .
          
           
             So
             much
             for
             the
             Forces
             in
             ordinary
             ;
             In
             extraordinary
             dangers
             there
             are
             extraordinary
             Forces
             rais'd
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Waertgelders
             ;
             to
             encourage
             them
             the
             more
             the
             States
             do
             promise
             them
             Ten
             pence
             a
             day
             :
             but
             because
             that
             many
             ,
             in
             hopes
             of
             so
             great
             a
             pay
             ,
             do
             forsake
             the
             ordinary
             Companies
             ,
             and
             take
             imployment
             in
             these
             new
             ones
             ,
             it
             has
             been
             often
             thought
             fit
             to
             command
             out
             ,
             instead
             of
             these
             Waertgelders
             ,
             the
             Train-bands
             of
             every
             Town
             ,
             and
             to
             mingle
             with
             them
             some
             old
             Souldiers
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             them
             fit
             for
             service
             .
          
           
             Every
             Souldier
             as
             well
             in
             the
             Army
             as
             in
             Garrison
             ,
             is
             subject
             to
             the
             Jurisdiction
             of
             a
             Council
             of
             War
             ;
             which
             is
             compos'd
             in
             the
             Field
             ,
             of
             the
             General
             ,
             and
             some
             high
             Officers
             ;
             and
             in
             a
             Garrison
             ,
             
             of
             the
             Governour
             and
             his
             Captains
             ;
             they
             judge
             according
             to
             the
             Articles
             of
             the
             Formulary
             prescribed
             and
             printed
             by
             the
             States
             order
             .
          
           
             The
             pay
             of
             Souldiers
             on
             Ship
             board
             is
             12
             s.
             and
             6
             d.
             a
             moneth
             ,
             besides
             which
             they
             have
             their
             diet
             ,
             which
             he
             that
             commands
             the
             Ship
             is
             bound
             to
             find
             them
             ,
             and
             receives
             from
             the
             
               States
               6
               d.
            
             a
             day
             for
             each
             man.
             
          
           
             At
             Sea
             there
             is
             no
             such
             custom
             as
             the
             ransom
             at
             Land
             ;
             nay
             at
             first
             all
             Prisoners
             were
             bound
             hand
             and
             feet
             ,
             and
             thrown
             over-board
             ;
             but
             because
             so
             great
             a
             cruelty
             displeased
             both
             Spaniards
             and
             Hollanders
             ,
             they
             agreed
             there
             should
             be
             quarter
             given
             ,
             but
             not
             at
             such
             easie
             rates
             as
             at
             Land.
             The
             Spaniards
             reason
             for
             this
             his
             so
             great
             a
             severity
             ,
             was
             that
             he
             might
             deterr
             the
             Hollanders
             from
             venturing
             to
             Sea
             ;
             but
             it
             produced
             only
             this
             ,
             that
             it
             made
             them
             defend
             their
             Ships
             with
             more
             courage
             and
             successe
             than
             before
             .
             Ostend
             and
             Dunkirk
             were
             the
             places
             from
             whence
             they
             made
             most
             incursions
             upon
             the
             Hollanders
             ,
             which
             made
             them
             every
             year
             put
             a
             Fleet
             to
             Sea
             ,
             and
             come
             
             and
             besiege
             the
             Ports
             of
             these
             two
             Towns.
             
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XVII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Alliances
               of
               the
               
                 United
                 Provinces
              
               with
               Foreign
               Princes
               .
            
          
           
             THe
             external
             Forces
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             are
             their
             Alliances
             ,
             which
             they
             maintain
             either
             by
             their
             Ambassadors
             ,
             or
             by
             their
             Agents
             .
             They
             allow
             their
             Ambassadors
             ordinarily
             a
             thousand
             pound
             ;
             only
             he
             that
             is
             in
             this
             quality
             at
             Constantinople
             is
             allowed
             more
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             maintain
             the
             glory
             of
             his
             Nation
             to
             the
             eyes
             of
             that
             ambitious
             people
             .
             Let
             us
             consider
             these
             Alliances
             one
             after
             another
             .
          
           
             With
             the
             Emperor
             of
             Germany
             there
             is
             no
             Alliance
             ,
             but
             only
             a
             Friendship
             ,
             observ'd
             since
             these
             many
             years
             in
             appearance
             ,
             though
             not
             in
             reality
             ;
             for
             
             the
             Emperor
             has
             often
             sent
             great
             succours
             to
             the
             Spaniards
             under-hand
             ,
             and
             the
             Hollanders
             have
             done
             the
             same
             to
             the
             Princes
             of
             France
             and
             Germany
             .
             Yet
             the
             Emperor
             has
             by
             divers
             Embassies
             press'd
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             to
             declare
             themselves
             Members
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             as
             their
             Princes
             were
             formerly
             ;
             writing
             to
             them
             in
             the
             stile
             of
             
               Faithfull
               and
               Well-beloved
            
             .
          
           
             But
             the
             States
             have
             been
             so
             far
             from
             consenting
             to
             such
             a
             Proposition
             ,
             that
             they
             have
             often
             order'd
             that
             such
             Letters
             should
             be
             sent
             back
             again
             to
             the
             Emperor
             ,
             without
             being
             opened
             ;
             saying
             ,
             that
             theirs
             was
             a
             free
             absolute
             State
             ,
             which
             had
             never
             yielded
             to
             pay
             homage
             to
             any
             Prince
             .
             In
             the
             mean
             time
             ,
             there
             passes
             between
             them
             all
             Commerce
             and
             offices
             of
             Friendship
             .
          
           
             There
             was
             likewise
             a
             League
             and
             Union
             made
             between
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Princes
             of
             Germany
             ,
             to
             protect
             them
             from
             the
             oppression
             which
             threatned
             them
             from
             the
             great
             Power
             the
             Emperor
             was
             got
             into
             ;
             and
             in
             this
             they
             did
             nothing
             but
             what
             the
             care
             of
             their
             Liberty
             did
             force
             them
             to
             ,
             for
             had
             
             those
             Princes
             been
             over-power'd
             ,
             the
             Low-Countries
             might
             have
             feared
             the
             same
             fate
             .
          
           
             Above
             two
             hundred
             years
             ago
             there
             was
             an
             Alliance
             between
             the
             Anseatic
             Towns
             ,
             and
             the
             Low-Countries
             ;
             and
             there
             happening
             to
             be
             amongst
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             some
             of
             these
             Towns
             ,
             as
             
               Amsterdam
               ,
               Middlebourg
               ,
               Dort
            
             ,
             which
             now
             make
             a
             part
             of
             the
             Common-wealth
             ,
             it
             was
             thought
             fit
             to
             renew
             the
             Alliance
             ,
             which
             was
             accordingly
             done
             in
             1614.
             by
             a
             new
             Treaty
             ,
             in
             which
             the
             States
             oblige
             themselves
             to
             maintain
             the
             Rights
             and
             Priviledges
             of
             the
             said
             Anseatic
             Towns.
             This
             the
             Emperor
             took
             so
             ill
             ,
             that
             he
             endeavour'd
             to
             make
             those
             Anseatic
             Towns
             that
             were
             in
             the
             Empire
             ,
             liable
             to
             the
             crimes
             of
             Treason
             and
             Rebellion
             against
             his
             Imperial
             Majesty
             ;
             but
             by
             their
             Ambassadors
             they
             proved
             ,
             that
             time
             out
             of
             mind
             they
             had
             the
             right
             and
             priviledge
             of
             making
             such
             Alliances
             .
          
           
             The
             Treaty
             of
             Alliance
             made
             formerly
             with
             the
             King
             of
             Denmark
             ,
             concerns
             nothing
             but
             a
             reciprocal
             liberty
             for
             Traffick
             ,
             and
             Commerce
             ;
             and
             yet
             these
             
             States
             have
             often
             been
             forc'd
             to
             complain
             to
             their
             Ambassadors
             ,
             of
             the
             excessive
             Rates
             and
             Customs
             they
             did
             pay
             in
             passing
             the
             Sound
             .
             But
             the
             necessity
             they
             stand
             in
             of
             venting
             their
             Commodities
             ,
             makes
             them
             undergo
             this
             hardship
             ,
             and
             has
             produced
             of
             late
             a
             more
             strict
             Alliance
             for
             the
             maintaining
             of
             Trade
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             likewise
             in
             Friendship
             with
             the
             King
             and
             Commonwealth
             of
             Poland
             ,
             particularly
             for
             the
             great
             quantities
             of
             Corn
             that
             come
             from
             thence
             ;
             though
             the
             Imposts
             be
             there
             likewise
             very
             high
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             have
             often
             made
             the
             Hollanders
             think
             of
             changing
             their
             Market
             ,
             and
             buying
             in
             Muscovy
             ;
             which
             they
             would
             have
             compass'd
             by
             this
             means
             :
             The
             Countrey
             people
             in
             Muscovy
             are
             such
             slaves
             ,
             their
             Duke
             being
             the
             Proprietary
             of
             all
             their
             Lands
             ,
             that
             they
             never
             trouble
             themselves
             to
             plough
             or
             sow
             more
             Land
             ,
             than
             just
             as
             much
             as
             will
             make
             such
             a
             product
             ,
             as
             can
             find
             them
             and
             their
             Families
             food
             .
             Thence
             it
             happens
             ,
             that
             huge
             Fields
             of
             good
             ground
             lie
             wast
             .
             Now
             the
             Hotlanders
             design
             was
             ,
             to
             perswade
             the
             
             Duke
             of
             Muscovy
             to
             force
             his
             Subjects
             to
             Till
             more
             ground
             ,
             and
             so
             he
             would
             be
             able
             to
             drive
             a
             great
             Trade
             ;
             and
             to
             further
             this
             ,
             they
             offer'd
             to
             leave
             Overseers
             that
             should
             direct
             the
             work
             .
             While
             this
             was
             a
             treating
             ,
             the
             Poles
             fearing
             the
             consequence
             ,
             bated
             their
             Imposts
             and
             Customs
             ,
             and
             so
             things
             remain
             as
             they
             were
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             Year
             1615.
             there
             was
             a
             Treaty
             made
             likewise
             with
             the
             King
             of
             Swedeland
             ,
             and
             Traffick
             was
             the
             ground
             of
             it
             .
             A
             little
             before
             the
             said
             King
             fell
             upon
             Germany
             ,
             the
             amity
             was
             renewed
             ,
             and
             it
             was
             agreed
             ,
             that
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             should
             give
             the
             said
             King
             400.
             pound
             a
             moneth
             as
             long
             as
             the
             War
             should
             last
             between
             him
             and
             the
             House
             of
             Austria
             ;
             but
             since
             these
             few
             years
             ,
             the
             succour
             that
             has
             been
             given
             to
             the
             Dan●●
             ,
             and
             the
             interruption
             of
             Trade
             in
             that
             Kings
             Dominions
             ,
             have
             almost
             chang'd
             this
             Friendship
             into
             War.
             
          
           
             There
             has
             been
             likewise
             a
             very
             good
             Treaty
             for
             Trade
             ,
             made
             with
             the
             Duke
             of
             Muscovy
             ,
             where
             ,
             mongst
             other
             things
             ,
             liberty
             is
             granted
             to
             levy
             Souldiers
             here
             in
             his
             Name
             ,
             and
             to
             transport
             
             Ammunition
             for
             War
             into
             his
             Dominions
             .
          
           
             Trade
             has
             also
             made
             the
             States
             make
             Treaties
             with
             the
             Emperor
             of
             the
             Turks
             ,
             the
             Sophy
             of
             Persia
             ,
             and
             the
             Pirates
             of
             Thunis
             and
             Algier
             .
          
           
             In
             Italy
             the
             States
             have
             no
             Alliance
             ,
             but
             with
             the
             Venetians
             ;
             which
             is
             yet
             maintain'd
             for
             the
             Honour
             of
             these
             two
             Commonwealths
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             only
             flourishing
             ones
             in
             Europe
             ;
             and
             for
             certain
             reasons
             the
             Venetians
             do
             give
             five
             hundred
             pound
             a
             moneth
             to
             the
             Hollanders
             ,
             towards
             the
             maintenance
             of
             the
             War
             with
             the
             Spaniards
             ;
             as
             also
             the
             Hollanders
             have
             promis'd
             the
             like
             succour
             to
             Venice
             ,
             if
             it
             should
             be
             attaqued
             by
             the
             Spaniard
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             first
             birth
             of
             the
             Common-wealth
             ,
             there
             was
             a
             most
             advantagious
             Treaty
             made
             with
             the
             English
             ,
             under
             the
             reign
             of
             Queen
             Elizabeth
             ,
             who
             maintain'd
             this
             reeling
             State
             by
             the
             succours
             of
             Men
             ,
             and
             great
             sums
             of
             Money
             ,
             which
             she
             sent
             over
             to
             them
             ;
             though
             in
             such
             a
             way
             ,
             that
             the
             Hollanders
             were
             bound
             to
             respect
             her
             as
             if
             they
             had
             been
             her
             Subjects
             .
             Now
             that
             
             the
             Peace
             is
             made
             with
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             there
             remains
             nothing
             of
             this
             Alliance
             ,
             but
             the
             liberty
             of
             Trade
             and
             Commerce
             ,
             and
             the
             use
             of
             the
             English
             Ports
             .
          
           
             There
             has
             been
             likewise
             many
             Treaties
             with
             the
             King
             of
             France
             ,
             and
             the
             States
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             have
             receiv'd
             from
             him
             great
             sums
             of
             Money
             towards
             the
             carrying
             on
             of
             the
             War.
             
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XVIII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Admiralty
               ,
               and
               care
               that
               is
               taken
               to
               maintain
               a
               Sea-strength
               .
            
          
           
             SInce
             it
             is
             true
             ,
             that
             a
             State
             is
             maintain'd
             by
             those
             means
             by
             which
             it
             is
             first
             acquir'd
             ,
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ought
             not
             to
             neglect
             their
             Maritine
             affairs
             ,
             because
             they
             have
             and
             do
             really
             get
             all
             their
             subsistance
             out
             of
             the
             Sea.
             
          
           
             This
             Sea-strength
             consists
             in
             a
             number
             of
             Men
             of
             War
             ,
             par●
             whereof
             belong
             
             to
             the
             States
             ,
             and
             part
             to
             particular
             men
             ,
             and
             are
             call'd
             Privateers
             .
             The
             first
             are
             set
             out
             at
             the
             charges
             of
             the
             publick
             ;
             the
             other
             borrow
             only
             the
             States
             Banner
             and
             Commission
             ,
             though
             to
             encourage
             them
             the
             States
             have
             propos'd
             to
             them
             a
             set
             price
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             value
             of
             the
             thing
             they
             take
             from
             the
             Enemy
             .
          
           
             The
             Men
             of
             War
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             serve
             to
             convoy
             Merchant-men
             to
             and
             fro
             ,
             and
             preserve
             them
             from
             danger
             of
             Pirates
             and
             Enemies
             .
          
           
             The
             Privateers
             are
             most
             imployed
             to
             give
             chase
             to
             ,
             and
             take
             the
             rich
             India
             Ships
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             coming
             from
             the
             West-Indies
             .
          
           
             The
             
               High
               Admiral
            
             ,
             who
             at
             present
             is
             the
             
               Governour
               General
            
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             commands
             over
             all
             Ships
             of
             War
             ,
             but
             he
             seldom
             goes
             in
             person
             ,
             because
             his
             presence
             is
             necessary
             at
             home
             ;
             his
             room
             is
             supplyed
             by
             a
             Vice-Admiral
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Great
               Council
            
             ,
             call'd
             the
             
               States
               G●neral
            
             ,
             being
             as
             well
             oblig'd
             to
             look
             after
             the
             Maritine
             affairs
             ,
             as
             the
             Land
             business
             ;
             and
             yet
             finding
             themselves
             over-burden'd
             with
             business
             ,
             they
             have
             
             discharg'd
             that
             care
             ,
             by
             choosing
             some
             others
             to
             compose
             a
             Body
             or
             Council
             ,
             which
             shall
             order
             all
             Sea-affairs
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             States
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             divers
             of
             these
             Assemblies
             ,
             and
             particularly
             in
             those
             three
             Provinces
             which
             are
             near
             the
             Sea
             ,
             viz.
             in
             Holland
             ,
             at
             
               Amsterdam
               ,
               Roterdam
            
             ,
             and
             Horne
             ,
             this
             last
             is
             sometimes
             transported
             to
             Enchusen
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             Town
             of
             North-Holland
             ;
             in
             Zeeland
             ,
             at
             Middlebourg
             ;
             and
             in
             Friezeland
             ,
             formerly
             at
             Do●cum
             ,
             but
             is
             now
             transported
             to
             Harlingue
             .
          
           
             Each
             of
             these
             Assemblies
             consists
             of
             seven
             Counsellors
             or
             Senators
             ,
             who
             being
             chosen
             by
             the
             Members
             of
             each
             Province
             ,
             are
             delegated
             and
             impower'd
             by
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             ;
             they
             have
             a
             Secretary
             and
             a
             Treasurer
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Governour
               General
            
             is
             the
             head
             of
             all
             these
             Assemblies
             ,
             as
             
               High
               Admiral
            
             ;
             the
             Vice-Admiral
             represents
             him
             in
             his
             absence
             ;
             these
             Deputies
             did
             formerly
             use
             to
             meet
             at
             the
             Hague
             twice
             a
             year
             ,
             and
             do
             still
             meet
             there
             ,
             when
             the
             affairs
             require
             a
             conjoynt
             deliberation
             with
             the
             States
             ,
             about
             the
             necessary
             means
             
             of
             securing
             the
             Sea
             ,
             and
             furthering
             Commerce
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             a
             Treasury
             particular
             to
             themselves
             ,
             and
             the
             Money
             which
             is
             in
             it
             ,
             is
             gather'd
             from
             the
             Money
             that
             their
             own
             Merchants
             and
             Strangers
             pay
             for
             Convoys
             ;
             and
             likewise
             from
             the
             Imposts
             laid
             upon
             Commodities
             ,
             that
             are
             transported
             from
             one
             Harbour
             to
             another
             .
             There
             is
             likewise
             brought
             into
             this
             Treasury
             all
             the
             Money
             that
             is
             rais'd
             by
             giving
             licenses
             to
             transport
             Commodities
             to
             the
             Enemies
             .
          
           
             The
             Deputies
             of
             these
             Assemblies
             are
             bound
             to
             give
             an
             account
             every
             quarter
             ,
             of
             all
             their
             expences
             and
             receipts
             ,
             to
             the
             Commissioners
             from
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             also
             the
             power
             of
             naming
             Captains
             to
             the
             Men
             of
             War
             ,
             but
             then
             the
             Admiral
             chooses
             out
             of
             those
             that
             they
             have
             nam'd
             .
             In
             a
             word
             ,
             their
             charge
             is
             so
             to
             secure
             the
             Sea
             ,
             as
             there
             be
             no
             interruption
             neither
             from
             Pirates
             nor
             Enemies
             of
             any
             other
             sort
             ,
             in
             Trade
             and
             Navigation
             ;
             to
             judge
             and
             determine
             all
             causes
             between
             Seamen
             and
             Officers
             ,
             and
             that
             Soveraignly
             and
             
             without
             appeal
             ;
             provided
             the
             summe
             in
             dispute
             exceed
             not
             fifty
             pounds
             ;
             observing
             exactly
             all
             brevity
             and
             expedition
             ,
             not
             suffering
             long
             harangues
             in
             any
             Cause
             ,
             or
             giving
             leave
             to
             the
             parties
             to
             reply
             more
             than
             once
             or
             twice
             ,
             and
             that
             because
             ordinarily
             Sea
             people
             have
             occasion
             of
             departing
             upon
             long
             Voyages
             ,
             and
             cannot
             come
             again
             suddenly
             .
          
           
             Last
             of
             all
             ,
             it
             belongs
             to
             them
             to
             see
             that
             the
             States
             be
             payed
             their
             proportion
             of
             what
             is
             taken
             .
             The
             fifth
             part
             of
             all
             prizes
             belongs
             to
             them
             ;
             the
             tenth
             to
             the
             Amirall
             ;
             and
             the
             rest
             to
             those
             that
             have
             set
             out
             the
             Privateer
             ;
             as
             also
             to
             the
             Captain
             and
             Sea-men
             .
             This
             is
             only
             to
             be
             understood
             of
             Privateers
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XIX
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               particular
               Government
               of
               the
               Towns
               in
               Holland
               .
            
          
           
             VVE
             have
             seen
             hitherto
             what
             is
             the
             Government
             of
             the
             whole
             Body
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             :
             now
             we
             may
             descend
             to
             the
             particular
             Towns.
             
          
           
             The
             Towns
             are
             govern'd
             by
             a
             Bailif
             ,
             a
             Senate
             ,
             or
             Councill
             ,
             by
             Bourgmasters
             ,
             or
             Consuls
             ,
             and
             by
             Aldermen
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             but
             one
             Bailif
             in
             each
             Town
             ,
             who
             to
             say
             true
             has
             no
             power
             of
             himself
             to
             pronounce
             judgement
             ;
             but
             in
             criminal
             Causes
             he
             is
             as
             it
             were
             an
             Attourney-Generall
             ,
             and
             manages
             accusations
             against
             offenders
             in
             the
             name
             of
             the
             States
             .
             This
             is
             done
             before
             the
             Aldermen
             ,
             who
             have
             power
             to
             examine
             the
             heads
             of
             the
             accusation
             ,
             and
             to
             pronounce
             sentence
             .
             The
             Bailifs
             have
             no
             Sallary
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             profit
             of
             their
             places
             rises
             from
             the
             Fines
             that
             are
             lay'd
             upon
             the
             guilty
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Senate
             ,
             and
             the
             greatest
             ,
             is
             that
             which
             is
             call'd
             
               (
               Den
               breeden
               ra●d●
            
             or
             
               De
               Vroedschap
            
             )
             in
             most
             Towns
             ,
             as
             at
             Leyden
             ,
             it
             is
             compos'd
             of
             about
             fourty
             persons
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             number
             of
             the
             richest
             Citizens
             ,
             more
             or
             less
             .
             The
             ancient
             Laws
             admit
             none
             to
             be
             of
             this
             Senate
             ,
             but
             such
             as
             are
             of
             the
             richer
             sort
             .
             This
             Assembly
             seldome
             meets
             ,
             but
             upon
             the
             occasion
             of
             choosing
             new
             Magistrates
             ;
             as
             also
             when
             the
             States
             of
             the
             Province
             are
             to
             meet
             ,
             then
             the
             heads
             of
             the
             Deliberations
             are
             examin'd
             in
             this
             Senate
             before-hand
             .
             They
             do
             also
             controle
             and
             correct
             their
             Bourgmasters
             ,
             and
             Aldermen
             ,
             if
             in
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             States
             they
             chance
             to
             go
             beyond
             their
             Commission
             .
             And
             to
             the
             end
             they
             may
             do
             it
             without
             fear
             ,
             it
             has
             been
             ordain'd
             by
             our
             wise
             Ancestours
             ,
             that
             the
             charge
             of
             Senatour
             should
             be
             perpetuall
             ,
             that
             so
             they
             may
             not
             fear
             to
             be
             persecuted
             ,
             for
             what
             they
             shall
             do
             in
             the
             defence
             of
             the
             publick
             liberty
             .
          
           
             The
             Bourgmasters
             and
             Aldermen
             are
             chosen
             from
             amongst
             these
             Senatours
             ,
             by
             the
             plurality
             of
             voices
             .
          
           
           
             In
             some
             places
             there
             are
             four
             Bourgmasters
             ,
             and
             in
             some
             there
             are
             but
             two
             .
             Their
             Office
             is
             to
             determine
             all
             that
             concerns
             the
             good
             order
             of
             the
             Town
             ;
             as
             also
             to
             inform
             themselves
             of
             all
             the
             fallings
             out
             of
             the
             Citizens
             ,
             and
             bring
             them
             either
             by
             themselves
             ,
             or
             others
             ,
             to
             an
             agreement
             :
             which
             if
             they
             cannot
             compass
             ,
             then
             their
             duty
             is
             to
             cite
             them
             before
             the
             Aldermen
             .
             They
             meet
             in
             a
             common
             Chamber
             ,
             and
             give
             audience
             to
             all
             Inhabitants
             without
             distinction
             .
          
           
             In
             some
             places
             there
             are
             seven
             Aldermen
             ,
             in
             others
             nine
             ;
             They
             are
             the
             Judges
             of
             the
             Town
             who
             meet
             three
             or
             four
             set
             times
             a
             week
             ,
             and
             determine
             all
             civill
             Causes
             between
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             and
             judge
             all
             crimes
             propos'd
             by
             the
             Bailif
             .
             For
             the
             first
             cognizance
             of
             the
             Cause
             belongs
             to
             the
             Judge
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             where
             he
             that
             is
             cited
             dwells
             .
             Except
             they
             be
             priviledged
             Causes
             ,
             the
             Towns
             judge
             of
             no
             greater
             summe
             than
             five
             pounds
             ,
             and
             the
             Bourghs
             of
             thirty
             shillings
             ;
             though
             in
             very
             great
             Cities
             they
             may
             judge
             as
             far
             as
             thirty
             pound
             .
             The
             appeal
             is
             first
             to
             the
             Court
             of
             the
             Province
             ,
             
             and
             then
             to
             the
             
               great
               Councill
            
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             double
             number
             of
             Judges
             ;
             they
             that
             are
             cast
             are
             fin'd
             for
             having
             appeal'd
             without
             reason
             .
             In
             the
             Court
             of
             the
             Province
             the
             Fine
             is
             three
             pound
             ten
             shillings
             ;
             in
             the
             
               great
               Councill
            
             ,
             of
             six
             pound
             ;
             and
             when
             the
             Process
             is
             re-viewed
             ,
             if
             the
             sentence
             be
             confirm'd
             ,
             the
             Fine
             is
             of
             twenty
             pound
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             criminall
             Causes
             ,
             the
             Judges
             are
             absolute
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             no
             appeal
             from
             them
             ,
             neither
             in
             the
             Villages
             ,
             nor
             in
             the
             Towns
             ;
             except
             the
             Bailif
             require
             that
             the
             criminall
             should
             undergo
             a
             severer
             punishment
             ,
             and
             then
             the
             accused
             has
             liberty
             to
             defend
             himself
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             two
             sort
             of
             Laws
             in
             Holland
             ;
             the
             first
             sort
             is
             the
             
               Customes
               ,
               Priviledges
               ,
               and
               Constitutions
               of
               the
               Countrey
               ,
               and
               former
               Princes
               ,
               and
               of
               the
            
             States
             .
             The
             second
             is
             the
             
               Roman
               Law
            
             ,
             call'd
             the
             
               Civill
               Law.
            
             
          
           
             Moreover
             ,
             that
             the
             course
             of
             justice
             be
             not
             retarded
             ,
             nor
             the
             Judges
             time
             taken
             up
             in
             petty
             businesses
             ,
             there
             are
             chosen
             by
             the
             Aldermen
             ,
             a
             certain
             
             number
             of
             the
             richer
             sort
             of
             Citizens
             ,
             who
             are
             call'd
             
               Commissaries
               of
               small
               Causes
            
             .
             These
             take
             cognizance
             of
             all
             Causes
             that
             are
             not
             above
             five
             pound
             ;
             as
             also
             of
             all
             Actions
             for
             reparation
             of
             Honour
             ;
             and
             of
             the
             Differences
             between
             Masters
             and
             Servants
             ,
             and
             such
             like
             .
             An
             Alderman
             presides
             ordinarily
             in
             this
             Assembly
             ,
             and
             is
             ordinarily
             a
             good
             Civilian
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             also
             in
             the
             Senate
             ,
             or
             Town-House
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Colledge
             of
             the
             Bourgmasters
             ,
             one
             who
             is
             call'd
             a
             Syndi●
             ,
             or
             Pensioner
             ,
             who
             ought
             to
             be
             eloquent
             and
             learn'd
             ,
             as
             being
             the
             Speaker
             of
             the
             whole
             Town
             ,
             or
             Corporation
             ,
             in
             their
             most
             important
             affairs
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XX.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Tributes
               and
               Imposts
               ;
               of
               how
               many
               sorts
               they
               are
               ;
               and
               of
               the
               manner
               of
               levying
               them
               in
               Holland
               .
            
          
           
             SInce
             as
             Tacitus
             sayes
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             War
             without
             pay
             ,
             nor
             no
             pay
             without
             tributes
             ,
             and
             that
             that
             is
             the
             particular
             case
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             who
             have
             been
             long
             in
             War
             ,
             to
             which
             they
             have
             all
             contributed
             their
             share
             ;
             it
             is
             fit
             to
             consider
             of
             the
             wayes
             they
             use
             to
             levy
             them
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             two
             sorts
             of
             Tributes
             ;
             the
             ordinary
             ,
             and
             the
             extraordinary
             .
             The
             ordinary
             ,
             which
             being
             once
             granted
             ,
             are
             alwayes
             continued
             ;
             the
             extraordinary
             ,
             which
             are
             levied
             but
             for
             some
             certain
             time
             ,
             and
             are
             then
             left
             off
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             three
             sorts
             of
             extraordinary
             Tributes
             ;
             viz.
             the
             
               Tribute
               by
               Head
            
             ,
             or
             Pole-money
             ;
             the
             Chimney-money
             ,
             
             and
             the
             
               Land
               Taxes
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Pole-money
             is
             so
             levied
             ,
             that
             the
             State
             has
             twenty
             pence
             for
             every
             Head
             ;
             they
             that
             are
             extream
             poor
             are
             freed
             from
             this
             Tribute
             .
             To
             my
             remembrance
             this
             was
             never
             practis'd
             but
             once
             ,
             and
             then
             too
             there
             was
             great
             murmuring
             ,
             and
             many
             refus'd
             to
             pay
             .
          
           
             The
             Chimney-money
             is
             that
             Tribute
             ,
             which
             is
             paid
             for
             every
             Chimney
             or
             Hearth
             ,
             which
             is
             twenty
             pence
             ;
             and
             in
             this
             the
             Hollanders
             have
             imitated
             the
             Spaniards
             in
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Naples
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             Tribute
             ,
             call'd
             a
             
               Land
               Taxe
            
             ,
             may
             be
             properly
             call'd
             the
             two
             hundredth
             penny
             ,
             for
             out
             of
             two
             hundred
             pound
             a
             year
             ,
             for
             example
             ,
             is
             paid
             one
             pound
             to
             the
             States
             .
             So
             out
             of
             four
             hundred
             ,
             two
             pounds
             ,
             or
             fourty
             shillings
             .
          
           
             To
             this
             may
             be
             objected
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             a
             very
             hard
             thing
             ,
             if
             not
             impossible
             ,
             for
             the
             perfect
             knowledge
             of
             the
             true
             value
             of
             mens
             Estates
             to
             be
             had
             .
             It
             is
             answer'd
             ,
             that
             the
             Magistrate
             does
             take
             his
             measure
             from
             the
             publick
             voice
             ,
             
             and
             the
             generall
             report
             ,
             that
             any
             man
             has
             to
             have
             such
             and
             such
             revenues
             .
             And
             because
             in
             this
             there
             is
             room
             for
             a
             mistake
             ,
             the
             Law
             gives
             any
             man
             leave
             to
             complain
             of
             the
             greatness
             of
             his
             Taxe
             ;
             and
             if
             he
             will
             take
             his
             Oath
             he
             is
             not
             worth
             so
             much
             as
             the
             world
             values
             his
             Estate
             at
             ,
             his
             Taxe
             shall
             be
             moderated
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             the
             ordinary
             Tributes
             ,
             the
             chief
             are
             these
             following
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             The
             Tribute
             from
             Salt
             ,
             call'd
             in
             
               Dutch
               (
               Sonte
               geldt
            
             )
             it
             is
             levied
             after
             this
             manner
             :
             The
             Magistrate
             of
             the
             Town
             visits
             each
             Family
             ,
             and
             reckons
             every
             head
             of
             it
             ;
             then
             they
             guess
             at
             the
             quantity
             of
             Salt
             that
             they
             may
             reasonably
             be
             thought
             to
             spend
             in
             one
             year
             ;
             and
             thereupon
             they
             exact
             from
             them
             a
             summe
             of
             money
             ,
             proportionable
             to
             the
             quantity
             of
             Salt
             they
             are
             to
             have
             .
             And
             in
             some
             Towns
             they
             set
             a
             price
             upon
             the
             measure
             of
             Salt
             ,
             high
             or
             low
             ,
             as
             they
             please
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             The
             Excise
             upon
             Beer
             ,
             which
             all
             the
             Citizens
             pay
             without
             distinction
             ,
             comes
             to
             twenty
             pence
             a
             Barrell
             ;
             except
             the
             small
             Beer
             ,
             which
             is
             not
             worth
             
             above
             half
             a
             Crown
             a
             Barrell
             ,
             paies
             nothing
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Another
             Excise
             upon
             Beer
             ,
             paid
             only
             by
             Brewers
             ,
             which
             comes
             to
             twelve
             pence
             a
             Barrell
             .
             Besides
             ,
             all
             Seamen
             ,
             Marriners
             ,
             and
             Merchants
             ,
             pay
             Excise
             for
             all
             English
             and
             German
             Beer
             they
             bring
             in
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             The
             Victuallers
             ,
             and
             those
             that
             sell
             Beer
             ,
             pay
             other
             twenty
             pence
             for
             every
             Barrell
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Every
             Hogshead
             of
             Vinegar
             paies
             nine
             shillings
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             The
             Impost
             upon
             
               French
               Wines
            
             mounts
             to
             six
             pence
             upon
             every
             Stoop
             .
             Rhenish
             and
             
               Spanish
               Wines
            
             pay
             twelve
             pence
             a
             Stoop
             .
             Brandyes
             of
             Wine
             pay
             ten
             pence
             .
             Of
             Beer
             ,
             five
             pence
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             Butter
             payes
             six
             shillings
             a
             Barrell
             ,
             which
             contains
             three
             hundred
             and
             twenty
             pound
             .
             And
             for
             the
             little
             Barrells
             ,
             call'd
             
               (
               Kops
               tuchen
            
             )
             there
             is
             paid
             a
             Farthing
             a
             piece
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             A
             
               piece
               of
               Oyl
            
             paies
             six
             shillings
             ;
             if
             ▪
             Fish.
             Oyl
             then
             four
             shillings
             and
             six
             pence
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             Candles
             of
             Wax
             ,
             and
             Tallow
             ,
             pay
             ten
             pence
             a
             hundred
             weight
             .
          
           
           
             10.
             
             The
             
               Impost
               of
               round
               measures
            
             ,
             is
             that
             money
             which
             is
             paid
             for
             all
             those
             commodities
             that
             are
             measur'd
             in
             round
             measures
             ,
             as
             Corn
             ,
             Seeds
             ,
             Salt
             ,
             Lime
             ,
             &c.
             
             And
             the
             Merchants
             that
             buy
             great
             quantities
             ,
             do
             nevertheless
             pay
             this
             Impost
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             
               Turfs
               for
               fewell
            
             pay
             a
             penny
             half-penny
             a
             Tun
             ;
             and
             Coals
             from
             England
             and
             Scotland
             pay
             thirty
             shillings
             for
             every
             hundred
             Tun.
             The
             Coals
             burnt
             in
             the
             light
             Houses
             pay
             nothing
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             The
             Impost
             upon
             
               hard
               merchandizes
            
             ,
             as
             five
             pence
             for
             every
             hundred
             of
             Lead
             ;
             three
             half-pence
             for
             every
             thousand
             of
             Lime-Stones
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             For
             Wood
             to
             burn
             is
             paid
             the
             eight
             part
             of
             what
             it
             costs
             .
          
           
             14.
             
             
               Silk
               and
               gold
               Stuffs
            
             pay
             ,
             of
             twelve
             pence
             ,
             one
             ,
             in
             every
             Yard
             or
             Ell.
             
          
           
             15.
             
             
               Woollen
               Cloths
            
             pay
             thus
             ;
             every
             piece
             of
             English
             Cloth
             not
             being
             yet
             dyed
             ,
             payes
             three
             pound
             ,
             if
             the
             said
             piece
             be
             worth
             sixteen
             Florins
             of
             Flanders
             ,
             that
             is
             nine
             pound
             ,
             or
             thereabouts
             .
             Every
             piece
             worth
             twelve
             pound
             payes
             four
             pound
             ,
             &c.
             
             Hangings
             and
             other
             Houshold-stuff
             pay
             one
             penny
             in
             nine
             
             of
             what
             they
             are
             worth
             .
             The
             way
             of
             prising
             Merchandize
             is
             to
             ask
             the
             Merchant
             himself
             ,
             what
             he
             values
             it
             at
             ;
             if
             he
             undervalue
             it
             to
             save
             Custom
             ,
             then
             the
             Master
             of
             the
             Custom-house
             may
             take
             it
             ,
             and
             pay
             to
             the
             Merchant
             the
             price
             he
             values
             it
             at
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             The
             Impost
             upon
             all
             Corn
             that
             is
             ground
             in
             the
             Mills
             in
             Holland
             ,
             which
             every
             body
             payes
             without
             exception
             ,
             comes
             to
             five
             pound
             ,
             one
             crown
             ,
             and
             twelve
             pence
             for
             every
             quarter
             of
             Wheat
             ;
             to
             half
             as
             much
             for
             the
             quarter
             of
             Rye
             ;
             to
             five
             and
             thirty
             shillings
             for
             Barley
             and
             Oates
             .
          
           
             17.
             
             The
             Impost
             upon
             all
             Cattle
             ,
             Sheep
             ,
             or
             Hogs
             that
             are
             kill'd
             ,
             comes
             to
             one
             penny
             in
             seven
             of
             the
             money
             they
             are
             sold
             for
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             There
             is
             also
             three
             pence
             a
             moneth
             paid
             for
             every
             
               Horn'd
               Beast
            
             above
             three
             years
             old
             ;
             as
             also
             two
             pence
             a
             moneth
             for
             every
             Horse
             above
             three
             years
             old
             .
          
           
             19.
             
             The
             Imposts
             upon
             Herrings
             and
             Salt-Fish
             ,
             brought
             to
             the
             Citizens
             houses
             to
             sell
             ,
             comes
             to
             twenty
             pence
             a
             Pannier
             .
          
           
           
             20.
             
             The
             retail
             Fishmonger
             payes
             for
             S●urgeons
             and
             Salmons
             the
             9th
             .
             penny
             of
             what
             they
             cost
             .
          
           
             21.
             
             Tobacco
             payes
             10
             pence
             a
             pound
             ;
             the
             Barrel
             of
             Soap
             11
             shillings
             ;
             every
             Barrel
             of
             Pitch
             16
             pence
             .
          
           
             22.
             
             Every
             Chariot
             and
             little
             Bark
             payes
             20
             pence
             a
             year
             ;
             every
             Coach
             payes
             10
             shillings
             a
             year
             .
          
           
             23.
             
             All
             Farms
             and
             
               Rack
               Rents
            
             pay
             the
             16th
             .
             penny
             of
             the
             value
             they
             yield
             yearly
             ;
             and
             those
             Lands
             that
             the
             Proprietary
             keeps
             in
             his
             own
             hand
             ,
             are
             valued
             and
             estimated
             by
             the
             Magistrate
             .
          
           
             24.
             
             All
             Lands
             that
             are
             sowed
             with
             any
             sort
             of
             Grain
             whatsoever
             ,
             or
             whatsoever
             Trees
             they
             are
             planted
             with
             ,
             pay
             4
             pence
             half-penny
             an
             acre
             ,
             reckoning
             from
             the
             moneth
             they
             were
             sowed
             or
             planted
             ,
             to
             the
             moneth
             that
             the
             recolt
             is
             made
             in
             .
          
           
             25.
             
             Every
             house
             payes
             about
             the
             8th
             .
             part
             of
             the
             Rent
             it
             is
             let
             for
             ;
             as
             if
             for
             48
             pound
             a
             year
             ,
             it
             payes
             6
             pound
             to
             the
             States
             ;
             but
             because
             the
             Rent
             of
             houses
             is
             subject
             to
             rise
             or
             fall
             ,
             the
             Magistrate
             sets
             a
             constant
             price
             upon
             them
             ,
             
             according
             to
             their
             bigness
             and
             conveniency
             .
          
           
             26.
             
             The
             Tribute
             for
             Servants
             and
             Maids
             comes
             to
             20
             pence
             a
             head
             ,
             which
             every
             Master
             or
             Mistress
             is
             bound
             to
             pay
             for
             them
             .
          
           
             27.
             
             The
             Impost
             upon
             all
             Immovables
             that
             are
             sold
             ,
             under
             which
             title
             great
             Ships
             are
             comprehended
             ,
             comes
             to
             the
             40th
             .
             penny
             ,
             that
             is
             out
             of
             the
             price
             of
             the
             thing
             sold
             the
             State
             has
             the
             40th
             .
             part
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             very
             considerable
             tax
             ,
             for
             there
             is
             no
             place
             in
             the
             World
             where
             Immovables
             alter
             their
             property
             so
             often
             as
             in
             Holland
             ,
             it
             being
             a
             Proverb
             of
             Leyden
             ,
             that
             every
             three
             year
             half
             of
             the
             Town
             is
             sold
             or
             alienated
             .
          
           
             28.
             
             The
             Tribute
             due
             for
             the
             Great
             and
             
               Little
               Seals
            
             ,
             is
             a
             groat
             for
             every
             sheet
             of
             paper
             where
             the
             
               Great
               Seal
            
             is
             applyed
             ,
             to
             two
             pence
             where
             the
             Little.
             To
             understand
             the
             greatness
             of
             this
             Tribute
             ,
             the
             Reader
             must
             know
             that
             the
             States
             of
             Holland
             have
             ordain'd
             ,
             for
             no
             other
             end
             than
             for
             this
             ,
             that
             no
             Wills
             ,
             Contracts
             ,
             or
             any
             sort
             of
             Writings
             that
             shall
             be
             produc'd
             before
             the
             Judges
             ,
             shall
             be
             written
             in
             any
             other
             
             paper
             than
             that
             which
             is
             sealed
             by
             the
             States
             ,
             else
             they
             shall
             be
             void
             ;
             and
             hereupon
             they
             thought
             fit
             to
             have
             two
             Seals
             ,
             one
             for
             businesses
             of
             small
             importance
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             one
             for
             important
             affairs
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             many
             other
             sorts
             of
             Tributes
             ,
             which
             it
             would
             be
             too
             long
             to
             relate
             ;
             besides
             ,
             they
             have
             all
             been
             publish'd
             together
             by
             the
             States
             order
             .
             Now
             let
             us
             consider
             the
             wayes
             of
             levying
             these
             Tributes
             ,
             which
             that
             we
             may
             the
             better
             do
             ,
             let
             us
             consider
             those
             deliberations
             and
             opinions
             touching
             this
             matter
             ,
             which
             were
             had
             when
             it
             was
             first
             debated
             .
          
           
             The
             Proposition
             of
             finding
             a
             way
             of
             raising
             these
             Revenues
             being
             made
             ,
             some
             were
             of
             opinion
             to
             give
             Authority
             to
             the
             Magistrates
             of
             Towns
             ,
             or
             to
             some
             persons
             whom
             the
             State
             should
             pay
             to
             gather
             these
             Taxes
             ,
             and
             be
             accomptable
             for
             them
             ;
             thinking
             it
             neither
             safe
             nor
             profitable
             for
             the
             States
             to
             farm
             them
             out
             .
             And
             here
             are
             the
             Reasons
             they
             relyed
             upon
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Because
             publick
             persons
             ,
             and
             particularly
             Magistrates
             ,
             have
             a
             greater
             
             Authority
             with
             them
             ,
             and
             so
             are
             fitter
             to
             keep
             the
             people
             more
             in
             awe
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Because
             many
             of
             these
             Revenues
             ,
             as
             the
             Excise
             upon
             Beer
             for
             example
             ,
             could
             not
             be
             fixed
             and
             certain
             ;
             for
             sometimes
             one
             Town
             consumes
             more
             one
             year
             than
             another
             ,
             so
             that
             there
             could
             be
             no
             measures
             taken
             with
             Farmers
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             They
             represented
             ,
             that
             it
             was
             dangerous
             to
             trust
             in
             Subjects
             hands
             the
             publick
             Revenue
             ;
             for
             what
             if
             the
             Farmers
             should
             play
             the
             Knaves
             and
             break
             ,
             and
             hereupon
             they
             concluded
             that
             Farmers
             were
             not
             fit
             men
             .
          
           
             Some
             of
             a
             quite
             contrary
             opinion
             did
             maintain
             ,
             that
             there
             were
             certain
             Imposts
             which
             ought
             to
             be
             Farm'd
             out
             for
             so
             much
             a
             year
             ;
             adding
             ,
             that
             the
             Impositions
             were
             laid
             upon
             two
             sorts
             of
             things
             ,
             upon
             stable
             and
             constant
             ones
             ,
             as
             Houses
             and
             Lands
             which
             remain
             ,
             and
             whose
             number
             and
             value
             were
             easily
             known
             ;
             and
             upon
             uncertain
             ones
             ,
             as
             the
             consumption
             of
             Wine
             and
             
               Beer
               ,
               &c.
            
             
             The
             first
             sort
             they
             allow'd
             to
             be
             rais'd
             by
             Magistrates
             ,
             the
             
             other
             they
             desir'd
             to
             Farm
             out
             ,
             and
             that
             for
             divers
             Reasons
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Because
             the
             people
             do
             by
             all
             arts
             and
             cheats
             endeavour
             to
             avoid
             the
             paying
             of
             these
             Excises
             ;
             that
             the
             Farmers
             for
             their
             own
             concern
             would
             be
             very
             exact
             and
             quick-sighted
             in
             the
             discovery
             of
             such
             frauds
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             These
             Farmers
             would
             have
             power
             enough
             ,
             for
             they
             would
             be
             backed
             by
             the
             Civil
             power
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             That
             it
             was
             of
             consequence
             for
             a
             State
             to
             know
             precisely
             its
             Revenues
             ;
             which
             could
             not
             be
             if
             they
             were
             not
             farm'd
             and
             stated
             .
             That
             without
             this
             the
             State
             could
             not
             know
             how
             to
             frame
             designs
             ,
             nor
             what
             to
             trust
             to
             in
             the
             execution
             of
             them
             .
             That
             thus
             doing
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             by
             Farming
             ,
             the
             State
             would
             come
             to
             a
             better
             knowledge
             of
             its
             true
             Revenue
             ;
             for
             by
             enhancing
             of
             it
             every
             year
             ,
             they
             would
             at
             last
             raise
             it
             to
             the
             utmost
             .
             That
             it
             would
             be
             expedient
             to
             Farm
             these
             Incomes
             to
             Citizens
             ,
             only
             for
             one
             year
             ,
             that
             so
             the
             condition
             of
             many
             Citizens
             would
             be
             better'd
             ,
             and
             they
             enabled
             to
             offer
             more
             to
             the
             Commonwealth
             .
          
           
           
             4.
             
             Lastly
             ,
             that
             there
             was
             no
             fear
             of
             their
             breaking
             ,
             for
             they
             would
             require
             from
             the
             Farmer
             such
             security
             as
             should
             secure
             the
             publick
             ;
             besides
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             be
             order'd
             to
             bring
             in
             every
             moneth
             a
             part
             of
             the
             money
             .
          
           
             This
             opinion
             was
             followed
             ,
             and
             this
             way
             of
             proceeding
             is
             observed
             to
             this
             day
             ;
             and
             this
             is
             the
             way
             they
             take
             of
             Farming
             them
             out
             .
          
           
             The
             States
             by
             Proclamation
             publish
             ,
             that
             such
             a
             day
             such
             Revenues
             are
             to
             be
             Farm'd
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             will
             let
             those
             have
             them
             that
             shall
             bid
             highest
             .
             He
             that
             obtains
             it
             ,
             gives
             security
             immediately
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             the
             State
             may
             lay
             hold
             on
             if
             he
             fail
             .
          
           
             There
             has
             been
             two
             things
             invented
             by
             the
             Farmers
             to
             hinder
             fraud
             ,
             and
             stealing
             of
             Custome
             and
             Excise
             ;
             the
             one
             is
             ,
             that
             all
             Porters
             do
             take
             every
             year
             an
             Oath
             ,
             to
             carry
             no
             Merchandize
             whatsoever
             into
             any
             Citizens
             house
             ,
             without
             giving
             notice
             to
             the
             Farmer
             ,
             and
             taking
             a
             Pass
             from
             him
             .
             The
             second
             ,
             that
             they
             that
             are
             once
             discovered
             to
             have
             cheated
             the
             Farmers
             ,
             are
             soundly
             fin'd
             ,
             because
             that
             faults
             that
             
             may
             be
             easily
             committed
             ,
             and
             which
             are
             very
             profitable
             to
             the
             offenders
             ,
             cannot
             probably
             be
             hindred
             but
             by
             rigorous
             penalties
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXI
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               East
               and
               West-India
               Companies
               .
            
          
           
             THis
             methinks
             is
             a
             fit
             occasion
             to
             speak
             of
             these
             powerfull
             Corporations
             ;
             for
             they
             do
             make
             a
             great
             part
             of
             the
             strength
             of
             these
             Nations
             ,
             and
             are
             a
             source
             of
             riches
             to
             them
             .
          
           
             These
             Companies
             are
             
               Assemblies
               of
               particular
               Merchants
               ,
               establish'd
               and
               confirm'd
               by
               Authority
               in
               their
               Union
               .
            
             By
             which
             power
             they
             may
             ,
             to
             the
             exclusion
             of
             all
             others
             ,
             raise
             Souldiers
             at
             their
             own
             charges
             ;
             make
             Leagues
             and
             Alliances
             with
             the
             Indian
             Princes
             ;
             and
             to
             bring
             home
             certain
             Commodities
             from
             the
             Indies
             ,
             which
             none
             other
             must
             vent
             but
             they
             .
          
           
             Two
             things
             particularly
             were
             the
             
             cause
             of
             this
             Enterprize
             ,
             of
             sayling
             to
             the
             Indies
             :
             the
             one
             was
             the
             strict
             prohibitions
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             forbidding
             the
             Hollanders
             all
             Trade
             and
             Commerce
             into
             Spain
             ,
             the
             only
             place
             from
             which
             those
             Indian
             Merchandizes
             could
             be
             fetched
             .
             The
             other
             was
             the
             unreasonable
             Rates
             that
             the
             Spanish
             Merchants
             did
             then
             sell
             their
             Wares
             at
             ;
             with
             the
             exorbitant
             Customes
             that
             Strangers
             who
             traded
             with
             them
             ,
             were
             forced
             to
             pay
             .
             Insomuch
             that
             Spain
             was
             become
             the
             only
             Magazine
             and
             Bank
             of
             riches
             in
             Europe
             ,
             having
             assembled
             all
             the
             treasures
             of
             the
             richest
             part
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             whereby
             they
             might
             subdue
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
             There
             happened
             at
             this
             very
             time
             another
             accident
             ,
             which
             much
             contributed
             to
             the
             framing
             of
             this
             design
             .
             One
             
               Cornelius
               Houtman
            
             a
             Hollander
             ,
             having
             divers
             years
             faithfully
             serv'd
             the
             Spaniards
             and
             Portuguesses
             ,
             in
             their
             navigation
             to
             the
             Indies
             ,
             was
             at
             last
             taken
             prisoner
             by
             the
             Negroes
             ,
             and
             not
             like
             to
             come
             out
             of
             captivity
             ,
             except
             he
             could
             pay
             a
             ransome
             far
             beyond
             his
             riches
             and
             power
             :
             he
             in
             this
             strait
             implor'd
             
             the
             help
             of
             some
             Merchants
             of
             Amsterdam
             ,
             who
             redeem'd
             him
             ,
             upon
             condition
             that
             he
             should
             reveal
             to
             them
             all
             the
             secret
             and
             profit
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             navigation
             to
             the
             Indies
             .
             By
             this
             means
             it
             came
             to
             be
             known
             ,
             that
             their
             gain
             was
             for
             every
             five
             or
             six
             pound
             ,
             a
             hundred
             .
          
           
             One
             only
             thing
             did
             seem
             then
             most
             to
             oppose
             the
             Hollanders
             design
             ,
             and
             that
             was
             ,
             that
             it
             was
             with
             some
             regret
             ,
             that
             they
             did
             see
             that
             the
             Venetians
             Trade
             would
             now
             fall
             to
             the
             ground
             .
             For
             whereas
             hitherto
             they
             had
             receiv'd
             the
             Merchandizes
             of
             the
             Indies
             by
             Persia
             ,
             and
             so
             over-land
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Caire
            
             ,
             and
             did
             then
             furnish
             the
             rest
             of
             Europe
             with
             them
             ;
             it
             was
             easie
             to
             foresee
             ,
             that
             the
             Hollanders
             would
             be
             able
             to
             perform
             this
             Voyage
             by
             Sea
             with
             less
             cost
             .
             But
             self-love
             ,
             together
             with
             the
             desire
             of
             being
             reveng'd
             of
             the
             Spaniard
             ,
             prevail'd
             against
             this
             obstacle
             .
             But
             let
             us
             consider
             the
             first
             rise
             of
             this
             Company
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             
               Company
               or
               Association
               of
               Merchants
            
             ,
             (
             for
             at
             first
             they
             were
             not
             authorized
             ,
             as
             they
             now
             are
             by
             the
             
             States
             )
             chose
             for
             Curators
             or
             Directors
             ,
             these
             following
             ;
             
               Henry
               Hudd
               ,
               Reynier
               Paw
               ,
               Charles
               de
               Oude
               ,
               Jean
               Poppey
               ,
               Henry
               Duick
               ,
               Theodore
               de
               Os
               ,
               Silvard
               Petrisein
               ,
            
             and
             
               Arnould
               ten
               Grooten
               Huyle
            
             .
          
           
             These
             considering
             that
             the
             way
             by
             the
             Glaciall
             Sea
             ,
             though
             the
             shorter
             by
             2000.
             leagues
             ,
             and
             the
             safer
             from
             enemies
             ,
             was
             nevertheless
             the
             more
             dangerous
             ,
             because
             they
             were
             not
             sure
             of
             a
             passage
             ;
             fitted
             out
             four
             Ships
             ,
             and
             sent
             them
             by
             the
             ordinary
             way
             ,
             under
             the
             conduct
             of
             
               Cornelius
               Houtman
            
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1595.
             
             But
             being
             return'd
             two
             years
             and
             four
             moneths
             after
             ,
             with
             much
             less
             profit
             than
             was
             expected
             ,
             that
             did
             not
             hinder
             them
             from
             setting
             out
             a
             new
             Fleet.
             And
             as
             they
             were
             busie
             about
             it
             ,
             they
             had
             notice
             that
             some
             other
             Merchants
             of
             Amsterdam
             had
             the
             same
             design
             ;
             whereupon
             they
             propos'd
             to
             them
             to
             joyn
             their
             purses
             ,
             which
             they
             did
             ,
             and
             made
             up
             a
             Fleet
             of
             eight
             Ships
             ,
             under
             the
             conduct
             of
             
               James
               van
               Neck
            
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             same
             time
             there
             was
             fram'd
             a
             company
             at
             Rotterdam
             ,
             who
             undertook
             
             the
             way
             to
             the
             Indies
             by
             the
             Straight
             of
             Magellan
             ,
             and
             the
             South-Sea
             ;
             
               James
               Mahu
            
             undertook
             the
             Voyage
             .
          
           
             But
             before
             that
             the
             Fleet
             of
             eight
             Sail
             could
             be
             come
             back
             ,
             the
             same
             Associates
             sent
             out
             three
             more
             ;
             and
             a
             little
             after
             return'd
             back
             four
             of
             the
             eight
             that
             had
             been
             sent
             first
             ,
             with
             a
             very
             considerable
             lading
             ,
             and
             much
             to
             the
             advantage
             of
             the
             Adventurers
             .
             The
             noise
             of
             the
             great
             gains
             to
             be
             made
             this
             way
             ,
             made
             some
             other
             Merchants
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             part
             Brabancons
             ,
             compose
             another
             Company
             ,
             call'd
             the
             
               Brabant
               Company
            
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             year
             1599.
             this
             Company
             sent
             four
             Ships
             ,
             to
             which
             the
             first
             Company
             added
             four
             more
             .
          
           
             The
             Spaniards
             in
             the
             mean
             time
             considering
             the
             great
             progress
             of
             these
             new
             Enterprizes
             ,
             and
             fore-seeing
             the
             ruine
             of
             their
             rich
             Trade
             by
             them
             ,
             resolv'd
             to
             use
             all
             possible
             means
             to
             crush
             them
             while
             they
             were
             yet
             in
             their
             birth
             .
             Whereupon
             they
             fitted
             out
             a
             Fleet
             of
             thirteen
             strong
             men
             of
             War
             ,
             who
             meeting
             with
             five
             Hollanders
             ,
             engaged
             
             them
             ,
             but
             were
             at
             last
             constrain'd
             to
             fly
             ,
             and
             yeeld
             the
             Hollanders
             the
             victory
             .
             This
             check
             making
             the
             Spaniard
             sensible
             that
             strength
             and
             open
             force
             were
             not
             like
             to
             prevail
             ,
             they
             went
             another
             way
             to
             work
             ,
             and
             employed
             the
             Portuguesses
             ,
             whose
             interest
             was
             very
             strong
             with
             most
             of
             the
             Indian
             peoples
             and
             Princes
             :
             they
             endeavoured
             by
             all
             means
             to
             make
             the
             Dutch
             so
             odious
             to
             those
             Nations
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             abstain
             from
             all
             Trade
             and
             Commerce
             with
             them
             ,
             representing
             them
             as
             Pirates
             and
             Rebels
             to
             their
             King.
             But
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             being
             inform'd
             of
             this
             hard
             measure
             given
             them
             by
             the
             Portuguesses
             ,
             gave
             order
             to
             all
             their
             Subjects
             ,
             to
             assault
             and
             take
             all
             Ships
             that
             should
             any
             wayes
             strive
             to
             oppose
             their
             navigation
             to
             the
             Indies
             .
          
           
             Thus
             they
             struggled
             pretty
             well
             with
             this
             great
             obstacle
             .
             But
             the
             Merchants
             themselves
             being
             divided
             into
             different
             Companies
             ,
             and
             not
             acting
             all
             unanimously
             ,
             did
             spoil
             one
             anothers
             Trade
             ;
             for
             either
             they
             would
             all
             come
             to
             one
             Port
             of
             the
             Indies
             ,
             and
             so
             enhance
             the
             price
             of
             the
             Natives
             Commodity
             ,
             and
             
             debase
             their
             own
             ,
             or
             commit
             some
             other
             errour
             ,
             which
             made
             most
             of
             their
             Ships
             return
             with
             much
             less
             profit
             than
             might
             have
             been
             otherwise
             expected
             .
             The
             States
             considering
             these
             inconveniencies
             ,
             resolv'd
             to
             make
             up
             one
             certain
             Company
             of
             all
             the
             different
             Adventurers
             that
             would
             come
             in
             ,
             and
             to
             grant
             to
             them
             alone
             the
             priviledge
             of
             trading
             to
             the
             Indies
             ,
             under
             certain
             Conditions
             .
             This
             Order
             of
             the
             States
             being
             publish'd
             ,
             many
             out
             of
             hopes
             of
             gain
             ,
             others
             out
             of
             love
             to
             their
             Countrey
             ,
             put
             in
             different
             summes
             ,
             which
             all
             together
             made
             up
             six
             hundred
             thousand
             pound
             ,
             the
             first
             stock
             upon
             which
             this
             Company
             has
             built
             its
             prodigious
             Encrease
             .
          
           
             All
             those
             that
             had
             conributed
             were
             call'd
             Partners
             ,
             in
             
               Dutch
               (
               Participanten
            
             )
             because
             they
             had
             part
             in
             all
             the
             profit
             and
             loss
             of
             the
             Company
             .
          
           
             But
             all
             those
             that
             had
             contributed
             more
             than
             six
             hundred
             pound
             ,
             were
             call'd
             head-Partners
             ,
             
               (
               hooft-Participanten
            
             )
             and
             out
             of
             these
             alone
             were
             ,
             and
             are
             to
             this
             day
             ,
             chosen
             the
             Curators
             or
             Directors
             of
             the
             Company
             ,
             with
             a
             very
             large
             power
             .
          
           
           
             All
             these
             head-Partners
             together
             ,
             have
             the
             priviledge
             of
             naming
             out
             of
             their
             own
             number
             ,
             the
             Curators
             ,
             and
             then
             in
             some
             places
             the
             States
             of
             the
             Province
             ,
             in
             others
             the
             Magistrates
             of
             Towns
             are
             to
             choose
             them
             out
             of
             those
             that
             are
             nam'd
             .
          
           
             The
             Curators
             are
             bound
             to
             give
             an
             account
             of
             all
             incomes
             and
             expences
             ,
             once
             a
             year
             to
             the
             head-Partners
             .
             They
             manage
             all
             the
             business
             of
             the
             Company
             ,
             and
             are
             continued
             in
             their
             employment
             all
             their
             life-time
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             for
             one
             and
             twenty
             years
             .
             They
             hold
             their
             Assemblies
             in
             the
             most
             convenient
             places
             of
             each
             Province
             ,
             and
             their
             Assemblies
             are
             call'd
             Chambers
             .
          
           
             In
             each
             of
             these
             Chambers
             ,
             there
             are
             a
             set
             number
             of
             Curators
             ;
             at
             Amsterdam
             there
             are
             twenty
             ;
             in
             Zeeland
             twelve
             ;
             upon
             the
             Meuse
             fourteen
             ;
             and
             fourteen
             in
             West-Friezeland
             .
          
           
             Besides
             these
             ordinary
             Assemblies
             ,
             there
             are
             setled
             in
             each
             Province
             some
             extraordinary
             ones
             ,
             upon
             occasion
             ,
             to
             which
             the
             Chambers
             send
             their
             Deputies
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Chambers
             of
             that
             Province
             
             are
             bound
             to
             stand
             to
             the
             Deliberations
             of
             this
             that
             is
             made
             up
             of
             them
             all
             .
             This
             Chamber
             is
             setled
             at
             Amsterdam
             for
             Holland
             ,
             and
             at
             Middlebourg
             for
             Zeeland
             .
          
           
             This
             extraordinary
             Assembly
             consists
             of
             seventeen
             Deputies
             ,
             call'd
             
               (
               de
               Vergaderinge
               van
               Seventien
               .
               )
            
             Each
             Chamber
             knows
             the
             number
             of
             Deputies
             that
             it
             must
             send
             to
             this
             Assembly
             ,
             some
             more
             and
             some
             less
             ,
             proportionably
             still
             to
             the
             first
             money
             that
             they
             put
             in
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             the
             form
             of
             Government
             that
             this
             Company
             lives
             under
             within
             the
             States
             Territories
             ;
             and
             amongst
             all
             its
             Constitutions
             this
             is
             the
             principall
             ,
             that
             the
             Curators
             shall
             employ
             with
             all
             care
             and
             speed
             the
             summes
             that
             shall
             be
             furnish'd
             to
             them
             ,
             for
             the
             setting
             out
             of
             a
             strong
             Fleet
             well
             arm'd
             ,
             to
             drive
             the
             Portuguesses
             and
             Spaniards
             out
             of
             those
             Forts
             and
             strong
             places
             which
             they
             hold
             ;
             and
             in
             buying
             those
             Manufactures
             and
             Wares
             which
             we
             exchange
             with
             the
             Indians
             ,
             giving
             a
             yearly
             account
             of
             their
             receits
             and
             expences
             ;
             that
             out
             of
             the
             product
             something
             may
             
             still
             be
             layed
             aside
             ,
             whereby
             to
             confirm
             and
             advance
             the
             Companies
             Trade
             and
             Settlement
             in
             those
             parts
             ;
             that
             the
             rest
             shall
             be
             equally
             distributed
             to
             all
             the
             sharers
             ,
             to
             every
             one
             according
             to
             the
             proportion
             of
             the
             money
             first
             put
             in
             by
             them
             .
             And
             this
             Distribution
             is
             commonly
             call'd
             Uytde●linge
             .
          
           
             This
             noble
             establishment
             thus
             begun
             ,
             fail'd
             not
             of
             a
             very
             happy
             success
             ;
             for
             now
             all
             interests
             being
             united
             as
             well
             as
             strengths
             ,
             the
             work
             was
             carried
             on
             unanimously
             :
             and
             by
             the
             exchange
             of
             some
             things
             ,
             (
             of
             small
             value
             with
             us
             )
             as
             Looking-Glasses
             ,
             Feathers
             ,
             Chrystall
             ,
             and
             Glass
             Rings
             ,
             Bracelets
             ,
             Babies
             ,
             and
             other
             such
             bables
             ,
             made
             at
             Nurembergue
             in
             Germany
             ,
             the
             Company
             receiv'd
             from
             the
             silly
             Indians
             ,
             Silk
             ,
             Stuffs
             ,
             Pearls
             ,
             all
             sorts
             of
             aromatick
             Druggs
             ,
             of
             great
             value
             ,
             and
             things
             of
             that
             nature
             .
             To
             this
             adde
             ,
             the
             taking
             of
             divers
             strong
             places
             and
             Forts
             from
             the
             Portuguesses
             and
             Spaniards
             ,
             who
             at
             first
             little
             dreamed
             of
             being
             invaded
             so
             far
             off
             ,
             by
             those
             whom
             they
             thought
             they
             did
             put
             so
             much
             to
             it
             at
             home
             .
          
           
           
             By
             these
             means
             ,
             in
             six
             years
             time
             ,
             viz.
             from
             the
             year
             1602.
             to
             the
             year
             1608.
             the
             Company
             came
             to
             see
             their
             capitall
             summe
             of
             six
             hundred
             thousand
             pound
             ,
             encreas'd
             to
             almost
             three
             millions
             of
             English
             money
             ,
             besides
             all
             the
             gain
             that
             had
             been
             distributed
             among
             the
             partners
             .
             And
             besides
             ,
             their
             Conquests
             are
             such
             ,
             and
             their
             Dominions
             so
             enlarged
             in
             the
             Indies
             ,
             that
             they
             have
             under
             their
             power
             or
             protection
             divers
             great
             Kingdomes
             and
             Countreys
             ;
             besides
             many
             others
             who
             have
             granted
             to
             them
             alone
             ,
             exclusively
             to
             the
             Spaniards
             and
             Portuguesses
             ,
             the
             liberty
             of
             Trade
             amongst
             them
             .
          
           
             Things
             being
             brought
             to
             this
             flourishing
             condition
             ,
             it
             was
             thought
             fit
             to
             lay
             the
             foundation
             of
             a
             new
             Common-wealth
             ;
             and
             for
             this
             purpose
             they
             chose
             a
             Town
             which
             they
             call'd
             Batavia
             ,
             which
             is
             so
             well
             fortified
             and
             encompass'd
             with
             a
             strong
             Wall
             of
             Bricks
             ,
             that
             it
             was
             able
             these
             late
             years
             ,
             to
             hold
             out
             before
             all
             the
             Forces
             of
             the
             great
             Emperour
             of
             Java
             ,
             who
             besieged
             it
             with
             an
             Army
             of
             two
             hundred
             thousand
             men
             .
          
           
           
             It
             was
             order'd
             that
             the
             
               Governour
               General
            
             of
             the
             Indies
             for
             the
             Company
             ,
             should
             here
             reside
             ,
             and
             keep
             a
             Royal
             Court
             ;
             where
             he
             enjoyes
             the
             same
             power
             that
             the
             
               Governour
               General
            
             does
             in
             Holland
             ;
             he
             keeps
             a
             greater
             equipage
             ,
             and
             marches
             with
             more
             state
             than
             some
             Kings
             of
             Europe
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             the
             more
             be
             respected
             by
             his
             own
             Subjects
             ,
             and
             the
             barbarous
             Nations
             round
             about
             .
             At
             first
             this
             dignity
             was
             for
             life
             ,
             but
             because
             it
             seem'd
             dangerous
             to
             let
             so
             much
             power
             reside
             in
             one
             man
             so
             long
             ,
             it
             was
             resolv'd
             to
             follow
             the
             Spaniards
             custom
             ,
             and
             limit
             the
             time
             of
             their
             Government
             to
             three
             years
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             Town
             are
             likewise
             establish'd
             two
             
               Soveraign
               Courts
            
             ,
             in
             one
             whereof
             fits
             the
             Governour
             with
             his
             Associates
             ,
             to
             treat
             of
             the
             publick
             affairs
             of
             the
             Society
             ,
             as
             Peace
             ,
             War
             ,
             Alliances
             ,
             Trade
             ,
             &c.
             the
             other
             is
             a
             
               Court
               of
               Justice
            
             ,
             where
             causes
             are
             tryed
             between
             particular
             men
             .
          
           
             Besides
             this
             ,
             there
             are
             in
             all
             Provinces
             and
             Islands
             depending
             upon
             the
             Company
             ,
             two
             
               Soveraign
               Magistrates
            
             ;
             one
             of
             which
             commands
             the
             Militia
             ,
             
             which
             is
             quarter'd
             in
             different
             places
             ,
             to
             be
             in
             a
             readiness
             to
             keep
             the
             Natives
             down
             ;
             and
             the
             other
             has
             the
             care
             of
             all
             that
             concerns
             Trade
             ;
             and
             to
             the
             end
             that
             they
             may
             not
             behave
             themselves
             dishonestly
             ,
             there
             are
             adjoyn'd
             to
             them
             certain
             Officers
             call'd
             Censours
             ,
             who
             keep
             a
             Register
             of
             all
             Occurrences
             ,
             and
             give
             account
             of
             them
             every
             quarter
             to
             the
             Governour
             and
             his
             Council
             .
             Out
             of
             these
             Registers
             the
             Council
             picks
             the
             condition
             and
             posture
             of
             the
             Companies
             affairs
             ,
             and
             having
             drawn
             it
             up
             ,
             sends
             it
             into
             Holland
             ;
             and
             the
             Curatours
             thereby
             know
             how
             to
             govern
             themselves
             in
             their
             supplyes
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             same
             time
             there
             was
             some
             project
             made
             for
             the
             better
             multiplying
             of
             this
             Colony
             ,
             that
             so
             at
             last
             they
             might
             equal
             the
             Indians
             in
             number
             ,
             and
             not
             need
             to
             drain
             Europe
             every
             year
             for
             men
             .
             To
             further
             this
             ,
             they
             built
             a
             publick
             house
             ,
             in
             which
             were
             maintain'd
             at
             the
             publick
             charge
             great
             numbers
             of
             young
             Maids
             ,
             brought
             from
             Holland
             ;
             and
             the
             Souldiers
             and
             Seamen
             had
             liberty
             to
             make
             their
             addresses
             and
             marry
             them
             .
             But
             this
             did
             not
             succeed
             ,
             for
             
             it
             was
             found
             by
             experience
             that
             the
             children
             born
             of
             Dutch
             Parents
             in
             the
             Indies
             ,
             were
             not
             so
             lusty
             nor
             so
             long
             liv'd
             as
             those
             that
             were
             born
             of
             a
             Dutch
             Father
             and
             an
             Indian
             Mother
             .
          
           
             The
             Trade
             to
             the
             Indies
             is
             driven
             with
             ready
             money
             ,
             or
             with
             Exchange
             ;
             the
             Japponeses
             take
             ready
             money
             ;
             all
             the
             Indians
             exchange
             their
             Commodities
             for
             ours
             ,
             which
             at
             first
             were
             of
             so
             small
             a
             value
             ,
             and
             theirs
             so
             rich
             ,
             that
             for
             every
             five
             pounds
             worth
             of
             ours
             ,
             we
             had
             a
             hundred
             pounds
             worth
             of
             theirs
             .
             Some
             of
             these
             Nations
             have
             given
             to
             the
             Hollanders
             alone
             ,
             the
             priviledge
             of
             Trading
             with
             them
             ;
             for
             example
             ,
             they
             alone
             can
             buy
             Pepper
             ,
             and
             by
             consequence
             set
             what
             price
             they
             please
             upon
             that
             Commodity
             .
          
           
             Every
             year
             in
             certain
             seasons
             the
             Fleets
             set
             sail
             for
             Holland
             ,
             and
             every
             year
             new
             Fleets
             go
             from
             Holland
             for
             the
             Indies
             .
             The
             Merchandizes
             brought
             from
             India
             to
             Holland
             ,
             are
             publickly
             exposed
             to
             sale
             ,
             and
             the
             money
             produced
             ,
             distributed
             among
             the
             Sharers
             ;
             so
             for
             a
             hundred
             pound
             which
             a
             particular
             man
             ▪
             shall
             have
             put
             into
             the
             common
             
             stock
             ,
             he
             shall
             have
             rarely
             twenty
             ,
             sometimes
             thirty
             ,
             and
             most
             commonly
             fourty
             pound
             profit
             ;
             so
             that
             the
             annual
             rent
             comes
             almost
             to
             half
             the
             Capital
             .
          
           
             This
             distribution
             is
             made
             either
             in
             Money
             ,
             or
             Merchandize
             ;
             the
             truth
             is
             ,
             that
             heretofore
             they
             did
             seldom
             use
             to
             deliver
             out
             any
             Merchandize
             ,
             but
             of
             late
             some
             Nations
             of
             Europe
             having
             gone
             about
             to
             set
             up
             the
             same
             Trade
             to
             the
             Indies
             ,
             the
             Hollanders
             to
             discourage
             and
             break
             them
             at
             their
             first
             beginings
             ,
             did
             think
             fit
             to
             make
             a
             distribution
             of
             Merchandize
             .
             Whereupon
             there
             coming
             abroad
             at
             once
             so
             much
             ,
             the
             price
             of
             all
             could
             not
             choose
             but
             fall
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             these
             Strangers
             not
             able
             to
             afford
             them
             at
             such
             easie
             rates
             .
             'T
             is
             true
             ,
             that
             this
             did
             the
             Company
             themselves
             much
             prejudice
             ,
             but
             still
             it
             was
             a
             less
             loss
             to
             them
             ,
             for
             the
             greatest
             mischief
             that
             can
             befall
             them
             ,
             is
             that
             other
             Nations
             find
             the
             way
             to
             the
             Indies
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             besides
             ,
             this
             considerable
             advantage
             ,
             that
             all
             the
             Sharers
             do
             not
             only
             make
             a
             vast
             interest
             of
             their
             money
             ,
             but
             their
             Capital
             encreases
             every
             day
             ,
             
             as
             the
             Companies
             stock
             encreases
             .
             So
             if
             he
             that
             has
             put
             in
             at
             first
             400
             pound
             ,
             will
             sell
             (
             which
             they
             seldom
             do
             )
             his
             right
             to
             another
             ,
             he
             will
             without
             difficulty
             get
             1800
             pound
             for
             it
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             to
             be
             hoped
             ,
             that
             at
             last
             the
             very
             annual
             distributions
             will
             be
             worth
             the
             Capital
             every
             year
             .
          
           
             Some
             years
             ago
             the
             Company
             of
             the
             West-Indies
             was
             establish'd
             after
             the
             same
             model
             ;
             and
             a
             purpose
             to
             cross
             its
             settlement
             ,
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             demanded
             a
             Truce
             of
             twelve
             years
             from
             the
             States
             ;
             one
             of
             the
             Articles
             of
             which
             was
             ,
             that
             the
             Hollanders
             should
             undertake
             no
             Navigation
             to
             the
             West-Indies
             :
             he
             obtain'd
             it
             ,
             and
             all
             that
             while
             the
             design
             was
             crush'd
             ;
             but
             shortly
             after
             the
             Truce
             expir'd
             ,
             it
             was
             again
             set
             a
             foot
             with
             more
             eagerness
             .
          
           
             The
             Capital
             of
             this
             Company
             was
             seven
             hundred
             thousand
             pound
             ,
             and
             the
             Curatours
             having
             set
             out
             a
             brave
             Fleet
             ,
             the
             Town
             of
             
               St.
               Sauveur
            
             ,
             otherwise
             call'd
             
               baia
               de
               todos
               los
               Santos
            
             ,
             was
             carried
             and
             taken
             from
             the
             Spaniards
             ;
             but
             shortly
             after
             it
             was
             unfortunately
             lost
             again
             .
             In
             the
             mean
             time
             ,
             the
             booty
             
             made
             by
             taking
             and
             plundering
             the
             Spaniards
             and
             Portugu●ses
             Ships
             was
             so
             rich
             ,
             that
             the
             Sharers
             of
             the
             Company
             receiv'd
             five
             and
             twenty
             
               per
               Cent.
            
             at
             the
             first
             distribution
             .
             A
             little
             after
             the
             Spaniards
             Silver
             Fleet
             ,
             valued
             at
             twelve
             hundred
             thousand
             pound
             ,
             having
             been
             taken
             ,
             the
             Sharers
             had
             half
             their
             Capital
             refunded
             to
             them
             ;
             but
             experience
             soon
             made
             appear
             ,
             that
             in
             this
             the
             Curatours
             were
             rather
             prodigal
             than
             liberal
             ,
             because
             that
             the
             Company
             having
             then
             no
             setled
             establishment
             in
             the
             West-Indies
             ,
             it
             had
             been
             better
             to
             have
             imployed
             that
             money
             towards
             a
             further
             confirmation
             of
             their
             affairs
             ,
             particularly
             having
             undertaken
             so
             smart
             a
             War
             against
             the
             Spaniards
             and
             Portugueses
             .
          
           
             For
             this
             reason
             ,
             their
             Capital
             being
             exhausted
             by
             following
             misfortunes
             ,
             the
             Curatours
             were
             fain
             to
             exact
             a
             new
             Contribution
             from
             the
             Sharers
             ,
             viz.
             the
             moiety
             of
             what
             they
             had
             given
             at
             first
             ,
             which
             made
             up
             twelve
             hundred
             thousand
             pound
             ,
             to
             which
             were
             added
             four
             hundred
             thousand
             pound
             more
             ,
             and
             resolution
             was
             taken
             to
             pay
             interest
             of
             six
             
             
               per
               Cent.
            
             for
             all
             the
             money
             advanc'd
             to
             the
             Company
             .
             Their
             Treasury
             thus
             recruited
             ,
             gave
             them
             courage
             to
             undertake
             a
             new
             Expedition
             ,
             upon
             the
             great
             Town
             of
             Fernambove
             ;
             after
             this
             they
             invaded
             some
             borders
             of
             Africa
             ,
             from
             whence
             having
             driven
             the
             Portugueses
             ,
             they
             got
             into
             possession
             of
             the
             Trade
             with
             the
             Africans
             ,
             who
             sell
             their
             young
             Negroes
             .
             This
             is
             the
             sinew
             of
             the
             West-India
             Trade
             ,
             for
             they
             being
             of
             a
             strong
             robust
             constitution
             ,
             are
             able
             to
             endure
             those
             hardships
             in
             the
             Sugar
             Mills
             and
             Mines
             ,
             that
             no
             Indians
             or
             Europeans
             are
             able
             to
             undergo
             .
          
           
             Though
             things
             have
             since
             succeeded
             pretty
             luckily
             ,
             yet
             have
             not
             the
             Curatours
             made
             any
             dividends
             amongst
             the
             Sharers
             ;
             not
             but
             that
             they
             have
             brought
             from
             thence
             twice
             or
             thrice
             every
             year
             vast
             quantities
             of
             rich
             Ladings
             ,
             which
             they
             have
             well
             sold
             ;
             but
             because
             they
             have
             alwayes
             been
             forced
             to
             maintain
             War
             ,
             till
             the
             Portugueses
             revolted
             from
             the
             Spaniards
             .
          
           
             The
             Orders
             and
             Constitution
             of
             this
             Company
             ,
             are
             conformable
             to
             those
             of
             the
             East-Indies
             ,
             except
             that
             there
             are
             
             alwayes
             some
             Deputies
             from
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             ,
             that
             do
             preside
             in
             their
             extraordinary
             Assemblies
             ;
             and
             this
             because
             the
             States
             have
             contributed
             a
             great
             sum
             of
             money
             towards
             their
             first
             establishment
             .
          
           
             The
             Soveraign
             command
             both
             by
             Land
             and
             Sea
             ,
             is
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             a
             
               Captain
               General
            
             ,
             that
             resides
             in
             Brazeel
             ;
             it
             is
             now
             Prince
             Maurice
             of
             Nassaw
             .
             There
             are
             added
             to
             him
             as
             his
             Councel
             ,
             two
             or
             three
             of
             the
             Curatours
             of
             the
             Company
             ;
             there
             is
             also
             a
             
               Soveraign
               Court
               of
               Justice
            
             to
             hear
             and
             determine
             causes
             between
             particular
             men
             .
          
           
             This
             Company
             has
             other
             designs
             ,
             and
             does
             not
             resolve
             to
             keep
             within
             the
             streight
             limits
             of
             Brazeel
             ,
             but
             endeavours
             to
             open
             a
             passage
             to
             those
             rich
             M●nes
             of
             Silver
             which
             the
             Spaniards
             and
             Indians
             are
             at
             present
             in
             possession
             of
             ;
             this
             enterprize
             seems
             likely
             enough
             to
             succeed
             ,
             particularly
             since
             the
             Chilians
             ,
             an
             Indian
             Nation
             that
             inhabits
             the
             Sea-side
             ,
             is
             in
             War
             with
             the
             Spaniard
             ,
             and
             wants
             nothing
             but
             Armes
             and
             Discipline
             ;
             which
             the
             Hollanders
             will
             be
             easily
             induced
             to
             furnish
             them
             
             with
             ,
             it
             being
             so
             much
             their
             own
             advantage
             .
             The
             Souldiers
             of
             this
             Company
             and
             Officers
             ,
             are
             sworn
             not
             only
             to
             the
             Curatours
             ,
             but
             also
             to
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             General
             of
             the
             Army
             ;
             because
             it
             is
             not
             safe
             that
             private
             men
             should
             have
             an
             Army
             at
             their
             command
             .
          
           
             These
             two
             Companies
             have
             the
             priviledge
             of
             Trading
             alone
             into
             both
             the
             Indies
             ,
             not
             for
             ever
             ,
             but
             for
             twenty
             or
             thirty
             year
             ,
             more
             or
             less
             .
             And
             it
             was
             wisely
             order'd
             so
             for
             two
             reasons
             :
             First
             ,
             because
             it
             may
             be
             the
             necessity
             of
             affairs
             might
             have
             been
             such
             ,
             as
             to
             have
             oblig'd
             the
             States
             to
             make
             Peace
             or
             Truce
             with
             the
             Spaniards
             ;
             which
             it
             may
             be
             would
             not
             have
             been
             obtain'd
             ,
             without
             relinquishing
             the
             Trade
             to
             the
             Indies
             ,
             which
             they
             could
             not
             do
             had
             they
             granted
             a
             perpetual
             priviledge
             to
             these
             Companies
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             that
             whensoever
             they
             demand
             the
             renewing
             of
             their
             Priviledges
             ,
             the
             Commonwealth
             may
             take
             occasion
             to
             demand
             a
             round
             sum
             of
             money
             in
             acknowledgement
             of
             the
             favour
             they
             receive
             .
          
           
             In
             a
             word
             ,
             these
             two
             Companies
             are
             
             so
             well
             establish'd
             ,
             as
             to
             be
             upon
             all
             occasions
             a
             very
             great
             prop
             to
             the
             State
             ;
             for
             they
             are
             a
             Nursery
             of
             Souldiers
             and
             Seamen
             ,
             out
             of
             which
             in
             time
             of
             War
             the
             States
             may
             upon
             a
             sudden
             be
             provided
             with
             Ships
             ,
             Armes
             ,
             and
             some
             thousands
             of
             Men
             ,
             and
             by
             which
             in
             time
             of
             Peace
             ,
             many
             thousands
             got
             a
             very
             handsom
             livelihood
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXII
             .
          
           
             
               What
               Judgement
               may
               be
               made
               of
               the
               lasting
               or
               decay
               of
               this
               Commonwealth
               .
            
          
           
             CArdinal
             Bentivoglio
             ,
             who
             was
             for
             some
             time
             the
             Popes
             Nuncio
             in
             the
             Low-Countries
             ,
             has
             writ
             the
             History
             of
             their
             Wars
             ,
             and
             in
             his
             Book
             has
             given
             me
             occasion
             of
             adding
             here
             this
             Chapter
             .
             For
             he
             has
             propounded
             the
             same
             Question
             ,
             and
             after
             he
             has
             brought
             some
             Reasons
             ,
             which
             seem
             to
             conclude
             in
             favour
             of
             the
             perpetuity
             of
             this
             Commonwealth
             ,
             
             he
             does
             produce
             some
             others
             to
             shew
             that
             a
             contrary
             opinion
             is
             more
             likely
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             certainly
             a
             great
             vanity
             to
             go
             about
             to
             dispute
             about
             futures
             ;
             yet
             the
             Form
             and
             Government
             ,
             and
             present
             felicity
             of
             a
             State
             ,
             may
             give
             us
             leave
             to
             give
             a
             guess
             at
             its
             future
             happiness
             .
          
           
             And
             first
             ,
             if
             we
             consider
             the
             cause
             of
             the
             founding
             of
             this
             State
             ,
             we
             cannot
             think
             that
             it
             will
             ever
             be
             dissolv'd
             :
             For
             that
             was
             the
             recovering
             of
             lost
             Liberties
             ,
             and
             the
             preservation
             of
             them
             when
             recovered
             ;
             two
             things
             mightily
             priz'd
             by
             all
             mankind
             ,
             but
             particularly
             by
             the
             Northern
             Nations
             of
             the
             world
             .
             Besides
             ,
             not
             only
             by
             this
             the
             Liberties
             of
             all
             its
             Subjects
             are
             secur'd
             ,
             but
             none
             of
             the
             neighbouring
             Nations
             can
             stand
             in
             fear
             of
             losing
             theirs
             ,
             by
             the
             increase
             of
             this
             ;
             so
             that
             it
             will
             be
             no
             bodies
             Interest
             to
             procure
             a
             change
             ;
             for
             the
             people
             cannot
             be
             more
             easie
             than
             they
             are
             already
             :
             adde
             to
             this
             the
             mutual
             aversion
             between
             the
             Spaniards
             and
             the
             Hollanders
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             natural
             to
             fear
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             trust
             those
             that
             we
             have
             offended
             .
          
           
           
             Besides
             ,
             let
             any
             body
             cast
             back
             their
             eyes
             upon
             the
             first
             change
             ,
             and
             they
             shall
             find
             it
             such
             as
             no
             body
             is
             offended
             at
             .
             'T
             is
             most
             certain
             ,
             that
             when
             in
             Government
             men
             pass
             from
             one
             extremity
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             there
             are
             many
             whom
             a
             desire
             of
             the
             first
             Government
             does
             sollicite
             and
             possess
             ;
             but
             here
             it
             was
             not
             so
             ,
             for
             except
             the
             change
             that
             was
             made
             of
             the
             person
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             for
             the
             
               States
               General
            
             ,
             there
             was
             no
             change
             made
             in
             the
             Laws
             ,
             Constitutions
             ,
             and
             Customs
             of
             these
             Provinces
             .
             Since
             therefore
             that
             the
             antient
             Laws
             ,
             and
             Magistrates
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             Priviledges
             do
             remain
             ,
             it
             is
             easily
             agreed
             ,
             that
             the
             change
             was
             scarce
             sensible
             to
             the
             Inhabitants
             .
             And
             upon
             this
             we
             may
             found
             this
             maxim
             ,
             that
             
               Those
               States
               that
               have
               suffer'd
               least
               in
               their
               change
               ,
               are
               like
               to
               last
               longest
               .
            
          
           
             The
             inequality
             of
             strength
             and
             riches
             in
             these
             Provinces
             ,
             is
             one
             of
             the
             tyes
             of
             their
             perpetuity
             ,
             though
             ordinarily
             it
             be
             the
             cause
             of
             ruptures
             and
             fallings
             out
             in
             these
             cases
             .
          
           
             If
             we
             consider
             the
             riches
             of
             these
             Provinces
             ,
             and
             the
             industry
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             
             to
             acquire
             them
             ,
             we
             may
             certainly
             conclude
             that
             they
             will
             not
             be
             wanting
             to
             themselves
             in
             their
             Government
             ;
             besides
             ,
             without
             doubt
             as
             long
             as
             the
             Spaniards
             power
             shall
             give
             occasion
             of
             jealousie
             to
             
               Europe
               ,
               England
            
             and
             France
             will
             never
             forsake
             the
             protection
             of
             Holland
             .
          
           
             If
             we
             consider
             also
             the
             example
             of
             some
             Commonwealths
             of
             our
             time
             ,
             as
             of
             the
             Swizzers
             ,
             who
             do
             not
             only
             maintain
             themselves
             free
             from
             neighbouring
             Princes
             ,
             by
             the
             natural
             situation
             of
             their
             Countrey
             ,
             but
             are
             a
             terrour
             to
             many
             of
             them
             .
             These
             are
             our
             reasons
             ,
             but
             Cardinal
             Bentivoglio
             brings
             some
             against
             them
             as
             follows
             .
          
           
             Liberty
             begets
             license
             ,
             that
             begets
             inequality
             ,
             inequality
             begets
             Monarchy
             ;
             so
             the
             Romans
             having
             driven
             out
             Kings
             ,
             gave
             themselves
             up
             to
             the
             enjoyment
             of
             their
             Liberty
             ;
             after
             that
             ,
             they
             fell
             out
             by
             the
             inequality
             of
             Charges
             and
             Honours
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             fell
             under
             the
             domination
             of
             Emperors
             .
          
           
             To
             this
             is
             answer'd
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             in
             vain
             that
             this
             example
             is
             alleadged
             ,
             because
             the
             change
             proceeded
             from
             the
             oversight
             
             in
             the
             constitution
             of
             the
             Roman
             Government
             ,
             in
             which
             it
             was
             not
             provided
             against
             inequality
             ;
             but
             it
             is
             not
             so
             with
             the
             Hollanders
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             what
             he
             sayes
             ,
             that
             the
             Authority
             of
             the
             
               Governour
               General
            
             is
             too
             great
             ,
             we
             do
             confess
             it
             ;
             yet
             the
             Authority
             of
             the
             States
             is
             above
             it
             ,
             for
             in
             him
             lies
             only
             perswasion
             ,
             in
             them
             the
             power
             of
             commanding
             .
          
           
             If
             it
             be
             objected
             ,
             that
             the
             charges
             of
             a
             War
             are
             here
             incredible
             and
             excessive
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Treasury
             must
             needs
             be
             exhausted
             .
             I
             shall
             answer
             ,
             that
             our
             Enemies
             are
             not
             in
             a
             better
             condition
             ,
             but
             there
             is
             this
             difference
             between
             us
             ,
             that
             our
             Enemies
             grow
             Beggars
             ,
             and
             we
             grow
             rich
             under
             this
             oppression
             .
          
           
             If
             it
             be
             further
             urged
             ,
             that
             one
             
               Province
               ,
               Holland
            
             ,
             is
             much
             superiour
             to
             the
             others
             in
             strength
             and
             riches
             ,
             and
             so
             may
             usurpe
             the
             domination
             over
             the
             rest
             .
             I
             shall
             answer
             ,
             that
             in
             this
             inequality
             of
             power
             ,
             all
             the
             Provinces
             are
             equal
             in
             Authority
             ,
             and
             do
             not
             meddle
             with
             one
             anothers
             affairs
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             the
             diversity
             and
             plurality
             of
             Religions
             ,
             it
             is
             so
             far
             from
             being
             an
             
             apple
             of
             discord
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             a
             tye
             of
             union
             and
             concord
             ,
             every
             one
             being
             pleas'd
             with
             the
             liberty
             he
             has
             to
             enjoy
             the
             freedome
             of
             his
             conscience
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXIII
             .
          
           
             
               An
               Abridgement
               of
               the
               State
               of
               the
               
                 United
                 Provinces
              
               ,
               by
               
                 Paul
                 Merle
              
               .
            
          
           
             GErmany
             which
             is
             one
             of
             the
             noblest
             parts
             of
             Europe
             ,
             is
             divided
             into
             two
             parts
             ,
             high
             and
             low
             .
             It
             is
             not
             our
             design
             to
             say
             any
             thing
             of
             the
             
               higher
               Germany
            
             .
          
           
             The
             lower
             ,
             call'd
             the
             Eye
             of
             the
             North
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             its
             excellency
             ,
             is
             compos'd
             of
             seventeen
             Provinces
             .
             Those
             of
             them
             that
             lye
             upon
             the
             banks
             of
             the
             River
             Rhin
             towards
             the
             North
             ,
             were
             us'd
             to
             be
             reckoned
             among
             the
             Lordships
             of
             the
             
               upper
               Germany
            
             ;
             and
             the
             others
             upon
             the
             banks
             of
             the
             same
             River
             ,
             towards
             the
             East
             ,
             were
             anciently
             
             esteem'd
             dependances
             of
             
               Gallia
               Belgica
            
             .
             Each
             of
             them
             have
             been
             govern'd
             till
             within
             these
             few
             years
             ,
             by
             their
             particular
             Princes
             and
             Princesses
             .
          
           
             The
             Provinces
             of
             
               Brabant
               ,
               Limbourg
               ,
               Luxembourg
            
             ,
             and
             Gueldres
             ,
             were
             govern'd
             by
             Dukes
             .
             
               Flanders
               ,
               Artois
               ,
               Hainaut
               ,
               Zeeland
               ,
               Holland
               ,
               Namur
               ,
            
             and
             Zutphen
             ,
             by
             Earls
             .
             Antwerp
             which
             bears
             the
             title
             of
             the
             Marquessship
             of
             the
             holy
             Empire
             ,
             by
             a
             Marquess
             .
             
               Friezeland
               ,
               Utrect
               ,
               Overyssell
               ,
               Malines
               ,
            
             and
             Groeningue
             ,
             by
             Bishops
             and
             particular
             Lords
             .
          
           
             The
             Emperor
             Charles
             the
             fifth
             was
             the
             first
             Soveraign
             of
             all
             these
             rich
             Provinces
             ;
             to
             the
             possession
             of
             which
             he
             attain'd
             ,
             by
             being
             Heir
             to
             the
             Branch
             of
             Burgundy
             ,
             and
             the
             Houses
             of
             Spain
             and
             Austria
             .
          
           
             Philip
             his
             Son
             was
             his
             Successor
             in
             his
             time
             .
             The
             exorbitant
             punishments
             inflicted
             on
             those
             that
             professed
             Protestant
             Religion
             ,
             with
             the
             intolerable
             severity
             of
             the
             Inquisition
             ;
             the
             breach
             of
             the
             peoples
             priviledges
             ,
             made
             them
             revolt
             ,
             and
             endeavour
             to
             maintain
             by
             force
             ,
             
             that
             which
             tyranny
             would
             extort
             from
             them
             .
             Their
             Enterprize
             has
             been
             bless'd
             with
             success
             ;
             for
             seven
             of
             these
             Provinces
             have
             cast
             off
             the
             yoke
             of
             obedience
             due
             unto
             him
             ,
             and
             have
             made
             an
             Union
             and
             League
             together
             for
             their
             defence
             ,
             whence
             they
             are
             call'd
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             and
             are
             
               Gueldres
               ,
               Zutphen
               ,
               Holland
               ,
               Zeeland
               ,
               Frieze
               ,
               Utrect
               ,
               Overyssell
               ,
            
             and
             Groeningue
             .
          
           
             These
             are
             the
             Provinces
             ,
             for
             whose
             service
             that
             incomparable
             Hero
             ,
             Morice
             of
             Nassaw
             ,
             Son
             to
             William
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             has
             waged
             and
             managed
             a
             War
             against
             the
             most
             powerfull
             Prince
             in
             Europe
             ,
             with
             a
             success
             worthy
             his
             prudence
             and
             courage
             .
             He
             was
             so
             accomplish'd
             a
             Prince
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             better
             to
             be
             silent
             ,
             than
             to
             go
             about
             to
             praise
             one
             ,
             whose
             merits
             can
             never
             be
             equall'd
             with
             words
             ;
             but
             they
             are
             written
             in
             the
             hearts
             of
             all
             the
             Nations
             he
             so
             highly
             obliged
             by
             his
             singular
             valor
             and
             conduct
             .
          
           
             The
             Provinces
             above-mentioned
             having
             occasion
             to
             treat
             of
             their
             publick
             concerns
             ,
             send
             their
             Deputies
             to
             the
             Hague
             ,
             some
             one
             ,
             some
             two
             or
             more
             ,
             
             according
             as
             their
             rank
             and
             priviledge
             is
             .
             They
             are
             ordinarily
             chosen
             among
             the
             most
             sufficient
             ,
             able
             ,
             and
             pious
             men
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             deserve
             to
             be
             admir'd
             for
             their
             experience
             .
             They
             are
             commonly
             call'd
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             and
             have
             the
             power
             of
             treating
             and
             concluding
             the
             most
             important
             affairs
             of
             the
             Commonwealth
             ,
             as
             Peace
             ,
             War
             ,
             &c.
             
             In
             a
             word
             ;
             their
             duty
             is
             to
             answer
             all
             the
             ends
             of
             Government
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             preserve
             the
             Commonwealth
             flourishing
             ,
             and
             safe
             .
             But
             I
             have
             undertaken
             to
             give
             a
             particular
             account
             of
             the
             Government
             of
             the
             Hollanders
             ,
             and
             I
             think
             fit
             to
             give
             the
             Reader
             notice
             ,
             that
             whatsoever
             is
             said
             of
             them
             ,
             may
             be
             applyed
             to
             the
             other
             Provinces
             ,
             only
             things
             are
             done
             in
             Holland
             with
             a
             greater
             apparatus
             ,
             and
             more
             solidity
             .
          
           
             Thyerry
             of
             Aquitain
             was
             the
             first
             Earl
             of
             Holland
             ;
             thirty
             Earls
             or
             Countesses
             have
             succeeded
             him
             in
             this
             dignity
             ,
             all
             upon
             condition
             to
             preserve
             the
             priviledges
             and
             immunities
             of
             the
             people
             ;
             which
             having
             been
             exactly
             observ'd
             by
             them
             all
             ,
             were
             first
             violated
             by
             Philip
             the
             second
             ,
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             for
             which
             
             he
             was
             deposed
             ,
             and
             from
             that
             time
             forward
             the
             Soveraign
             Power
             devolv'd
             to
             the
             States
             .
             The
             States
             are
             
               a
               publick
               Assembly
               of
               the
               Nobles
               and
               the
               Deputies
               of
               Towns.
            
             The
             Brederodes
             have
             the
             first
             rank
             among
             the
             Nobles
             ;
             the
             Wassenars
             were
             more
             ancient
             ;
             the
             Egmonts
             the
             powerfullest
             ;
             the
             Scages
             follow
             the
             Brederodes
             ;
             then
             the
             Assendelf
             ;
             the
             Douses
             ;
             the
             Warmonts
             ;
             the
             Podgeests
             ;
             the
             Matenesses
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             The
             Reader
             must
             forgive
             me
             if
             I
             am
             mistaken
             in
             this
             account
             .
          
           
             Three
             Nobles
             and
             no
             less
             are
             us'd
             to
             sit
             in
             the
             States
             of
             Holland
             .
             The
             Towns
             that
             send
             Deputies
             ,
             never
             send
             fewer
             than
             two
             .
             There
             are
             six
             principall
             Towns
             who
             have
             this
             right
             ;
             
               Dort
               ,
               Harlem
               ,
               Delf
               ,
               Leyden
               ,
               Amsterdam
               ,
               Tergou
               .
            
             There
             are
             also
             some
             others
             ,
             as
             in
             
               South-Holland
               ,
               Rotterdam
               ,
               Gorchum
               ,
               Schiedam
               ,
               Schoonhoove
               ,
            
             the
             Brill
             ;
             in
             
               North-Holland
               ,
               Alcmaer
               ,
               Horn
               ,
               Enchuse
               .
            
          
           
             It
             is
             likewise
             practis'd
             to
             call
             the
             Nobles
             to
             ordinary
             Assemblies
             ;
             but
             when
             there
             is
             an
             extraordinary
             Deputation
             for
             making
             of
             Peace
             or
             War
             ,
             &c.
             then
             the
             other
             smaller
             Towns
             may
             likewise
             send
             their
             Deputies
             .
          
           
           
             The
             States
             of
             Holland
             meet
             ordinarily
             every
             quarter
             once
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             between
             while
             ,
             and
             that
             at
             the
             Hague
             ,
             as
             the
             States
             of
             Gueldres
             at
             Nimmegue
             ,
             or
             Zutphen
             .
             The
             
               Provinciall
               Advocate
            
             presides
             in
             these
             Assemblies
             ,
             and
             takes
             care
             that
             they
             be
             held
             with
             order
             ,
             and
             things
             manag'd
             with
             prudence
             .
             He
             resides
             ordinarily
             at
             the
             Hague
             ,
             and
             does
             no
             other
             Office
             but
             this
             ;
             he
             is
             to
             shew
             himself
             impartiall
             and
             just
             even
             to
             the
             least
             Borrough
             or
             Corporation
             ;
             he
             must
             take
             care
             that
             nothing
             pass
             that
             is
             contrary
             to
             the
             Customes
             and
             Priviledges
             of
             the
             Province
             .
             The
             first
             day
             of
             the
             Assembly
             he
             is
             to
             perform
             the
             Office
             of
             Speaker
             ,
             and
             to
             break
             the
             matters
             to
             the
             Deputies
             ,
             to
             ask
             their
             advices
             ,
             and
             take
             their
             Votes
             ,
             and
             declare
             for
             those
             that
             are
             the
             major
             part
             .
             He
             is
             also
             to
             keep
             a
             Register
             of
             all
             that
             is
             done
             ,
             and
             to
             send
             a
             Copy
             of
             it
             to
             all
             the
             Nobles
             and
             Towns
             ,
             within
             eight
             dayes
             after
             the
             rising
             of
             the
             Assembly
             .
          
           
             The
             States
             being
             solemnly
             assembled
             ,
             and
             having
             all
             taken
             an
             Oath
             of
             fidelity
             and
             secrecy
             ,
             do
             deliberate
             about
             the
             Propositions
             made
             by
             the
             Advocate
             ,
             
             which
             are
             ordinarily
             reduced
             to
             heads
             .
             Their
             ordinary
             matters
             are
             Subsidies
             ,
             Contributions
             ,
             &c.
             
             Changes
             in
             State
             and
             Government
             ,
             Peace
             ,
             War
             ,
             Leagues
             ;
             of
             alienating
             ,
             giving
             ,
             and
             otherwise
             disposing
             of
             things
             belonging
             to
             the
             Province
             ;
             of
             granting
             Priviledges
             ,
             Patents
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             things
             ,
             which
             for
             brevity
             I
             omit
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             the
             order
             observ'd
             in
             giving
             their
             Votes
             ;
             the
             Nobles
             begin
             ,
             then
             the
             Towns
             follow
             in
             the
             order
             they
             are
             set
             down
             above
             ;
             every
             one
             says
             his
             opinion
             and
             reasons
             with
             leasure
             ,
             and
             quietly
             ,
             no
             body
             interrupting
             him
             ,
             and
             that
             which
             the
             major
             part
             carries
             ,
             is
             the
             Law.
             
          
           
             The
             States
             as
             it
             has
             been
             said
             ,
             meet
             but
             once
             every
             three
             moneths
             ;
             therefore
             because
             there
             may
             be
             extraordinary
             business
             ,
             they
             choose
             certain
             Deputies
             ,
             who
             sit
             alwayes
             to
             deliberate
             of
             such
             matters
             as
             happen
             between
             the
             Meeting
             times
             ,
             and
             which
             cannot
             be
             deferr'd
             .
             By
             the
             care
             of
             these
             all
             Land
             and
             Sea-affairs
             are
             govern'd
             ,
             and
             all
             ministred
             .
             The
             Deputies
             are
             call'd
             Collegues
             ,
             and
             they
             that
             take
             care
             of
             
             the
             Sea-affairs
             ,
             
               Counsellors
               of
               the
               Admiralty
            
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             six
             in
             the
             Colledge
             of
             Deputies
             ,
             and
             are
             most
             commonly
             chosen
             for
             one
             year
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             Nobles
             and
             Citizens
             of
             Towns
             ,
             and
             are
             bound
             by
             Oath
             to
             observe
             carefully
             ,
             and
             without
             interest
             ,
             all
             that
             shall
             be
             commanded
             them
             ,
             to
             take
             neither
             bribe
             ,
             present
             ,
             nor
             pension
             from
             any
             person
             or
             persons
             .
             They
             are
             to
             confer
             Notes
             with
             the
             Governour
             of
             the
             Province
             ,
             and
             to
             give
             him
             good
             and
             faithfull
             counsell
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             also
             to
             take
             great
             care
             ,
             that
             the
             Resolves
             and
             Orders
             of
             the
             last
             Assemblies
             be
             put
             in
             execution
             ;
             to
             deliberate
             of
             all
             such
             things
             as
             are
             not
             left
             to
             the
             Governours
             care
             ;
             to
             call
             together
             the
             States
             upon
             such
             occasions
             as
             will
             admit
             of
             no
             delay
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             also
             to
             provide
             ,
             that
             the
             Towns
             and
             Villages
             of
             the
             Province
             do
             live
             in
             peace
             and
             union
             one
             with
             another
             ;
             and
             that
             there
             be
             no
             violation
             of
             the
             States
             Orders
             ,
             either
             by
             force
             or
             fraud
             ;
             to
             sollicit
             punishment
             against
             riotous
             Souldiers
             and
             Officers
             that
             commit
             
             Exactions
             and
             Extortions
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             also
             to
             keep
             a
             Register
             of
             the
             Arms
             that
             are
             in
             the
             Magazines
             ;
             that
             the
             ordinary
             proportion
             of
             Ammunition
             be
             deliver'd
             to
             the
             Garrisons
             ;
             that
             from
             time
             to
             time
             there
             be
             made
             Fortresses
             and
             Forts
             in
             Holland
             ,
             and
             those
             kept
             in
             repair
             .
             It
             is
             not
             to
             be
             forgotten
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             to
             them
             at
             last
             that
             comes
             all
             Exchequer
             Suits
             about
             the
             publick
             revenue
             and
             receit
             of
             Customes
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             In
             the
             absence
             of
             the
             
               Governour
               Generall
            
             they
             determine
             all
             Causes
             concerning
             Prisoners
             of
             War
             ,
             touching
             Plunder
             and
             Booty
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Here
             follows
             the
             method
             they
             use
             in
             all
             their
             affairs
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             They
             do
             the
             business
             that
             concerns
             the
             whole
             Province
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Those
             affairs
             that
             regard
             Towns
             and
             Corporations
             .
          
           
             Last
             of
             all
             ,
             They
             decide
             the
             Controversies
             between
             private
             persons
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Counsellors
               of
               the
               Admiralty
            
             who
             are
             six
             in
             number
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             very
             carefull
             ,
             and
             to
             act
             conjoyntly
             with
             the
             Admirall
             ,
             the
             States
             ,
             and
             their
             Deputies
             ,
             
             to
             have
             alwayes
             a
             convenient
             Fleet
             ready
             ,
             to
             secure
             the
             Sea
             from
             Pirates
             ,
             and
             that
             all
             Merchants
             and
             Passengers
             passing
             to
             and
             fro
             upon
             Rivers
             and
             Channels
             ,
             be
             duely
             provided
             of
             Pasports
             .
             They
             are
             also
             to
             find
             out
             the
             ablest
             Pilots
             and
             stoutest
             Captains
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             have
             sworn
             them
             ,
             give
             them
             their
             Orders
             .
             They
             are
             soveraign
             Judges
             of
             all
             abuses
             and
             frauds
             committed
             in
             falsifying
             and
             counterfeiting
             Pasports
             ;
             as
             also
             of
             all
             quarrels
             and
             suits
             between
             Sea-men
             and
             Souldiers
             aboard
             the
             Ships
             .
             In
             a
             word
             ;
             they
             have
             all
             the
             power
             that
             Admirals
             do
             enjoy
             in
             
               England
               ,
               France
            
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             Countrey
             .
          
           
             I
             have
             not
             time
             to
             shew
             here
             by
             what
             Agents
             and
             Officers
             the
             States
             do
             administer
             justice
             to
             their
             Subjects
             ;
             keep
             accounts
             of
             their
             treasure
             ;
             give
             Livings
             and
             Fees
             to
             be
             held
             from
             them
             ;
             and
             many
             other
             things
             ,
             which
             would
             require
             a
             greater
             Volume
             .
          
           
             It
             remains
             to
             satisfie
             some
             Politicians
             curiosity
             ,
             who
             would
             know
             it
             may
             be
             ,
             whether
             our
             State
             be
             Monarchie
             ,
             Aristocracie
             ,
             or
             Democracie
             ;
             or
             of
             
             which
             of
             these
             it
             participates
             most
             .
             To
             which
             I
             answer
             ,
             that
             I
             think
             the
             Government
             of
             Holland
             to
             be
             a
             fit
             mixture
             of
             them
             all
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             person
             of
             the
             
               Governour
               Generall
            
             ,
             who
             commands
             the
             Armies
             both
             at
             Land
             and
             Sea
             with
             an
             absolute
             Authority
             ,
             is
             seen
             Monarchie
             ;
             the
             States
             represent
             Aristocracie
             ;
             and
             Democracie
             is
             seen
             in
             the
             Government
             of
             the
             Cities
             and
             Towns
             ,
             for
             nothing
             is
             done
             without
             the
             consent
             of
             the
             meanest
             Inhabitant
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXIV
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Proclamation
               of
               the
               States
               of
               Holland
               and
               West-Frieze
               ,
               touching
               the
               ancient
               Right
               of
               the
               Common-wealth
               of
               Holland
               .
            
          
           
             THe
             Knights
             ,
             Nobles
             ,
             and
             Towns
             of
             Holland
             and
             West-Frieze
             ,
             representing
             the
             States
             of
             the
             said
             Provinces
             ,
             after
             a
             mature
             deliberation
             and
             communication
             of
             the
             business
             with
             the
             Nobles
             and
             Senates
             of
             Towns
             ,
             and
             carefully
             weigh'd
             their
             advice
             and
             answer
             ,
             have
             in
             discharge
             of
             their
             Oath
             and
             duties
             ,
             thought
             fit
             to
             publish
             and
             make
             known
             to
             all
             the
             world
             by
             a
             publick
             Edict
             ,
             the
             State
             of
             Government
             of
             the
             said
             Provinces
             ,
             being
             perswaded
             ,
             that
             all
             Readers
             will
             be
             inclin'd
             to
             pitty
             and
             favour
             the
             deplorable
             estate
             of
             our
             Countrey
             .
          
           
           
             It
             is
             most
             certain
             for
             that
             in
             past
             ages
             ,
             for
             the
             time
             of
             800.
             years
             ,
             the
             Soveraign
             Administration
             of
             the
             Provinces
             of
             
               Holland
               ,
               West-Frieze
            
             ,
             or
             Zeeland
             ,
             was
             committed
             to
             the
             care
             of
             Earls
             or
             Countesses
             ,
             who
             had
             receiv'd
             this
             power
             from
             the
             States
             ,
             and
             that
             upon
             certain
             Conditions
             .
          
           
             These
             Earls
             did
             govern
             with
             so
             much
             moderation
             and
             prudence
             ,
             that
             they
             did
             never
             undertake
             either
             to
             declare
             War
             ,
             or
             make
             Peace
             ,
             or
             lay
             Imposts
             or
             Taxes
             ,
             without
             asking
             the
             advice
             and
             consent
             of
             the
             Nobles
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Magistrates
             of
             Towns
             ,
             though
             they
             had
             their
             own
             Privy
             Councellors
             ,
             men
             of
             great
             capacity
             and
             abilities
             ;
             but
             they
             did
             much
             yeeld
             to
             the
             Authority
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             for
             any
             business
             that
             concern'd
             these
             Nations
             .
          
           
             This
             Government
             thus
             founded
             upon
             equity
             and
             justice
             ,
             could
             not
             choose
             but
             attract
             the
             blessings
             of
             Heaven
             upon
             its
             Lords
             ;
             and
             indeed
             it
             did
             ,
             for
             no
             Princes
             ever
             perform'd
             more
             glorious
             actions
             ,
             or
             receiv'd
             more
             demonstrations
             of
             honour
             from
             their
             Neighbours
             ,
             than
             they
             .
             William
             the
             second
             ,
             Earl
             
             of
             Holland
             ,
             was
             chosen
             Emperor
             in
             the
             year
             1247.
             
             And
             that
             which
             is
             yet
             an
             addition
             of
             glory
             for
             these
             Princes
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             have
             maintain'd
             many
             bloody
             Wars
             ,
             obtain'd
             many
             famous
             victories
             ,
             and
             alwayes
             so
             defended
             the
             very
             borders
             of
             their
             States
             ,
             that
             their
             enemies
             have
             not
             been
             able
             to
             get
             any
             ground
             upon
             them
             .
          
           
             We
             may
             also
             protest
             with
             truth
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             space
             of
             800.
             years
             ,
             Holland
             and
             Zeeland
             were
             never
             conquer'd
             nor
             subjected
             by
             any
             Strangers
             whatsoever
             ;
             neither
             did
             they
             pass
             under
             the
             power
             of
             any
             Foreign
             Prince
             ,
             which
             is
             an
             advantage
             that
             we
             believe
             no
             State
             in
             Europe
             ,
             except
             it
             be
             the
             Republick
             of
             Venice
             ,
             can
             brag
             of
             .
          
           
             We
             do
             ingeniously
             confess
             ,
             that
             the
             firm
             Constitution
             of
             this
             our
             Government
             ,
             does
             consist
             in
             the
             union
             and
             good
             intelligence
             which
             is
             between
             the
             States
             and
             the
             Prince
             ;
             for
             the
             power
             of
             these
             Earls
             was
             very
             inconsiderable
             without
             the
             help
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             they
             having
             nothing
             but
             their
             own
             Demean
             or
             Revenue
             to
             live
             upon
             ,
             and
             uphold
             the
             splendor
             of
             their
             Court.
             We
             have
             
             also
             observ'd
             ,
             by
             what
             means
             and
             Authority
             they
             have
             often
             made
             their
             Courts
             remember
             that
             duty
             ,
             which
             some
             evil
             counsellors
             had
             perswaded
             them
             to
             forget
             ,
             and
             that
             not
             only
             by
             Remonstrances
             and
             Petitions
             ,
             but
             often
             by
             chastizing
             and
             personally
             punishing
             those
             ,
             who
             wickedly
             abusing
             the
             Princes
             Authority
             ,
             did
             lead
             them
             so
             much
             out
             of
             the
             way
             of
             justice
             and
             moderation
             .
          
           
             We
             find
             likewise
             in
             our
             Histories
             ,
             that
             the
             States
             have
             chosen
             Guardians
             for
             their
             Princes
             under
             age
             ;
             and
             that
             William
             the
             Fifth
             being
             run
             mad
             ,
             they
             created
             a
             Lieutenant-Governour
             in
             his
             room
             .
             In
             a
             word
             ;
             't
             is
             a
             thing
             question'd
             by
             no
             body
             ,
             that
             the
             Soveraign
             power
             was
             alwayes
             in
             the
             States
             ,
             whensoever
             their
             Princes
             came
             to
             die
             ,
             or
             were
             otherwise
             disabled
             from
             performing
             the
             Functions
             of
             their
             Charge
             ;
             and
             in
             those
             Cases
             they
             did
             appoint
             a
             Governour
             ,
             whom
             they
             called
             Guardian
             ,
             or
             
               (
               Ruwarde
               .
            
             )
          
           
             Under
             the
             Domination
             of
             the
             Dukes
             of
             Burgundy
             this
             Right
             was
             also
             maintain'd
             ;
             for
             a
             little
             after
             the
             death
             of
             
             Charles
             their
             Duke
             ,
             and
             his
             Daughter
             the
             Dutchess
             
               Mary
               ,
               Maximilian
            
             of
             Austria
             having
             undertaken
             to
             introduce
             some
             novelties
             ,
             and
             oppress
             the
             Authority
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             was
             so
             oppos'd
             ,
             that
             had
             he
             continued
             he
             had
             without
             doubt
             undone
             himself
             .
          
           
             The
             Emperor
             Charles
             being
             yet
             minor
             receiv'd
             Guardians
             ,
             and
             the
             Provinces
             receiv'd
             Governors
             from
             the
             said
             States
             ;
             and
             though
             their
             liberties
             had
             suffer'd
             some
             diminution
             under
             the
             Dukes
             of
             Burgundy
             ,
             yet
             did
             the
             said
             Emperor
             alwayes
             respect
             and
             honour
             them
             ,
             as
             being
             perswaded
             that
             without
             their
             assistance
             his
             power
             could
             not
             stand
             .
             Upon
             this
             Subject
             he
             gave
             many
             grave
             admonitions
             to
             his
             Son
             ,
             wishing
             him
             to
             govern
             with
             all
             moderation
             ;
             and
             not
             by
             any
             means
             to
             exasperate
             that
             power
             ,
             whose
             consent
             he
             must
             have
             to
             enjoy
             his
             Prerogative
             .
          
           
             And
             indeed
             he
             now
             knows
             to
             his
             own
             and
             these
             Provinces
             great
             cost
             ,
             the
             truth
             of
             what
             his
             Father
             did
             foretell
             ;
             for
             there
             can
             be
             no
             other
             cause
             alledged
             of
             the
             troubles
             and
             revolutions
             of
             the
             
             Low-Countreys
             ,
             than
             his
             going
             about
             to
             infringe
             their
             Priviledges
             ,
             and
             fasten
             the
             yoke
             of
             servitude
             about
             their
             necks
             .
             Though
             these
             things
             be
             as
             clear
             as
             day
             ,
             yet
             we
             have
             thought
             it
             necessary
             to
             publish
             them
             to
             the
             world
             ;
             because
             that
             many
             being
             yet
             in
             suspence
             and
             ill-inform'd
             ,
             do
             think
             that
             the
             States
             are
             only
             a
             tumultuous
             Assembly
             of
             some
             Deputies
             ,
             who
             being
             men
             concern'd
             in
             the
             quarrell
             ,
             do
             carry
             on
             things
             more
             according
             to
             their
             own
             ends
             ,
             than
             to
             the
             publick
             good
             .
             But
             they
             that
             will
             open
             their
             eyes
             ,
             and
             consider
             the
             noble
             actions
             perform'd
             in
             Holland
             and
             Zeeland
             within
             these
             fifteen
             years
             ,
             will
             easily
             see
             that
             they
             cannot
             be
             the
             effect
             of
             some
             few
             persons
             passion
             ,
             but
             they
             must
             necessarily
             be
             seconded
             by
             the
             unanimous
             consent
             of
             whole
             Nations
             .
          
           
             Therefore
             that
             none
             may
             any
             longer
             have
             the
             least
             pretext
             for
             their
             doubts
             ,
             we
             will
             give
             such
             evidences
             of
             our
             power
             ,
             as
             shall
             shew
             whence
             it
             is
             der●v'd
             .
          
           
             The
             Princes
             that
             heretofore
             govern'd
             ,
             were
             not
             only
             possess'd
             at
             first
             
             of
             this
             honour
             ,
             by
             the
             consent
             and
             agreement
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             but
             have
             also
             been
             continued
             in
             this
             their
             dignity
             ,
             by
             the
             same
             ,
             means
             that
             all
             those
             bodies
             of
             which
             they
             were
             made
             heads
             ,
             did
             remain
             in
             the
             same
             entire
             state
             of
             liberty
             ;
             a
             thing
             which
             it
             may
             be
             we
             should
             not
             now
             be
             able
             to
             brag
             of
             ,
             had
             not
             the
             States
             alwayes
             had
             a
             vigilant
             eye
             upon
             the
             actions
             of
             ambitious
             Princes
             ,
             and
             the
             malice
             of
             ill
             Counsellors
             ,
             and
             applied
             present
             remedies
             upon
             all
             occasions
             ,
             and
             so
             stop'd
             up
             the
             way
             to
             tyranny
             ,
             as
             to
             make
             it
             not
             worth
             their
             while
             to
             endeavour
             it
             .
          
           
             These
             States
             are
             divided
             into
             two
             bodies
             ;
             the
             Nobility
             ,
             and
             the
             Towns.
             
          
           
             The
             Nobility
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             their
             ancient
             extraction
             ,
             their
             rich
             possessions
             ,
             and
             their
             gallant
             actions
             ,
             do
             justly
             compose
             the
             first
             body
             ,
             and
             meet
             with
             the
             Deputies
             of
             Towns
             in
             publick
             Assemblies
             ,
             to
             provide
             for
             the
             Common-wealth
             .
          
           
             The
             Towns
             have
             almost
             all
             the
             same
             Government
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Colledge
               of
               Senators
            
             of
             the
             Towns
             is
             chosen
             from
             among
             the
             Patricians
             ,
             
             who
             in
             some
             places
             are
             forty
             ,
             in
             others
             thirty
             four
             ,
             twenty
             ,
             more
             or
             less
             .
             Being
             once
             rais'd
             to
             this
             honour
             ,
             they
             enjoy
             it
             as
             long
             as
             they
             live
             ,
             or
             as
             long
             as
             they
             have
             
               Jus
               Civita●is
            
             :
             when
             they
             die
             or
             remove
             to
             other
             places
             ,
             others
             are
             chosen
             in
             their
             place
             by
             the
             common
             consent
             of
             the
             Citizens
             .
          
           
             These
             Colledges
             alone
             have
             the
             power
             of
             deliberating
             and
             determining
             the
             affairs
             of
             the
             Towns
             ,
             and
             that
             which
             is
             resolv'd
             upon
             in
             these
             Assemblies
             ,
             is
             by
             the
             people
             receiv'd
             and
             obeyed
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             Colledge
             are
             every
             year
             chosen
             the
             Magistrates
             ,
             viz.
             four
             Bourgemasters
             ,
             three
             ,
             two
             ,
             or
             seven
             Aldermen
             ,
             (
             for
             so
             't
             is
             they
             call
             the
             Judges
             )
             to
             administer
             justice
             for
             one
             year
             .
             In
             some
             Provinces
             these
             Magistrates
             are
             chosen
             absolutely
             ;
             and
             in
             others
             there
             is
             a
             double
             number
             chosen
             ,
             and
             out
             of
             them
             the
             Governor
             chooses
             those
             that
             are
             to
             be
             Judges
             .
          
           
             The
             Bourgemasters
             duty
             is
             to
             take
             care
             to
             make
             good
             orders
             be
             kept
             throughout
             the
             City
             in
             all
             things
             ,
             and
             to
             provide
             that
             the
             publick
             be
             no
             wayes
             dammaged
             .
             The
             Aldermen
             determine
             
             Causes
             ,
             and
             punish
             Crimes
             .
             The
             Colledges
             have
             the
             super-intendance
             over
             all
             these
             in
             
               Holland
               ,
               Zeeland
            
             ,
             and
             West-Frieze
             ;
             insomuch
             that
             the
             Princes
             of
             these
             Provinces
             had
             not
             reserv'd
             to
             themselves
             any
             other
             power
             ,
             than
             to
             create
             one
             to
             preside
             in
             these
             Assemblies
             .
             This
             is
             the
             true
             state
             of
             these
             Countreys
             ;
             whence
             may
             be
             inferr'd
             ,
             that
             the
             Magistrates
             ,
             the
             Senates
             ,
             and
             the
             Nobility
             joyn'd
             together
             ,
             do
             represent
             the
             whole
             body
             of
             these
             Nations
             ,
             and
             that
             their
             government
             is
             so
             equally
             temper'd
             ,
             as
             to
             subsist
             as
             long
             as
             it
             has
             done
             ,
             and
             with
             as
             much
             if
             not
             more
             felicity
             .
          
           
             When
             publick
             affairs
             require
             that
             these
             Colledges
             of
             the
             Nobility
             and
             Towns
             should
             meet
             ,
             they
             are
             advertis'd
             of
             it
             by
             their
             Deputies
             ,
             who
             do
             call
             them
             together
             by
             express
             Writs
             sent
             to
             them
             ,
             in
             which
             the
             heads
             of
             the
             matters
             to
             be
             deliberated
             upon
             ,
             are
             inserted
             .
             These
             having
             been
             discuss'd
             and
             weigh'd
             in
             the
             Assembly
             ,
             Deputies
             are
             sent
             to
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             with
             power
             to
             consult
             and
             determine
             such
             things
             ,
             as
             shall
             be
             found
             necessary
             for
             
             the
             good
             of
             all
             the
             Provinces
             .
          
           
             The
             Nobility
             is
             present
             in
             a
             competent
             number
             .
             The
             Towns
             send
             one
             Bourgemaster
             ,
             with
             some
             Senators
             .
             Their
             duty
             in
             generall
             is
             to
             treat
             and
             decide
             ,
             concerning
             all
             that
             has
             any
             relation
             to
             the
             welfare
             of
             the
             State
             ;
             and
             particularly
             they
             are
             bound
             to
             provide
             for
             the
             maintaining
             of
             the
             Immunities
             and
             Priviledges
             .
          
           
             These
             assembled
             are
             call'd
             the
             States
             ;
             not
             that
             they
             are
             ,
             but
             because
             they
             represent
             a
             nobler
             and
             more
             powerfull
             Assembly
             which
             sent
             them
             thither
             .
             Neither
             is
             it
             to
             be
             imagin'd
             ,
             that
             one
             can
             easily
             by
             favour
             and
             faction
             attaine
             to
             this
             degree
             of
             honour
             ;
             for
             besides
             that
             naturally
             the
             common
             people
             are
             averse
             :
             for
             those
             that
             seem
             to
             desire
             the
             choice
             of
             such
             a
             one
             ,
             is
             void
             of
             its
             self
             .
             Besides
             ,
             who
             would
             be
             so
             mad
             in
             the
             age
             we
             live
             in
             ,
             as
             to
             purchase
             ambitiously
             an
             employment
             ,
             which
             carries
             with
             it
             nothing
             but
             cares
             and
             afflictions
             ;
             and
             which
             ,
             by
             the
             malice
             of
             those
             who
             study
             to
             defame
             and
             black
             the
             most
             unspotted
             reputation
             ,
             is
             a
             place
             of
             danger
             ,
             rather
             than
             a
             degree
             
             of
             elevation
             ?
             Certainly
             they
             that
             are
             well
             acquainted
             with
             our
             Common-wealth
             ,
             will
             witness
             how
             many
             artifices
             ,
             nay
             what
             threats
             and
             constraints
             we
             are
             fain
             to
             use
             ,
             to
             get
             the
             Deputies
             to
             accept
             of
             their
             charges
             .
          
           
             When
             these
             Assemblies
             are
             dissolv'd
             ,
             the
             Deputies
             are
             bound
             to
             give
             an
             account
             of
             the
             Resolutions
             to
             those
             that
             sent
             them
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             that
             foundation
             upon
             the
             which
             our
             Commonwealth
             was
             first
             built
             ,
             and
             has
             stood
             for
             this
             700.
             years
             ,
             as
             it
             appears
             by
             our
             Histories
             .
             'T
             is
             by
             this
             union
             that
             we
             have
             maintain'd
             a
             War
             for
             these
             many
             years
             ,
             without
             the
             loss
             of
             any
             of
             our
             members
             ;
             and
             that
             since
             our
             League
             ,
             no
             Towns
             have
             revolted
             ,
             nor
             none
             of
             our
             Armies
             divided
             into
             parties
             :
             for
             which
             no
             better
             reason
             can
             be
             given
             ,
             than
             that
             we
             have
             proceeded
             in
             all
             things
             justly
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Constitution
             of
             our
             Government
             .
          
           
             For
             this
             reason
             that
             every
             one
             might
             share
             in
             the
             Government
             ,
             we
             have
             granted
             to
             many
             small
             Towns
             ,
             who
             formerly
             did
             not
             use
             to
             be
             call'd
             to
             the
             
             generall
             Assemblies
             ,
             the
             priviledge
             of
             sending
             their
             Deputies
             ,
             and
             taking
             part
             in
             the
             administration
             of
             all
             affairs
             ,
             that
             so
             they
             may
             the
             more
             willingly
             support
             the
             paying
             of
             Taxes
             ,
             which
             they
             themselves
             shall
             have
             thought
             fit
             to
             impose
             .
          
           
             Upon
             the
             same
             score
             the
             Nobility
             has
             the
             liberty
             of
             assisting
             at
             these
             publick
             Assemblies
             ,
             in
             such
             numbers
             as
             they
             please
             .
             Provided
             still
             they
             be
             of
             the
             body
             of
             the
             great
             Assembly
             ,
             except
             those
             that
             are
             priviledg'd
             .
          
           
             If
             any
             body
             can
             prove
             that
             any
             of
             the
             Nobles
             or
             
               Deputies
               of
               Towns
            
             has
             gone
             beyond
             his
             Commission
             ,
             or
             has
             come
             short
             of
             it
             ,
             or
             any
             wayes
             fail'd
             in
             the
             trust
             put
             in
             him
             ,
             he
             shall
             be
             bound
             to
             come
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             those
             that
             did
             depute
             him
             ,
             and
             justifie
             himself
             ;
             and
             in
             case
             he
             refuse
             ,
             he
             shall
             be
             punish'd
             according
             to
             the
             rigour
             of
             the
             Law
             ;
             and
             we
             shall
             think
             our selves
             oblig'd
             to
             those
             that
             shall
             accuse
             him
             ,
             and
             bound
             to
             thank
             them
             ,
             as
             true
             and
             faithfull
             lovers
             of
             their
             Countrey
             .
          
           
             But
             as
             for
             those
             that
             do
             cast
             aspersions
             ,
             and
             forge
             calumnies
             against
             the
             
             States
             ,
             it
             is
             fit
             they
             should
             know
             that
             they
             are
             much
             mistaken
             ,
             if
             they
             think
             to
             deal
             with
             the
             Nobility
             and
             
               Deputies
               of
               Towns
            
             ,
             as
             with
             private
             men
             .
             For
             though
             they
             may
             be
             led
             away
             ,
             and
             induc'd
             to
             deride
             their
             actions
             and
             resolutions
             ,
             innocently
             ,
             and
             only
             to
             make
             sport
             ;
             yet
             do
             we
             here
             declare
             ,
             that
             those
             we
             shall
             find
             doing
             so
             maliciously
             ,
             and
             with
             a
             design
             of
             subverting
             our
             State
             ,
             by
             vilifying
             the
             Governors
             thereof
             ,
             we
             shall
             hold
             as
             enemies
             ,
             and
             punish
             accordingly
             .
          
           
             Therefore
             be
             it
             known
             to
             all
             ,
             that
             we
             that
             do
             here
             declare
             that
             the
             Soveraign
             power
             is
             in
             the
             States
             ,
             do
             not
             mean
             that
             it
             is
             in
             the
             Deputies
             ,
             but
             in
             those
             that
             sent
             them
             ,
             whom
             they
             represent
             by
             vertue
             of
             their
             Commission
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             a
             truth
             which
             many
             Princes
             ,
             and
             particularly
             her
             most
             Serene
             Majesty
             the
             Queen
             of
             England
             ,
             as
             also
             his
             Excellency
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             when
             he
             was
             sworn
             Governour
             ,
             did
             both
             acknowledge
             .
             Neither
             do
             we
             think
             that
             any
             body
             can
             dispute
             so
             constant
             a
             verity
             ;
             for
             else
             it
             would
             follow
             ,
             
             that
             the
             States
             have
             not
             ,
             now
             they
             are
             free
             ,
             so
             much
             power
             as
             they
             had
             before
             :
             and
             not
             only
             the
             contracts
             made
             with
             the
             English
             ,
             and
             the
             creation
             of
             the
             
               Governor
               Generall
            
             ,
             would
             be
             invalid
             ,
             but
             all
             that
             the
             States
             have
             so
             nobly
             perform'd
             ,
             since
             these
             fifteen
             years
             ,
             would
             be
             unjust
             ,
             which
             no
             body
             but
             our
             greatest
             enemies
             will
             ,
             or
             dare
             say
             .
          
           
             From
             what
             has
             been
             said
             ,
             it
             appears
             how
             great
             a
             necessity
             there
             is
             of
             keeping
             inviolable
             the
             Authority
             of
             the
             said
             States
             ,
             as
             the
             foundation
             of
             all
             the
             safety
             of
             our
             Commonwealth
             ,
             and
             of
             letting
             every
             body
             know
             ,
             that
             the
             Soveraign
             power
             is
             no
             less
             in
             them
             now
             than
             it
             was
             under
             their
             former
             Princes
             .
             Decreed
             at
             the
             Hague
             ,
             and
             order'd
             to
             be
             publish'd
             by
             the
             common
             consent
             of
             the
             States
             .
             Made
             at
             Har●●m●
             the
             sixteenth
             of
             October
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1587.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           THIRD
           BOOK
           Containing
           the
           DELIGHTS
           OF
           HOLLAND
           .
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             I.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Original
               of
               Holland
               .
            
          
           
             SOme
             Writers
             say
             ,
             that
             the
             word
             Holland
             is
             deriv'd
             from
             the
             G●rman
             word
             Holtlandt
             ,
             which
             is
             as
             much
             as
             to
             say
             ,
             a
             
               Countrey
               of
               Wood
            
             ;
             and
             they
             found
             this
             their
             conjecture
             upon
             the
             names
             of
             many
             Villages
             ,
             
             which
             have
             been
             nam'd
             from
             their
             Woods
             .
             Our
             Annals
             likewise
             do
             say
             ,
             that
             formerly
             this
             Province
             was
             full
             of
             Forrests
             ,
             and
             the
             Sea-side
             all
             border'd
             with
             Trees
             .
          
           
             There
             was
             not
             above
             a
             hundred
             years
             ago
             a
             large
             Forrest
             in
             the
             Island
             of
             Texel
             ,
             (
             which
             does
             as
             it
             were
             make
             up
             the
             tail
             of
             the
             Lion
             ,
             which
             the
             seventeen
             Provinces
             put
             together
             do
             represent
             .
             )
             And
             to
             this
             day
             there
             are
             bodies
             and
             stumps
             of
             Trees
             ,
             which
             do
             often
             hurt
             Ships
             ,
             and
             entangle
             their
             Cables
             about
             their
             roots
             ,
             which
             in
             a
             storm
             is
             often
             the
             cause
             of
             the
             loss
             of
             divers
             Ships
             ;
             for
             that
             reason
             the
             Fishermen
             never
             cast
             their
             Nets
             there
             ,
             for
             fear
             of
             tearing
             them
             .
          
           
             Some
             others
             say
             ,
             and
             that
             probably
             enough
             ,
             that
             the
             word
             Holland
             does
             denote
             the
             property
             of
             the
             Earth
             ,
             which
             in
             most
             places
             seems
             hollow
             ,
             and
             quakes
             as
             if
             it
             swam
             upon
             the
             top
             of
             the
             Water
             .
             To
             this
             purpose
             Guicciardin
             tells
             a
             Story
             of
             a
             Cow
             ,
             
               That
               passing
               in
               a
               Meadow
               half
               a
               mile
               from
            
             Harlem
             ,
             
               fell
               into
               a
               Ditch
               ,
               and
               was
               drown'd
               ,
               and
               ●●re●
               dayes
               after
               was
               found
               in
               a
               Lake
               
               hard
               by
               the
               Town
               ,
               on
               the
               East-side
               of
               it
               ,
               which
               had
               no
               communication
               with
               the
               Ditch
               .
            
          
           
             The
             third
             opinion
             ,
             and
             that
             which
             is
             most
             likely
             to
             be
             true
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             these
             Provinces
             having
             been
             conquer'd
             by
             the
             Normans
             ,
             they
             gave
             them
             the
             name
             of
             the
             Provinces
             they
             came
             out
             of
             .
             And
             in
             effect
             ,
             not
             only
             whole
             Provinces
             ,
             but
             many
             Towns
             and
             Villages
             have
             the
             same
             names
             here
             ,
             and
             in
             Denemark
             ,
             as
             
               Zeeland
               ,
               Oland
            
             ,
             besides
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Norway
             ;
             the
             Towns
             ,
             as
             
               Schagen
               ,
               Bergen
               ,
               Valkenburg
            
             ,
             and
             many
             others
             ,
             which
             it
             is
             needless
             to
             set
             down
             .
          
           
             In
             all
             antiquity
             it
             is
             observable
             ,
             that
             when
             ever
             a
             Nation
             did
             enlarge
             by
             Conquests
             or
             Colonies
             ,
             the
             same
             custome
             was
             put
             in
             use
             .
             So
             the
             French
             having
             entred
             Gallia
             drive
             out
             the
             Romans
             ,
             and
             call'd
             the
             Countrey
             France
             .
             The
             Spaniards
             do
             the
             same
             in
             the
             West-Indies
             .
             And
             to
             go
             no
             further
             ,
             the
             Dutch
             themselves
             have
             given
             the
             name
             of
             Batavia
             to
             that
             great
             Town
             in
             the
             Indies
             ,
             which
             they
             have
             made
             the
             seat
             of
             their
             Trade
             and
             Empire
             in
             those
             parts
             .
          
           
           
             These
             Northern
             Nations
             ,
             not
             content
             with
             their
             having
             deluge-like
             over-run
             these
             Countreys
             ,
             pass'd
             into
             Neustria
             ,
             and
             call'd
             it
             Normandy
             ;
             and
             to
             this
             day
             the
             people
             of
             that
             Province
             have
             an
             accent
             much
             resembling
             that
             of
             the
             Danes
             in
             their
             tongue
             ,
             which
             is
             not
             a
             small
             conjecture
             that
             they
             are
             come
             originally
             out
             of
             the
             North.
             Our
             Authors
             do
             not
             agree
             about
             the
             time
             that
             these
             Nations
             did
             invade
             Holland
             ,
             and
             whether
             they
             were
             again
             driven
             out
             by
             the
             French
             or
             no.
             
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             II.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               length
               and
               breadth
               of
               Holland
               ;
               the
               number
               of
               its
               Towns
               and
               Villages
               .
            
          
           
             UNder
             the
             name
             of
             the
             
               Low
               Countreys
            
             are
             comprehended
             the
             seventeen
             Provinces
             ,
             and
             before
             these
             troubles
             Flanders
             was
             esteem'd
             the
             best
             of
             them
             ;
             but
             now
             Holland
             may
             more
             
             justly
             claim
             that
             title
             ,
             as
             being
             the
             richest
             Countrey
             in
             the
             world
             for
             its
             bigness
             .
          
           
             Holland
             is
             encompassed
             almost
             on
             three
             sides
             by
             the
             Ocean
             ,
             viz.
             on
             the
             West
             ,
             the
             East
             ,
             and
             the
             North
             ;
             it
             has
             Brabant
             ,
             the
             River
             Meuse
             ,
             and
             Utrect
             ,
             to
             the
             South
             .
             It
             may
             be
             said
             of
             this
             Province
             as
             an
             Ancient
             said
             of
             France
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             no
             desert
             ,
             solitude
             ,
             nor
             empty
             place
             in
             it
             ;
             for
             there
             has
             been
             such
             an
             affluence
             and
             concourse
             of
             people
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             Wars
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             almost
             too
             little
             to
             hold
             them
             .
             The
             Circuit
             of
             Holland
             is
             only
             a
             hundred
             and
             fourscore
             miles
             ,
             and
             in
             this
             compass
             are
             comprehended
             great
             Lakes
             ,
             and
             a
             part
             of
             the
             South
             Sea.
             Its
             length
             is
             taken
             from
             the
             Island
             Schelling
             ,
             in
             the
             North
             ,
             to
             the
             River
             Scheld
             ,
             and
             Zeeland
             in
             the
             South
             .
             The
             breadth
             is
             not
             above
             twenty
             four
             miles
             ,
             if
             we
             take
             it
             in
             a
             straight
             line
             in
             the
             middle
             ,
             from
             Catwyck
             by
             the
             Sea-side
             ,
             to
             Woerden
             ,
             a
             small
             Town
             upon
             the
             Frontiers
             of
             Utrect
             .
          
           
             The
             chief
             and
             principall
             Towns
             are
             six
             in
             number
             ;
             
               Dort
               ,
               Harlem
               ,
               Delft
               ,
               
               Leyden
               ,
               Amsterdam
               ,
               Goude
               .
            
             The
             others
             that
             are
             less
             Towns
             ,
             but
             who
             do
             send
             their
             Deputies
             to
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             are
             these
             ;
             
               Rotterdam
               ,
               Gorcum
               ,
               Schiedam
               ,
               Schoonhove
               ,
               Briel
               ,
               Alcmaer
               ,
               Horn
               ,
               Enchuyse
               ,
               Edam
               ,
               Monnicken-dam
               ,
               Medenblick
               ,
            
             and
             Purmerend
             .
             The
             other
             Towns
             are
             not
             admitted
             to
             the
             same
             priviledges
             ,
             either
             because
             they
             are
             built
             upon
             the
             conquer'd
             Countrey
             of
             Brabant
             ,
             as
             
               Gertrudenbergh
               ,
               Heusden
               ,
               Workum
            
             ;
             or
             because
             they
             have
             particular
             Lords
             ,
             that
             will
             not
             have
             them
             belong
             to
             the
             States
             ,
             as
             Vianen
             is
             owned
             by
             the
             Brederodes
             ,
             and
             Yselsteyn
             is
             claim'd
             by
             the
             States
             of
             Utrect
             ;
             or
             else
             because
             they
             are
             poor
             ,
             and
             cannot
             bear
             the
             charges
             of
             Deputies
             ,
             as
             
               Woerde
               ,
               Audewater
               ,
               Heukelom
               ,
               Asperen
               ,
               Leerdam
               ,
               Naerden
               ,
               W●sop
               ,
            
             and
             Muyden
             ,
             of
             which
             mention
             shall
             be
             made
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             The
             principall
             Burroughs
             which
             have
             the
             priviledges
             of
             Towns
             ,
             though
             they
             be
             not
             wall'd
             ,
             are
             ,
             the
             
               Hague
               ,
               Vlaerding
               ,
               Grav●sant
               ,
               Delfs-haven
               ,
               Beverwyck
               ,
               Schagen
               ,
               Nieuport
               .
            
          
           
             There
             are
             in
             Holland
             above
             two
             
             hundred
             Villages
             ,
             which
             if
             you
             consider
             for
             their
             building
             ,
             trade
             ,
             and
             riches
             ,
             they
             may
             take
             place
             of
             many
             Towns
             in
             other
             Countreys
             ;
             but
             the
             fairest
             of
             them
             are
             
               Nortwic
               ,
               Reensburg
               ,
               Worbury
               ,
               Maeslant-s●●ys
               ,
               Egmond
               ,
               Ryswyck
               ,
               Geervliet
               ,
            
             &c.
             
          
           
             
               Vlaerding
               Re●nsburg
            
             ,
             and
             Bev●●wyck
             were
             in
             former
             ages
             reckon'd
             amongst
             the
             strongest
             and
             fairest
             Towns
             of
             this
             Province
             ;
             as
             also
             Geervliet
             .
             But
             Holland
             is
             much
             chang'd
             since
             its
             troubles
             ,
             and
             many
             Towns
             are
             risen
             by
             trade
             and
             their
             situation
             ,
             which
             before
             were
             very
             inconsiderable
             .
             I
             have
             heard
             old
             Women
             say
             ,
             how
             they
             could
             remember
             that
             Lootwyck
             was
             as
             big
             again
             as
             it
             is
             now
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             has
             been
             by
             little
             and
             little
             eaten
             away
             by
             the
             Ocean
             ,
             it
             s
             too
             powerfull
             Neighbour
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1574.
             at
             Schevelinge
             ,
             near
             the
             Hague
             ,
             the
             Sea
             broke
             in
             ,
             and
             carried
             away
             121.
             
             Houses
             ,
             as
             any
             body
             may
             see
             it
             recorded
             upon
             a
             Picture
             in
             the
             Church
             .
             In
             a
             word
             ,
             the
             ruine
             of
             the
             neighbouring
             Provinces
             ,
             and
             the
             great
             a
             version
             of
             the
             people
             to
             slavery
             ,
             has
             made
             them
             all
             resort
             to
             this
             ,
             and
             
             there
             produce
             that
             plenty
             and
             abundance
             of
             all
             things
             ,
             which
             commonly
             follows
             great
             numbers
             of
             people
             ,
             particularly
             being
             so
             situated
             ,
             as
             to
             take
             the
             advantage
             of
             three
             great
             Rivers
             ,
             and
             the
             Sea.
             
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             III.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               division
               of
               Holland
               ,
               and
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               Soyl.
               
            
          
           
             HOlland
             is
             divided
             into
             the
             South
             or
             
               Meridionall
               part
            
             ,
             which
             reaches
             from
             
               Zeeland
               ,
               Brabant
            
             ,
             and
             Utrect
             ,
             to
             the
             Dike
             at
             Sparendam
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             above
             half
             Holland
             ;
             and
             into
             North-Holland
             ,
             or
             West-Frieze
             ,
             which
             reaches
             from
             Amsterdam
             to
             the
             North
             Sea
             :
             and
             the
             people
             though
             penn'd
             up
             as
             it
             were
             in
             so
             small
             a
             compass
             ,
             does
             nevertheless
             differ
             very
             much
             in
             manners
             ,
             customes
             ,
             and
             Cloathes
             ,
             in
             these
             parts
             .
          
           
             The
             Kennemaers
             ,
             which
             the
             Annals
             speak
             so
             much
             of
             ,
             did
             live
             between
             
             
               Harlem
               ,
               Alcmaer
               ,
               Beverwy●k
            
             ,
             and
             Purmerend
             .
             There
             is
             a
             little
             Mountain
             between
             these
             Towns
             ,
             which
             carries
             the
             name
             of
             St.
             Albert
             ,
             and
             there
             the
             Earls
             were
             install'd
             Lords
             of
             the
             Kennemaers
             ;
             and
             near
             that
             place
             they
             kept
             their
             Courts
             ,
             as
             well
             because
             of
             the
             beauty
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             as
             for
             the
             convenience
             of
             many
             fair
             Castles
             that
             are
             built
             there
             ,
             such
             as
             
               Cleves
               ,
               Brederode
               ,
               Velsen
               ,
               Egmond
               .
            
          
           
             Waterland
             is
             so
             call'd
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             abundance
             of
             waters
             ,
             on
             the
             top
             of
             which
             it
             seems
             to
             swim
             .
             There
             are
             in
             it
             but
             three
             little
             Towns
             ,
             
               viz.
               Edam
               ,
               Monnicken-dam
            
             ,
             and
             Purmerend
             .
          
           
             That
             part
             of
             Holland
             which
             is
             nearest
             the
             North
             ,
             has
             a
             soft
             moorish
             Soyl
             ,
             not
             at
             all
             fit
             to
             be
             till'd
             .
             From
             the
             Downs
             to
             the
             Frontier
             of
             Brabant
             ,
             't
             is
             nothing
             but
             Meadows
             ,
             which
             towards
             the
             end
             of
             October
             begin
             to
             be
             cover'd
             with
             water
             ,
             and
             which
             encreases
             by
             continuall
             rains
             and
             storms
             ,
             and
             that
             lasts
             all
             Winter
             ,
             insomuch
             that
             in
             most
             places
             you
             see
             nothing
             but
             some
             Steeples
             and
             Houses
             ,
             which
             look
             as
             if
             they
             came
             out
             of
             the
             Sea
             ;
             all
             these
             fine
             Meadows
             
             being
             then
             cover'd
             with
             Boats
             ,
             and
             the
             Dikes
             with
             Passengers
             .
             This
             Water
             does
             mightily
             fatten
             the
             ground
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             February
             ,
             (
             provided
             the
             Frosts
             do
             not
             hinder
             it
             )
             begins
             to
             be
             emptied
             ,
             by
             the
             admirable
             invention
             of
             those
             Wind-mills
             ,
             which
             drive
             away
             these
             deluges
             of
             Water
             ,
             and
             confine
             them
             to
             certain
             Channels
             .
             The
             Earth
             being
             dry
             begins
             about
             March
             to
             look
             green
             ,
             and
             then
             the
             Cattell
             come
             out
             to
             grazing
             .
          
           
             Now
             it
             is
             to
             be
             observ'd
             ,
             that
             the
             favourable
             Wind
             for
             Holland
             is
             the
             South-East
             ,
             and
             the
             worst
             is
             the
             North-West
             .
          
           
             To
             prevent
             the
             dangerous
             effects
             of
             so
             much
             Water
             ,
             this
             Countrey
             is
             full
             of
             Banks
             ,
             rais'd
             by
             the
             industry
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             and
             which
             have
             cost
             vast
             summes
             of
             money
             to
             make
             ,
             as
             they
             do
             still
             to
             maintain
             and
             keep
             in
             repair
             .
             The
             chief
             is
             the
             bank
             of
             the
             River
             Issel
             ,
             that
             of
             the
             Meuse
             ,
             of
             Sparendam
             ,
             and
             of
             Medenblick
             .
             The
             care
             of
             them
             belongs
             to
             the
             Dyckgraves
             of
             each
             Hundred
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             Heemrades
             ,
             who
             are
             Gentlemen
             of
             the
             Countrey
             .
          
           
           
             In
             the
             year
             1638.
             the
             Dike
             of
             Issel
             broke
             by
             the
             thawing
             of
             the
             River
             ;
             for
             the
             Rhyne
             carrying
             huge
             mountains
             of
             Ice
             ,
             they
             eat
             into
             it
             ,
             and
             made
             〈◊〉
             breach
             of
             many
             foot
             ,
             not
             far
             from
             Utrect
             ;
             whereupon
             almost
             all
             Holland
             was
             overflown
             with
             clear
             water
             ,
             which
             did
             little
             hurt
             :
             the
             breach
             was
             soon
             made
             up
             ,
             and
             the
             water
             drain'd
             by
             the
             help
             of
             the
             Wind-mills
             .
          
           
             The
             Earth
             produces
             all
             sorts
             of
             Fruits
             and
             good
             Corn
             about
             R●●nsbourg
             and
             Nortwyck
             ,
             as
             also
             near
             Vooerschote
             and
             Warmont
             ,
             but
             not
             enough
             for
             the
             vast
             multitudes
             of
             people
             that
             swarm
             in
             this
             Countrey
             ,
             therefore
             the
             great
             supply
             is
             from
             Poland
             and
             Moscovy
             .
             There
             grows
             besides
             here
             Hemp
             and
             Flax
             ,
             for
             fine
             Linnen
             ,
             and
             Sayls
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             There
             are
             incomparably
             more
             Meadows
             than
             arable
             grounds
             ,
             which
             feed
             a
             world
             of
             Cattle
             ;
             particularly
             a
             large
             sort
             of
             Cows
             ,
             vvhich
             give
             great
             store
             of
             Milk
             ,
             of
             which
             is
             made
             excellent
             Butter
             ,
             and
             rare
             Cheeses
             ,
             which
             are
             sent
             all
             the
             world
             over
             .
             In
             some
             places
             there
             are
             Cows
             that
             yeeld
             three
             great
             Pales
             full
             of
             Milk
             a
             day
             .
          
           
           
             Every
             Spring
             there
             comes
             great
             store
             of
             ●ean
             Cows
             and
             Oxen
             from
             
               Dannemark
               ,
               Jutland
            
             ,
             and
             H●lstein
             ,
             which
             are
             within
             three
             weeks
             time
             fa●●ed
             upon
             these
             excellent
             pastures
             .
             In
             some
             places
             they
             ●owe
             the
             Grass
             twice
             a
             year
             ;
             and
             the
             Hay
             is
             much
             better
             than
             in
             any
             other
             place
             ;
             it
             is
             for
             that
             reason
             ,
             that
             the
             Horses
             and
             Cows
             are
             bigger
             and
             taller
             than
             in
             any
             other
             place
             .
          
           
             The
             Earth
             of
             which
             the
             Turss
             are
             made
             is
             call'd
             Veens
             ,
             which
             being
             cut
             out
             of
             the
             Ditches
             ,
             and
             exposed
             to
             the
             Sun-beams
             ,
             grows
             hard
             ,
             and
             then
             being
             kept
             some
             time
             in
             a
             Barn
             or
             Garret
             ,
             grows
             dry
             ,
             and
             fit
             for
             fewell
             .
             The
             best
             are
             those
             that
             come
             from
             Friezeland
             ,
             and
             they
             use
             them
             in
             Brewing
             and
             Baking
             .
             They
             have
             all
             much
             sulphure
             in
             them
             ,
             and
             being
             mingled
             with
             Wood
             ,
             make
             an
             excellent
             fire
             .
          
           
             The
             mountains
             of
             Sand
             call'd
             Downs
             ,
             serve
             as
             a
             bar
             to
             the
             fury
             of
             the
             Ocean
             ;
             and
             though
             they
             seem
             barren
             ,
             yet
             have
             they
             an
             advantage
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             full
             of
             Rabbits
             ,
             which
             are
             both
             a
             pleasant
             diversion
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             provision
             for
             Passengers
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Sea-side
             from
             the
             Meuse
             to
             the
             Texel
             is
             about
             a
             hundred
             miles
             in
             length
             ;
             and
             there
             is
             so
             plain
             and
             smooth
             a
             way
             between
             the
             Mountains
             and
             the
             Sea
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             a
             great
             pleasure
             to
             travell
             in
             it
             either
             afoot
             or
             on
             Horse-back
             .
             When
             the
             Sea
             is
             calm
             ,
             you
             may
             see
             the
             Ships
             under
             sail
             ;
             and
             if
             there
             be
             a
             storm
             ,
             it
             is
             with
             a
             kind
             of
             terrible
             delight
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             perceive
             the
             threatning
             Sea
             come
             ,
             and
             spend
             all
             its
             fury
             upon
             this
             even
             shore
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             some
             pleasant
             Forrests
             standing
             yet
             ,
             as
             that
             of
             the
             Hague
             and
             Harlem
             .
             There
             is
             likewise
             a
             Wood
             at
             Sevenhuyse
             ,
             a
             fine
             Village
             five
             leagues
             from
             Leyden
             ,
             where
             the
             Scholars
             go
             twice
             a
             year
             to
             take
             the
             sport
             of
             shaking
             the
             Trees
             ,
             and
             making
             a
             great
             sort
             of
             Bird
             that
             builds
             in
             them
             fall
             at
             their
             feet
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             most
             certain
             that
             this
             Province
             was
             anciently
             full
             of
             Trees
             ,
             which
             (
             according
             to
             the
             opinion
             of
             some
             Authors
             )
             were
             destroyed
             by
             that
             horrible
             storm
             ,
             which
             hapned
             in
             the
             year
             860.
             and
             which
             shut
             up
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             River
             Rhene
             near
             Lat●i●
             ,
             made
             it
             
             take
             another
             course
             ,
             and
             mingle
             with
             the
             Meuse
             ,
             after
             a
             great
             devastation
             of
             Woods
             ,
             Lands
             ,
             and
             Houses
             .
             In
             proof
             whereof
             you
             see
             that
             the
             Channell
             that
             comes
             from
             U●rect
             ,
             and
             passes
             through
             Leyden
             ,
             retains
             yet
             the
             name
             of
             the
             Rhyne
             .
             The
             Countrey
             people
             in
             digging
             do
             find
             to
             this
             day
             in
             the
             Veens
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             ,
             great
             bodies
             and
             branches
             of
             Trees
             ,
             particularly
             towards
             the
             South
             .
             Nay
             they
             have
             found
             Nuts
             entire
             and
             well
             preserv'd
             in
             the
             bottom
             of
             the
             Water
             ,
             though
             there
             has
             been
             no
             Trees
             to
             bear
             them
             since
             this
             hundred
             years
             .
          
           
             And
             indeed
             it
             is
             no
             wonder
             that
             a
             Countrey
             formerly
             over-run
             with
             Wood
             ,
             should
             now
             be
             so
             empty
             of
             it
             ,
             since
             we
             know
             that
             Germany
             which
             is
             now
             so
             full
             of
             Towns
             and
             Cities
             ,
             was
             anciently
             one
             great
             Forrest
             almost
             .
          
           
             The
             Air
             is
             pretty
             well
             temper'd
             in
             Holland
             ,
             though
             cold
             do
             a
             little
             predominate
             ,
             there
             being
             continuall
             winds
             and
             frequent
             rains
             ;
             but
             the
             inconstancy
             of
             the
             Climate
             is
             such
             ,
             that
             the
             seasons
             seem
             to
             be
             in
             a
             perpetuall
             confusion
             .
             
             It
             rains
             ordinarily
             in
             the
             Dog-dayes
             ;
             and
             sometimes
             in
             July
             it
             is
             as
             cold
             as
             in
             December
             .
             Likewise
             in
             Winter
             it
             is
             sometimes
             so
             warm
             and
             milde
             weather
             ,
             that
             one
             can
             hardly
             endure
             a
             fire
             :
             but
             as
             the
             heat
             is
             never
             violent
             ,
             so
             the
             cold
             is
             seldome
             lasting
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Proverb
             that
             sayes
             ,
             that
             
               rigorous
               Masters
               do
               not
               govern
               long
            
             ;
             yet
             is
             there
             no
             such
             generall
             Rule
             but
             admits
             of
             an
             exception
             ;
             for
             there
             has
             been
             long
             and
             hot
             Summers
             ,
             and
             violent
             cold
             lasting
             Winters
             :
             the
             Annals
             speak
             of
             some
             ,
             as
             of
             the
             year
             1149.
             
          
           
             When
             the
             Channels
             are
             frozen
             ,
             they
             slide
             upon
             them
             with
             a
             certain
             sort
             of
             Shooes
             call'd
             Skates
             ,
             which
             have
             a
             long
             ,
             shining
             ,
             narrow
             ,
             crooked
             Iron
             ,
             that
             stands
             out
             before
             .
             They
             that
             are
             perfect
             in
             this
             exercise
             turn
             their
             Feet
             inwards
             ,
             that
             the
             Iron
             may
             take
             the
             more
             hold
             of
             the
             Ice
             ,
             upon
             which
             they
             fly
             like
             Birds
             in
             the
             air
             with
             that
             swiftness
             ,
             that
             one
             can
             hardly
             follow
             them
             with
             the
             eye
             .
             The
             Women
             too
             use
             this
             as
             a
             diversion
             ,
             and
             many
             do
             very
             pretty
             tricks
             upon
             the
             Ice
             ;
             but
             most
             are
             content
             with
             a
             straight
             course
             ,
             as
             
             much
             as
             needs
             to
             get
             heat
             and
             ground
             .
             Every
             Sunday
             after
             Sermon
             all
             the
             people
             of
             the
             Towns
             come
             out
             upon
             the
             Ice
             ,
             some
             to
             slide
             and
             others
             to
             look
             on
             .
             I
             knew
             a
             young
             Clown
             of
             ten
             year
             old
             ,
             who
             did
             brag
             
               that
               he
               had
               gone
               eighteen
               miles
               or
               six
               leagues
               in
               an
               hour
            
             upon
             his
             Skates
             .
             The
             same
             laid
             a
             Wager
             with
             a
             Peasant
             his
             neighbour
             ,
             that
             he
             would
             sooner
             slide
             three
             leagues
             ,
             than
             the
             other
             should
             ride
             one
             and
             a
             half
             with
             the
             best
             Horse
             he
             should
             get
             .
             It
             is
             ordinary
             for
             these
             sort
             of
             people
             to
             go
             from
             Leyden
             to
             Amsterdam
             in
             an
             hour
             and
             a
             quarter
             ,
             if
             the
             Ice
             be
             even
             ,
             and
             yet
             that
             is
             near
             eighteen
             miles
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             besides
             things
             call'd
             Traisneaur
             ,
             like
             our
             Sledges
             ,
             that
             are
             of
             two
             sorts
             ,
             some
             that
             are
             drawn
             by
             Horses
             ,
             and
             others
             that
             a
             man
             drives
             before
             him
             as
             he
             slides
             upon
             the
             Ice
             .
             There
             are
             also
             Boats
             ,
             that
             having
             a
             great
             Iron
             under
             them
             ,
             sail
             along
             ,
             and
             go
             sometimes
             fifteen
             leagues
             an
             hour
             ;
             but
             that
             is
             seldome
             practis'd
             ,
             because
             there
             is
             danger
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             because
             that
             often
             the
             Ice
             is
             not
             even
             .
          
           
             When
             it
             has
             snowed
             and
             frozen
             together
             ,
             
             they
             use
             great
             Sledges
             to
             go
             across
             the
             Meadows
             ,
             and
             not
             follow
             the
             ordinary
             way
             .
             Some
             wonder
             to
             see
             the
             Countrey
             people
             carry
             great
             Poles
             upon
             their
             Shoulders
             ;
             but
             the
             reason
             of
             it
             is
             ,
             that
             if
             the
             Ice
             should
             break
             ,
             they
             might
             by
             the
             favour
             of
             their
             Poles
             ,
             (
             both
             ends
             of
             which
             would
             lye
             upon
             the
             two
             extremities
             of
             the
             crack'd
             Ice
             )
             get
             out
             again
             .
             The
             temerity
             of
             the
             Hollanders
             deserves
             to
             be
             blam'd
             ;
             for
             many
             will
             venture
             upon
             one
             nights
             Ice
             ,
             and
             thence
             happen
             many
             sad
             accidents
             .
          
           
             Holland
             is
             so
             flat
             and
             even
             a
             Countrey
             ,
             that
             you
             see
             not
             a
             Mountain
             nor
             a
             Hill
             ,
             except
             those
             Sand-hills
             that
             keep
             out
             the
             Sea.
             It
             is
             almost
             all
             Meadows
             ,
             cut
             into
             a
             thousand
             Channels
             ,
             which
             in
             Summer
             by
             their
             delicate
             green
             ,
             and
             their
             variety
             of
             Flowers
             ,
             are
             a
             pleasant
             object
             to
             look
             on
             .
             'T
             is
             true
             ,
             that
             in
             some
             places
             the
             Earth
             produces
             Corn
             ,
             Beans
             ,
             Pease
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             of
             grains
             ;
             the
             Mountains
             of
             Sand
             are
             full
             of
             Rabbits
             ;
             the
             Waters
             of
             excellent
             Fishes
             ;
             and
             the
             Air
             supplyes
             them
             with
             Fowl
             from
             the
             Northern
             
             parts
             ,
             viz.
             with
             
               Woodcocks
               ,
               Snipes
               ,
               Hernes
            
             ,
             &c.
             insomuch
             that
             Holland
             may
             be
             call'd
             very
             justly
             ,
             
               the
               Marrow
               of
               the
               Low
               Countreys
               ,
            
             as
             well
             for
             its
             fertility
             ,
             as
             for
             the
             delights
             and
             pleasures
             that
             may
             be
             enjoyed
             in
             it
             .
             It
             seems
             a
             terrestriall
             Paradise
             for
             its
             Meadows
             and
             pleasant
             Fields
             ,
             the
             Channels
             and
             Rivers
             so
             ingeniously
             contriv'd
             for
             Trade
             ,
             and
             the
             noble
             magnificence
             of
             its
             Buildings
             .
             We
             must
             needs
             confess
             that
             there
             are
             very
             few
             plow'd
             grounds
             ,
             considering
             the
             vast
             numbers
             of
             people
             that
             must
             be
             fed
             ;
             and
             yet
             there
             are
             no
             where
             greater
             Store-houses
             ,
             nor
             better
             furnish'd
             than
             here
             :
             nay
             Holland
             may
             with
             reason
             be
             call'd
             
               the
               Store-house
               of
               Europe
            
             ,
             considering
             the
             vast
             transportation
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             grains
             that
             are
             made
             from
             hence
             into
             
               Italy
               ,
               Spain
               ,
               England
               ,
               France
               ,
            
             and
             Brabant
             ,
             when
             their
             own
             Corn
             has
             fail'd
             them
             by
             any
             accident
             of
             War
             or
             Famine
             .
          
           
             That
             great
             Man
             Scaliger
             speaking
             of
             the
             Wonders
             of
             this
             Province
             ,
             sayes
             ,
             
               that
               here
               grows
               no
               Vines
               ,
               and
               yet
               here
               is
               more
               Wine
               than
               in
               any
               one
               place
               in
            
             Europe
             .
             
             In
             effect
             ,
             the
             Wines
             of
             the
             Rhene
             ,
             the
             Mosella
             ,
             and
             the
             Mouse
             ,
             come
             to
             Dort
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             into
             all
             the
             other
             places
             of
             these
             Countreys
             .
             The
             Wines
             of
             
               France
               ,
               Spain
            
             ,
             and
             Greece
             ,
             come
             to
             Amsterdam
             and
             Rotterdam
             .
          
           
             There
             grows
             very
             little
             Wood
             ,
             and
             yet
             there
             are
             no
             where
             to
             be
             found
             more
             Carpenters
             and
             Joyners
             than
             here
             .
             And
             it
             may
             be
             there
             is
             not
             in
             the
             rest
             of
             Chrystendome
             ,
             so
             many
             Ships
             and
             Boats
             as
             in
             this
             one
             Province
             :
             there
             is
             scarce
             a
             Peasant
             but
             has
             his
             Boat
             to
             bring
             his
             Commodities
             to
             the
             Towns.
             To
             be
             short
             ;
             sayes
             he
             ,
             
               we
               live
               amongst
               the
               waters
               ,
               and
               yet
               we
               drink
               not
               of
               them
               .
            
             There
             are
             no
             Flocks
             of
             Sheep
             ,
             and
             very
             little
             Flax
             ;
             and
             yet
             where
             is
             made
             more
             Cloth
             and
             Linnen
             than
             here
             ?
             I
             adde
             ,
             that
             there
             are
             no
             Mines
             in
             Holland
             ,
             and
             yet
             all
             sorts
             of
             Mettals
             are
             more
             abundant
             here
             than
             in
             any
             part
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             as
             it
             appears
             by
             the
             rich
             Furnitures
             and
             Ornaments
             of
             the
             Houses
             of
             our
             Citizens
             ,
             whose
             Wives
             delight
             in
             that
             more
             than
             in
             any
             thing
             else
             .
          
           
             Strangers
             cannot
             easily
             conceive
             
             these
             wonders
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             they
             alone
             amongst
             them
             that
             understand
             the
             secret
             of
             Trade
             ,
             and
             what
             vast
             advantages
             the
             Hollanders
             have
             reap'd
             from
             that
             War
             ,
             which
             they
             so
             long
             and
             so
             generously
             maintain'd
             against
             Spain
             ,
             and
             which
             at
             last
             ending
             in
             an
             honourable
             peace
             ,
             has
             left
             them
             Masters
             of
             the
             Trade
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             fetching
             by
             their
             Ships
             from
             the
             remotest
             parts
             of
             it
             all
             that
             's
             good
             and
             precious
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             had
             for
             money
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             IV.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Manners
               and
               Dispositions
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               .
            
          
           
             THe
             old
             Hollanders
             were
             formerly
             despised
             by
             their
             Neighbours
             ,
             for
             the
             grossness
             of
             their
             temper
             ,
             and
             the
             simplicity
             of
             their
             life
             .
             They
             were
             us'd
             to
             be
             call'd
             
               Block-heads
               ,
               and
               eaters
               of
               Cheese
               and
               Milk
               :
            
             but
             as
             they
             formerly
             had
             the
             reputation
             of
             silly
             ,
             so
             now
             they
             are
             esteemed
             as
             subtil
             and
             understanding
             
             a
             Nation
             as
             any
             is
             in
             Europe
             ;
             as
             may
             be
             well
             evidenced
             from
             their
             Treaties
             and
             Alliances
             made
             with
             Strangers
             .
             This
             I
             think
             proceeds
             from
             that
             Commerce
             they
             drive
             through
             all
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             mixture
             made
             amongst
             them
             by
             divers
             Strangers
             that
             have
             setled
             in
             these
             parts
             ;
             for
             above
             half
             those
             that
             do
             inhabit
             the
             Towns
             are
             either
             Strangers
             ,
             or
             descended
             from
             them
             .
          
           
             They
             all
             love
             their
             Liberties
             ,
             even
             those
             that
             have
             made
             but
             a
             few
             years
             stay
             in
             the
             Province
             ,
             as
             if
             the
             genius
             of
             it
             had
             a
             secret
             power
             over
             mens
             inclinations
             .
             It
             is
             not
             lawfull
             to
             beat
             nor
             strike
             any
             body
             .
             Servants
             have
             as
             great
             priviledges
             as
             their
             Masters
             ,
             who
             dare
             not
             abuse
             them
             with
             blows
             .
             And
             if
             any
             body
             chance
             to
             be
             so
             far
             transported
             by
             their
             passion
             ,
             as
             to
             〈…〉
             t
             their
             Man
             or
             Maid-servant
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             come
             to
             the
             hearing
             of
             the
             Magistrate
             ,
             they
             are
             fined
             for
             it
             ,
             and
             often
             forc'd
             to
             pay
             them
             their
             whole
             year
             of
             wages
             ,
             though
             not
             due
             ,
             and
             so
             turn
             them
             away
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             no
             Slaves
             in
             Holland
             ,
             but
             
             any
             man
             in
             that
             condition
             is
             free
             as
             soon
             as
             he
             sets
             his
             foot
             on
             that
             ground
             .
             The
             Hollanders
             are
             very
             constant
             in
             their
             resolutions
             ,
             and
             seldome
             desist
             till
             they
             have
             obtain'd
             their
             end
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             not
             so
             much
             upon
             the
             punctilio
             of
             honor
             ,
             as
             the
             other
             Nations
             ,
             but
             are
             rather
             given
             to
             Trade
             and
             getting
             ,
             and
             they
             seem
             as
             if
             they
             had
             suck'd
             in
             with
             their
             milk
             the
             insatiable
             desire
             of
             acquiring
             .
             They
             never
             complain
             of
             the
             pains
             they
             take
             ,
             and
             go
             as
             merrily
             to
             the
             Indies
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             went
             to
             their
             Countrey
             Houses
             .
             They
             are
             of
             a
             strong
             Constitution
             ,
             tall
             proper
             men
             ,
             and
             very
             capable
             of
             whatsoever
             they
             undertake
             .
          
           
             Those
             amongst
             them
             that
             prefer
             the
             study
             of
             Liberal
             Arts
             to
             the
             desire
             of
             growing
             rich
             ,
             do
             succeed
             as
             prosperously
             ;
             for
             without
             doubt
             or
             flattery
             ,
             Holland
             has
             produced
             as
             many
             learn'd
             and
             ingenious
             persons
             as
             any
             Province
             in
             Europe
             .
             Others
             follow
             the
             Art
             of
             Painting
             ,
             and
             transport
             themselves
             into
             Italy
             ,
             where
             are
             the
             best
             Masters
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             and
             by
             these
             means
             good
             Pictures
             are
             very
             common
             here
             ,
             there
             
             being
             scarce
             an
             ordinary
             Tradesman
             ,
             whose
             House
             is
             not
             adorn'd
             with
             them
             .
             If
             there
             be
             any
             body
             that
             has
             any
             new
             invention
             or
             discovery
             ,
             he
             shall
             be
             sure
             to
             find
             money
             for
             it
             here
             ,
             if
             it
             will
             yeeld
             any
             .
          
           
             Above
             all
             things
             the
             Hollander
             ,
             hate
             all
             Quarrels
             and
             Duels
             ;
             as
             likewise
             they
             abhor
             all
             treacherous
             actions
             ,
             blasphemy
             ,
             swearing
             ,
             &c.
             
             They
             are
             no
             wayes
             bloody-minded
             ,
             but
             much
             more
             enclin'd
             to
             compassion
             than
             their
             Neighbours
             .
          
           
             I
             pass
             to
             their
             way
             of
             living
             .
             And
             first
             of
             their
             Winter-Provision
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             beginning
             of
             Autumn
             when
             the
             Turfs
             are
             dry
             ,
             they
             lay
             in
             their
             provision
             of
             them
             .
             Towards
             November
             they
             buy
             an
             Oxe
             ,
             or
             half
             a
             one
             ,
             according
             as
             their
             Family
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             salt
             and
             smoke
             for
             Summer
             ,
             eating
             it
             with
             Butter
             or
             Sallet
             .
             Every
             Sunday
             they
             take
             out
             a
             great
             piece
             out
             of
             their
             salting-Tub
             ,
             upon
             which
             they
             dine
             :
             this
             piece
             comes
             every
             day
             after
             upon
             the
             Table
             all
             the
             week
             long
             ,
             with
             some
             other
             Dish
             of
             boyl'd
             Meat
             ,
             or
             Milk.
             They
             do
             not
             love
             Pottage
             so
             much
             as
             
             the
             French
             ;
             neither
             do
             they
             much
             esteem
             Leek
             ,
             or
             Garlick
             ,
             or
             Onion
             .
             They
             are
             not
             nice
             in
             their
             Diet
             ,
             and
             none
             amongst
             them
             ,
             but
             the
             very
             rich
             ,
             do
             eat
             after
             the
             
               French
               fashion
            
             .
          
           
             They
             have
             that
             common
             custome
             of
             all
             Northern
             Nations
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             delight
             much
             in
             drinking
             and
             feasting
             with
             their
             friends
             ;
             if
             any
             chance
             to
             be
             quarrelsome
             in
             his
             drink
             ,
             he
             is
             presently
             driven
             out
             of
             the
             Company
             .
             Here
             we
             must
             not
             omit
             a
             certain
             custome
             ,
             which
             has
             for
             drift
             ,
             peace
             ,
             amity
             ,
             and
             concord
             :
             All
             the
             Towns
             are
             divided
             into
             divers
             Quarters
             ,
             called
             Neighbourhoods
             ;
             every
             one
             of
             these
             has
             a
             Master
             ,
             and
             he
             has
             his
             Counsellors
             ;
             if
             there
             happen
             any
             quarrell
             ,
             the
             parties
             appear
             before
             him
             ,
             who
             endeavours
             to
             agree
             them
             ;
             if
             he
             cannot
             ,
             then
             they
             may
             go
             twice
             a
             week
             before
             the
             Commissioners
             for
             hearing
             of
             quarrels
             ,
             and
             keeping
             peace
             amongst
             Neighbours
             ;
             if
             they
             cannot
             bring
             them
             to
             take
             or
             give
             satisfaction
             ,
             then
             they
             may
             go
             to
             Law.
             
          
           
             The
             Treasurer
             of
             each
             Neighbourhood
             receives
             the
             Fines
             ,
             which
             are
             these
             following
             :
             
             If
             any
             one
             has
             not
             waited
             upon
             a
             dead
             body
             of
             the
             Neighbourhood
             going
             to
             be
             buried
             ,
             he
             is
             fin'd
             three
             half-pence
             .
             The
             Heirs
             or
             Kindred
             of
             the
             dead
             person
             are
             bound
             to
             make
             a
             Present
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             quality
             ,
             though
             there
             be
             no
             set
             Tax
             .
             For
             a
             Childe
             they
             give
             not
             so
             much
             as
             for
             a
             person
             of
             age
             .
             The
             gift
             that
             is
             made
             for
             a
             married
             person
             ,
             is
             call'd
             in
             the
             language
             of
             the
             Countrey
             a
             
               fat
               Dish
            
             .
             When
             a
             Citizen
             purchases
             a
             House
             ,
             he
             is
             bound
             to
             a
             Present
             proportionable
             to
             the
             value
             of
             his
             House
             .
          
           
             When
             there
             is
             a
             pretty
             round
             summe
             of
             money
             got
             together
             by
             six
             or
             seven
             years
             gathering
             ,
             the
             Master
             and
             his
             Counsellors
             meet
             at
             the
             desire
             of
             the
             Neighbours
             ,
             and
             appoint
             a
             day
             for
             a
             Treat
             ,
             which
             lasts
             ordinarily
             three
             or
             four
             .
             'T
             is
             most
             commonly
             in
             Autumn
             ,
             and
             there
             every
             one
             comes
             with
             his
             Wife
             ,
             but
             without
             either
             Children
             or
             Dogs
             ,
             under
             pain
             of
             being
             fined
             .
             Before
             they
             sit
             down
             ,
             the
             Laws
             of
             the
             Feast
             are
             publickly
             read
             ;
             amongst
             which
             the
             chiefest
             are
             ,
             that
             
               you
               must
               not
               blaspheme
               ,
               nor
               start
               any
               discourse
               about
               
               Religion
               ,
               for
               fear
               of
               falling
               out
               .
            
             Then
             the
             Master
             sits
             down
             with
             his
             Wife
             ,
             and
             the
             Counsellors
             next
             to
             him
             of
             each
             side
             ;
             the
             others
             draw
             lots
             for
             their
             places
             .
             If
             any
             one
             press
             another
             to
             drink
             more
             than
             he
             is
             able
             ,
             he
             payes
             a
             Fine
             ;
             if
             he
             strike
             ,
             he
             is
             banish'd
             the
             company
             ,
             and
             not
             admitted
             the
             next
             day
             without
             asking
             pardon
             .
             At
             eight
             of
             the
             Clock
             every
             one
             goes
             out
             ,
             and
             waits
             upon
             the
             Master
             to
             his
             Lodging
             ,
             where
             they
             begin
             to
             drink
             afresh
             ,
             till
             wine
             and
             sleep
             part
             them
             ,
             and
             bring
             them
             to
             their
             own
             homes
             .
             All
             the
             time
             is
             pass'd
             merrily
             ,
             and
             without
             Ceremony
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             were
             all
             equall
             .
             The
             four
             dayes
             being
             ended
             ,
             they
             summe
             up
             what
             they
             have
             spent
             ;
             and
             if
             the
             publick
             purse
             cannot
             pay
             the
             charges
             ,
             they
             supply
             it
             by
             an
             equall
             contribution
             .
             I
             have
             recited
             this
             custome
             at
             large
             ,
             that
             from
             it
             may
             be
             deduced
             some
             knowledge
             of
             their
             humour
             .
             They
             are
             very
             patient
             ,
             and
             not
             so
             hasty
             as
             other
             Nations
             ,
             and
             have
             a
             Proverb
             amongst
             them
             ,
             which
             sayes
             ,
             that
             
               Rich
               people
               do
               not
               use
               to
               fight
               .
            
             They
             ha●e
             going
             to
             Law
             ;
             and
             as
             for
             affronts
             and
             injurious
             words
             they
             are
             
             made
             amends
             for
             ,
             by
             the
             recantation
             and
             confession
             of
             him
             that
             is
             in
             the
             wrong
             ;
             then
             they
             shake
             hands
             ,
             and
             are
             made
             friends
             .
          
           
             The
             married
             Women
             and
             Maids
             are
             very
             fair
             and
             chaste
             .
             They
             have
             a
             great
             care
             of
             their
             House
             ,
             and
             keep
             all
             their
             Cupboards
             ,
             Cabinets
             ,
             even
             the
             Floors
             ,
             extream
             neat
             :
             some
             of
             them
             are
             so
             curious
             ,
             as
             not
             to
             let
             you
             come
             into
             their
             rubb'd
             Rooms
             ,
             without
             putting
             on
             a
             pair
             of
             Slippers
             ,
             or
             making
             your
             own
             Shooes
             very
             clean
             .
             The
             Women
             do
             enjoy
             as
             much
             liberty
             as
             their
             Husbands
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             an
             unpardonable
             fault
             to
             beat
             them
             .
             I
             have
             often
             heard
             them
             say
             ,
             that
             if
             a
             Husband
             does
             beat
             his
             Wife
             ,
             he
             is
             bound
             to
             give
             his
             Neighbours
             a
             Gammon
             of
             Bacon
             ;
             and
             if
             she
             beat
             him
             ,
             she
             is
             bound
             to
             give
             two
             .
             Every
             day
             they
             rub
             and
             wash
             the
             lower
             Floors
             ,
             and
             straw
             them
             with
             fine
             Sand
             ,
             and
             make
             them
             so
             neat
             ,
             that
             Strangers
             often
             make
             a
             scruple
             of
             spitting
             in
             them
             .
             If
             the
             Citizens
             Wives
             are
             thus
             neat
             ,
             the
             Countrey
             people
             are
             no
             wayes
             inferior
             to
             them
             in
             that
             point
             ;
             for
             they
             keep
             all
             even
             to
             their
             Stables
             very
             clean
             .
             The
             
             Houshold-stuff
             of
             the
             better
             sort
             is
             very
             rich
             ,
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             ,
             and
             carv'd
             work
             ;
             good
             Hangings
             ;
             excellent
             Pictures
             ;
             rare
             Cabinets
             ,
             fill'd
             with
             China
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             I
             have
             observ'd
             one
             thing
             of
             the
             Hollanders
             by
             living
             long
             amongst
             them
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             do
             not
             easily
             give
             credit
             to
             such
             as
             tell
             strange
             Stories
             and
             wonderfull
             accidents
             ,
             hapned
             a
             great
             way
             off
             ;
             and
             when
             ,
             by
             their
             silence
             and
             postures
             ,
             they
             seem
             to
             admire
             it
             ,
             't
             is
             then
             that
             they
             believe
             least
             of
             all
             what
             you
             say
             ,
             but
             they
             do
             not
             take
             pleasure
             in
             contradicting
             .
             They
             are
             not
             given
             to
             swearing
             ,
             nor
             robbing
             ;
             but
             are
             tender-hearted
             ,
             and
             inclin'd
             to
             pity
             ,
             and
             will
             not
             willingly
             see
             any
             body
             wrong'd
             in
             their
             presence
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             a
             little
             too
             indulgent
             to
             their
             Children
             ,
             and
             are
             punished
             for
             it
             ;
             for
             many
             of
             them
             rebell
             against
             their
             Parents
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             go
             away
             to
             the
             Indies
             ,
             the
             ordinary
             vent
             of
             these
             Provinces
             .
             When
             any
             body
             tells
             them
             of
             their
             fondness
             to
             their
             Children
             ,
             they
             presently
             say
             ,
             
               Does
               any
               body
               spoil
               their
               own
               Face
               ,
               or
               cut
               off
               their
               own
               Nose
               ?
            
          
           
           
             They
             are
             very
             laborious
             and
             industrious
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             name
             of
             liberty
             and
             profit
             undertake
             any
             thing
             .
             They
             love
             familiarity
             ,
             and
             are
             much
             taken
             with
             people
             that
             being
             of
             great
             quality
             do
             not
             refuse
             to
             eat
             and
             drink
             with
             them
             .
             Prince
             William
             the
             first
             ,
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             won
             their
             hearts
             with
             that
             popular
             way
             ,
             and
             did
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             more
             mischief
             by
             it
             ,
             than
             if
             he
             had
             been
             at
             the
             head
             of
             an
             Army
             against
             him
             .
             They
             despise
             and
             undervalue
             proud
             people
             ;
             and
             to
             please
             them
             ,
             you
             must
             conform
             to
             their
             humour
             .
             They
             are
             very
             free
             ,
             and
             open
             apparently
             ,
             but
             are
             indeed
             alwayes
             upon
             their
             guard
             .
             They
             hate
             cheats
             ,
             and
             are
             seldome
             deceiv'd
             twice
             .
          
           
             Those
             amongst
             them
             that
             are
             descended
             from
             Strangers
             ,
             do
             retain
             something
             of
             their
             first
             origine
             ,
             and
             are
             a
             good
             while
             before
             they
             become
             
               right
               Hollanders
            
             .
          
           
             We
             have
             spoke
             already
             of
             their
             Diet
             ;
             but
             this
             is
             only
             to
             be
             added
             ,
             that
             Trade
             having
             brought
             riches
             ,
             sumptuosity
             has
             followed
             :
             so
             that
             the
             Hague
             may
             be
             call'd
             a
             compendium
             of
             the
             most
             
             glorious
             Courts
             in
             Chrystendome
             ,
             and
             Amsterdam
             the
             magazine
             of
             all
             that
             's
             precious
             in
             Europe
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             V.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Trade
               of
               the
               Hollanders
               ;
               and
               the
               wayes
               of
               getting
               a
               Livelyhood
               .
            
          
           
             IT
             is
             an
             ordinary
             saying
             in
             Holland
             ,
             that
             
               He
               that
               will
               work
               can
               never
               want
               ,
            
             and
             it
             is
             a
             very
             true
             one
             ;
             for
             there
             are
             so
             many
             Trades
             kept
             going
             by
             their
             great
             commerce
             ,
             that
             no
             body
             can
             want
             work
             .
             All
             Arts
             are
             here
             exercised
             ;
             and
             experience
             shews
             ,
             that
             Manufactures
             are
             better
             made
             here
             than
             in
             the
             other
             Provinces
             .
             All
             turns
             to
             account
             here
             ;
             and
             even
             they
             that
             make
             clean
             the
             Kennals
             with
             an
             Iron
             ,
             and
             Nets
             at
             the
             end
             of
             it
             to
             bring
             up
             the
             ordure
             ,
             may
             earn
             half
             a
             Crown
             a
             day
             ,
             if
             they
             will
             work
             hard
             .
             Children
             ,
             as
             so
             on
             as
             they
             are
             bound
             Apprentice
             ,
             get
             their
             
             own
             bread
             .
             Amongst
             the
             Countrey
             people
             ,
             some
             make
             Butter
             and
             Cheese
             ;
             others
             cut
             up
             Turfs
             ;
             every
             Market-day
             they
             bring
             their
             Milk
             ,
             and
             Butter
             ,
             and
             Whey
             to
             Town
             ,
             which
             the
             Tradesmen
             and
             Journeymen
             live
             most
             upon
             .
          
           
             Among
             the
             Citizens
             ,
             some
             put
             out
             their
             Money
             ,
             and
             live
             upon
             the
             interest
             ;
             others
             trade
             with
             it
             ,
             and
             are
             call'd
             Merchants
             .
             Their
             chief
             Commodities
             are
             Butter
             ,
             and
             Cheese
             ,
             and
             Cloth
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             Manufactures
             ,
             as
             we
             shall
             see
             in
             the
             Description
             of
             Leyden
             .
          
           
             The
             situation
             of
             this
             noble
             Province
             is
             such
             ,
             as
             if
             Nature
             intended
             it
             for
             the
             generall
             Mart
             of
             Europe
             ;
             for
             it
             has
             the
             neighbourhood
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             and
             is
             it self
             full
             of
             navigable
             Lakes
             ,
             Rivers
             ,
             Channels
             ,
             all
             which
             are
             night
             and
             day
             loaded
             with
             Boats
             and
             Passengers
             .
             Many
             Channels
             have
             been
             made
             since
             the
             publication
             of
             the
             peace
             with
             Spain
             ,
             as
             that
             from
             Leyden
             to
             Harlem
             ,
             and
             from
             Amsterdam
             to
             Goude
             ,
             which
             is
             call'd
             
               (
               Trech-Sch●ite●
            
             )
             because
             there
             the
             Boats
             are
             drawn
             by
             Horses
             ,
             that
             so
             
             they
             may
             come
             in
             at
             set-times
             .
             The
             said
             Channels
             are
             made
             with
             the
             greatest
             ease
             that
             can
             be
             ;
             for
             as
             soon
             as
             you
             have
             digg'd
             three
             or
             four
             foot
             ,
             you
             meet
             with
             the
             water
             .
          
           
             The
             Herring-Fishing
             is
             properly
             the
             golden
             Mines
             of
             this
             Countrey
             ,
             by
             the
             great
             revenue
             it
             brings
             yearly
             to
             it
             .
             It
             is
             a
             hard
             matter
             to
             say
             how
             many
             thousands
             of
             men
             are
             kept
             by
             it
             ;
             for
             besides
             those
             that
             go
             to
             Sea
             ,
             who
             are
             a
             great
             number
             ,
             there
             are
             employed
             as
             many
             more
             in
             making
             of
             Boats
             and
             Barrels
             to
             pickle
             them
             up
             in
             .
          
           
             Every
             Summer
             in
             June
             there
             sets
             out
             a
             Fleet
             of
             Fishermen
             from
             the
             Meuse
             ;
             they
             call
             them
             Busses
             .
             They
             cast
             their
             Nets
             near
             the
             English
             Coast
             upon
             Midsummer-Eve
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             ancient
             custome
             ;
             they
             pickle
             them
             up
             in
             Barrels
             ,
             and
             serve
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             world
             with
             them
             :
             the
             last
             Fishing
             is
             most
             valued
             ,
             and
             the
             Herrings
             of
             that
             Fishing
             are
             all
             carried
             abroad
             .
             Ten
             dayes
             after
             Midsummer
             they
             may
             sell
             them
             publickly
             ,
             but
             not
             before
             ;
             then
             many
             go
             up
             and
             down
             ,
             crying
             ,
             Fresh
             Herring
             ,
             which
             are
             esteem'd
             as
             a
             dainty
             by
             every
             
             body
             .
             The
             name
             of
             the
             man
             that
             first
             invented
             the
             way
             of
             pickleing
             them
             ,
             deserves
             to
             be
             known
             ;
             it
             was
             
               William
               Bueckeld
            
             ,
             and
             he
             died
             at
             Bieverliet
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1347.
             
             Charles
             the
             fifth
             Emperor
             went
             one
             day
             to
             see
             his
             Tomb
             ,
             in
             acknowledgment
             of
             the
             service
             he
             had
             done
             his
             Countrey
             .
          
           
             The
             Merchants
             do
             every
             day
             encrease
             their
             Trade
             by
             making
             Societies
             and
             Companies
             ,
             and
             setting
             out
             men
             of
             War
             at
             their
             own
             charges
             to
             protect
             their
             Ships
             home
             .
             They
             never
             want
             Seamen
             ,
             for
             the
             Hollanders
             do
             delight
             in
             going
             to
             Sea
             ;
             nay
             I
             have
             heard
             many
             of
             them
             say
             ,
             that
             they
             could
             never
             enjoy
             their
             health
             but
             at
             Sea.
             There
             are
             many
             of
             these
             Companies
             ;
             as
             that
             of
             Moscovy
             ,
             for
             Furrs
             ,
             Skins
             ,
             and
             Rye
             ;
             that
             of
             Island
             and
             Groenland
             ,
             for
             the
             fishing
             of
             Whales
             :
             but
             the
             chiefest
             of
             all
             ,
             and
             who
             with
             Force
             and
             Arms
             drive
             a
             prodigious
             Trade
             ,
             are
             the
             East
             and
             West-India
             Companies
             ,
             who
             have
             a
             Patent
             from
             the
             States
             .
          
           
             The
             West-India
             Company
             had
             made
             great
             profit
             by
             the
             taking
             of
             the
             
               Baia
               de
               ●odos
               l●s
               sanctos
            
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Silver
             Fleet
             
             which
             
               Jason
               Peter
               Hain
            
             brought
             into
             Holland
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1629.
             which
             also
             was
             the
             cause
             of
             the
             taking
             of
             Bosleduke
             from
             the
             Spaniards
             .
             The
             taking
             of
             Fernambuco
             did
             likewise
             give
             hopes
             of
             conquering
             the
             rest
             of
             Brasil
             ;
             but
             after
             the
             depart
             of
             the
             noble
             Count
             Morice
             of
             Nassaw
             ,
             the
             Negroes
             and
             Portugueses
             joyning
             together
             ,
             revolted
             ,
             and
             reduced
             the
             Company
             to
             great
             extremities
             ;
             since
             it
             has
             suffer'd
             another
             defeat
             ,
             which
             has
             almost
             made
             an
             end
             of
             ruining
             it
             .
             It
             has
             often
             been
             proposed
             to
             unite
             it
             with
             the
             East-India
             Company
             ;
             but
             all
             in
             vain
             ,
             for
             the
             one
             is
             too
             high
             and
             rich
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             too
             poor
             .
          
           
             The
             East-India
             Company
             has
             its
             principall
             Seat
             at
             Amsterdam
             .
             'T
             is
             this
             Company
             that
             has
             Kings
             and
             Kingdomes
             tributary
             to
             it
             ,
             and
             depending
             upon
             it
             .
             'T
             is
             this
             Company
             that
             makes
             the
             Hollanders
             name
             famous
             in
             the
             remotest
             parts
             of
             the
             Earth
             ,
             and
             triumphs
             over
             the
             riches
             of
             the
             Orient
             ,
             bringing
             home
             Pearls
             ,
             Diamonds
             ,
             Gold
             ,
             all
             sorts
             of
             Aromatick
             Druggs
             ,
             &c.
             
             Besides
             Batavia
             ,
             the
             principall
             Town
             ,
             
             the
             Company
             has
             a
             great
             number
             of
             strong
             Forts
             well
             in
             order
             ,
             to
             protect
             their
             Merchants
             ,
             terrifie
             Strangers
             ,
             and
             keep
             the
             Indians
             in
             awe
             .
             'T
             is
             thought
             that
             the
             Company
             payes
             above
             10000
             men
             ;
             the
             places
             and
             employments
             are
             much
             valued
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             be
             come
             by
             but
             by
             the
             intercession
             of
             some
             great
             friend
             .
          
           
             Every
             Summer
             about
             August
             there
             comes
             in
             an
             East-India
             Fleet
             of
             ten
             or
             twelve
             Ships
             ,
             which
             is
             esteem'd
             to
             bring
             in
             the
             value
             of
             above
             a
             million
             of
             gold
             .
             The
             prohibitions
             that
             Philip
             King
             of
             Spain
             made
             to
             the
             Hollanders
             from
             trading
             in
             his
             Countrey
             ,
             were
             the
             cause
             of
             this
             Enterprize
             .
             'T
             is
             said
             that
             the
             Ve●etians
             did
             counsell
             and
             further
             it
             for
             a
             design
             ,
             which
             succeeded
             otherwise
             than
             they
             expected
             ,
             and
             to
             their
             own
             loss
             .
             The
             Ships
             that
             go
             for
             the
             Indies
             are
             of
             extraordinary
             bulk
             .
             Every
             one
             that
             has
             put
             in
             a
             thousand
             pounds
             may
             be
             a
             Director
             ;
             and
             every
             one
             that
             has
             a
             hundred
             pounds
             there
             ,
             may
             have
             three
             hundred
             for
             it
             ;
             and
             every
             hundred
             yeelds
             forty
             and
             forty
             five
             ,
             sometimes
             more
             ,
             sometimes
             less
             .
             The
             riches
             of
             
             this
             Company
             are
             inestimable
             ;
             and
             to
             go
             about
             to
             describe
             them
             ,
             were
             to
             desire
             credit
             to
             a
             thing
             which
             to
             most
             people
             would
             seem
             fabulous
             ,
             though
             they
             are
             very
             reall
             in
             themselves
             .
          
           
             All
             the
             Channels
             render
             themselves
             into
             Lakes
             ,
             and
             they
             into
             the
             Sea.
             There
             are
             two
             chief
             overtures
             to
             the
             Ocean
             ;
             the
             first
             is
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             River
             Meuse
             ,
             which
             is
             at
             the
             Brill
             ,
             and
             G●ree
             ;
             the
             other
             from
             Amsterdam
             ,
             and
             the
             Towns
             of
             North-Holland
             ,
             to
             the
             Texel
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VI.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Imposts
               and
               Customes
               .
            
          
           
             THough
             Holland
             be
             both
             naturally
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             greatness
             of
             its
             commerce
             ,
             aboundant
             in
             all
             things
             ;
             yet
             every
             thing
             is
             extream
             dear
             ,
             and
             that
             for
             two
             reasons
             ;
             first
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             
             greatness
             of
             the
             Consumption
             ,
             caus'd
             by
             the
             affluence
             of
             people
             from
             all
             parts
             ;
             the
             other
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             Excise
             which
             is
             upon
             every
             thing
             almost
             ,
             and
             which
             is
             easily
             supported
             by
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             great
             gains
             every
             one
             is
             able
             to
             make
             in
             his
             profession
             .
             These
             Imposts
             are
             so
             layed
             and
             gather'd
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             willingly
             payed
             ,
             though
             there
             be
             nothing
             free
             from
             them
             .
             The
             Money
             that
             is
             thus
             rais'd
             ,
             comes
             to
             a
             vast
             summe
             ,
             which
             added
             to
             the
             situation
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             has
             made
             all
             the
             King
             of
             Spain's
             endeavours
             vain
             .
             But
             to
             shew
             the
             greatness
             of
             this
             Tribute
             ,
             I
             will
             give
             only
             this
             example
             :
             A
             Cow
             of
             nine
             years
             old
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             sold
             for
             five
             pound
             ,
             will
             have
             payed
             above
             six
             pound
             to
             the
             States
             .
             There
             is
             never
             a
             Dish
             comes
             to
             Table
             ,
             but
             has
             payed
             excise
             above
             twenty
             times
             .
             The
             States
             seeing
             the
             necessity
             of
             having
             money
             to
             defend
             their
             liberties
             ,
             did
             by
             little
             and
             little
             ,
             and
             not
             all
             at
             once
             ,
             settle
             these
             Excises
             ,
             so
             that
             the
             people
             bear
             it
             chearfully
             enough
             .
             In
             the
             time
             of
             the
             War
             ,
             every
             one
             pay'd
             the
             two
             hundredth
             penny
             of
             their
             
             Estates
             ;
             they
             only
             that
             were
             not
             worth
             two
             hundred
             pound
             principall
             ,
             were
             exempted
             from
             this
             contribution
             .
             There
             are
             many
             other
             Imposts
             ,
             which
             may
             be
             all
             seen
             in
             the
             Second
             Part
             of
             this
             Book
             ,
             in
             the
             Chapter
             of
             Imposts
             .
             All
             that
             is
             wonderfull
             ,
             is
             to
             consider
             that
             that
             very
             thing
             for
             the
             fear
             of
             which
             these
             Nations
             revolted
             from
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             has
             been
             put
             in
             execution
             in
             a
             higher
             manner
             upon
             themselves
             ,
             by
             their
             own
             consent
             ,
             and
             prov'd
             the
             means
             of
             their
             preservation
             .
          
           
             Let
             us
             now
             come
             to
             the
             description
             of
             particular
             Towns
             ;
             and
             let
             us
             begin
             by
             Leyden
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             the
             rest
             ,
             as
             the
             Spring
             is
             to
             the
             other
             seasons
             of
             the
             year
             ,
             the
             gayest
             ,
             and
             most
             pleasant
             .
             Towns
             in
             other
             Countries
             are
             subject
             to
             the
             injuries
             of
             time
             and
             revolutions
             ,
             but
             here
             they
             spring
             up
             ,
             encrease
             ,
             and
             grow
             bigger
             every
             day
             .
             This
             Town
             amongst
             the
             rest
             ,
             has
             had
             the
             good
             fortune
             to
             be
             one
             of
             the
             most
             flourishing
             of
             the
             
               Low
               Countreys
            
             .
             The
             Ocean
             is
             on
             the
             West-side
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             within
             twelve
             miles
             ;
             Harlem
             on
             the
             North
             ,
             within
             fifteen
             ;
             and
             Amsterdam
             within
             one
             
             and
             twenty
             ;
             Utrect
             within
             thirty
             ,
             towards
             the
             East
             ;
             Delft
             and
             the
             Hague
             on
             the
             South
             and
             South-West
             ,
             and
             within
             nine
             miles
             distance
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Leyden
               ,
               
                 in
                 Latine
              
               Lugdunum
               Batavorum
               .
            
          
           
             THis
             Town
             ,
             the
             greatest
             and
             most
             pleasant
             that
             is
             in
             Europe
             ,
             (
             if
             we
             consider
             the
             magnificence
             of
             its
             Buildings
             ,
             the
             breadth
             of
             its
             Streets
             ,
             the
             conveniencies
             of
             its
             Channels
             ,
             and
             the
             pleasing
             shade
             of
             the
             Trees
             planted
             on
             each
             side
             the
             Channels
             )
             is
             situated
             upon
             the
             ancient
             River
             of
             Rhene
             ,
             which
             goes
             through
             it
             ,
             makes
             many
             Islands
             ,
             and
             then
             joyns
             in
             one
             bed
             at
             the
             white
             Gate
             .
             It
             is
             almost
             in
             the
             Center
             of
             Holland
             ,
             and
             from
             it
             we
             will
             draw
             lines
             to
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Cities
             ,
             which
             are
             as
             it
             were
             the
             circumference
             .
             It
             is
             a
             very
             ancient
             City
             ,
             as
             appears
             by
             the
             Burg
             ,
             built
             either
             by
             the
             Romans
             or
             Saxons
             ;
             
             whence
             many
             derive
             the
             word
             Leyden
             from
             Legio
             ,
             there
             being
             there
             a
             Roman
             Legion
             in
             quarters
             .
             The
             opinion
             of
             some
             is
             that
             it
             was
             built
             by
             an
             English
             man
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1050.
             
             Plutarch
             and
             Ptolomy
             mention
             it
             ;
             and
             Antonine
             calls
             it
             the
             Capital
             of
             the
             Germans
             .
          
           
             The
             Burg-graves
             of
             Leyden
             have
             taken
             their
             name
             from
             this
             Burg
             ,
             which
             is
             round
             and
             high
             ,
             and
             from
             it
             one
             may
             discover
             all
             the
             adjacent
             Meadows
             ,
             the
             sandy
             Downs
             ,
             and
             the
             Sea
             of
             Harlem
             .
             The
             ascent
             to
             it
             is
             by
             steps
             ,
             and
             round
             about
             it
             as
             well
             as
             within
             are
             Fruit-Trees
             in
             abundance
             .
             It
             has
             about
             a
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             foot
             in
             compass
             ;
             and
             within
             these
             few
             years
             there
             has
             been
             bred
             up
             Hedges
             all
             trimm'd
             ,
             and
             cut
             into
             Labyrinths
             ,
             which
             in
             a
             short
             time
             will
             make
             it
             a
             very
             recreative
             place
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1121.
             the
             great
             Church
             was
             consecrated
             to
             St.
             Peter
             ;
             't
             is
             one
             of
             the
             finest
             Churches
             in
             Holland
             ,
             having
             three
             ranks
             of
             Pillars
             on
             each
             side
             without
             the
             Quire.
             It
             is
             said
             that
             there
             was
             a
             high
             Tower
             ,
             which
             serv'd
             as
             a
             
             Light-House
             to
             those
             that
             were
             at
             Sea
             ,
             and
             pass'd
             before
             Catvic
             ,
             but
             it
             fell
             down
             in
             the
             year
             1509.
             
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1344.
             the
             Church
             dedicated
             to
             St.
             Pancratius
             ,
             was
             bless'd
             ;
             it
             is
             a
             stately
             Building
             ,
             so
             much
             of
             it
             as
             is
             done
             .
             It
             is
             now
             the
             Church
             of
             the
             French
             and
             Walloons
             ;
             the
             great
             Scaliger
             lyes
             buried
             in
             it
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1573.
             the
             Spaniards
             having
             taken
             Harlem
             after
             a
             long
             and
             tedious
             siege
             ,
             went
             and
             sate
             down
             before
             Alcmaer
             ;
             but
             being
             forc'd
             to
             raise
             the
             siege
             of
             that
             place
             ,
             they
             came
             before
             Leyden
             ;
             but
             hearing
             of
             Count
             
               Frederick
               de
               Nassaw
            
             his
             coming
             ,
             they
             retir'd
             .
             A
             little
             after
             having
             recruited
             their
             Army
             ,
             they
             came
             again
             under
             the
             conduct
             of
             their
             Generall
             Baldese
             ,
             who
             judging
             that
             it
             would
             be
             a
             hard
             matter
             to
             take
             the
             Town
             by
             force
             ,
             resolv'd
             to
             starve
             them
             to
             a
             surrender
             .
             The
             Inhabitants
             endur'd
             all
             the
             extremities
             of
             famine
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             the
             banks
             that
             kept
             in
             the
             Rivers
             Meuse
             and
             Issel
             ,
             being
             broke
             on
             purpose
             by
             the
             Hollanders
             ,
             the
             Spaniards
             were
             forced
             to
             forsake
             their
             Trenches
             .
             The
             first
             relief
             came
             
             into
             the
             Town
             the
             third
             of
             October
             ,
             which
             is
             still
             made
             an
             anniversary
             day
             of
             Thanksgiving
             .
             Every
             year
             there
             is
             a
             Play
             made
             in
             representation
             of
             this
             siege
             ,
             which
             draws
             great
             numbers
             of
             people
             to
             see
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             money
             gather'd
             is
             given
             to
             poor
             Orphans
             .
             In
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             famine
             a
             troop
             of
             Citizens
             being
             come
             to
             the
             door
             of
             one
             
               Peter
               Adrian
               de
               Verf
            
             ,
             cried
             out
             aloud
             ,
             that
             they
             must
             either
             surrender
             ,
             or
             perish
             with
             hunger
             ;
             but
             he
             answer'd
             them
             with
             an
             immortall
             constancy
             ,
             
               Friends
               ,
               kill
               me
               if
               you
               will
               ,
               and
               divide
               me
               between
               you
               ;
               for
               it
               is
               the
               same
               thing
               to
               me
               to
               die
               by
               your
               hands
               ,
               or
               by
               the
               hands
               of
               my
               enemies
               .
            
             They
             made
             Paper-money
             ,
             with
             this
             Inscription
             ,
             
               H●c
               libertatis
               ergo
               pugno
               pro
               patria
               ,
            
             &c.
             which
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             We
             endure
             all
             these
             miseries
             for
             our
             liberty
             and
             our
             Countrey
             .
             I
             will
             adde
             ,
             that
             as
             Leyden
             has
             been
             the
             second
             Town
             that
             sustain'd
             valiantly
             the
             Spaniards
             attacks
             ,
             so
             the
             Sas
             of
             Gand
             was
             the
             last
             place
             but
             one
             which
             fell
             into
             the
             States
             hands
             ,
             and
             that
             by
             the
             fault
             of
             the
             Governor
             ,
             who
             was
             not
             able
             to
             make
             use
             of
             his
             Sluces
             ,
             against
             those
             who
             by
             
             water
             had
             driven
             the
             Spaniards
             from
             their
             Walls
             .
          
           
             A
             year
             after
             this
             painfull
             siege
             ,
             was
             establish'd
             the
             famous
             University
             of
             Leyden
             ,
             to
             recompence
             the
             Inhabitants
             for
             their
             constant
             sufferings
             .
             But
             many
             other
             reasons
             might
             invite
             the
             States
             to
             choose
             this
             Town
             before
             any
             other
             ;
             for
             it
             is
             neat
             ,
             finely
             built
             ,
             delicate
             Walks
             ,
             and
             a
             pleasant
             Countrey
             about
             the
             Town
             ,
             the
             Sea
             near
             it
             .
             The
             University
             was
             inaugurated
             the
             eighth
             of
             February
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1574.
             and
             every
             year
             upon
             the
             same
             day
             is
             declar'd
             Rector
             ,
             he
             whom
             his
             Highness
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             is
             pleas'd
             to
             choose
             ,
             out
             of
             three
             that
             are
             nam'd
             to
             him
             .
          
           
             Here
             has
             alwayes
             been
             very
             famous
             professors
             in
             all
             faculties
             ;
             but
             particularly
             the
             Civil
             Law
             and
             Physick
             have
             alwayes
             flourished
             ,
             by
             the
             particular
             care
             of
             his
             Highness
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             .
             The
             great
             Scaliger
             ,
             and
             the
             incomparable
             Salmazius
             ,
             have
             been
             as
             the
             two
             great
             Lights
             among
             the
             other
             Stars
             of
             this
             learn'd
             Firmament
             .
             There
             are
             besides
             Lectures
             of
             Divinity
             ,
             Mathematicks
             ;
             
             in
             all
             which
             the
             professors
             do
             excell
             ,
             as
             being
             chosen
             with
             care
             ,
             and
             well
             recompenc'd
             for
             their
             labours
             .
             When
             any
             one
             dies
             ,
             the
             three
             Curators
             provide
             another
             of
             the
             same
             faculty
             ;
             so
             the
             University
             is
             alwayes
             supplied
             .
          
           
             Those
             Students
             that
             are
             written
             in
             the
             University-Book
             do
             enjoy
             great
             priviledges
             .
             They
             that
             are
             above
             twenty
             year
             old
             ,
             may
             have
             fourscore
             quarts
             of
             Wine
             in
             a
             year
             ,
             which
             pay
             no
             excise
             ,
             and
             half
             a
             barrell
             of
             Beer
             every
             moneth
             free
             likewise
             .
             They
             give
             a
             groat
             to
             the
             Servants
             of
             the
             University
             every
             quarter
             .
          
           
             The
             Rector
             or
             Chancellor
             has
             his
             Counsellors
             ,
             before
             whom
             are
             brought
             all
             quarrels
             ,
             and
             they
             endeavour
             to
             make
             the
             parties
             agree
             ;
             if
             they
             will
             not
             ,
             then
             they
             may
             go
             to
             a
             triall
             before
             the
             University
             -
             Counsell
             ,
             where
             the
             Rector
             presides
             ,
             and
             decides
             without
             appeal
             in
             civil
             matters
             .
             If
             any
             of
             the
             Students
             have
             committed
             a
             crime
             that
             deserves
             death
             or
             otherwise
             ,
             the
             Officers
             of
             justice
             cannot
             take
             him
             before
             they
             have
             the
             Rectors
             consent
             ;
             and
             then
             too
             
             they
             may
             not
             carry
             him
             to
             a
             loathsome
             prison
             ,
             but
             into
             the
             Town-House
             Hall.
             
          
           
             Duels
             are
             severely
             prohibited
             ,
             ever
             since
             a
             Danish
             Student
             was
             kill'd
             in
             one
             .
             Besides
             they
             are
             forbid
             to
             commit
             any
             riot
             in
             the
             night
             time
             ,
             or
             break
             the
             Citizens
             Windows
             ,
             under
             pain
             of
             a
             considerable
             Fine
             ,
             and
             often
             of
             being
             bannish'd
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             a
             Watch
             goes
             on
             purpose
             to
             hinder
             such
             disorders
             ,
             which
             takes
             away
             Scholars
             Swords
             if
             they
             be
             insolent
             ,
             and
             carries
             them
             to
             prison
             ,
             where
             next
             day
             they
             are
             produc'd
             before
             the
             University
             -
             Counsell
             .
             There
             are
             also
             as
             good
             Masters
             for
             all
             Exercises
             ,
             as
             Riding
             ,
             Dancing
             ,
             &c.
             as
             any
             where
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Italian
               ,
               French
            
             ,
             and
             Spanish
             Tongues
             are
             taught
             excellently
             well
             .
             Here
             are
             Students
             of
             all
             Nations
             of
             Europe
             ,
             most
             of
             them
             Gentlemen
             of
             good
             Families
             ;
             and
             often
             Princes
             ,
             and
             great
             Lords
             Sons
             ,
             have
             been
             seen
             to
             come
             hither
             for
             their
             education
             .
             They
             all
             have
             a
             dependance
             upon
             the
             Rector
             ;
             and
             to
             this
             day
             never
             any
             Member
             of
             the
             University
             was
             put
             to
             death
             ,
             except
             a
             
             servant
             to
             a
             Prince
             ,
             who
             confess'd
             himself
             to
             be
             the
             author
             of
             a
             murder
             that
             had
             been
             committed
             .
          
           
             The
             University
             has
             Schools
             for
             the
             different
             Lectures
             ;
             and
             on
             the
             North-side
             of
             the
             great
             Court
             ,
             is
             the
             famous
             Printing
             Press
             of
             
               John
               Elzevier
            
             ,
             so
             well
             known
             for
             his
             fair
             Characters
             .
             It
             is
             placed
             upon
             the
             Rapembourg
             ,
             the
             fairest
             Street
             of
             all
             the
             Town
             ;
             for
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             it
             runs
             a
             large
             Channell
             ,
             and
             of
             each
             side
             is
             a
             rowe
             of
             tall
             Trees
             from
             one
             end
             to
             the
             other
             .
             The
             Pavy
             has
             a
             little
             fall
             towards
             the
             Channell
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             can
             never
             be
             dirty
             let
             there
             fall
             never
             so
             much
             rain
             .
             There
             are
             five
             fair
             Bridges
             over
             this
             Channell
             ,
             and
             abundance
             of
             delicate
             Houses
             on
             each
             side
             .
             'T
             is
             not
             only
             this
             Street
             that
             is
             thus
             shaded
             ,
             but
             all
             the
             Town
             ;
             so
             that
             he
             was
             in
             the
             right
             that
             desir'd
             to
             know
             ,
             whether
             
               Leyden
               was
               in
               a
               Wood
               ,
               or
               a
               Wood
               in
            
             Leyden
             .
             We
             should
             never
             have
             done
             if
             I
             would
             particularize
             all
             the
             singularities
             of
             Leyden
             :
             the
             great
             and
             most
             frequented
             Street
             begins
             at
             the
             Gate
             of
             the
             Hague
             ,
             and
             ends
             at
             Utrect
             Gate
             ;
             it
             is
             the
             broadest
             and
             highest
             
             Street
             of
             the
             Town
             .
             The
             most
             considerable
             next
             is
             Harlem
             Street
             ,
             which
             has
             a
             Channell
             call'd
             the
             old
             Rhene
             ,
             into
             which
             all
             the
             other
             Channels
             do
             fa●l
             ,
             and
             which
             ends
             it self
             at
             Catvic
             .
             It
             is
             adorn'd
             with
             four
             stone
             Bridges
             ,
             one
             of
             which
             is
             the
             largest
             and
             fairest
             of
             all
             the
             Town
             :
             it
             is
             call'd
             the
             Corn-Bridge
             ,
             because
             that
             on
             every
             Market-day
             the
             Countrey
             people
             take
             up
             their
             stations
             upon
             it
             with
             their
             Corn.
             There
             is
             another
             likewise
             call'd
             the
             Fish-Bridge
             ,
             because
             the
             Fishermen
             do
             there
             expose
             their
             Sea-Fish
             to
             sale
             .
             The
             best
             Fish
             comes
             from
             Catvic
             ;
             that
             of
             Maeslantsluys
             is
             not
             valued
             ,
             as
             being
             ordinarily
             stale
             .
          
           
             If
             this
             City
             had
             but
             running
             Water
             ,
             a
             great
             Market-place
             ,
             and
             some
             fountains
             of
             clear
             Water
             for
             drink
             ,
             it
             would
             be
             the
             pleasantest
             in
             all
             Europe
             ;
             but
             nothing
             can
             be
             
               ex
               omni
               parte
               beatum
            
             ,
             accomplish'd
             in
             all
             points
             .
             There
             has
             been
             lately
             built
             a
             Church
             in
             a
             circular
             figure
             ,
             admir'd
             by
             all
             Strangers
             for
             its
             incomparable
             Architecture
             both
             within
             and
             without
             .
             The
             first
             Sermon
             was
             preach'd
             in
             it
             some
             weeks
             before
             Easter
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1650.
             
          
           
           
             The
             Town
             is
             so
             populous
             ,
             by
             reason
             that
             poor
             people
             of
             the
             neighbouring
             Countries
             do
             seek
             a
             refuge
             here
             in
             time
             of
             War
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             a
             hard
             matter
             to
             get
             a
             Chamber
             in
             the
             new
             Town
             .
             Here
             is
             the
             great
             manufacture
             of
             that
             excellent
             Cloths
             which
             are
             transported
             all
             the
             world
             over
             ;
             they
             cannot
             make
             any
             such
             any
             where
             else
             .
             The
             fine
             Wool
             comes
             from
             Spain
             ,
             and
             the
             course
             from
             England
             ,
             and
             Pom●rania
             .
             All
             sorts
             of
             Nations
             work
             in
             the
             manufacture
             ,
             where
             many
             other
             Stuffs
             are
             made
             .
          
           
             In
             Summer
             during
             the
             hot
             weather
             ,
             these
             Channels
             do
             send
             forth
             a
             noysome
             smell
             ,
             particularly
             when
             the
             weather
             inclines
             to
             rain
             ;
             the
             reason
             of
             it
             is
             ,
             the
             drying
             up
             of
             the
             Lake
             of
             Soetermeer
             ,
             which
             did
             use
             to
             cleanse
             the
             Town
             by
             flowing
             into
             it
             .
             To
             prevent
             this
             ,
             the
             Magistrates
             have
             caus'd
             two
             large
             Channels
             to
             be
             made
             ,
             and
             two
             Mills
             to
             be
             set
             upon
             them
             ,
             to
             drive
             the
             Water
             into
             the
             Town
             at
             one
             end
             ,
             and
             two
             other
             that
             drive
             or
             carry
             it
             out
             at
             the
             other
             end
             ;
             so
             that
             by
             this
             invention
             the
             City
             is
             free'd
             from
             that
             noysom
             and
             infectious
             smell
             ,
             though
             often
             it
             fail
             too
             
             in
             the
             great
             heat
             of
             Summer
             ,
             when
             there
             is
             a
             great
             calm
             ,
             and
             no
             winde
             stirring
             .
          
           
             We
             must
             not
             omit
             to
             speak
             of
             the
             Anatomy-House
             ;
             it
             being
             the
             place
             that
             ought
             most
             to
             attract
             Strangers
             eyes
             ,
             for
             the
             singular
             curiosities
             that
             are
             in
             it
             .
             There
             you
             shall
             see
             Egyptian
             Mummiaes
             ,
             Pagan
             Idols
             ,
             Birds
             and
             Beasts
             brought
             from
             China
             ,
             and
             remoter
             places
             ,
             whole
             Skeletons
             ,
             and
             an
             infinite
             number
             of
             other
             things
             ,
             which
             cannot
             be
             here
             set
             down
             ,
             no
             more
             than
             viewed
             ,
             in
             a
             short
             time
             .
             In
             the
             forepart
             of
             this
             Church
             ,
             above
             the
             Fencing-School
             that
             was
             ,
             and
             is
             now
             the
             English
             Church
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             fine
             Library
             full
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             Books
             in
             all
             Tongues
             ;
             besides
             the
             Legacy
             of
             great
             Scaliger
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             number
             of
             Hebrew
             Books
             ;
             all
             the
             Manuscripts
             of
             the
             Library
             of
             
               Bonaventure
               ,
               Vulcan
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Books
             that
             Golias
             brought
             out
             of
             the
             Levant
             .
             There
             are
             other
             private
             Libraries
             ,
             which
             the
             civility
             of
             the
             owners
             makes
             publick
             :
             and
             it
             is
             not
             only
             the
             Professors
             ,
             but
             even
             the
             Citizens
             that
             are
             curious
             in
             Libraries
             ;
             insomuch
             that
             if
             Authors
             
             were
             lost
             else-where
             ,
             they
             would
             soon
             be
             restor'd
             by
             the
             Hollanders
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             often
             Libraries
             publickly
             sold
             to
             them
             that
             give
             most
             for
             them
             ;
             and
             this
             way
             of
             exposing
             all
             sorts
             of
             Goods
             to
             publick
             sale
             ,
             is
             very
             ordinary
             in
             Holland
             ,
             and
             they
             that
             buy
             them
             have
             credit
             for
             some
             moneths
             .
          
           
             The
             City
             has
             eight
             Gates
             all
             new
             ,
             with
             their
             Bridges
             .
             The
             Galleries
             beyond
             the
             Town-Ditch
             are
             set
             with
             Trees
             ,
             having
             on
             one
             side
             the
             Rampart
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             other
             are
             the
             Gardens
             and
             Meadows
             near
             the
             Town
             .
          
           
             The
             City
             was
             very
             un-inhabited
             for
             a
             great
             while
             after
             the
             siege
             ;
             the
             Grass
             did
             grow
             in
             the
             Streets
             ,
             and
             most
             of
             the
             Houses
             were
             thatch'd
             :
             but
             now
             they
             are
             all
             cover'd
             with
             Tile
             ,
             or
             blew
             Slate
             ;
             and
             since
             the
             year
             1636.
             this
             Town
             is
             embelish'd
             ,
             and
             grown
             better
             by
             half
             in
             half
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             an
             Hospitall
             for
             poor
             Passengers
             ,
             and
             decayed
             old
             people
             ;
             as
             also
             a
             Bedlam
             or
             place
             for
             mad
             folks
             ;
             all
             being
             very
             neatly
             kept
             ,
             and
             the
             sick
             well
             serv'd
             .
             The
             Orphans
             Hospitall
             
             is
             a
             noble
             Building
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             great
             extent
             .
             In
             it
             are
             ordinarily
             about
             500.
             
             Children
             ,
             who
             are
             taught
             to
             read
             and
             write
             ,
             and
             bound
             Apprentices
             as
             they
             grow
             up
             .
             Besides
             this
             ,
             there
             are
             great
             numbers
             of
             Alms-Houses
             for
             poor
             people
             ;
             they
             call
             them
             Hoffies
             in
             Dutch
             :
             the
             fairest
             of
             these
             is
             the
             Papegraft
             .
          
           
             The
             care
             that
             is
             taken
             in
             Holland
             of
             such
             Families
             as
             cannot
             get
             their
             living
             ,
             is
             very
             remarkable
             ,
             and
             deserves
             praise
             .
             In
             the
             Winter
             time
             there
             are
             deliver'd
             to
             them
             at
             the
             publick
             charge
             ,
             so
             many
             Blankets
             ,
             Sheets
             ,
             so
             much
             Bread
             ,
             &c.
             to
             keep
             them
             from
             dying
             either
             by
             cold
             or
             hunger
             .
             They
             that
             are
             either
             over-burdened
             with
             Children
             ,
             or
             otherwise
             undone
             by
             any
             accident
             ,
             go
             to
             the
             Masters
             of
             the
             poor
             ,
             and
             receive
             relief
             according
             to
             their
             necessities
             .
             But
             this
             charity
             is
             not
             extended
             to
             the
             poor
             Catholicks
             ,
             though
             the
             gatherings
             be
             made
             generally
             ,
             and
             from
             all
             Religions
             .
             The
             number
             of
             those
             that
             have
             a
             share
             in
             this
             charity
             mounts
             ordinarily
             to
             above
             20000.
             in
             this
             City
             .
          
           
           
             Every
             quarter
             the
             Magistrate
             goes
             through
             the
             Town
             ,
             having
             before-hand
             given
             notice
             to
             the
             Citizens
             ,
             and
             makes
             a
             collection
             of
             what
             every
             one
             is
             pleas'd
             to
             bestow
             .
             And
             thus
             all
             the
             poor
             are
             so
             supplied
             ,
             that
             in
             any
             extremity
             they
             cannot
             want
             Bread
             ,
             and
             so
             cannot
             from
             their
             necessity
             take
             an
             occasion
             of
             rising
             .
             This
             is
             practis'd
             through
             all
             Holland
             ;
             but
             no
             where
             so
             exactly
             as
             at
             Leyden
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1629.
             the
             King
             of
             Swedeland
             having
             landed
             an
             Army
             in
             Borussia
             ,
             stopt
             all
             the
             Rivers
             ,
             and
             hindred
             the
             coming
             of
             Corn
             from
             Poland
             ;
             whereupon
             Bread
             grew
             so
             dear
             of
             a
             sudden
             ,
             that
             the
             common
             people
             not
             being
             able
             to
             go
             to
             the
             price
             ,
             began
             to
             mutiny
             ,
             and
             some
             of
             them
             broke
             in
             upon
             a
             Baker
             .
             But
             immediately
             the
             Citizens
             appearing
             in
             Arms
             ,
             dissipated
             this
             tumultuous
             rabble
             ,
             and
             having
             whipt
             two
             or
             three
             of
             them
             ,
             made
             the
             rest
             go
             quietly
             home
             .
             Then
             the
             Magistrates
             gave
             out
             Rye
             to
             the
             Bakers
             ,
             to
             distribute
             to
             such
             poor
             as
             should
             bring
             such
             a
             mark
             in
             testimony
             of
             their
             poverty
             .
          
           
           
             Every
             year
             in
             April
             the
             Magistrates
             go
             through
             all
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             every
             one
             must
             set
             forth
             before
             his
             door
             his
             Fire-Ladder
             ,
             Buckets
             ,
             and
             Sayl
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             that
             if
             Fire
             should
             happen
             any
             where
             ,
             it
             might
             be
             readily
             extinguish'd
             .
             This
             is
             a
             very
             laudable
             custome
             ,
             and
             observ'd
             over
             all
             Holland
             .
             All
             night
             long
             in
             Winter
             ,
             from
             nine
             of
             the
             clock
             to
             four
             in
             the
             morning
             ,
             there
             are
             men
             that
             go
             through
             every
             Street
             with
             a
             Bell
             ,
             singing
             the
             hours
             and
             half-hours
             .
             They
             are
             bound
             to
             convey
             to
             their
             Lodgings
             all
             drunken
             people
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             have
             lost
             their
             way
             .
             They
             take
             care
             against
             Fires
             ;
             give
             warning
             to
             those
             that
             have
             not
             shut
             their
             doors
             .
          
           
             In
             Summer
             they
             begin
             at
             ten
             of
             the
             clock
             ,
             and
             retire
             at
             four
             in
             the
             morning
             .
             They
             that
             set
             upon
             them
             or
             affront
             them
             ,
             are
             severely
             punish'd
             ;
             as
             was
             seen
             lately
             at
             the
             Hague
             ,
             where
             a
             great
             Lord
             having
             in
             drink
             kill'd
             one
             of
             them
             ,
             was
             notwithstanding
             all
             powerfull
             intercessions
             ,
             beheaded
             ,
             to
             be
             an
             example
             to
             every
             one
             else
             .
          
           
             The
             Magistrates
             that
             administer
             justice
             are
             chosen
             out
             of
             the
             forty
             Notables
             ,
             
             all
             Protestants
             ,
             and
             rich
             Citizens
             .
             Out
             of
             these
             are
             chosen
             every
             year
             four
             Bourgemasters
             at
             St.
             Martins
             Feast
             in
             November
             ,
             and
             seven
             Aldermen
             on
             St.
             James
             day
             in
             July
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             besides
             another
             Assembly
             ,
             call'd
             the
             
               Masters
               of
               the
               Pupils
               and
               Orphans
            
             ;
             before
             whom
             such
             Men
             or
             Women
             that
             have
             Children
             ,
             but
             desire
             to
             marry
             again
             ,
             must
             appear
             ,
             and
             take
             their
             Oath
             that
             they
             have
             conceal'd
             no
             part
             of
             their
             Estate
             ,
             but
             that
             their
             Inventory
             is
             good
             and
             true
             ;
             and
             then
             the
             Parents
             are
             bound
             to
             breed
             them
             according
             to
             their
             quality
             ,
             and
             to
             assign
             them
             a
             summe
             of
             Money
             upon
             an
             immoveable
             ,
             proportionable
             to
             the
             principall
             .
          
           
             The
             Towns
             has
             besides
             ,
             its
             Overseers
             and
             Surveyors
             for
             Building
             ;
             that
             when
             any
             thing
             ,
             as
             Bridges
             or
             Gates
             ,
             &c.
             requires
             repair
             ,
             it
             may
             be
             speedily
             done
             .
          
           
             Every
             year
             there
             are
             two
             great
             Fairs
             at
             Leyden
             ,
             during
             which
             time
             no
             man
             can
             be
             arrested
             for
             Debt
             .
             The
             chiefest
             is
             held
             on
             Ascension
             day
             ,
             and
             lasts
             eight
             dayes
             .
             Upon
             the
             Monday
             the
             Citizens
             
             meet
             in
             the
             Dozles
             ,
             a
             place
             full
             of
             Trees
             ,
             where
             every
             one
             may
             exercise
             in
             shooting
             with
             Cross-bowes
             ,
             and
             Bowes
             and
             Arrows
             .
             It
             is
             a
             very
             pleasant
             place
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             shady
             Walks
             ,
             and
             of
             two
             good
             Taverns
             that
             are
             in
             it
             ;
             in
             the
             Windows
             of
             one
             of
             which
             are
             represented
             all
             the
             Earls
             of
             Holland
             ,
             down
             to
             Philip
             King
             of
             Spain
             .
             In
             most
             of
             the
             Towns
             of
             Holland
             there
             are
             of
             these
             Dozles
             ,
             which
             shews
             the
             warlike
             temper
             of
             these
             Nations
             ,
             so
             far
             as
             to
             be
             able
             to
             preserve
             their
             liberties
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             place
             the
             six
             Companies
             of
             Citizens
             ,
             which
             make
             near
             2000
             men
             ,
             do
             use
             to
             train
             .
             The
             most
             ancient
             Captain
             has
             the
             Van.
             They
             appear
             with
             great
             glory
             ,
             and
             perform
             their
             Exercises
             very
             well
             .
          
           
             The
             other
             Fair
             is
             that
             which
             us'd
             to
             be
             held
             in
             memory
             of
             the
             deliverance
             of
             Leyden
             ,
             and
             was
             wont
             to
             last
             ten
             dayes
             ;
             but
             it
             is
             now
             put
             down
             ,
             and
             the
             Story
             only
             represented
             in
             a
             Tragedie
             ,
             to
             which
             there
             is
             great
             flocking
             .
          
           
             Now
             let
             us
             say
             something
             about
             their
             way
             of
             selling
             Houses
             ,
             Gardens
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
           
             'T
             is
             ordinarily
             about
             the
             end
             of
             November
             till
             February
             ,
             that
             Houses
             are
             to
             be
             sold.
             There
             is
             a
             note
             set
             up
             declaring
             the
             situation
             of
             the
             House
             ,
             the
             Owner
             ,
             the
             Neighbours
             ,
             the
             name
             of
             him
             that
             lives
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             his
             Trade
             ;
             and
             lastly
             ,
             the
             House
             where
             the
             Bargain
             is
             to
             be
             driven
             on
             a
             set
             day
             .
             The
             day
             being
             come
             ,
             all
             those
             that
             have
             a
             mind
             to
             it
             come
             to
             the
             House
             appointed
             ,
             which
             is
             ordinarily
             a
             Tavern
             .
             And
             thus
             the
             business
             is
             managed
             :
          
           
             An
             Attorney
             with
             a
             Cryer
             goes
             through
             all
             the
             Chambers
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             Company
             ,
             reads
             the
             Conditions
             upon
             which
             it
             is
             to
             be
             sold
             ,
             and
             declares
             whether
             there
             be
             any
             Rent
             charg'd
             upon
             it
             or
             no.
             The
             Cryer
             asks
             them
             if
             they
             have
             all
             heard
             ,
             and
             observ'd
             well
             what
             has
             been
             read
             ,
             and
             who
             amongst
             them
             will
             se●●
             a
             price
             upon
             the
             House
             .
             For
             example
             ,
             a
             House
             shall
             be
             worth
             600.
             pound
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             first
             Chamber
             there
             will
             be
             offer'd
             320.
             then
             the
             Cryer
             goes
             to
             the
             second
             Chamber
             ,
             and
             tells
             them
             that
             the
             House
             has
             been
             already
             valued
             at
             320.
             thereupon
             it
             may
             be
             some
             body
             offers
             20.
             more
             .
             Then
             
             he
             goes
             to
             the
             third
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             all
             ;
             and
             it
             may
             be
             the
             House
             is
             rais'd
             to
             400.
             pounds
             .
             Then
             he
             comes
             back
             to
             the
             first
             ,
             and
             tells
             them
             ,
             Gentlemen
             ,
             the
             House
             is
             valued
             at
             400.
             then
             it
             may
             be
             some
             body
             addes
             20.
             more
             .
             The
             Cryer
             goes
             back
             to
             all
             the
             Chambers
             ,
             and
             if
             no
             body
             offer
             more
             ,
             he
             goes
             to
             the
             seller
             ,
             and
             tells
             him
             what
             is
             offer'd
             for
             his
             House
             ;
             if
             ●he
             does
             not
             like
             the
             price
             ,
             he
             bids
             the
             Cryer
             〈◊〉
             ,
             that
             if
             there
             be
             any
             body
             that
             will
             speak
             to
             the
             seller
             ,
             he
             may
             come
             to
             him
             .
             And
             if
             he
             be
             very
             desirous
             to
             be
             rid
             of
             his
             House
             ,
             then
             he
             sends
             a
             Duccatoon
             or
             two
             ,
             with
             this
             condition
             ,
             that
             he
             that
             will
             raise
             50.
             pound
             in
             the
             price
             ,
             shall
             have
             the
             money
             .
             The
             Cryer
             goes
             back
             and
             tells
             the
             company
             ;
             then
             he
             that
             sayes
             first
             
               (
               to
               me
            
             )
             has
             the
             money
             .
             Then
             the
             Cryer
             goes
             back
             ,
             and
             his
             Master
             gives
             him
             more
             money
             :
             for
             example
             ,
             if
             the
             first
             were
             two
             Duccatoons
             for
             50.
             pounds
             ,
             the
             second
             money
             shall
             be
             two
             Duccatoons
             ,
             and
             two
             Angels
             in
             gold
             ,
             for
             him
             that
             shall
             bid
             30.
             pound
             more
             .
             If
             that
             be
             taken
             ,
             then
             he
             brings
             a
             greater
             summe
             still
             ,
             till
             there
             be
             no
             body
             
             left
             that
             will
             take
             any
             more
             money
             ;
             and
             all
             those
             that
             do
             take
             any
             are
             oblig'd
             to
             declare
             their
             names
             .
             This
             being
             done
             ,
             it
             may
             be
             does
             not
             yet
             make
             up
             above
             500.
             pound
             ;
             then
             the
             Cryer
             tells
             them
             ,
             Gentlemen
             ,
             my
             Master
             would
             fain
             make
             600.
             pound
             of
             his
             House
             .
             I
             will
             bate
             the
             other
             100.
             pound
             by
             degrees
             ;
             then
             he
             begins
             ,
             90.
             80.
             70.
             60.
             50.
             40.
             30.
             20.
             10.
             till
             there
             be
             some
             body
             that
             speaks
             ;
             and
             then
             the
             House
             is
             sold
             for
             500.
             pound
             ,
             and
             so
             much
             odd
             money
             as
             hath
             been
             taken
             .
             If
             he
             bate
             all
             ,
             and
             no
             body
             speak
             ,
             then
             he
             that
             took
             the
             last
             money
             is
             the
             buyer
             ,
             and
             must
             give
             in
             security
             the
             same
             night
             .
             If
             it
             happen
             that
             some
             body
             has
             drawn
             money
             ,
             under
             hopes
             of
             being
             out-bid
             ,
             with
             intention
             to
             keep
             the
             money
             ,
             if
             unluckily
             for
             him
             no
             body
             does
             out-bid
             him
             ,
             he
             must
             take
             the
             House
             ;
             if
             he
             can
             give
             no
             security
             ,
             he
             is
             carried
             to
             prison
             ,
             and
             publickly
             whipt
             ,
             to
             give
             example
             to
             the
             rest
             .
             The
             House
             thus
             sold
             ,
             and
             security
             given
             ,
             the
             buyer
             is
             to
             pay
             all
             the
             charges
             ,
             which
             come
             to
             10.
             pounds
             at
             least
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             that
             have
             been
             there
             ,
             are
             scot-free
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Gardens
             and
             Tombs
             are
             sold
             ordinarily
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             ;
             the
             money
             to
             be
             laid
             down
             in
             three
             payments
             ,
             and
             of
             every
             40.
             
             Crowns
             ,
             the
             City
             is
             to
             have
             one
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             great
             revenue
             to
             it
             .
             Thus
             I
             have
             describ'd
             at
             length
             the
             way
             of
             selling
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             almost
             the
             same
             thing
             in
             all
             the
             other
             Towns
             of
             Holland
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1635.
             and
             36.
             it
             pleas'd
             God
             to
             visit
             Holland
             ,
             and
             particularly
             Leyden
             ,
             with
             a
             great
             Plague
             ,
             insomuch
             that
             the
             Church-yards
             could
             not
             hold
             the
             dead
             ,
             but
             the
             Bastions
             were
             taken
             to
             bury
             them
             in
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             same
             time
             ,
             or
             a
             little
             after
             ,
             the
             Plague
             being
             somewhat
             over
             ,
             War
             was
             proclaim'd
             between
             the
             two
             Crowns
             of
             France
             and
             Spain
             ,
             that
             made
             many
             people
             who
             before
             liv'd
             upon
             the
             Frontiers
             ,
             come
             and
             seek
             refuge
             at
             Leyden
             ;
             they
             fill'd
             up
             the
             empty
             Houses
             .
             Seven
             years
             after
             by
             the
             command
             of
             the
             Magistrates
             ,
             the
             Church-yards
             were
             levell'd
             ,
             the
             dead
             bones
             transported
             else-where
             ,
             and
             Trees
             planted
             ,
             which
             now
             do
             begin
             to
             grow
             .
          
           
           
             There
             are
             many
             other
             particularities
             ;
             as
             the
             Prison
             where
             the
             Count
             William
             was
             born
             .
             The
             Count
             Florent
             was
             also
             born
             at
             Leyden
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             Chamber
             of
             the
             Bourgemasters
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             Picture
             of
             Luke
             of
             Leyden's
             making
             ,
             which
             was
             so
             valued
             by
             the
             Emperor
             Rodolf
             ,
             that
             he
             offer'd
             to
             give
             as
             many
             pieces
             of
             gold
             for
             it
             ,
             as
             would
             cover
             it
             .
             It
             represents
             the
             day
             of
             Judgement
             .
          
           
             John
             of
             Leyden
             ,
             a
             Taylor
             ,
             was
             in
             the
             first
             change
             of
             the
             Roman
             Religion
             ,
             made
             King
             of
             the
             Anabaptists
             ;
             and
             having
             seized
             Munster
             ,
             he
             made
             himself
             be
             treated
             as
             a
             King
             ,
             wearing
             a
             Crown
             of
             gold
             ;
             and
             when
             he
             did
             go
             abroad
             ,
             had
             alwayes
             two
             Boyes
             before
             him
             ,
             one
             of
             which
             carried
             a
             Sword
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             the
             Bible
             .
             All
             that
             did
             not
             fall
             down
             and
             worship
             him
             were
             immediately
             condemned
             to
             die
             ,
             and
             executed
             .
             He
             kept
             14.
             
             Wives
             ,
             and
             caus'd
             one
             to
             be
             kill'd
             ,
             because
             she
             despis'd
             his
             inspirations
             .
             The
             Bishop
             laid
             siege
             to
             the
             place
             ,
             and
             John
             made
             the
             people
             endure
             as
             much
             as
             ever
             Saguntum
             or
             Jerusalem
             endur'd
             ,
             assuring
             them
             still
             of
             a
             
             sudden
             deliverance
             .
             But
             at
             last
             the
             Town
             was
             taken
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             with
             his
             accessaries
             taken
             and
             punish'd
             as
             they
             deserv'd
             .
             They
             keep
             yet
             at
             Leyden
             the
             Table
             upon
             which
             this
             Taylor
             did
             use
             to
             sit
             and
             work
             .
             May
             all
             those
             that
             disobey
             their
             Magistrates
             come
             to
             as
             bad
             an
             end
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VIII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Territory
               about
               Leyden
               .
            
          
           
             THe
             Territory
             about
             Leyden
             is
             call'd
             Rhinlant
             ,
             where
             is
             made
             the
             best
             Butter
             of
             all
             Holland
             .
             It
             is
             full
             of
             many
             fine
             Villages
             ,
             which
             for
             the
             nobleness
             of
             their
             Buildings
             might
             be
             reckoned
             small
             Towns.
             
          
           
             I
             will
             begin
             with
             Rinsbourg
             ,
             which
             was
             anciently
             a
             well
             fortified
             Town
             .
             About
             a
             league
             from
             it
             ,
             Petronella
             ,
             Sister
             to
             the
             Emperor
             Lotair
             ,
             founded
             an
             Abbey
             for
             Nuns
             of
             quality
             ;
             and
             by
             
             its
             ruines
             it
             ap
             〈…〉
             have
             been
             a
             fine
             structure
             .
             The
             〈…〉
             many
             ancient
             Epitaphs
             ;
             one
             I
             have
             seen
             of
             a
             Nun
             in
             the
             year
             1218.
             
             It
             did
             depend
             for
             the
             spirituall
             on
             the
             Bishoprick
             of
             Utrect
             ,
             and
             so
             did
             all
             Holland
             ,
             there
             being
             in
             it
             never
             a
             Bishops
             See
             ;
             but
             not
             for
             the
             temporall
             ,
             as
             some
             have
             writ
             .
             The
             Earls
             of
             Holland
             and
             their
             Ladies
             did
             use
             to
             be
             buried
             here
             .
          
           
             A
             league
             further
             is
             Nortvic
             ,
             within
             a
             mile
             of
             the
             Sea.
             Because
             of
             the
             pleasantness
             of
             the
             place
             many
             Gentlemen
             live
             in
             it
             .
             Valkenbourg
             next
             is
             a
             famous
             place
             for
             the
             Horse-Fair
             held
             there
             every
             moneth
             of
             September
             ;
             I
             have
             been
             told
             ,
             that
             before
             the
             War
             there
             did
             come
             to
             it
             Merchants
             from
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             .
             It
             is
             a
             very
             pleasant
             place
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             Catvic
             ,
             where
             live
             many
             rich
             men
             that
             live
             of
             their
             revenues
             .
             The
             Rhene
             did
             anciently
             enter
             the
             Sea
             here
             ;
             and
             there
             was
             a
             square
             Castle
             built
             at
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             River
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             now
             buried
             under
             water
             .
             We
             find
             it
             written
             ,
             that
             there
             were
             the
             Romans
             Magazines
             and
             Store-houses
             against
             the
             English.
             Of
             late
             when
             the
             
             Sea
             has
             been
             very
             〈◊〉
             ●y
             a
             constant
             South-wind
             ,
             the
             〈…〉
             ndations
             have
             been
             seen
             .
          
           
             In
             Summer
             the
             Scholars
             and
             Citizens
             go
             to
             wash
             there
             ,
             and
             eat
             fresh
             Fish
             ;
             as
             also
             to
             breathe
             the
             salt
             Air
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             which
             is
             held
             very
             wholesome
             .
             They
             that
             hire
             Horses
             may
             go
             all
             along
             the
             shore
             by
             the
             two
             Catvicks
             ,
             and
             Walckembourg
             ,
             and
             return
             by
             
               Nortvic
               ,
               Rinsbourg
            
             ,
             and
             
               Oestgeest
               .
               Wassenaer
            
             is
             situated
             just
             by
             the
             sandy
             Downs
             ;
             it
             did
             formerly
             belong
             to
             the
             Prince
             
               de
               Lime
            
             ,
             but
             now
             it
             belongs
             to
             the
             honourable
             Family
             of
             the
             Wassenaers
             .
          
           
             Warmout
             is
             a
             league
             and
             half
             from
             the
             Town
             on
             Harlem-side
             .
             By
             the
             way
             are
             two
             or
             three
             very
             fine
             Farms
             ;
             and
             particularly
             one
             near
             the
             Channell
             :
             when
             you
             have
             pass'd
             the
             Bridge
             ,
             you
             leave
             upon
             your
             right
             hand
             Lochorst
             ,
             and
             then
             you
             come
             into
             the
             most
             delicious
             Village
             in
             the
             world
             ;
             the
             Lord
             of
             it
             is
             Mr.
             
               James
               Wassenaer
            
             ,
             whose
             Father
             was
             Admiral
             ,
             and
             has
             eminently
             serv'd
             the
             publick
             in
             military
             and
             civil
             employments
             .
             The
             Arminians
             have
             a
             Church
             here
             ;
             the
             Church
             is
             on
             the
             
             out-side
             of
             the
             Village
             ;
             as
             also
             the
             Lords
             House
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             fair
             Castle
             ,
             with
             a
             Moat
             round
             about
             it
             .
          
           
             Oestgeest
             is
             a
             Village
             in
             the
             Sands
             ,
             which
             belongs
             to
             the
             Corporation
             of
             the
             City
             of
             Leyden
             .
             I
             my self
             have
             seen
             the
             Sand
             taken
             away
             three
             foot
             deep
             ,
             carried
             to
             the
             Town
             and
             there
             sold
             ;
             and
             an
             Acre
             of
             that
             ground
             which
             before
             was
             not
             worth
             20.
             pound
             ,
             made
             worth
             fourscore
             .
             Soutervoude
             is
             to
             the
             South
             ,
             at
             a
             leagues
             distance
             from
             the
             Town
             ;
             the
             way
             to
             it
             lies
             through
             Lam
             ,
             leaving
             on
             your
             left
             hand
             the
             Castle
             of
             Cronestien
             ,
             a
             fine
             House
             ,
             and
             Gardens
             .
             This
             Village
             is
             little
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             in
             a
             fine
             Soil
             ,
             and
             has
             the
             best
             pasture
             grounds
             about
             Leyden
             .
          
           
             The
             Magistrates
             have
             bought
             the
             Lordship
             of
             it
             ;
             as
             also
             that
             of
             Leyderdorp
             ,
             a
             Village
             that
             has
             more
             Palaces
             than
             Countrey
             peoples
             Houses
             .
             'T
             is
             here
             where
             we
             must
             admire
             the
             magnificence
             of
             the
             Citizens
             ;
             for
             one
             would
             think
             that
             there
             were
             an
             emulation
             between
             them
             ,
             who
             should
             shew
             most
             marks
             of
             riches
             by
             their
             expences
             .
             It
             is
             built
             on
             both
             sides
             the
             Rhene
             ,
             that
             
             goes
             through
             it
             ;
             and
             behinde
             the
             Houses
             in
             the
             Meadows
             is
             a
             Church
             ,
             behinde
             which
             there
             was
             formerly
             a
             Monasterie
             .
             Between
             Leyden
             and
             Ferrie
             there
             was
             another
             Nunnerie
             ,
             which
             was
             built
             upon
             a
             clayish
             ground
             ,
             out
             of
             which
             Bricks
             are
             made
             now
             .
             In
             the
             year
             1616.
             the
             Work-men
             found
             in
             digging
             two
             Meddals
             of
             gold
             ,
             representing
             the
             Emperor
             Nero
             to
             the
             life
             ;
             I
             have
             seen
             them
             both
             .
             Woorschoten
             is
             another
             fine
             Village
             ,
             belonging
             to
             
               Monsieur
               de
               Duvenvoord
            
             ,
             whose
             Father
             was
             
               Keeper
               of
               the
               Great
               Seal
            
             .
             Hereabouts
             the
             Countrey
             is
             so
             delicious
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             Paradise
             upon
             earth
             ;
             as
             well
             because
             of
             the
             diversity
             of
             Fields
             ,
             Meadows
             ,
             and
             Woods
             ,
             as
             of
             the
             prospect
             of
             so
             many
             stately
             Edifices
             ,
             and
             neat
             Gardens
             .
          
           
             The
             Countrey
             people
             wear
             very
             good
             Cloathes
             ,
             ordinarily
             of
             black
             ,
             but
             without
             Cloaks
             .
             Their
             Wives
             have
             gold
             Rings
             on
             their
             fingers
             .
             It
             is
             not
             very
             rare
             to
             meet
             with
             Peasants
             here
             worth
             10000.
             pound
             ;
             they
             enjoy
             as
             great
             a
             liberty
             as
             any
             Citizen
             .
             Every
             Village
             has
             its
             
               Bailif
               ,
               Secretary
               ,
               Bourgemaster
            
             ,
             
             and
             Judges
             ;
             and
             besides
             a
             certain
             sort
             of
             Countreymen
             that
             they
             call
             Welboremans
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             men
             of
             a
             good
             Family
             ,
             and
             well
             descended
             .
          
           
             Alphen
             is
             half
             way
             to
             Woorde
             ,
             and
             takes
             its
             name
             from
             a
             Roman
             Knight
             .
             There
             are
             very
             few
             Antiquities
             to
             be
             seen
             in
             Holland
             ,
             because
             that
             all
             the
             Countrey
             has
             been
             chang'd
             and
             new
             peopled
             ,
             and
             the
             Towns
             and
             Villages
             new
             built
             ;
             so
             that
             there
             are
             no
             footsteps
             of
             what
             it
             was
             ,
             it
             is
             so
             encreased
             in
             riches
             and
             beauty
             .
             I
             come
             now
             to
             Caudekerk
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             fair
             Castle
             belonging
             to
             
               Monsi●ur
               de
               Podgeest
            
             .
             All
             these
             Villages
             have
             their
             Fairs
             once
             a
             year
             ,
             which
             anciently
             were
             never
             kept
             without
             some
             skirmish
             at
             Back-sword
             .
             The
             stoutest
             did
             use
             to
             hang
             up
             a
             Back-sword
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             did
             come
             and
             touch
             it
             ,
             was
             engaged
             in
             a
             combate
             ,
             which
             was
             to
             be
             perform'd
             after
             this
             manner
             :
             First
             the
             parties
             break
             off
             the
             points
             of
             their
             Swords
             ;
             then
             they
             take
             their
             Hats
             in
             their
             left
             hands
             to
             defend
             their
             faces
             ,
             and
             nevertheless
             they
             often
             pare
             off
             a
             Cheek
             ,
             or
             a
             Nose
             ,
             or
             so
             .
             But
             these
             Duels
             are
             strictly
             forbidden
             ,
             
             and
             severely
             punish'd
             ,
             if
             attempted
             .
          
           
             This
             Countrey
             is
             so
             finely
             diversified
             ,
             that
             it
             wants
             nothing
             for
             a
             perfect
             prospect
             .
             For
             though
             Vines
             do
             not
             naturally
             grow
             in
             it
             ,
             yet
             by
             the
             industry
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             there
             are
             many
             which
             produce
             Grapes
             enough
             for
             their
             eating
             .
             And
             as
             for
             Wine
             ,
             they
             are
             sufficiently
             furnish'd
             by
             Sea.
             
          
           
             Now
             I
             come
             back
             to
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             observe
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             the
             Garden
             of
             all
             the
             adjacent
             Province
             for
             Lettice
             ,
             Parsley
             ,
             Carrets
             ,
             Pease
             ,
             Beans
             ,
             Parshley
             ,
             &c.
             which
             are
             transported
             to
             Zeeland
             and
             Utrect
             .
             At
             Amsterdam
             you
             shall
             hear
             them
             cry
             ,
             Leyden
             Parsnips
             .
             And
             indeed
             the
             Gardiners
             industry
             is
             most
             admirable
             ,
             for
             they
             have
             five
             or
             six
             crops
             in
             a
             year
             upon
             the
             same
             ground
             .
             I
             was
             desirous
             to
             know
             how
             much
             an
             Acre
             of
             ground
             might
             be
             worth
             to
             be
             sold
             ;
             and
             it
             was
             answer'd
             ,
             that
             Meadow
             was
             about
             sevenscore
             pound
             an
             Acre
             ;
             Corn
             grounds
             about
             200.
             but
             Gardenage
             about
             250.
             and
             sometimes
             300.
             pound
             an
             Acre
             .
          
           
             Every
             day
             at
             six
             of
             the
             clock
             goes
             off
             
             the
             first
             Boat
             for
             Amsterdam
             ,
             and
             at
             twelve
             a
             clock
             the
             last
             ;
             at
             eight
             and
             at
             eleven
             for
             Harlem
             ;
             at
             twelve
             for
             Utrect
             .
             There
             are
             eight
             Barks
             for
             the
             Hague
             ,
             and
             as
             many
             for
             
               〈◊〉
               elft
            
             .
             And
             so
             from
             these
             two
             Towns
             for
             Leyden
             ;
             from
             the
             Spring
             to
             October
             they
             go
             out
             at
             five
             a
             clock
             ;
             and
             after
             ,
             at
             half
             an
             hour
             past
             five
             .
             The
             Arms
             of
             the
             Town
             are
             the
             
               Cross
               Keyes
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Citizens
             are
             govern'd
             with
             so
             much
             moderation
             by
             the
             Magistrates
             ,
             that
             since
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             Commonwealth
             to
             this
             day
             ,
             there
             has
             been
             no
             tumult
             nor
             rising
             by
             reason
             of
             Taxes
             ,
             Impositions
             ,
             or
             the
             coming
             of
             Strangers
             ,
             or
             for
             any
             other
             cause
             .
          
           
             But
             now
             let
             us
             come
             to
             that
             powerfull
             City
             ,
             from
             which
             Neptune
             seems
             to
             take
             his
             Orders
             ;
             I
             mean
             Amsterdam
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             IX
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Amsterdam
               .
            
          
           
             THis
             Town
             which
             has
             not
             its
             like
             in
             the
             whole
             world
             ,
             if
             we
             consider
             its
             Commerce
             ,
             the
             conveniency
             of
             its
             Harbour
             ,
             and
             the
             means
             it
             has
             of
             setting
             out
             powerfull
             Fleets
             ,
             takes
             its
             name
             from
             a
             Castle
             built
             upon
             Ye
             ,
             belonging
             to
             the
             Lords
             of
             Amstel
             .
             It
             is
             seven
             leagues
             distant
             from
             Leyden
             ,
             and
             you
             may
             go
             to
             it
             four
             different
             wayes
             ;
             the
             most
             ordinary
             is
             that
             of
             the
             great
             Lake
             ;
             the
             next
             by
             Harlem
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             Channell
             made
             lately
             ;
             the
             third
             in
             a
             Waggon
             ,
             or
             on
             Horseback
             ,
             by
             the
             Veenes
             ;
             and
             the
             fourth
             by
             the
             night-Boat
             ,
             that
             you
             meet
             at
             Leyderdorp
             .
             Since
             the
             late
             Wars
             ,
             this
             Town
             is
             encreased
             above
             two
             thirds
             ;
             and
             therefore
             we
             shall
             inquire
             into
             its
             Antiquities
             .
          
           
             Many
             think
             that
             at
             first
             it
             was
             but
             a
             little
             Village
             for
             Fishermen
             ,
             which
             has
             
             encreas'd
             by
             little
             and
             little
             .
             In
             the
             year
             1296.
             the
             Lord
             of
             Amstel
             was
             one
             of
             the
             Confederates
             of
             
               Gerrard
               de
               Velsen
            
             ,
             who
             kill'd
             the
             Count
             Florent
             .
          
           
             1470.
             the
             Town
             was
             wall'd
             with
             a
             brick
             Wall
             ,
             to
             resist
             the
             invasions
             of
             those
             of
             U●rect
             ,
             who
             had
             often
             brought
             the
             Town
             into
             great
             danger
             .
             Not
             long
             after
             it
             was
             almost
             all
             consum'd
             by
             fire
             ;
             then
             built
             again
             ,
             and
             according
             as
             Trade
             encreas'd
             ,
             it
             grew
             bigger
             still
             ,
             and
             richer
             .
             The
             Emperor
             Maximilian
             in
             acknowledgement
             of
             the
             good
             services
             they
             had
             done
             him
             ,
             and
             as
             a
             testimony
             of
             their
             industry
             and
             Trade
             ,
             added
             an
             Imperial
             Crown
             over
             their
             Coat
             of
             Arms
             ,
             which
             are
             
               three
               Crosses
            
             ,
             almost
             like
             St.
             Andrews
             .
          
           
             There
             was
             formerly
             in
             it
             three
             Monasteries
             for
             men
             ,
             and
             thirteen
             Nunneries
             ,
             which
             are
             all
             now
             employed
             to
             other
             uses
             .
          
           
             The
             Factions
             of
             the
             Houcs
             and
             the
             Cabelians
             have
             often
             afflicted
             this
             noble
             City
             ,
             like
             those
             of
             the
             G●elphes
             and
             Gibelins
             in
             Italy
             .
             But
             that
             which
             brought
             it
             nearest
             its
             ruine
             ,
             was
             the
             attempt
             made
             by
             the
             Anabaptists
             .
          
           
           
             In
             the
             year
             1525.
             that
             wicked
             King
             of
             Munster
             desiring
             to
             strengthen
             his
             party
             ,
             by
             the
             addition
             of
             some
             considerable
             place
             ,
             sent
             one
             of
             his
             Emissaries
             ,
             nam'd
             Golen
             ;
             who
             passing
             through
             Friezeland
             rais'd
             great
             tumults
             and
             seditions
             there
             :
             which
             being
             quash'd
             ,
             he
             fled
             to
             Amsterdam
             ,
             and
             there
             lurking
             for
             a
             while
             ,
             struck
             in
             at
             last
             with
             a
             man
             of
             his
             own
             principles
             ,
             call'd
             
               Groet
               Belite
            
             ,
             and
             they
             two
             together
             resolv'd
             to
             make
             a
             party
             ,
             and
             set
             upon
             the
             Town
             at
             some
             unexpected
             hour
             .
             They
             got
             together
             the
             chief
             of
             their
             Sect
             ,
             and
             made
             a
             resolution
             to
             fall
             on
             at
             midnight
             by
             the
             sound
             of
             a
             Bell
             ;
             but
             this
             wicked
             plot
             was
             discover'd
             just
             upon
             its
             execution
             ,
             and
             with
             much
             ado
             hindred
             :
             for
             a
             young
             man
             of
             their
             side
             went
             and
             told
             the
             Magistrates
             ,
             that
             the
             Anabaptists
             to
             the
             number
             of
             600.
             were
             marching
             to
             seize
             the
             Town
             .
             While
             they
             were
             yet
             in
             deliberation
             ,
             they
             heard
             the
             sound
             of
             Drums
             ,
             and
             found
             that
             the
             Anabaptists
             had
             already
             gotten
             into
             the
             Market-place
             ,
             and
             invaded
             the
             Town-house
             .
             In
             this
             confusion
             a
             Citizen
             had
             the
             fore-sight
             to
             carry
             away
             the
             Rope
             
             of
             the
             Bell
             ,
             which
             the
             seditious
             did
             intend
             to
             ring
             ,
             as
             a
             signall
             to
             all
             theirs
             to
             unite
             ,
             and
             a
             terrour
             to
             the
             sleepy
             Citizens
             ,
             that
             did
             luckily
             contribute
             much
             to
             the
             saving
             of
             the
             City
             .
             For
             by
             this
             time
             ,
             the
             Magistrates
             having
             sent
             about
             ,
             and
             got
             many
             House-keepers
             under
             Arms
             ,
             resolv'd
             to
             stop
             up
             all
             the
             Avenues
             to
             the
             Market-place
             with
             Hop-sacks
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             strong
             Barricado
             behinde
             them
             .
             The
             morning
             come
             ,
             gave
             the
             Townsmen
             leave
             to
             see
             the
             greatness
             of
             the
             wickedness
             intended
             ,
             and
             the
             inconsiderable
             number
             of
             the
             seditious
             ;
             who
             seeing
             themselves
             exposed
             to
             be
             pelted
             in
             that
             wide
             place
             ,
             took
             sanctuary
             in
             the
             Town-house
             ,
             but
             thither
             they
             were
             pursued
             and
             cut
             in
             pieces
             ,
             some
             few
             scaping
             by
             the
             favour
             of
             the
             night
             that
             came
             on
             .
             This
             conjuration
             thus
             quell'd
             ,
             the
             Magistrates
             forbid
             the
             Citizens
             under
             great
             penalties
             ,
             to
             lodg
             any
             Stranger
             that
             should
             be
             infected
             with
             such
             dangerous
             principles
             .
             Yet
             in
             the
             year
             1515.
             there
             were
             more
             of
             these
             Fanaticks
             ,
             both
             men
             and
             women
             ,
             that
             running
             naked
             through
             the
             Streets
             with
             horrible
             cryes
             ,
             had
             like
             to
             have
             
             surprized
             the
             Town-house
             ,
             but
             they
             were
             suppress'd
             and
             punish'd
             .
             The
             Anabaptists
             of
             this
             age
             do
             renounce
             them
             ,
             for
             they
             do
             not
             hold
             it
             lawfull
             to
             fight
             at
             all
             .
          
           
             All
             this
             great
             Town
             is
             built
             upon
             Pilotis
             ,
             which
             are
             great
             Trees
             driven
             by
             main
             force
             into
             the
             ground
             ,
             which
             is
             all
             moorish
             ,
             to
             be
             as
             a
             foundation
             to
             build
             upon
             ;
             and
             ordinarily
             it
             costs
             as
             much
             laying
             ,
             as
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Fabrick
             does
             building
             up
             .
             The
             Town
             is
             like
             a
             Crescent
             ,
             or
             half
             Moon
             ,
             which
             ere
             it
             be
             long
             will
             fill
             up
             its
             round
             .
             In
             the
             Port
             there
             are
             so
             many
             Vessels
             ,
             that
             we
             may
             say
             that
             he
             that
             has
             not
             seen
             Amsterdam
             ,
             has
             not
             seen
             a
             Harbour
             :
             for
             in
             the
             Spring
             ,
             from
             one
             end
             to
             the
             other
             of
             it
             ,
             there
             is
             such
             a
             forrest
             of
             Masts
             ,
             that
             Strangers
             are
             struck
             with
             wonder
             ,
             and
             do
             believe
             ,
             with
             reason
             ,
             that
             all
             the
             Harbours
             of
             the
             world
             together
             cannot
             make
             so
             many
             Sayl.
             
          
           
             Every
             year
             in
             April
             there
             goes
             out
             a
             great
             Fleet
             for
             the
             Baltic
             Sea
             ;
             I
             have
             heard
             many
             say
             ,
             that
             in
             that
             Fleet
             in
             the
             time
             of
             War
             do
             go
             above
             1500.
             
             Sayl
             of
             Ships
             :
             then
             reckon
             all
             those
             that
             go
             for
             
             France
             ,
             and
             elsewhere
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Barks
             that
             are
             upon
             the
             Channels
             in
             the
             Town
             .
          
           
             The
             finest
             Streets
             are
             the
             Fosses
             ,
             the
             Imperial
             ,
             the
             Royal
             ,
             the
             Cingel
             ,
             the
             Street
             of
             Harlem
             ,
             which
             is
             all
             newly
             built
             There
             are
             also
             three
             prodigious
             Sluces
             ;
             and
             all
             the
             Bridges
             that
             were
             formerly
             of
             wood
             ,
             are
             now
             of
             stone
             ,
             with
             iron
             Vails
             and
             Balasters
             .
          
           
             The
             Town
             house
             which
             is
             now
             a
             building
             ,
             the
             foundations
             of
             which
             have
             cost
             many
             hundred
             thousands
             of
             pounds
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             a
             Master-piece
             ,
             and
             a
             miracle
             beyond
             the
             seven
             that
             Antiquity
             bragg'd
             so
             much
             of
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1595.
             the
             Monasterie
             of
             
               Sancta
               Clara
            
             was
             chang'd
             into
             a
             House
             of
             correction
             ,
             call'd
             the
             
               Tucht
               Huyse
            
             ,
             for
             those
             Children
             that
             will
             not
             be
             obedient
             to
             their
             Parents
             .
             At
             the
             coming
             in
             ,
             there
             are
             two
             Lions
             upon
             the
             door
             ,
             bridled
             ,
             as
             an
             emblem
             to
             the
             wilde
             youth
             of
             the
             Town
             .
             They
             make
             them
             work
             ;
             some
             sawe
             Brasil-wood
             ,
             others
             do
             harder
             things
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             faults
             and
             dispositions
             .
             If
             they
             refuse
             to
             work
             ,
             they
             are
             put
             into
             a
             low
             Cellar
             ,
             
             and
             water
             is
             let
             in
             upon
             them
             ;
             if
             they
             will
             stand
             still
             and
             be
             drown'd
             ,
             they
             may
             ;
             if
             they
             will
             pump
             and
             deliver
             themselves
             ,
             then
             they
             are
             help'd
             out
             again
             .
          
           
             Some
             are
             put
             in
             for
             their
             life
             ,
             others
             for
             a
             certain
             time
             .
             As
             lately
             there
             is
             a
             Law
             ,
             that
             whosoever
             draws
             his
             Knife
             to
             strike
             another
             ,
             shall
             either
             pay
             10.
             pound
             fine
             ,
             or
             work
             three
             moneths
             in
             the
             House
             of
             correction
             .
             Some
             are
             put
             in
             by
             their
             rich
             Parents
             ,
             not
             to
             work
             ,
             but
             only
             to
             put
             a
             stop
             to
             their
             extravagant
             expences
             ,
             and
             they
             come
             out
             when
             they
             give
             testimonies
             of
             their
             repentance
             ,
             and
             desire
             to
             mend
             .
          
           
             The
             same
             year
             there
             was
             a
             like
             House
             set
             up
             for
             young
             Maids
             ,
             that
             should
             live
             in
             a
             licentious
             way
             .
             Every
             year
             in
             August
             it
             is
             free
             for
             all
             people
             to
             go
             in
             ,
             and
             see
             the
             miserable
             condition
             of
             these
             offenders
             .
          
           
             The
             great
             Hospital
             has
             above
             4000.
             pound
             a
             year
             ;
             besides
             ,
             it
             is
             thought
             that
             every
             year
             there
             are
             distributed
             many
             thousands
             of
             pounds
             to
             poor
             Families
             .
          
           
             The
             East-India
             Company
             has
             a
             noble
             
             House
             ,
             full
             of
             rich
             treasure
             ;
             as
             also
             the
             Bank-Generall
             ,
             in
             which
             are
             alwayes
             many
             millions
             .
             This
             Company
             is
             grown
             so
             powerfull
             ,
             that
             they
             can
             set
             out
             a
             Fleet
             of
             men
             of
             War
             if
             need
             be
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             Indies
             they
             make
             nothing
             of
             waging
             War
             with
             Kings
             ,
             as
             lately
             with
             the
             King
             of
             Java
             ,
             and
             yet
             drove
             on
             their
             Trade
             too
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             here
             many
             fair
             Churches
             ;
             but
             I
             shall
             mention
             only
             that
             of
             St.
             Katherine
             ,
             burn'd
             down
             in
             1645.
             and
             is
             now
             built
             again
             better
             than
             before
             .
             Hard
             by
             the
             said
             Church
             are
             laid
             the
             foundations
             of
             a
             Tower
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             be
             exceeding
             high
             ;
             6000
             ,
             300
             ,
             and
             odd
             great
             Trees
             have
             been
             driven
             into
             a
             piece
             of
             ground
             of
             about
             a
             100.
             foot
             square
             ,
             to
             be
             Pilotis
             for
             the
             foundation
             of
             the
             Tower.
             In
             the
             Church
             the
             Ministers
             Pulpit
             is
             contriv'd
             with
             great
             art
             ,
             with
             the
             four
             Evangelists
             ,
             and
             a
             Tower
             above
             it
             .
             In
             the
             Glass-windows
             is
             the
             good
             Emperor
             Maximilian
             his
             Picture
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             two
             great
             Suburbs
             or
             Fauxbonrgs
             ,
             one
             upon
             the
             way
             to
             Utrect
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             that
             goes
             to
             Overtom
             ,
             
             a
             Village
             where
             the
             Boats
             that
             come
             from
             Leyden
             pass
             upon
             Rowlers
             .
             There
             is
             built
             a
             fair
             Pest-house
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             commonly
             said
             that
             this
             City
             is
             very
             like
             Venice
             ;
             for
             my
             part
             I
             believe
             Amsterdam
             to
             be
             much
             superiour
             in
             riches
             :
             though
             the
             most
             serene
             State
             of
             Venice
             can
             bragg
             of
             having
             maintain'd
             a
             War
             for
             this
             twenty
             year
             ,
             against
             the
             whole
             force
             of
             the
             Turks
             ,
             without
             assistance
             from
             any
             but
             the
             Pope
             .
             This
             Town
             is
             exceedingly
             well
             govern'd
             ;
             every
             ones
             liberty
             preserv'd
             ,
             and
             safety
             provided
             for
             all
             :
             and
             even
             in
             the
             night-time
             you
             may
             go
             any
             where
             ,
             without
             fear
             of
             being
             robb'd
             or
             kill'd
             .
          
           
             The
             Air
             is
             not
             quite
             so
             good
             as
             at
             Leyden
             ,
             by
             reason
             that
             it
             is
             environ'd
             with
             Marishes
             ,
             which
             make
             it
             in
             accessible
             ;
             but
             it
             is
             better
             seated
             for
             Trade
             ,
             which
             is
             its
             life
             .
             Let
             us
             go
             to
             Harlem
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             X.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               Harlem
               ,
               and
               some
               Villages
               round
               about
               it
               .
            
          
           
             I
             Shall
             speak
             very
             little
             of
             the
             Antiquity
             of
             this
             pleasant
             Town
             ;
             for
             in
             the
             darkness
             of
             past
             times
             it
             is
             so
             hard
             to
             distinguish
             fables
             from
             truth
             ,
             that
             it
             will
             make
             any
             wise
             person
             forbear
             from
             obtruding
             old
             Stories
             upon
             an
             ingenuous
             Reader
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             time
             we
             find
             any
             mention
             made
             of
             the
             valour
             of
             its
             Inhabitants
             ,
             is
             in
             the
             year
             1245.
             when
             Pope
             Innocent
             at
             the
             Council
             of
             Lyons
             made
             St.
             Lewis
             King
             of
             France
             ,
             and
             William
             Earl
             of
             Holland
             undertook
             the
             relief
             of
             the
             holy
             Land.
             For
             the
             Army
             being
             come
             before
             Damietta
             ,
             a
             great
             Chain
             did
             hinder
             the
             approach
             of
             the
             Navy
             :
             this
             the
             Harlem-men
             undertook
             to
             break
             ,
             and
             did
             execute
             their
             design
             ,
             giving
             entry
             to
             the
             whole
             Fleet
             ;
             in
             memory
             of
             which
             the
             Town
             has
             for
             Arms
             ,
             a
             
               Sword
               with
               four
               
               Stars
               ,
               and
               a
               Cross
               at
               the
               end
               of
               it
               .
            
          
           
             William
             King
             of
             the
             Romans
             gave
             the
             Inhabitants
             many
             great
             priviledges
             .
             But
             if
             the
             victory
             carried
             in
             Palestina
             made
             them
             famous
             ,
             the
             Art
             of
             Printing
             here
             invented
             has
             made
             them
             as
             remarkable
             :
             though
             Me●ts
             an
             Electorall
             Town
             does
             claim
             the
             same
             honour
             ,
             but
             not
             so
             justly
             ;
             for
             it
             was
             by
             a
             Prentice
             who
             upon
             Christmas-Eve
             run
             away
             from
             Harlem
             ,
             with
             the
             Letters
             and
             Instruments
             serving
             to
             the
             Art
             of
             Printing
             ,
             taking
             his
             time
             when
             all
             the
             people
             were
             at
             Church
             .
             
               Laurent
               Coster
            
             was
             the
             name
             of
             the
             man
             that
             invented
             this
             Art.
             
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1292.
             the
             Faction
             of
             the
             Casembrots
             seized
             upon
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             plunder'd
             the
             Houses
             of
             most
             of
             the
             considerable
             Citizens
             ;
             but
             it
             was
             crush'd
             by
             Albert
             Duke
             of
             Saxony
             ,
             and
             the
             Town
             condemn'd
             to
             a
             Fine
             of
             27000.
             
             Crowns
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             loss
             of
             its
             priviledges
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1574.
             the
             Spaniards
             under
             the
             conduct
             of
             Frederick
             ,
             Son
             to
             the
             Duke
             of
             Alba
             ,
             having
             taken
             Sutphenen
             ,
             
             and
             cruelly
             cut
             the
             throats
             of
             all
             the
             Townsmen
             of
             Naerden
             ,
             came
             and
             laid
             siege
             to
             Harlem
             :
             the
             Garrison
             was
             4000.
             strong
             ,
             and
             refusing
             all
             conditions
             of
             a
             surrender
             ,
             made
             brave
             sallyes
             upon
             them
             ,
             hanging
             the
             Spanish
             prisoners
             upon
             the
             Walls
             ;
             and
             in
             derision
             of
             the
             tenth
             penny
             which
             the
             Spaniard
             would
             levy
             ,
             throwing
             over
             to
             them
             eleven
             Heads
             of
             their
             prisoners
             .
             But
             the
             Spaniards
             were
             sufficiently
             reveng'd
             ,
             for
             they
             forced
             them
             to
             yeeld
             at
             discretion
             ,
             though
             the
             very
             Women
             fought
             valiantly
             for
             their
             liberty
             .
          
           
             This
             Town
             is
             rather
             long
             than
             square
             ,
             and
             is
             wash'd
             by
             the
             River
             Sparen
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             Market-place
             is
             the
             Town-house
             ,
             a
             stately
             Building
             ;
             and
             over
             against
             it
             is
             the
             great
             Church
             ,
             dedicated
             to
             St.
             Bavon
             :
             it
             is
             looked
             upon
             as
             the
             finest
             Church
             in
             all
             Holland
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             many
             Meadows
             about
             the
             Town
             ;
             and
             on
             the
             Sea-side
             mountains
             of
             Sand
             ;
             and
             there
             is
             a
             Wood
             towards
             Leyden
             ,
             about
             half
             a
             mile
             from
             the
             Town
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             great
             diversion
             to
             the
             Citizens
             ,
             not
             only
             of
             Harlem
             ,
             but
             of
             
             Amsterdam
             .
             Towards
             the
             North
             there
             are
             Suburbs
             and
             great
             Gardens
             .
             Harlem
             is
             pretty
             populous
             ,
             and
             holds
             a
             perpetuall
             communication
             with
             Amsterdam
             and
             Leyden
             by
             Boats
             ,
             which
             go
             and
             come
             at
             all
             hours
             .
             In
             the
             year
             1657.
             was
             made
             a
             Channell
             between
             Leyden
             and
             the
             said
             Town
             .
          
           
             The
             greatest
             Trade
             of
             Harlem
             is
             in
             Linnen
             ;
             for
             there
             is
             the
             finest
             and
             whitest
             Holland
             .
             There
             are
             likewise
             many
             Weavers
             :
             I
             remember
             I
             was
             told
             that
             once
             all
             these
             Weavers
             forsook
             their
             Trade
             ,
             and
             turn'd
             Tulip-Merchants
             ,
             at
             the
             time
             when
             the
             fancy
             for
             Tulips
             did
             reign
             over
             all
             the
             Low-Countries
             and
             France
             .
             Besides
             ,
             they
             do
             brew
             excellent
             Beer
             in
             this
             Town
             ,
             which
             being
             transported
             into
             Friezeland
             grows
             better
             there
             than
             in
             Harlem
             it self
             .
          
           
             The
             Villages
             round
             about
             are
             
               Hemstede
               ,
               Sparenvow
               ,
               Tetrode
            
             ,
             &c.
             
             There
             are
             also
             the
             Castles
             of
             
               Brederode
               ,
               Harlee
            
             ,
             and
             Velsen
             ;
             of
             which
             there
             remains
             little
             but
             the
             ruines
             .
             
               Monsieur
               Adrian
               Paw
            
             ,
             Lord
             of
             Hemstede
             ,
             &c.
             has
             compil'd
             there
             a
             fair
             Library
             of
             Books
             ,
             of
             
             all
             Languages
             and
             Sciences
             ,
             and
             such
             a
             one
             as
             will
             hardly
             be
             match'd
             by
             any
             private
             person
             .
             He
             is
             a
             very
             eminent
             man
             ,
             employed
             as
             Plenipotentiary
             in
             the
             Treaty
             at
             Munster
             ;
             though
             some
             do
             endeavour
             to
             cast
             aspersions
             upon
             him
             ,
             as
             if
             he
             had
             had
             a
             hand
             in
             the
             troubles
             of
             England
             .
          
           
             Between
             Harlem
             and
             Leyden
             there
             are
             many
             fair
             Villages
             ;
             amongst
             which
             
               Helegon
               ,
               Lys
            
             ,
             and
             Tassum
             ,
             are
             three
             of
             the
             best
             ,
             not
             above
             a
             league
             distant
             from
             one
             another
             .
             Not
             far
             from
             them
             is
             the
             House
             of
             Feiling
             ,
             now
             belonging
             to
             his
             Highness
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ;
             and
             a
             noble
             Castle
             that
             
               Monsieur
               Dalmade
            
             has
             caus'd
             to
             be
             built
             of
             late
             .
             In
             coming
             from
             Harlem
             to
             Leyden
             ,
             you
             have
             the
             Downs
             or
             sandy
             Hills
             on
             the
             right
             hand
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             left
             the
             great
             Lake
             of
             Harlem
             which
             is
             alwayes
             cover'd
             with
             Boats
             ,
             going
             and
             coming
             with
             Merchandizes
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XI
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Delft
               ,
               and
               its
               Villages
               .
            
          
           
             THis
             Town
             is
             situated
             in
             a
             Plain
             amongst
             pleasant
             Meadows
             ,
             and
             was
             built
             by
             
               Godfrey
               the
               Crooked
            
             ,
             Duke
             of
             Lorrain
             ,
             who
             had
             conquer'd
             Holland
             by
             the
             assistance
             of
             the
             Bishop
             of
             Utrect
             .
             I
             find
             nothing
             in
             our
             Annals
             concerning
             this
             place
             that
             is
             memorable
             ,
             except
             that
             after
             a
             siege
             of
             six
             weeks
             ,
             the
             Town
             was
             taken
             by
             Albert
             of
             Bavaria
             ,
             because
             they
             had
             receiv'd
             the
             Faction
             of
             the
             Hoves
             :
             the
             Town
             was
             dis-mantled
             ,
             the
             Castle
             pull'd
             down
             ,
             and
             the
             Inhabitants
             fin'd
             10000.
             
             Crowns
             to
             the
             Duke
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1536.
             in
             the
             moneth
             of
             May
             ,
             the
             Town
             was
             burnt
             down
             by
             accident
             ;
             and
             it
             was
             observ'd
             that
             a
             —
             not
             being
             able
             to
             save
             her
             young
             ones
             ,
             because
             they
             were
             not
             fledged
             ,
             flew
             her self
             into
             the
             flame
             ,
             and
             died
             with
             them
             :
             but
             out
             of
             
             the
             ashes
             of
             this
             rose
             a
             much
             more
             noble
             Town
             .
          
           
             1584.
             
             The
             Prince
             William
             of
             Orange
             was
             traiterously
             kill'd
             by
             a
             Bourguignon
             ,
             and
             there
             lies
             buried
             in
             a
             pompous
             Monument
             ,
             in
             acknowledgement
             of
             the
             great
             actions
             he
             perform'd
             for
             the
             publick
             liberty
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             two
             fair
             Churches
             ,
             which
             have
             each
             a
             very
             high
             Steeple
             ;
             and
             a
             Town-house
             at
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Market-place
             ,
             with
             an
             Inscription
             in
             Latin
             upon
             it
             ,
             to
             this
             purpose
             :
          
           
             
               This
               House
               hates
               ,
               loves
               ,
               punishes
               ,
               conserves
               ,
               and
               honours
               ,
            
             
               Wickedness
               ,
               Peace
               ,
               Crimes
               ,
               Laws
               ,
               good
               men
               .
            
             
               Haec
               Domus
               odit
               ,
               amat
               ,
               punit
               ,
               conservat
               ,
               honorat
               ,
            
             
               Nequitiam
               ,
               Pacem
               ,
               Crimina
               ,
               Jura
               ,
               bonos
               .
            
          
           
             They
             have
             here
             a
             great
             Trade
             of
             Beer
             ,
             which
             they
             brew
             very
             well
             .
             The
             Town
             is
             not
             so
             big
             as
             Leyden
             ,
             but
             it
             has
             a
             fairer
             Market-place
             ;
             and
             though
             there
             be
             not
             so
             much
             Trade
             ,
             nor
             the
             Houses
             so
             richly
             adorn'd
             on
             the
             inside
             ,
             yet
             are
             there
             very
             rich
             Citizens
             .
             
             The
             Countrey
             about
             lies
             lower
             than
             about
             Leyden
             ;
             therefore
             in
             certain
             seasons
             ,
             as
             when
             the
             Wind
             is
             North-East
             ,
             if
             they
             should
             open
             their
             Sluces
             ,
             all
             the
             Meadows
             about
             Delft
             would
             be
             overflown
             .
             Delft
             is
             but
             four
             leagues
             from
             Leyden
             ,
             and
             you
             have
             the
             convenience
             of
             a
             Waggon
             .
             Between
             these
             two
             Towns
             lies
             Lordsendam
             ,
             a
             great
             and
             fair
             Village
             ,
             which
             grows
             rich
             since
             the
             Channell
             of
             Leyden
             was
             made
             .
             There
             are
             two
             great
             Sluces
             to
             preserve
             the
             Countrey
             about
             Delft
             .
          
           
             Voorburg
             is
             a
             little
             on
             one
             side
             the
             Channell
             ,
             and
             is
             the
             ancientest
             Village
             in
             Holland
             .
             There
             are
             yet
             to
             be
             seen
             some
             foundations
             of
             a
             strong
             Castle
             built
             by
             the
             Romans
             ,
             as
             it
             appears
             by
             the
             Inscriptions
             of
             the
             Stones
             that
             are
             every
             day
             taken
             from
             among
             the
             ruines
             .
             It
             being
             so
             near
             the
             Hague
             ,
             and
             upon
             the
             passage
             of
             so
             many
             people
             ,
             seems
             rather
             a
             Town
             than
             a
             Village
             .
             It
             is
             but
             two
             leagues
             and
             a
             half
             from
             Leyden
             ,
             and
             one
             league
             from
             the
             Hague
             .
          
           
             Losdun
             is
             a
             Village
             near
             the
             Hague
             ,
             in
             which
             was
             a
             Nunnery
             for
             Gentlemen
             ,
             
             and
             Noblemens
             Daughters
             ,
             and
             no
             others
             ;
             founded
             by
             Margaret
             ,
             Countess
             of
             Holland
             ,
             whose
             Daughter
             Machtilde
             was
             brought
             abed
             of
             365.
             
             Children
             at
             once
             ,
             as
             many
             as
             there
             are
             dayes
             in
             the
             year
             ;
             who
             were
             all
             baptized
             by
             Otho
             ,
             Bishop
             of
             Utrect
             :
             the
             name
             of
             John
             was
             given
             to
             the
             males
             ,
             and
             that
             of
             Elizabeth
             to
             the
             females
             ,
             who
             all
             died
             the
             same
             day
             with
             their
             Mother
             .
             The
             Story
             sayes
             that
             this
             Princess
             refus'd
             Alms
             to
             a
             poor
             Woman
             ,
             that
             had
             Twins
             in
             her
             Arms
             ,
             saying
             ,
             that
             they
             were
             not
             of
             one
             mans
             getting
             ;
             whereupon
             the
             poor
             Woman
             finding
             her self
             unjustly
             suspected
             ,
             wish'd
             her
             as
             many
             at
             a
             time
             as
             there
             were
             dayes
             in
             the
             year
             .
             In
             memory
             of
             this
             History
             there
             is
             a
             Picture
             hung
             up
             in
             the
             Church
             ,
             with
             an
             Inscription
             to
             this
             purpose
             ;
             
               Here
               is
               a
               monstrous
               and
               memorable
               thing
               ,
               which
               has
               not
               had
               its
               like
               since
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               world
               :
               Reader
               ,
               having
               perused
               this
               Story
               ,
               go
               away
               and
               admire
               it
               .
            
          
           
             Near
             the
             Meuse
             there
             is
             a
             Castle
             with
             365.
             
             Windows
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             names
             of
             the
             said
             Children
             ;
             and
             yet
             there
             are
             
             many
             people
             that
             do
             not
             believe
             this
             Story
             at
             all
             .
             This
             Village
             has
             a
             sandy
             ground
             on
             one
             side
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             other
             a
             fertile
             Corn-Countrey
             ,
             call'd
             Vestland
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Dort.
               
            
          
           
             THis
             Town
             is
             very
             ancient
             ,
             and
             rich
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             great
             abundance
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             Merchandizes
             that
             come
             down
             the
             Rhene
             .
             It
             s
             situation
             is
             incomparable
             ;
             for
             it
             is
             environ'd
             with
             the
             Waters
             of
             the
             Rhene
             and
             Meuse
             ,
             which
             make
             it
             a
             place
             of
             great
             Trade
             .
             It
             is
             call'd
             the
             
               Maiden
               Town
            
             ,
             because
             it
             was
             never
             taken
             ,
             though
             often
             besieged
             ,
             and
             once
             particularly
             by
             the
             Duke
             of
             Brabant
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1304.
             
             For
             he
             having
             conquer'd
             a
             great
             part
             of
             Holland
             ,
             and
             committed
             all
             sorts
             of
             inhumanities
             upon
             that
             Nation
             ,
             sate
             down
             at
             last
             before
             Dort
             ;
             but
             the
             Citizens
             unexpectedly
             sallying
             
             out
             upon
             him
             ,
             routed
             his
             whole
             Army
             ,
             and
             pursued
             him
             to
             Bosleduke
             ;
             and
             in
             their
             way
             home
             ,
             obtain'd
             a
             victory
             over
             the
             Flemmings
             at
             Isselmond
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1421.
             upon
             St.
             Katherines
             day
             ,
             the
             Banks
             broke
             near
             Dort
             ,
             and
             about
             threescore
             and
             ten
             fair
             Villages
             were
             swallowed
             up
             by
             this
             unmercifull
             Element
             of
             Water
             ;
             and
             above
             a
             100000.
             men
             died
             miserably
             with
             their
             Wives
             and
             Children
             .
             It
             is
             said
             ,
             that
             a
             wicked
             Countrey-Boor
             being
             envious
             of
             his
             Neighbours
             prosperity
             ,
             made
             one
             night
             a
             Hole
             in
             the
             Bank
             ,
             that
             he
             might
             drown
             him
             and
             all
             his
             Family
             in
             their
             Beds
             ,
             with
             a
             design
             of
             stopping
             it
             again
             :
             but
             the
             Tide
             coming
             in
             with
             a
             strong
             Winde
             ,
             broke
             quite
             through
             ;
             first
             drown'd
             this
             perfidious
             Rogue
             ,
             and
             then
             overwhelm'd
             all
             that
             stood
             in
             its
             way
             .
             Since
             the
             Water
             having
             by
             little
             and
             little
             been
             driven
             away
             by
             the
             industry
             of
             the
             infatigable
             Inhabitants
             ,
             they
             have
             drain'd
             most
             part
             of
             that
             which
             lay
             under
             Water
             ,
             and
             discover'd
             some
             Villages
             .
             There
             is
             hopes
             of
             getting
             all
             ,
             during
             this
             peace
             ;
             but
             it
             can
             only
             be
             done
             in
             the
             great
             heat
             of
             Summer
             .
          
           
           
             As
             it
             happens
             often
             ,
             that
             when
             we
             are
             ignorant
             of
             the
             cause
             of
             a
             thing
             ,
             we
             are
             apt
             to
             attribute
             it
             to
             some
             invisible
             supernaturall
             power
             ,
             or
             to
             our
             sins
             ,
             that
             provoke
             Gods
             anger
             ;
             so
             some
             have
             said
             ,
             that
             these
             Villages
             were
             drown'd
             ,
             because
             they
             did
             make
             ill
             use
             of
             their
             great
             riches
             ;
             that
             they
             would
             not
             wear
             any
             other
             than
             golden
             Spurrs
             ,
             and
             liv'd
             in
             a
             great
             magnificence
             .
          
           
             But
             let
             us
             return
             to
             the
             Town
             ,
             which
             by
             an
             unlucky
             accident
             of
             Fire
             had
             like
             to
             have
             been
             quite
             destroyed
             ;
             there
             were
             burn'd
             above
             2000.
             
             Houses
             ,
             with
             the
             Town-house
             ,
             and
             Cathedral-Church
             .
          
           
             1618.
             the
             
               National
               Syn●d
            
             was
             held
             in
             the
             same
             Town
             ,
             under
             the
             Authority
             of
             the
             
               high
               and
               mighty
               Lords
               the
               States
               Generall
               ,
            
             to
             decide
             those
             Controversies
             that
             were
             risen
             concerning
             Predestination
             .
             There
             were
             present
             many
             learned
             men
             both
             from
             France
             and
             other
             parts
             ;
             amongst
             others
             ,
             the
             most
             Reverend
             Father
             in
             God
             the
             Archbishop
             of
             Canterbury
             ,
             who
             since
             was
             beheaded
             in
             the
             troubles
             in
             England
             .
          
           
             Dort
             was
             the
             place
             where
             was
             born
             
             that
             factious
             Preacher
             ,
             Brother
             
               Cornelius
               Adrian
            
             ,
             of
             whom
             the
             people
             to
             this
             day
             tell
             so
             many
             pleasant
             Stories
             .
             For
             my
             part
             ,
             I
             have
             heard
             worthy
             persons
             say
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             really
             a
             very
             eloquent
             person
             ,
             who
             did
             ravish
             his
             hearers
             with
             admiration
             ;
             but
             that
             he
             did
             handle
             some
             points
             ,
             that
             were
             a
             little
             too
             free
             in
             those
             dayes
             ;
             but
             he
             fear'd
             no
             body
             .
             He
             died
             at
             Bruges
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             to
             be
             observ'd
             ,
             that
             when
             the
             Earls
             of
             Holland
             were
             to
             be
             inaugurated
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             acknowledged
             for
             lawfull
             Princes
             ,
             they
             did
             first
             come
             into
             Dort
             ,
             and
             there
             did
             swear
             to
             the
             States
             to
             observe
             all
             their
             liberties
             and
             priviledges
             ,
             from
             whom
             consequently
             they
             did
             receive
             an
             Oath
             of
             Allegiance
             .
             In
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             States
             of
             Holland
             ,
             the
             Dort-Deputies
             have
             the
             first
             place
             ,
             and
             speak
             first
             .
          
           
             Before
             the
             Town
             are
             taken
             great
             quantities
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             Fish
             ,
             and
             particularly
             of
             Salmon
             ;
             for
             in
             one
             year
             there
             were
             sold
             in
             the
             said
             Town
             892.
             
             Salmons
             :
             and
             it
             is
             commonly
             said
             ,
             that
             Servants
             put
             it
             in
             their
             bargain
             ,
             that
             they
             shall
             not
             eat
             Salmon
             above
             twice
             a
             Week
             .
          
           
           
             There
             is
             a
             very
             convenient
             Port
             for
             ●ll
             Merchandizes
             coming
             down
             the
             ●hene
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             in
             this
             City
             that
             all
             the
             Rhenish
             Wine
             is
             first
             unloaden
             .
             But
             this
             is
             enough
             of
             the
             first
             Town
             of
             Holland
             in
             dignity
             ;
             which
             besides
             the
             beauty
             of
             its
             Edifices
             ,
             is
             placed
             in
             a
             fruitfull
             Soyl
             ,
             and
             a
             temperate
             Air.
             Leyden
             is
             distant
             ten
             leagues
             from
             Dort
             ,
             and
             the
             ordinary
             way
             is
             by
             Water
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XIII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Goude
               .
            
          
           
             THis
             is
             the
             sixth
             and
             last
             of
             the
             great
             Towns
             ,
             five
             leagues
             from
             Leyden
             .
             It
             lies
             upon
             the
             River
             Yss●l
             ,
             upon
             the
             conjunction
             of
             two
             Rivers
             ,
             of
             which
             the
             Waters
             are
             clear
             ,
             and
             full
             of
             Fish.
             There
             are
             many
             delicious
             Gardens
             for
             the
             Citizens
             diversion
             ;
             and
             the
             Air
             is
             exceeding
             good
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1272.
             it
             was
             built
             by
             the
             Count
             Florent
             ,
             and
             adorn'd
             with
             many
             priviledges
             ;
             a
             100.
             years
             after
             it
             was
             
             burnt
             down
             to
             the
             ground
             ;
             as
             likewise
             in
             the
             year
             1420.
             in
             the
             War
             between
             Jacqueline
             of
             Bavaria
             ,
             and
             Philip
             of
             Burgundy
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             a
             fine
             Market-place
             ,
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             which
             is
             the
             Town-house
             ;
             and
             near
             it
             is
             the
             great
             Church
             ,
             which
             has
             been
             twice
             burnt
             .
             Before
             the
             Wars
             it
             us'd
             to
             be
             much
             admir'd
             for
             its
             Bells
             ;
             as
             also
             for
             the
             Glass-Windows
             ,
             which
             are
             very
             curiously
             enamel'd
             .
          
           
             The
             Air
             is
             so
             good
             here
             that
             the
             Plague
             is
             never
             in
             the
             City
             ;
             there
             being
             no
             standing
             Waters
             near
             it
             ;
             and
             yet
             the
             situation
             of
             the
             Town
             is
             such
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             no
             bringing
             any
             Artillery
             to
             beat
             it
             ,
             for
             the
             Inhabitants
             can
             by
             their
             Sluces
             drown
             all
             the
             Countrey
             round
             about
             .
             Besides
             ,
             it
             is
             environ'd
             with
             so
             deep
             a
             Ditch
             ,
             that
             it
             strikes
             terrour
             into
             a
             beholder
             .
             The
             Citizens
             are
             most
             of
             them
             people
             that
             search
             a
             retreat
             from
             the
             World
             ,
             and
             love
             quiet
             and
             peace
             .
             After
             Leyden
             ,
             't
             is
             the
             prettiest
             and
             wholesomest
             Town
             in
             Holland
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XIV
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Rotterdam
               .
            
          
           
             THis
             Town
             which
             is
             now
             one
             of
             the
             greatest
             and
             most
             Trading-Towns
             of
             Holland
             ,
             is
             nevertheless
             but
             the
             first
             of
             the
             small
             Towns.
             
          
           
             In
             1270.
             it
             was
             first
             wall'd
             ;
             and
             27.
             years
             after
             it
             was
             taken
             by
             the
             Flemmings
             .
          
           
             In
             1418.
             
             Brederode
             ,
             head
             of
             the
             Faction
             of
             the
             Hoves
             ,
             surprized
             it
             .
             It
             is
             a
             place
             that
             does
             every
             day
             augment
             ,
             and
             grow
             bigger
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             great
             resort
             of
             Shipping
             to
             its
             Harbour
             .
             There
             is
             made
             the
             best
             Beer
             in
             all
             Holland
             .
             When
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             was
             in
             the
             Field
             ,
             he
             did
             use
             to
             drink
             no
             other
             than
             Rotterdam-Beer
             .
             Some
             years
             ago
             there
             was
             an
             English
             man
             of
             War
             cast
             away
             in
             the
             Harbour
             ;
             and
             since
             there
             has
             been
             spent
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             Money
             to
             get
             it
             up
             again
             ,
             but
             all
             in
             vain
             .
          
           
           
             The
             great
             Erasmus
             ,
             so
             well
             known
             ,
             〈…〉
             his
             Learning
             and
             Books
             ,
             was
             born
             〈…〉
             in
             1467
             ,
             and
             died
             at
             Fryburg
             in
             Alsatia
             ;
             there
             is
             his
             Statue
             in
             Copper
             ,
             upon
             the
             Bridge
             ,
             with
             his
             Book
             in
             his
             hand
             .
             This
             Town
             is
             the
             next
             to
             Amsterdam
             for
             Trade
             ;
             and
             here
             are
             to
             be
             met
             with
             ,
             Ships
             for
             
               England
               ,
               Scotland
               ,
               France
               ,
               Spain
               ,
            
             and
             the
             Indies
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XV.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               small
               Towns
               of
               Holland
               .
            
          
           
             WIthin
             half
             a
             league
             of
             Rotterdam
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             pretty
             Burrough
             ,
             call'd
             Delfs-haven
             ;
             so
             nam'd
             ,
             because
             that
             the
             Duke
             Albert
             of
             Bavaria
             ,
             in
             acknowledgement
             of
             the
             services
             he
             had
             received
             from
             those
             of
             Delft
             ,
             granted
             them
             the
             liberty
             of
             making
             a
             Port
             from
             Overschia
             ,
             a
             Village
             that
             is
             about
             half
             way
             between
             Delft
             and
             Rotterdam
             .
             The
             Inhabitants
             are
             
             most
             of
             them
             Seamen
             ,
             and
             send
             o
             〈…〉
             very
             year
             great
             numbers
             of
             
               B
               〈…〉
            
             for
             the
             fishing
             of
             Herring
             .
             It
             s
             〈◊〉
             on
             is
             such
             ,
             that
             with
             small
             cost
             it
             might
             be
             so
             fortified
             ,
             as
             to
             be
             made
             impregnable
             .
             Upon
             the
             same
             River
             ,
             a
             league
             off
             ,
             is
             Schiedam
             ,
             a
             famous
             Town
             for
             Fishing
             .
             Vlarding
             is
             hard
             by
             ,
             a
             small
             Village
             ,
             but
             formerly
             a
             strong
             Town
             ;
             the
             Meuse
             being
             a
             little
             too
             near
             it
             ,
             has
             devoured
             a
             great
             part
             of
             it
             .
             Masanluys
             is
             a
             fair
             Burrough
             ,
             two
             leagues
             lower
             ;
             the
             Inhabitants
             whereof
             are
             most
             Fishermen
             .
             They
             that
             take
             shipping
             at
             the
             Bril
             ,
             go
             through
             this
             Burrough
             .
          
           
             Having
             cross'd
             the
             Meuse
             ,
             which
             is
             above
             a
             league
             broad
             in
             this
             place
             ,
             you
             come
             to
             the
             Briel
             ,
             which
             is
             at
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             River
             ,
             and
             all
             Ships
             that
             come
             from
             Rotterdam
             ,
             pass
             before
             it
             .
             This
             Town
             was
             taken
             by
             onset
             by
             the
             Count
             of
             Lumay
             ,
             in
             1572.
             and
             it
             was
             the
             first
             place
             that
             the
             Water
             -
             Gueux
             took
             from
             the
             Spaniards
             ;
             and
             here
             were
             laid
             the
             first
             foundations
             of
             that
             Commonwealth
             ,
             which
             now
             flourishes
             in
             the
             Netherlands
             .
             The
             Town
             is
             populous
             ,
             
             and
             the
             Territory
             fruitfull
             in
             Wheat
             ;
             but
             the
             Air
             is
             thick
             ,
             and
             thence
             proceeds
             the
             extream
             rudeness
             of
             its
             Inhabitants
             ,
             a
             vice
             common
             to
             all
             Sea-Towns
             .
          
           
             But
             let
             us
             cross
             the
             Meuse
             again
             to
             go
             to
             the
             Hague
             ;
             and
             in
             our
             way
             see
             St.
             Grave-sant
             ,
             a
             place
             where
             formerly
             the
             Earls
             of
             Holland
             did
             use
             to
             keep
             their
             Court.
             The
             Countrey
             round
             about
             is
             very
             fruitfull
             in
             Corn
             and
             Pasture-grounds
             .
             Here
             are
             made
             those
             green
             Cheeses
             which
             the
             Hollanders
             do
             so
             much
             value
             .
          
           
             Not
             far
             off
             is
             Hontslardick
             ,
             where
             the
             last
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             of
             glorious
             memory
             built
             a
             most
             stately
             House
             ,
             adorn'd
             with
             Walks
             and
             Galleries
             ,
             and
             much
             visited
             by
             Strangers
             .
          
           
             Riisvick
             is
             another
             fair
             Village
             ,
             where
             the
             said
             Prince
             has
             another
             House
             ,
             in
             a
             very
             pleasant
             situation
             among
             the
             Meadows
             ,
             and
             being
             full
             in
             the
             eyes
             of
             those
             that
             come
             from
             Delft
             .
             It
             is
             full
             of
             excellent
             Pictures
             of
             the
             best
             Masters
             of
             Europe
             .
             And
             now
             let
             us
             enter
             the
             Hague
             ,
             the
             delicatest
             Burrough
             in
             the
             whole
             World
             ,
             as
             all
             those
             that
             
             have
             seen
             any
             thing
             abroad
             ,
             do
             willingly
             confess
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XVI
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Hague
               .
            
          
           
             THis
             place
             ,
             which
             by
             the
             breadth
             of
             its
             Streets
             ,
             the
             nobleness
             of
             its
             Buildings
             ,
             the
             pleasant
             shade
             of
             its
             Trees
             ,
             and
             the
             civility
             of
             its
             Inhabitants
             ,
             may
             justly
             claim
             the
             title
             of
             the
             most
             pleasant
             place
             in
             the
             World
             ,
             and
             make
             all
             men
             envy
             the
             happiness
             of
             those
             that
             live
             in
             it
             ,
             has
             on
             Delft-side
             an
             extent
             of
             lovely
             Meadows
             ;
             and
             on
             the
             other
             side
             over
             against
             them
             the
             sandy
             Hills
             ,
             that
             keep
             in
             the
             Sea
             ,
             which
             is
             but
             half
             a
             league
             distant
             from
             the
             Town
             .
             And
             upon
             the
             shore
             is
             Scheveling
             ,
             which
             furnishes
             the
             C●tizens
             with
             fresh
             Fish.
             
          
           
             That
             side
             which
             is
             towards
             Leyden
             ,
             is
             a
             great
             Wood
             of
             Oaks
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             a
             Park
             full
             of
             Deer
             ;
             the
             Earls
             of
             Holland
             did
             formerly
             reside
             here
             ,
             and
             now
             
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             does
             keep
             in
             it
             a
             most
             splendid
             Court.
             On
             one
             side
             o●
             this
             Wood
             is
             a
             great
             Pond
             ,
             round
             about
             which
             of
             late
             are
             built
             many
             noble
             Houses
             .
             The
             Dozles
             make
             the
             corner
             ;
             Prince
             William
             laid
             the
             first
             Stone
             of
             them
             himself
             .
             Behinde
             the
             Court
             ,
             over
             against
             the
             other
             corner
             ,
             is
             a
             House
             built
             by
             Prince
             Maurice
             of
             Nassaw
             ,
             in
             which
             are
             the
             Pictures
             of
             most
             of
             the
             Kings
             of
             Europe
             ,
             with
             many
             rarities
             from
             America
             .
          
           
             The
             Voorhout
             ,
             with
             the
             House
             towards
             the
             Princes
             Palace
             ,
             on
             the
             Ponds
             ,
             make
             the
             finest
             part
             of
             the
             Hague
             .
             Here
             every
             evening
             are
             seen
             many
             Lords
             and
             Ladies
             taking
             the
             Air
             ,
             some
             in
             their
             Coaches
             ,
             and
             some
             afoot
             .
          
           
             The
             Jacobins
             Cloister
             is
             still
             call'd
             the
             Cloister-Church
             .
             There
             is
             another
             Church
             lately
             built
             in
             a
             round
             figure
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             not
             a
             fairer
             out-side
             in
             all
             the
             17.
             
             Provinces
             ;
             within
             there
             is
             never
             a
             Pillar
             ,
             insomuch
             that
             the
             Minister
             in
             his
             Pulpit
             may
             be
             seen
             and
             heard
             by
             all
             those
             that
             are
             in
             the
             Church
             .
             The
             Chappell
             of
             the
             Earls
             of
             Holland
             is
             now
             the
             Fr●nch
             Church
             .
          
           
           
             There
             are
             two
             very
             fine
             Piazzaes
             ,
             one
             before
             and
             the
             other
             behinde
             the
             Princes
             Palace
             ,
             where
             all
             the
             Houses
             are
             like
             so
             many
             Palaces
             themselves
             ;
             there
             live
             the
             Deputies
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             .
             The
             Towns
             have
             each
             of
             them
             built
             Houses
             for
             their
             Deputies
             ;
             and
             that
             which
             is
             for
             Leyden
             ,
             is
             to
             my
             liking
             the
             best
             ,
             and
             most
             advantagiously
             situated
             .
             The
             Embassadors
             of
             Princes
             have
             also
             their
             Houses
             here
             .
          
           
             The
             Market-place
             is
             before
             the
             great
             Church
             ,
             which
             has
             a
             very
             high
             square
             Steeple
             ,
             and
             may
             be
             seen
             a
             great
             way
             off
             .
             There
             is
             another
             fine
             Street
             ,
             though
             not
             finish'd
             ,
             call'd
             
               Le
               fosse
               du
               Prince
            
             ;
             here
             live
             many
             Strangers
             ,
             some
             for
             business
             ,
             and
             others
             for
             their
             advantage
             .
             There
             are
             many
             French
             ;
             they
             have
             a
             Quarter
             to
             themselves
             .
             Besides
             ,
             there
             are
             many
             people
             of
             quality
             that
             keep
             their
             Coaches
             ,
             and
             contribute
             much
             ,
             to
             make
             the
             Court
             at
             the
             Hague
             one
             of
             the
             gloriousest
             Courts
             of
             the
             World.
             
          
           
             Now
             let
             us
             return
             to
             Leyden
             by
             the
             Wood
             ,
             on
             the
             right
             hand
             of
             which
             is
             a
             very
             fair
             Castle
             ,
             belonging
             
             to
             the
             Princess
             Dowager
             .
             From
             this
             Wood
             to
             a
             league
             within
             the
             Town
             't
             is
             all
             Sand
             ,
             full
             of
             Rabbits
             and
             Coneys
             .
             And
             here
             we
             may
             admire
             the
             Hollanders
             industry
             ,
             that
             diggs
             and
             carries
             away
             the
             Sand
             ,
             and
             makes
             a
             good
             arable
             ground
             .
          
           
             From
             Leyden
             to
             Werden
             there
             are
             six
             leagues
             ,
             either
             upon
             a
             Bank
             ,
             or
             by
             the
             Channell
             ;
             and
             beyond
             the
             Sluce
             of
             Goude
             are
             Suamerdam
             and
             Bodegrave
             ,
             the
             latter
             of
             which
             is
             one
             of
             the
             fairest
             Villages
             in
             all
             Holland
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XVII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Voerden
               .
            
          
           
             THis
             Town
             was
             built
             in
             1374.
             by
             the
             Bishop
             of
             Utrect
             ,
             to
             keep
             the
             Citizens
             of
             Utrect
             in
             awe
             .
             It
             has
             been
             the
             occasion
             of
             great
             Wars
             between
             these
             two
             Provinces
             ;
             but
             at
             last
             by
             the
             conspiracy
             of
             
               Heman
               de
               Voerden
            
             with
             
               de
               Velsen
            
             ,
             it
             was
             reduced
             under
             the
             Hollanders
             obedience
             .
             The
             Rhene
             goes
             through
             it
             ,
             and
             in
             its
             Fauxbourgs
             are
             made
             great
             quantities
             of
             Bricks
             .
             There
             is
             a
             Castle
             formerly
             held
             impregnable
             ,
             in
             which
             the
             Admiral
             of
             Arragon
             was
             kept
             prisoner
             a
             great
             while
             ,
             after
             the
             Battle
             of
             Flanders
             .
          
           
             From
             Voerden
             we
             will
             turn
             our
             backs
             to
             Utrect
             ,
             and
             our
             side
             to
             Montfort
             ,
             and
             come
             to
             Undevater
             ,
             and
             so
             follow
             the
             borders
             of
             the
             Province
             .
             This
             Town
             is
             upon
             Issel
             ,
             within
             a
             league
             of
             Montfort
             ;
             it
             is
             but
             little
             ,
             but
             very
             pleasant
             .
             In
             1579.
             it
             was
             taken
             and
             
             sackt
             by
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             to
             revenge
             the
             affront
             they
             had
             receiv'd
             before
             Leyden
             ,
             and
             in
             payment
             of
             their
             arrears
             .
             From
             this
             place
             you
             may
             go
             to
             Goude
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             Meuse
             to
             Rotterdam
             .
             All
             along
             the
             said
             River
             are
             nothing
             but
             fair
             Villages
             ,
             and
             pleasant
             Countrey-Houses
             .
          
           
             Now
             let
             us
             cross
             the
             River
             Lec
             ,
             and
             see
             the
             Towns
             lying
             upon
             it
             .
             It
             is
             properly
             one
             of
             the
             Branches
             of
             the
             Rhene
             ,
             upon
             which
             are
             situated
             Aulembourg
             ,
             and
             Viane
             ,
             a
             small
             Town
             which
             belongs
             to
             the
             Brederodes
             ,
             and
             is
             not
             reckon'd
             among
             the
             Towns
             of
             Holland
             .
             In
             it
             every
             thing
             is
             cheap
             ,
             for
             there
             is
             little
             or
             no
             Excise
             payed
             ,
             and
             all
             those
             that
             do
             break
             in
             Holland
             ,
             may
             sowe
             themselves
             here
             ,
             and
             have
             a
             protection
             from
             the
             Lord
             of
             the
             place
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             in
             it
             a
             fair
             Castle
             ,
             in
             which
             ordinarily
             
               Monsieur
               Brederode
            
             resides
             .
          
           
             Four
             leagues
             lower
             is
             Schoon-hoven
             ,
             which
             takes
             its
             name
             from
             the
             beauty
             of
             its
             Gardens
             ;
             for
             Schoon
             signifies
             fair
             ,
             and
             Hoff
             Garden
             ,
             or
             Court.
             Some
             by
             reason
             of
             its
             Harbour
             have
             call'd
             it
             Schoon-haff
             .
          
           
           
             The
             River
             is
             here
             very
             broad
             ,
             and
             there
             are
             many
             Salmon
             and
             other
             delicate
             Fish
             taken
             in
             it
             .
             The
             Town
             is
             small
             ,
             but
             very
             pleasant
             ,
             and
             there
             are
             fine
             Walks
             about
             it
             .
          
           
             An
             Earl
             of
             Holland
             caus'd
             a
             Bank
             to
             be
             raised
             from
             Ameron
             to
             the
             said
             Town
             ,
             in
             favour
             of
             the
             Bishop
             Otho
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1424.
             the
             said
             Town
             was
             deliver'd
             to
             Jaequeline
             ,
             Countess
             of
             Holland
             ,
             by
             the
             treachery
             of
             the
             Citizens
             ;
             but
             the
             Castle
             held
             out
             ,
             though
             there
             were
             but
             a
             Garrison
             of
             50.
             stout
             men
             in
             it
             :
             at
             last
             they
             yeelded
             ,
             and
             had
             all
             quarter
             and
             their
             liberties
             ,
             except
             one
             
               Albert
               Beiling
            
             ,
             whose
             vertue
             and
             loyalty
             is
             as
             much
             to
             be
             prized
             ,
             as
             that
             of
             the
             
               Roman
               Regulus
            
             ;
             for
             having
             obtain'd
             leave
             to
             go
             home
             and
             settle
             his
             Estate
             ,
             and
             having
             given
             no
             other
             security
             than
             his
             Parole
             ,
             he
             fail'd
             not
             upon
             the
             day
             appointed
             to
             come
             and
             render
             himself
             prisoner
             .
          
           
             Between
             L●c
             and
             Vahal
             there
             is
             another
             little
             River
             ,
             call'd
             Lingue
             ,
             upon
             which
             are
             three
             small
             Towns
             ,
             which
             the
             curious
             will
             do
             well
             to
             see
             before
             they
             come
             to
             Gorcum
             .
          
           
           
             Asperen
             ,
             a
             small
             Town
             upon
             the
             same
             River
             ,
             which
             was
             anciently
             a
             Fee
             of
             the
             noble
             House
             of
             Arkel
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             Heukelom
             .
             There
             was
             a
             very
             ancient
             Castle
             .
          
           
             Leerdam
             is
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             these
             two
             little
             Towns
             ,
             and
             belonging
             to
             the
             same
             Family
             :
             it
             is
             almost
             square
             ,
             and
             there
             are
             many
             Gardens
             .
             Frederick
             ,
             Count
             Egmond
             ,
             having
             married
             Mary
             ,
             Daughter
             to
             the
             Lord
             of
             Arkel
             ,
             was
             the
             first
             Earl
             of
             Leerdam
             .
             It
             belongs
             now
             to
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             for
             the
             Prince
             Philip
             ,
             great
             Uncle
             to
             this
             Prince
             ,
             had
             it
             from
             his
             Mother
             ,
             Anna
             of
             Egmond
             .
          
           
             Gorcum
             is
             now
             one
             of
             the
             strongest
             places
             of
             the
             Low-Countreys
             ,
             being
             regularly
             fortified
             according
             to
             the
             modern
             way
             .
             It
             is
             upon
             the
             Meuse
             ,
             about
             five
             leagues
             above
             Dort.
             It
             was
             first
             built
             by
             a
             Gentleman
             of
             the
             House
             of
             Arkel
             ,
             who
             had
             a
             fair
             Castle
             here
             .
             The
             River
             Lingue
             runs
             through
             it
             ,
             and
             brings
             in
             all
             Commodities
             to
             the
             Inhabitants
             .
             This
             Town
             is
             one
             of
             the
             Keys
             of
             Holland
             ,
             together
             with
             the
             strong
             Castle
             of
             Louvestein
             ,
             situated
             a
             little
             
             higher
             ,
             upon
             the
             confluence
             of
             the
             two
             Rivers
             .
             It
             is
             famous
             for
             having
             been
             the
             prison
             of
             many
             Arminian
             Ministers
             ;
             and
             amongst
             others
             of
             that
             learn'd
             
               Hugo
               Grotius
            
             ,
             who
             was
             since
             Embassador
             from
             the
             King
             of
             Sweden
             to
             the
             King
             of
             France
             .
             He
             got
             out
             by
             a
             very
             witty
             stratagem
             ,
             fled
             into
             Brabant
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             pass'd
             into
             France
             .
             He
             endeavour'd
             at
             last
             to
             reconcile
             all
             mindes
             about
             Religion
             ;
             but
             the
             Politicians
             on
             one
             side
             ,
             and
             the
             Churchmen
             on
             the
             other
             ,
             frustrated
             his
             good
             intentions
             .
             He
             died
             at
             Rostoc
             in
             Ruckelbnrg
             ,
             coming
             home
             ,
             and
             his
             body
             lies
             buried
             at
             Delft
             .
          
           
             To
             go
             to
             Heusden
             you
             must
             go
             out
             of
             the
             limits
             ,
             and
             pass
             by
             Bommel
             ,
             though
             it
             be
             not
             altogether
             necessary
             ,
             for
             there
             is
             another
             way
             .
             Bommel
             is
             an
             Island
             which
             defends
             Holland
             ,
             and
             is
             about
             two
             leagues
             from
             Bosleduke
             ,
             most
             admirably
             fortified
             .
          
           
             But
             let
             us
             come
             to
             Heusden
             ,
             which
             is
             below
             Bosleduke
             ,
             upon
             the
             Meuse
             ,
             and
             let
             us
             consider
             it
             ,
             not
             for
             the
             controversie
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             whether
             it
             be
             of
             the
             Dutchy
             of
             Brabant
             ,
             or
             of
             Holland
             ;
             but
             
             for
             its
             admirable
             Fortifications
             .
             It
             is
             environ'd
             with
             seven
             or
             eight
             Bastions
             ,
             and
             some
             half
             Moons
             .
             This
             with
             the
             breadth
             of
             the
             River
             secures
             it
             from
             all
             danger
             ,
             and
             Holland
             from
             all
             fear
             on
             that
             side
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             likewise
             a
             Fort
             in
             the
             Island
             of
             Hemert
             ,
             upon
             the
             Vahal
             ,
             which
             defends
             Heusden
             ;
             a
             thing
             to
             be
             seen
             before
             you
             go
             down
             the
             River
             ,
             and
             follow
             the
             borders
             of
             Brabant
             ,
             upon
             which
             lies
             Voroum
             ,
             a
             small
             Town
             ,
             with
             four
             Bastions
             between
             Louvestein
             and
             Gorcum
             .
          
           
             This
             little
             place
             ,
             with
             the
             Lordship
             of
             Altena
             ,
             was
             sold
             to
             the
             States
             for
             10000.
             pound
             ,
             and
             is
             now
             a
             Rampart
             to
             the
             whole
             Province
             .
             All
             the
             Towns
             fronting
             upon
             Gueldres
             are
             very
             well
             fortified
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             better
             Air
             than
             the
             Towns
             of
             Holland
             ,
             as
             having
             better
             Waters
             ;
             but
             they
             are
             much
             inferior
             in
             beauty
             ,
             neatness
             ,
             and
             riches
             .
          
           
             Iselstein
             is
             a
             small
             Town
             situated
             upon
             Yssel
             ,
             which
             they
             of
             Utrect
             have
             often
             laid
             claim
             to
             ,
             and
             there
             has
             been
             War
             between
             the
             Bishops
             of
             Utrect
             and
             the
             Earls
             of
             Holland
             for
             it
             ;
             the
             place
             
             standing
             in
             a
             fruitfull
             pleasant
             Soyl.
             It
             is
             rather
             long
             than
             square
             ,
             and
             adorn'd
             with
             fine
             Gardens
             ;
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             is
             Lord
             of
             it
             .
             Now
             let
             us
             follow
             the
             Frontier
             of
             Brabant
             ,
             to
             the
             West
             .
          
           
             As
             soon
             as
             you
             come
             out
             of
             the
             Lordship
             of
             Altena
             ,
             you
             meet
             with
             the
             strong
             Town
             of
             Gertrudenbergue
             ,
             divided
             from
             Holland
             by
             a
             great
             Lake
             that
             the
             Rhene
             and
             the
             Meuse
             make
             before
             Dort.
             It
             is
             almost
             a
             half
             Moon
             ,
             of
             which
             two
             thirds
             are
             bath'd
             with
             the
             Water
             of
             the
             Lake
             ,
             and
             has
             excellent
             Bastions
             .
             Besides
             ,
             there
             are
             Forts
             with
             Sluces
             ,
             which
             can
             drown
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             ground
             which
             lies
             low
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1321.
             the
             Castle
             was
             built
             ;
             and
             a
             100.
             year
             after
             both
             the
             Town
             and
             the
             Cathedrall
             Church
             were
             both
             burnt
             down
             by
             those
             of
             Dort
             ,
             who
             took
             it
             after
             a
             long
             siege
             .
             It
             belongs
             now
             to
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             having
             often
             chang'd
             Masters
             by
             the
             chance
             of
             War.
             There
             is
             taken
             before
             it
             great
             quantities
             of
             Salmon
             ;
             but
             I
             have
             heard
             a
             Citizen
             relate
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             time
             of
             the
             War
             their
             Fishing
             fail'd
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             
             great
             noise
             of
             the
             Canonadoes
             ,
             that
             frighted
             all
             the
             Fish
             away
             .
          
           
             To
             go
             from
             Gertrudenbergue
             by
             land
             to
             Clundert
             ,
             you
             must
             leave
             Breda
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             ,
             and
             pass
             by
             Sevenberg
             ,
             a
             Lordship
             which
             depends
             on
             
               Brabant
               .
               Clundert
            
             has
             eight
             Bastions
             ,
             and
             some
             Ravelins
             ,
             and
             was
             first
             wall'd
             by
             Prince
             William
             the
             first
             ,
             whose
             it
             was
             ,
             and
             since
             fortified
             .
             It
             has
             a
             fine
             Church
             ,
             and
             good
             Bells
             .
          
           
             Willemstradt
             is
             hard
             by
             ,
             a
             Town
             which
             bears
             the
             name
             of
             its
             founder
             .
             It
             has
             seven
             Bastions
             ,
             a
             double
             Ditch
             ,
             and
             a
             fair
             Harbour
             .
             It
             has
             Brabant
             on
             the
             South
             ,
             and
             Zeeland
             on
             the
             North
             ,
             which
             seems
             to
             communicate
             to
             it
             something
             of
             the
             courseness
             of
             its
             Air
             ;
             for
             here
             are
             bred
             Feavers
             ,
             very
             hard
             to
             be
             cur'd
             ,
             insomuch
             as
             those
             that
             have
             them
             seem
             as
             if
             they
             were
             bewitched
             .
             The
             Citizens
             of
             Leyden
             can
             testifie
             it
             to
             their
             cost
             ;
             for
             many
             of
             them
             were
             in
             Garrison
             there
             in
             the
             War
             time
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             came
             home
             ,
             some
             died
             ,
             some
             lingred
             a
             great
             while
             ,
             and
             in
             all
             ,
             I
             know
             not
             above
             three
             that
             scap'd
             being
             very
             sick
             .
          
           
           
             I
             have
             spoke
             of
             these
             little
             Towns
             ,
             only
             for
             their
             Fortifications
             ;
             let
             us
             now
             see
             the
             Islands
             that
             are
             over
             against
             Zeeland
             .
             The
             first
             is
             Overslac
             ;
             you
             must
             land
             at
             
               Ol●rens
               Plact
            
             ,
             a
             Village
             where
             the
             Fleet
             of
             Shallops
             was
             to
             have
             landed
             ,
             1631.
             
             In
             the
             said
             Island
             which
             is
             very
             fertile
             in
             Corn
             ,
             is
             a
             fair
             Village
             ,
             call'd
             Sommerdi●ke
             ,
             the
             Lord
             of
             which
             was
             Governor
             of
             Nimmegue
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             end
             of
             this
             Island
             is
             another
             ,
             in
             which
             is
             the
             Town
             of
             Gouree
             ,
             the
             Harbour
             of
             which
             is
             now
             stop'd
             up
             with
             Sand.
             
          
           
             Between
             Gouree
             and
             Helwetsluys
             there
             is
             a
             great
             depth
             of
             Water
             ,
             where
             the
             greatest
             Ships
             may
             ride
             .
             Now
             we
             are
             come
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Vorne
             ,
             the
             chiefest
             place
             of
             which
             is
             the
             Briel
             ,
             then
             Geervliet
             ,
             where
             there
             was
             a
             Colledge
             of
             Canons
             ;
             and
             Huervliet
             ,
             a
             fine
             place
             belonging
             to
             Mr.
             
               de
               Kerchove
               ,
               high
               Huntsman
            
             of
             Holland
             .
             The
             rest
             of
             this
             Island
             which
             ends
             at
             Dort
             ,
             is
             call'd
             Beyerland
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             part
             Stryac
             ,
             where
             there
             are
             many
             rich
             Villages
             ,
             the
             best
             of
             which
             is
             Isselmond
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XVIII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Towns
               that
               are
               in
               Goylant
               ,
               near
               the
               South-Sea
               .
            
          
           
             WE
             have
             seen
             the
             borders
             of
             this
             Province
             towards
             
               Gueldres
               ,
               Utrect
               ,
               Brabant
            
             ,
             and
             Zeland
             ;
             we
             have
             now
             a
             journey
             to
             take
             South-East
             ,
             before
             we
             go
             directly
             North
             ,
             to
             see
             three
             small
             Towns.
             From
             Amsterdam
             you
             go
             by
             Sea
             to
             Naerden
             ,
             the
             chief
             Town
             of
             Goylant
             .
             It
             has
             been
             destroyed
             ,
             and
             then
             built
             up
             again
             ;
             the
             old
             foundations
             are
             yet
             to
             be
             seen
             in
             the
             South-Sea
             ,
             when
             a
             certain
             Winde
             blows
             and
             drives
             out
             the
             Sea.
             
          
           
             The
             Citizens
             of
             this
             place
             acquir'd
             great
             reputation
             ,
             by
             taking
             that
             Traytor
             
               Gerrard
               de
               Velsen
            
             ,
             who
             was
             carrying
             the
             Earl
             Florent
             prisoner
             into
             England
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1355.
             the
             second
             Town
             
             was
             built
             ,
             and
             adorn'd
             with
             priviledges
             by
             the
             Duke
             William
             of
             Bavaria
             .
          
           
             In
             1481.
             they
             of
             Utrect
             having
             given
             the
             Hollanders
             a
             great
             overthrow
             ,
             surprized
             the
             Town
             of
             Naerden
             by
             an
             ingenious
             stratagem
             ;
             for
             they
             dress'd
             a
             good
             number
             of
             young
             Souldiers
             like
             Countreywomen
             going
             to
             Market
             ,
             who
             being
             let
             in
             ,
             seized
             a
             Gate
             of
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             gave
             entrance
             to
             the
             enemies
             :
             the
             Citizens
             redeem'd
             themselves
             from
             fire
             and
             sword
             by
             a
             great
             summe
             of
             money
             .
             But
             a
             little
             after
             they
             were
             reveng'd
             ;
             for
             falling
             upon
             the
             Bishoprick
             ,
             they
             kill'd
             1500.
             of
             their
             enemies
             upon
             the
             spot
             ,
             and
             in
             memory
             of
             that
             advantage
             ,
             built
             a
             high
             Tower
             ,
             with
             this
             Inscription
             ,
             
               Utrect
               hold
               thy
               peace
            
             .
          
           
             In
             1486.
             the
             said
             Town
             was
             almost
             all
             burnt
             down
             ;
             and
             this
             misfortune
             seem'd
             to
             be
             a
             fore-runner
             of
             that
             which
             befell
             them
             about
             a
             100.
             years
             after
             :
             for
             Frederick
             ,
             Son
             to
             the
             Duke
             of
             Alva
             ,
             having
             taken
             Zutpheen
             ,
             fell
             upon
             Naerden
             .
             The
             Citizens
             not
             expecting
             so
             sudden
             an
             alarm
             ,
             were
             not
             so
             provident
             as
             to
             send
             Embassadors
             to
             mediate
             
             for
             them
             ;
             but
             seeing
             the
             Army
             at
             their
             Gates
             ,
             surrender'd
             their
             Town
             into
             the
             victors
             hands
             ,
             and
             trusted
             to
             his
             discretion
             and
             mercy
             :
             but
             he
             participating
             much
             of
             the
             cruell
             humor
             of
             his
             Father
             ,
             commanded
             all
             the
             Inhabitants
             to
             be
             assembled
             in
             the
             publick
             Market-place
             ,
             and
             there
             sent
             them
             Monks
             to
             confess
             them
             ,
             and
             pronounce
             to
             them
             their
             sentence
             of
             death
             .
             The
             poor
             creatures
             who
             thought
             to
             have
             heard
             their
             pardon
             proclaim'd
             ,
             were
             immediately
             set
             upon
             by
             some
             Regiments
             ,
             and
             cruelly
             slaughter'd
             .
             This
             barbarous
             execution
             brought
             so
             great
             an
             odium
             upon
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             that
             it
             made
             the
             people
             of
             Leyden
             rather
             resolve
             to
             starve
             ,
             than
             yeeld
             to
             the
             mercy
             of
             so
             cruell
             a
             Nation
             .
             That
             which
             is
             most
             remarkable
             too
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             were
             most
             of
             them
             Catholicks
             ;
             and
             I
             think
             it
             is
             from
             thence
             that
             comes
             that
             deriding
             Proverb
             in
             
               Holland
               ,
               Art
               thou
               a
               Catholick
               ,
               that
               is
               good
               for
               thy
               soul.
               
            
          
           
             Mude
             is
             hard
             by
             Naerden
             ,
             upon
             the
             River
             Veckt
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             South-Sea
             .
             It
             is
             a
             little
             Town
             ,
             which
             has
             a
             very
             ancient
             Castle
             ,
             in
             which
             was
             
             kept
             prisoner
             the
             Count
             Florent
             .
          
           
             Hard
             by
             is
             Wesop
             upon
             the
             same
             River
             ,
             famous
             for
             its
             good
             Beer
             ,
             whereof
             much
             is
             brought
             to
             Leyden
             ,
             where
             it
             is
             call'd
             ,
             for
             its
             excellency
             ,
             the
             
               Flemmings
               Physick
            
             .
          
           
             All
             the
             Countrey
             from
             Amsterdam
             ,
             taking
             by
             Voerden
             to
             Leyden
             ,
             shut
             in
             by
             the
             Sea
             of
             Harlem
             ,
             is
             very
             low
             ;
             it
             is
             all
             Meadow
             ,
             or
             Turf-ground
             ;
             as
             also
             between
             
               Leyden
               ,
               Goude
            
             ,
             and
             Rotterdam
             ,
             there
             are
             digg'd
             great
             quantities
             of
             Turfs
             :
             nay
             the
             Earth
             is
             so
             cut
             in
             many
             places
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             inaccessible
             otherwise
             than
             by
             Boat
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             Subject
             of
             great
             admiration
             to
             Strangers
             .
          
           
             The
             Boats
             that
             go
             in
             the
             night-time
             from
             Leyderdorp
             to
             Amsterdam
             ,
             pass
             through
             the
             Lake
             of
             Brassmermeere
             ,
             and
             stay
             about
             two
             hours
             at
             a
             Village
             call'd
             Bilderdam
             ;
             then
             in
             the
             morning
             they
             arrive
             at
             another
             call'd
             Ouderkerk
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             league
             from
             Amsterdam
             .
             There
             are
             Waggons
             that
             go
             by
             land
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             particularly
             the
             Earth
             of
             this
             Countrey
             that
             is
             observ'd
             to
             tremble
             and
             quake
             .
             When
             it
             has
             rain'd
             ,
             the
             wayes
             are
             all
             drown'd
             ,
             and
             become
             like
             a
             Marsh.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XIX
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Lakes
               and
               Rivers
               .
            
          
           
             OF
             all
             the
             Rivers
             that
             come
             from
             Germany
             and
             Water-Holland
             ,
             the
             chiefest
             is
             the
             Rhene
             ,
             which
             divides
             into
             two
             branches
             ;
             one
             retains
             the
             name
             of
             Rhene
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             is
             call'd
             Vahal
             ,
             and
             that
             receives
             the
             Meuse
             ,
             which
             comes
             from
             Lorrain
             ,
             and
             goes
             through
             the
             Town
             of
             Leege
             .
             These
             Rivers
             meet
             all
             before
             Gorcum
             ,
             and
             flow
             gently
             into
             the
             Sea
             ,
             near
             Dort
             and
             Rotterdam
             ,
             making
             all
             the
             Islands
             we
             have
             spoke
             of
             .
             The
             Countrey
             lying
             low
             ,
             there
             are
             abundance
             of
             Lakes
             ,
             into
             which
             enter
             a
             great
             many
             Channels
             ,
             made
             by
             Art.
             The
             greatest
             of
             these
             Lakes
             is
             Harlem-Lake
             ,
             which
             begins
             to
             extend
             it self
             between
             Leyden
             and
             the
             Village
             of
             Kague
             ,
             which
             stand
             in
             at
             Island
             at
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             said
             Lake
             ,
             into
             which
             the
             Boats
             enter
             here
             .
             Those
             Boats
             that
             go
             to
             Harlem
             ,
             keep
             
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             ,
             and
             they
             that
             go
             to
             Amsterdam
             ,
             on
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             pass
             by
             Alsemeer
             .
             This
             Lake
             is
             very
             broad
             ,
             but
             not
             deep
             ;
             between
             Harlem
             and
             Amsterdam
             it
             grows
             narrower
             ,
             and
             is
             call'd
             Sprin●smeere
             :
             there
             is
             a
             Dike
             or
             Bank
             with
             prodigious
             Sluces
             ,
             which
             are
             opened
             according
             as
             the
             Wind
             ●its
             ,
             to
             let
             out
             some
             of
             the
             Water
             into
             the
             River
             Ye
             .
             Here
             the
             Harlem
             Boats
             stay
             ,
             and
             the
             Passengers
             land
             ,
             and
             see
             a
             fair
             House
             ,
             built
             by
             the
             noble
             Colledge
             of
             the
             Heemrades
             .
          
           
             On
             Amsterdam-side
             it
             grows
             still
             narrower
             ,
             till
             you
             come
             to
             Overtom
             ,
             a
             fair
             Village
             of
             the
             Jurisdiction
             of
             Harlem
             ,
             which
             keeps
             the
             passage
             shut
             by
             a
             Dike
             ,
             over
             which
             the
             Boats
             which
             go
             from
             Leyden
             to
             Amsterdam
             must
             pass
             ,
             by
             the
             means
             of
             certain
             wooden
             Rowlers
             ,
             and
             other
             Instruments
             .
             This
             obstacle
             is
             to
             force
             the
             great
             Boats
             full
             of
             Merchandizes
             ,
             to
             go
             by
             Harlem
             ,
             to
             the
             profit
             of
             the
             said
             Town
             .
          
           
             This
             Lake
             before
             the
             Wars
             was
             not
             half
             so
             big
             ;
             and
             I
             have
             heard
             old
             men
             say
             ,
             that
             from
             their
             remembrance
             it
             had
             encreased
             the
             compass
             of
             above
             
             four
             miles
             .
             Every
             year
             it
             eats
             away
             some
             of
             the
             Land
             that
             borders
             upon
             it
             ,
             insomuch
             that
             the
             neighbouring
             Corporations
             have
             often
             met
             to
             consult
             about
             the
             drayning
             of
             it
             ,
             but
             as
             yet
             without
             effect
             .
             It
             would
             require
             above
             500.
             miles
             ,
             and
             the
             cost
             would
             amount
             to
             above
             200000.
             pound
             ;
             but
             the
             bottome
             being
             partly
             Veenes
             ,
             and
             partly
             good
             Land
             ,
             would
             sell
             well
             ,
             and
             defray
             a
             good
             part
             of
             the
             expence
             .
          
           
             This
             Lake
             is
             very
             full
             of
             Fish
             ,
             and
             breeds
             Eeles
             of
             a
             prodigious
             bigness
             ,
             as
             all
             ●●imy
             Waters
             do
             .
             But
             I
             shall
             not
             speak
             any
             more
             of
             this
             nor
             other
             Lakes
             ,
             nor
             of
             the
             holes
             which
             the
             Countrey
             people
             make
             every
             day
             by
             digging
             up
             Turfs
             ,
             which
             if
             at
             last
             by
             some
             rupture
             they
             should
             meet
             ,
             would
             go
             near
             to
             drown
             all
             this
             lower
             Region
             ,
             and
             swallow
             up
             these
             fine
             Meadows
             .
             Now
             let
             us
             go
             to
             North-Holland
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XX.
             
          
           
             
               North-Holland
               ,
               
                 commonly
                 call'd
              
               West-Frieze
               .
            
          
           
             THis
             part
             is
             so
             call'd
             ,
             because
             it
             has
             Holland
             on
             the
             South
             ,
             and
             Friezeland
             on
             the
             East
             ,
             from
             which
             it
             is
             divided
             by
             the
             South-Sea
             ,
             which
             some
             Authors
             affirm
             to
             have
             been
             formerly
             so
             narrow
             ,
             that
             it
             might
             have
             been
             pass'd
             over
             with
             a
             plank
             .
             This
             Countrey
             is
             likewise
             call'd
             Waterland
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             many
             Lakes
             that
             it
             abounds
             with
             ;
             some
             of
             them
             have
             been
             drayn'd
             ,
             
               viz.
               Beemster
               ,
               Ziip
            
             ,
             and
             Schermer
             ,
             which
             are
             now
             rich
             grounds
             ,
             where
             the
             chief
             Citizens
             of
             Amsterdam
             have
             Houses
             and
             Gardens
             .
             Every
             where
             here
             there
             are
             Dikes
             ;
             that
             of
             Mede●bliike
             is
             made
             of
             a
             certain
             matter
             which
             the
             Sea
             casts
             up
             ,
             this
             Element
             preparing
             thus
             a
             bridle
             to
             its
             own
             fury
             .
          
           
             This
             Countrey
             has
             on
             the
             North
             the
             Ocean
             and
             the
             Texel
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             South
             
             the
             River
             Ye
             ,
             and
             is
             joyn'd
             to
             the
             South-part
             of
             Holland
             ,
             by
             a
             small
             neck
             of
             Land
             on
             Harlem-side
             .
          
           
             This
             people
             drives
             a
             great
             Trade
             ,
             by
             means
             of
             the
             Water
             they
             are
             environ'd
             with
             ,
             which
             at
             the
             same
             time
             does
             so
             fortifie
             them
             ,
             as
             to
             secure
             them
             from
             all
             acts
             of
             hostility
             .
             They
             keep
             their
             old
             fashions
             and
             customes
             ;
             and
             yet
             they
             are
             not
             so
             simple
             as
             they
             appear
             ,
             but
             are
             indeed
             very
             sincere
             ,
             and
             more
             to
             be
             believ'd
             upon
             their
             simple
             affirmative
             ,
             than
             other
             Nations
             upon
             their
             oaths
             and
             blasphemies
             .
             The
             Women
             are
             equally
             chaste
             and
             fair
             ,
             and
             often
             a
             young
             man
             shall
             sit
             a
             whole
             night
             by
             his
             Mistress
             ,
             and
             never
             hold
             any
             discourse
             any
             wayes
             offensive
             to
             her
             honour
             .
             They
             have
             most
             of
             them
             red
             Hair
             ,
             and
             their
             locks
             guilded
             upon
             their
             fore-heads
             .
             They
             wear
             not
             Handkerchiefs
             ,
             but
             a
             velvet
             Whisk
             ,
             with
             a
             golden
             Hook
             and
             Clasp
             .
             That
             which
             I
             think
             very
             undecent
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             wear
             their
             Petticoats
             so
             short
             ,
             that
             they
             scarce
             come
             below
             their
             knees
             .
             The
             men
             wear
             plain
             Bands
             ,
             square
             Beards
             ,
             have
             a
             grave
             behaviour
             ,
             and
             are
             of
             a
             
             strong
             complexion
             ,
             and
             tall
             stature
             .
             All
             their
             business
             is
             Commerce
             ,
             which
             they
             have
             with
             all
             the
             Northern
             Countries
             ;
             and
             particularly
             Herrings
             are
             their
             great
             Commodity
             .
          
           
             Between
             Harlem
             and
             Alcmaer
             there
             is
             a
             pleasant
             Village
             ,
             whither
             anciently
             people
             did
             use
             to
             go
             in
             pilgrimage
             .
             It
             is
             situated
             upon
             the
             Sea
             of
             Wiie
             ;
             the
             bank
             that
             begins
             there
             is
             call'd
             St.
             Agaths
             bank
             ;
             and
             the
             other
             which
             goes
             to
             Sardam
             is
             call'd
             Assendelftdike
             .
             At
             Sardam
             are
             continually
             built
             great
             Ships
             for
             the
             Indies
             .
             But
             let
             us
             take
             our
             way
             to
             Alcmaer
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXI
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Alcmaer
               and
               Medenbliic
               .
            
          
           
             ALcmaer
             is
             not
             only
             one
             of
             the
             finest
             Towns
             of
             Holland
             ,
             but
             also
             of
             all
             the
             Low-Countries
             ,
             for
             the
             beautiousness
             of
             its
             Buildings
             ,
             and
             the
             neatness
             of
             its
             Streets
             .
             The
             Wars
             that
             it
             maintain'd
             against
             the
             Friezelanders
             ,
             bear
             witness
             of
             its
             antiquity
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             very
             rich
             ,
             and
             has
             a
             great
             Trade
             .
             Many
             of
             its
             Inhabitants
             live
             pleasantly
             ,
             having
             very
             fine
             Gardens
             ,
             and
             a
             fine
             Countrey
             .
          
           
             In
             1328.
             it
             was
             burnt
             ;
             the
             Friezelanders
             have
             often
             besieged
             it
             :
             and
             in
             the
             year
             1517.
             it
             was
             taken
             and
             plunder'd
             for
             eight
             dayes
             by
             those
             of
             Gueldres
             .
          
           
             The
             Earl
             Florent
             the
             fifth
             made
             a
             Dike
             to
             the
             very
             extremities
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             to
             hinder
             the
             Friezelanders
             incursions
             .
             There
             are
             fair
             marks
             to
             shoot
             at
             ,
             for
             the
             exercise
             and
             diversion
             of
             the
             Citizens
             ;
             
             and
             next
             to
             Leyden
             ,
             it
             has
             the
             reputation
             of
             being
             the
             cleanliest
             Town
             in
             Holland
             .
             The
             Spaniards
             after
             the
             taking
             of
             Harlem
             laid
             siege
             to
             it
             ,
             but
             in
             wain
             ;
             they
             were
             forced
             to
             quit
             the
             Town
             ,
             partly
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             ill
             Airs
             and
             partly
             because
             of
             the
             stout
             resist
             ,
             ance
             made
             by
             the
             Townsmen
             .
             Thi
             Town
             is
             near
             the
             Schermer
             ,
             the
             greatest
             Lake
             of
             this
             Septentrionall
             part
             .
          
           
             At
             some
             leagues
             from
             Alcmaer
             upon
             the
             North-Sea-side
             ,
             is
             the
             Hontbos
             ,
             where
             there
             are
             monstrous
             Dikes
             ,
             made
             in
             a
             most
             singular
             manner
             ,
             to
             resist
             the
             fury
             of
             the
             Ocean
             ,
             which
             here
             does
             most
             desperately
             threaten
             the
             ruine
             of
             all
             Holland
             .
             Therefore
             there
             is
             a
             double
             bank
             ,
             that
             so
             in
             case
             one
             should
             break
             ,
             the
             other
             might
             give
             the
             people
             time
             to
             repair
             the
             first
             .
             From
             thence
             you
             may
             go
             to
             the
             Texel
             ,
             or
             take
             your
             way
             to
             
               Seay
               n
            
             by
             the
             Ziipe
             .
          
           
             Seayen
             is
             a
             great
             Village
             ,
             situated
             in
             a
             fat
             Countrey
             ,
             where
             Land
             is
             as
             dear
             again
             as
             in
             any
             part
             of
             Holland
             .
             There
             has
             been
             Trees
             ,
             the
             Fruits
             of
             which
             have
             been
             sold
             for
             10.
             pound
             in
             one
             
             year
             .
             It
             has
             a
             very
             large
             Market-place
             .
             The
             Lords
             of
             Seayen
             are
             descended
             from
             the
             House
             of
             Bavaria
             .
             It
             is
             the
             mid-way
             between
             Alcmaer
             and
             Medenbliick
             .
          
           
             Medenbliick
             is
             an
             ancient
             Town
             ;
             all
             Authors
             agree
             that
             it
             was
             formerly
             the
             Metropolis
             ,
             before
             Horne
             and
             Enchusen
             were
             built
             .
             Some
             derive
             its
             name
             from
             the
             River
             Medem●lack
             ,
             of
             which
             there
             remains
             no
             marks
             ;
             neither
             is
             it
             probable
             that
             the
             famous
             Prince
             R●●lbold
             did
             live
             here
             .
          
           
             It
             was
             taken
             by
             the
             Kenemars
             in
             the
             year
             1426.
             and
             in
             1514.
             they
             of
             Gueldres
             burnt
             it
             down
             to
             the
             ground
             .
             It
             has
             high
             and
             strong
             Dikes
             to
             keep
             out
             the
             South-Sea
             ,
             for
             the
             Land
             lies
             a
             great
             deal
             lower
             than
             the
             Water
             .
             When
             there
             is
             a
             great
             storm
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Sea
             beats
             with
             that
             violence
             ,
             that
             it
             does
             threaten
             the
             utter
             ruine
             of
             all
             that
             opposes
             it
             ,
             the
             Inhabitants
             clap
             Sails
             all
             along
             between
             the
             Dike
             and
             the
             Water
             ,
             and
             so
             hinder
             it
             from
             piercing
             into
             the
             body
             of
             the
             bank
             :
             a
             pretty
             invention
             ,
             and
             to
             which
             they
             owe
             the
             safety
             of
             their
             whole
             Countrey
             .
             There
             is
             an
             old
             
             Castle
             which
             some
             suspect
             to
             have
             been
             the
             Palace
             of
             the
             Princes
             of
             Friezeland
             .
             Here
             live
             most
             of
             your
             Wood-Merchants
             ,
             that
             drive
             a
             great
             Trade
             to
             Norway
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             North.
             Let
             us
             follow
             the
             Sea-side
             ,
             and
             come
             to
             Enchusen
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Enchusen
               .
            
          
           
             THis
             Town
             is
             environ'd
             on
             three
             parts
             by
             the
             Sea.
             It
             is
             like
             a
             half-Moon
             ,
             and
             makes
             a
             point
             or
             neck
             of
             Land
             ,
             which
             advances
             into
             the
             Zuyderzee
             .
             It
             is
             said
             that
             in
             1394.
             
             Albert
             ,
             Earl
             of
             Holland
             ,
             set
             sayl
             from
             hence
             with
             a
             Fleet
             of
             300.
             
             Boats
             ,
             to
             transport
             his
             Army
             into
             Friezeland
             ;
             an
             argument
             that
             then
             it
             was
             a
             famous
             Port.
             'T
             is
             true
             ,
             that
             as
             time
             changes
             all
             things
             ,
             so
             has
             it
             done
             this
             Harbour
             ;
             for
             now
             the
             Sands
             that
             are
             got
             into
             the
             mouth
             of
             it
             ,
             do
             much
             hinder
             the
             entrance
             of
             great
             Ships
             ;
             yet
             are
             there
             often
             built
             here
             
             great
             Ships
             for
             the
             Indies
             ,
             and
             great
             Fleets
             do
             sayl
             from
             hence
             to
             the
             Baltic
             Seas
             .
          
           
             It
             was
             not
             yet
             wall'd
             when
             it
             was
             burnt
             by
             John
             of
             Arkel
             ,
             and
             
               Nicholas
               Putene
            
             in
             1279.
             
             In
             1426.
             it
             was
             assaulted
             by
             the
             Kenemars
             ;
             and
             the
             same
             year
             ,
             some
             Souldiers
             of
             the
             Countess
             Jacqueline
             ,
             coming
             in
             upon
             a
             sudden
             ,
             surprized
             about
             a
             100.
             of
             the
             principall
             Citizens
             at
             dinner
             ,
             and
             cut
             off
             all
             their
             Heads
             ;
             a
             barbarous
             action
             ,
             which
             does
             come
             near
             the
             cruelty
             of
             our
             Age.
             
          
           
             In
             1514.
             a
             part
             of
             the
             Rampart
             ,
             and
             many
             Houses
             ,
             were
             destroyed
             by
             an
             Inundation
             .
          
           
             1537.
             the
             Gueldreses
             having
             denounc'd
             War
             to
             Holland
             ,
             had
             like
             to
             have
             surpriz'd
             the
             said
             Town
             ;
             but
             the
             Water
             being
             low
             ,
             they
             fail'd
             of
             their
             design
             .
          
           
             This
             was
             the
             first
             Town
             that
             revolted
             from
             the
             Spaniards
             in
             North-Holland
             .
             In
             the
             year
             1591.
             the
             Town
             was
             enlarged
             ,
             and
             it
             now
             drives
             a
             great
             Trade
             in
             Her●ngs
             and
             Salt-Fish
             .
             It
             has
             strong
             Dikes
             ,
             and
             it
             needs
             them
             ,
             being
             built
             
             upon
             the
             Sea
             ;
             which
             is
             the
             reason
             why
             it
             has
             no
             good
             Water
             to
             drink
             ,
             the
             Countrey
             lying
             so
             low
             .
             By
             the
             complaints
             of
             its
             Inhabitants
             we
             perceive
             that
             it
             decayes
             in
             Trade
             ,
             and
             has
             formerly
             had
             a
             greater
             Commerce
             ,
             which
             appears
             by
             many
             empty
             Houses
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             a
             very
             good
             Alms-house
             ;
             and
             the
             Steeple
             is
             considerable
             for
             its
             height
             ,
             being
             built
             in
             so
             moorish
             a
             soft
             ground
             .
             These
             three
             Towns
             ,
             
               Enchusen
               ,
               Horne
            
             ,
             and
             Medenbliick
             ,
             have
             equally
             ,
             but
             successively
             ,
             the
             priviledge
             of
             coyning
             Money
             ,
             each
             for
             the
             space
             of
             seven
             years
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             begin
             again
             .
             Horne
             now
             calls
             upon
             us
             to
             admire
             its
             beauty
             and
             Trade
             ,
             with
             the
             convenience
             of
             its
             Harbour
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXIII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Horn
               ,
               and
               the
               small
               Towns
               of
               North-Holland
               .
            
          
           
             THis
             Town
             is
             the
             second
             of
             North-Holland
             .
             It
             is
             built
             upon
             the
             South-Sea
             ,
             and
             has
             the
             best
             Harbour
             of
             all
             that
             Coast.
             There
             was
             in
             this
             Town
             a
             famous
             Faction
             of
             the
             Kennemars
             ;
             but
             they
             were
             routed
             by
             the
             Citizens
             after
             a
             long
             combate
             .
             They
             took
             likewise
             the
             Fleet
             of
             the
             Osserlins
             ,
             by
             the
             help
             of
             those
             of
             Enchuse
             ,
             and
             so
             ended
             that
             troublesome
             War
             in
             1441.
             
          
           
             In
             1557.
             the
             Dikes
             being
             broke
             ,
             so
             much
             Water
             got
             into
             the
             Town
             ,
             as
             had
             like
             to
             have
             drowned
             it
             ;
             but
             by
             the
             industry
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             the
             banks
             were
             soon
             repaired
             again
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             but
             a
             little
             arm
             of
             the
             Sea
             to
             be
             pass'd
             to
             come
             to
             Edam
             ,
             two
             leagues
             from
             Horne
             .
             It
             is
             a
             small
             Town
             ,
             built
             triangular-wise
             upon
             the
             River
             of
             Ye
             ,
             
             in
             the
             fattest
             part
             of
             Holland
             .
             Here
             is
             made
             the
             best
             Holland
             Cheese
             with
             red
             Rinde
             ,
             so
             much
             sought
             after
             by
             all
             Nations
             ;
             and
             indeed
             it
             yeelds
             not
             to
             the
             Parmesan
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             year
             1430.
             we
             finde
             in
             our
             Annals
             ,
             that
             the
             D●kes
             being
             broke
             ,
             and
             having
             overflowed
             the
             Meadows
             ,
             some
             Maids
             of
             Edam
             were
             in
             a
             Boat
             ,
             going
             to
             milk
             the
             Cowes
             at
             Purmerend
             ,
             and
             it
             being
             low
             Water
             ,
             they
             perceived
             a
             Sea-Nymph
             in
             the
             Mud
             ;
             they
             were
             at
             first
             frighted
             ,
             but
             at
             last
             taking
             courage
             ,
             drew
             nearer
             ,
             got
             her
             into
             their
             Boat
             ,
             and
             brought
             her
             to
             Edam
             ,
             where
             she
             was
             washed
             and
             cloathed
             ;
             she
             did
             eat
             our
             diet
             ,
             and
             had
             learn'd
             to
             spin
             ;
             but
             still
             her
             instinct
             did
             carry
             her
             to
             her
             naturall
             Element
             ,
             the
             Water
             ,
             in
             which
             she
             did
             much
             delight
             :
             they
             could
             never
             teach
             her
             to
             speak
             .
             She
             was
             transported
             to
             Harlem
             ,
             where
             she
             liv'd
             many
             years
             .
             A
             certain
             Author
             sayes
             ,
             that
             they
             had
             infus'd
             some
             knowledge
             of
             God
             into
             her
             ,
             and
             that
             she
             did
             use
             to
             bowe
             before
             the
             Crucifix
             .
          
           
             Monickendam
             is
             hard
             by
             Edam
             ,
             upon
             the
             River
             Monic
             ,
             which
             signifies
             
             Monk
             ,
             and
             it
             has
             for
             Arms
             ,
             a
             Monk.
             The
             Town
             is
             very
             little
             ,
             and
             situated
             upon
             the
             Sea-side
             .
             In
             1426.
             it
             was
             taken
             by
             the
             Kenemars
             .
             It
             has
             been
             twice
             burnt
             down
             all
             ,
             except
             the
             Church
             ,
             and
             the
             Carmelites
             Monastery
             .
          
           
             Purmerend
             was
             wall'd
             in
             the
             Wars
             ,
             1573.
             
             There
             is
             a
             C
             〈…〉
             e
             which
             did
             belong
             to
             the
             House
             of
             ●gmond
             ;
             but
             it
             has
             been
             bought
             by
             the
             States
             in
             1590.
             
          
           
             North-Holland
             is
             almost
             quite
             environ'd
             with
             Water
             ,
             and
             joyn'd
             to
             the
             rest
             of
             Holland
             by
             a
             neck
             of
             Land
             ,
             from
             Bevervic
             to
             Vic
             ,
             about
             a
             league
             broad
             .
             This
             small
             Province
             which
             is
             not
             in
             all
             above
             20.
             leagues
             in
             compass
             ,
             deserves
             that
             Strangers
             should
             take
             the
             pains
             to
             come
             to
             it
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             but
             to
             see
             those
             prodigious
             Dikes
             and
             Banks
             ,
             which
             preserve
             the
             Countrey
             from
             an
             infallible
             Inundation
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             three
             or
             four
             little
             Islands
             in
             the
             South-Sea
             ,
             besides
             the
             Texel
             ,
             the
             Ulic
             ,
             and
             some
             others
             ,
             that
             are
             towards
             Friezeland
             ,
             and
             do
             break
             the
             first
             fury
             of
             the
             North-Sea
             .
             But
             we
             will
             
             leave
             them
             ,
             to
             return
             to
             Leyden
             by
             the
             Honsbos
             ;
             and
             having
             once
             again
             admir'd
             the
             Dikes
             ,
             go
             afoot
             by
             that
             lovely
             sandy
             shore
             ,
             which
             is
             from
             the
             Honsbos
             to
             Beeve
             ,
             a
             sandy
             mountain
             at
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             Meuse
             ,
             for
             the
             space
             of
             24.
             leagues
             .
             It
             is
             the
             finest
             way
             in
             the
             world
             ;
             for
             on
             one
             side
             are
             the
             high
             sandy
             Hills
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             other
             the
             Sea
             ,
             which
             is
             not
             deep
             near
             the
             sh●re
             ;
             insomuch
             that
             in
             calm
             Weather
             one
             may
             go
             in
             a
             great
             way
             without
             being
             ●ut
             to
             swim
             :
             and
             it
             is
             upon
             this
             s
             〈…〉
             re
             that
             most
             Ships
             are
             forced
             to
             run
             ,
             when
             they
             cannot
             in
             a
             storm
             get
             out
             to
             Sea
             ;
             particularly
             in
             Winter
             ,
             when
             the
             nights
             are
             dark
             and
             long
             .
          
           
             When
             a
             Ship
             is
             thus
             cast
             away
             ,
             and
             some
             body
             scapes
             ,
             the
             Goods
             aboard
             here
             are
             preserv'd
             for
             the
             owners
             ;
             but
             if
             all
             be
             drown'd
             ,
             then
             what
             the
             Sea
             casts
             up
             belongs
             to
             the
             Countrey
             .
             It
             happens
             often
             likewise
             that
             after
             a
             great
             storm
             ,
             a
             sort
             of
             Whales
             call'd
             by
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             Potwisch
             ,
             are
             found
             sticking
             upon
             these
             Sands
             ;
             these
             likewise
             belong
             to
             the
             County
             :
             and
             I
             saw
             one
             that
             was
             sold
             for
             50.
             pounds
             ;
             they
             make
             
             Oyl
             of
             the
             Flesh
             ,
             and
             use
             the
             Bones
             for
             other
             uses
             .
             The
             Sea
             likewise
             does
             cast
             up
             great
             quantities
             of
             Cockle
             shells
             ,
             which
             are
             gather'd
             to
             make
             a
             sort
             of
             Quicklime
             ,
             much
             whiter
             than
             that
             of
             France
             ,
             but
             not
             so
             good
             to
             make
             Morter
             with
             .
             Sometimes
             there
             are
             some
             very
             fine
             sorts
             of
             Shells
             ,
             but
             seldome
             ;
             for
             those
             which
             are
             kept
             as
             rarities
             ,
             come
             most
             from
             the
             Indies
             .
          
           
             You
             may
             see
             in
             your
             way
             Egmond
             ,
             a
             Village
             ,
             from
             which
             came
             the
             noble
             Family
             of
             Egmond
             .
             All
             these
             sandy
             Hills
             ,
             from
             the
             Honsbos
             to
             Beer
             ,
             are
             full
             of
             Rabbits
             ,
             which
             you
             may
             see
             in
             thousands
             ;
             it
             is
             forbidden
             to
             kill
             or
             take
             any
             of
             them
             ,
             under
             a
             certain
             Fine
             ;
             and
             to
             hunt
             them
             ,
             you
             must
             have
             leave
             from
             the
             
               high
               Huntsman
               of
               Holland
            
             ,
             or
             be
             one
             of
             the
             Nobles
             of
             the
             Countrey
             .
             There
             you
             may
             see
             Eagles
             ,
             that
             endeavour
             to
             prey
             upon
             the
             Connies
             .
          
           
             The
             Peasants
             hard
             by
             have
             a
             pretty
             way
             of
             catching
             them
             undiscover'd
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             that
             in
             Winter
             the
             poor
             Beasts
             finding
             no
             green
             thing
             upon
             the
             ground
             to
             eat
             ,
             all
             being
             cover'd
             with
             Snow
             ,
             draw
             near
             the
             Houses
             ,
             in
             most
             of
             which
             
             there
             is
             a
             little
             hole
             that
             goes
             into
             the
             Cellar
             ,
             in
             which
             are
             green
             Cabbage-leaves
             ;
             the
             Rabbits
             emboldened
             by
             hunger
             ,
             creep
             in
             by
             a
             board
             set
             there
             on
             purpose
             ,
             and
             no
             sooner
             are
             they
             entred
             ,
             but
             the
             Peasant
             pulls
             away
             the
             board
             ,
             and
             the
             Rabbit
             falls
             into
             the
             Cellar
             .
             But
             the
             Peasant
             does
             not
             brag
             of
             his
             good
             fortune
             ,
             nor
             invite
             his
             Neighbours
             to
             the
             good
             cheer
             .
          
           
             These
             Du●es
             ,
             or
             sandy
             Mountains
             ,
             are
             full
             of
             physicall
             Herbs
             ,
             which
             the
             Students
             of
             Leyden
             do
             much
             seek
             after
             ,
             particularly
             in
             the
             Spring-time
             ,
             in
             the
             company
             of
             their
             Professors
             ;
             and
             such
             Plants
             as
             cannot
             endure
             the
             cold
             ,
             are
             transplanted
             into
             a
             Gallery
             which
             looks
             to
             the
             South
             ,
             in
             which
             are
             three
             Stoves
             ,
             for
             their
             conservation
             all
             Winter
             long
             .
             This
             Academy
             has
             also
             another
             Gallery
             ,
             in
             which
             are
             many
             curiosities
             ,
             as
             Pagans
             Idols
             ,
             Indian
             Serpents
             skins
             ,
             little
             Chips
             ,
             and
             Cloths
             and
             Shooes
             of
             the
             Indians
             .
             The
             Gardener
             gives
             to
             the
             curious
             a
             little
             Paper
             ,
             in
             which
             is
             contain'd
             the
             explication
             of
             all
             these
             ;
             and
             the
             Book-binders
             sell
             a
             little
             Book
             ,
             in
             which
             are
             all
             the
             names
             of
             the
             Plants
             
             that
             are
             in
             the
             said
             Garden
             .
          
           
             This
             Academy
             was
             formerly
             a
             Nunnery
             ,
             out
             of
             which
             the
             Nuns
             being
             driven
             by
             the
             great
             revolution
             of
             Europe
             for
             Religion
             ,
             had
             each
             of
             them
             a
             small
             Prebendary
             for
             their
             life
             assigned
             to
             them
             ;
             and
             I
             remember
             two
             that
             did
             use
             to
             come
             from
             Boyslednke
             to
             Leyden
             ,
             to
             receive
             their
             Sallary
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             Divinity-School
             are
             kept
             all
             publick
             acts
             ,
             and
             all
             Degrees
             are
             taken
             .
             They
             that
             take
             them
             publickly
             are
             honour'd
             with
             the
             Magistrates
             Presents
             ,
             who
             ordinarily
             send
             them
             in
             some
             Presents
             of
             Wine
             ,
             after
             the
             custome
             of
             Germany
             ;
             then
             they
             make
             a
             Feast
             to
             the
             Professors
             ,
             and
             are
             very
             merry
             .
             They
             that
             cannot
             afford
             to
             be
             at
             so
             much
             charge
             ,
             are
             receiv'd
             privately
             ,
             and
             
               under
               the
               Chimney
            
             ,
             as
             the
             Proverb
             sayes
             .
             The
             Commencements
             are
             ordinarily
             in
             Summer
             ,
             about
             the
             Dog-dayes
             .
          
           
             Upon
             the
             said
             Academy
             is
             built
             a
             high
             Tower
             ,
             on
             purpose
             for
             Astronomers
             to
             make
             observations
             .
             There
             are
             likewise
             many
             rare
             Instruments
             of
             a
             new
             invention
             ,
             serving
             to
             the
             same
             end
             ;
             here
             being
             excellent
             Professors
             in
             
             all
             the
             parts
             of
             the
             Mathematicks
             .
          
           
             The
             Princes
             House
             is
             upon
             the
             Rappe●bourg
             ,
             and
             has
             a
             fine
             square
             Court
             ,
             with
             a
             Garden
             .
             It
             was
             a
             religious
             House
             for
             Women
             ,
             who
             't
             is
             said
             had
             purchased
             the
             place
             the
             House
             stands
             on
             with
             spinning
             .
             The
             lower
             part
             of
             the
             Church
             is
             a
             magazine
             for
             Ammunition
             ,
             and
             the
             upper
             a
             Store-house
             for
             Corn.
             This
             I
             have
             added
             ,
             as
             omitted
             in
             the
             first
             Description
             of
             Leyden
             ,
             with
             which
             I
             have
             perfected
             my
             intended
             Account
             of
             the
             Cities
             ,
             Towns
             ,
             and
             Villages
             in
             Holland
             .
             Now
             I
             will
             say
             something
             of
             their
             Religion
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXIV
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               different
               Religions
               in
               Holland
               .
            
          
           
             I
             Will
             not
             here
             undertake
             to
             dispute
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             best
             of
             all
             those
             Religions
             that
             are
             here
             tolerated
             ,
             knowing
             that
             it
             is
             too
             ticklish
             a
             matter
             to
             be
             handled
             ,
             without
             giving
             offence
             to
             some
             body
             .
             I
             shall
             only
             relate
             barely
             ,
             how
             many
             sorts
             of
             Religions
             there
             are
             within
             the
             limits
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             .
          
           
             They
             being
             at
             their
             first
             revolt
             opposite
             to
             Spain
             in
             all
             things
             :
             resolv'd
             to
             give
             as
             much
             liberty
             as
             that
             King
             would
             deny
             ,
             and
             to
             tolerate
             all
             Religions
             ,
             because
             he
             would
             suffer
             but
             one
             .
             In
             order
             to
             this
             ,
             the
             State
             thriving
             in
             their
             Wars
             ,
             took
             upon
             them
             to
             drive
             out
             the
             Priests
             ,
             Monks
             ,
             and
             Nuns
             ,
             as
             so
             many
             Emissaries
             of
             Rome
             ,
             and
             stiff
             maintainers
             of
             one
             only
             Religion
             .
             The
             chief
             Model
             and
             Reformation
             was
             made
             according
             
             to
             the
             Churches
             of
             Geneva
             ,
             and
             the
             
               high
               Palatinate
            
             ;
             and
             to
             this
             day
             they
             that
             pretend
             to
             any
             Charge
             or
             Office
             ,
             must
             be
             of
             this
             Religion
             ,
             if
             they
             desire
             to
             be
             admitted
             .
          
           
             They
             that
             follow
             the
             Doctrine
             of
             
               Martin
               Luther
            
             ,
             have
             all
             freedome
             in
             Holland
             ,
             and
             liberty
             to
             build
             Churches
             among
             the
             Houses
             ,
             to
             distinguish
             them
             from
             the
             other
             Reform'd
             .
             The
             Anabaptists
             have
             likewise
             theirs
             ,
             and
             are
             divided
             into
             divers
             Sects
             .
             They
             that
             have
             the
             great
             Assembly
             are
             call'd
             
               Drec
               Wagens
            
             .
             And
             I
             will
             say
             this
             to
             their
             praise
             ,
             that
             in
             their
             Meetings
             they
             expound
             Scripture
             ,
             without
             making
             any
             invectives
             ,
             or
             railing
             upon
             any
             body
             else
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             beginning
             those
             of
             the
             Reform'd
             Religion
             in
             Holland
             ,
             were
             call'd
             Geux
             ,
             or
             Beggars
             ;
             as
             in
             
               France
               ,
               Huguenots
            
             ,
             a
             name
             which
             the
             vulgar
             yet
             retain
             with
             joy
             ,
             bragging
             ,
             that
             they
             were
             neither
             Papists
             nor
             Martinists
             ,
             but
             Geux
             .
             This
             was
             the
             occasion
             of
             their
             being
             thus
             nam'd
             :
             In
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             troubles
             ,
             500.
             
             Gentlemen
             being
             come
             to
             Brussels
             ,
             to
             present
             a
             Petition
             
             to
             the
             Princess
             of
             Parma
             ,
             then
             Governant
             ,
             came
             of
             a
             sudden
             into
             her
             Palace
             ;
             she
             being
             at
             the
             Window
             ,
             talking
             with
             the
             Earl
             of
             Varlemont
             ,
             was
             frighted
             with
             so
             sudden
             and
             so
             great
             an
             appearance
             ,
             and
             asked
             him
             if
             he
             knew
             what
             it
             mean'd
             ;
             who
             answered
             ,
             
               Madam
               ,
               Do
               not
               trouble
               your self
               ,
               they
               are
               but
               Beggars
               ;
               Ce
               ne
               sout
               que
               des
               Geux
               .
            
             This
             being
             told
             these
             Gentlemen
             at
             Supper
             ,
             they
             all
             agreed
             to
             dress
             themselves
             in
             Beggars
             Cloaks
             ,
             and
             take
             wooden
             Dishes
             in
             their
             Hands
             ,
             with
             this
             Motto
             ,
             
               We
               are
               all
               the
               Kings
               faithfull
               Servants
               ,
               even
               to
               Beggary
               .
            
          
           
             We
             must
             not
             forget
             the
             Arminians
             ,
             who
             have
             made
             a
             Schisme
             among
             the
             Reform'd
             about
             Predestination
             .
             The
             Gomarists
             or
             Counter-Remonstrants
             opposed
             the
             said
             Articles
             of
             Predestination
             ;
             they
             were
             thus
             nam'd
             from
             their
             two
             Heads
             ,
             who
             were
             both
             professors
             of
             Divinity
             in
             
               Leyden
               ,
               Arminius
            
             and
             Gomarius
             .
             Their
             Division
             had
             such
             influence
             among
             the
             people
             ,
             that
             the
             Towns
             did
             already
             beg●n
             to
             take
             in
             Gar●●sons
             ,
             to
             maintain
             each
             their
             opinion
             by
             force
             .
             Prince
             Maurice
             by
             the
             Order
             
             of
             the
             States
             applied
             a
             remedy
             to
             these
             Disorders
             .
             Barnevelt
             was
             taken
             and
             beheaded
             ,
             some
             Magistrates
             of
             Towns
             deposed
             ,
             and
             many
             Ministers
             of
             the
             Arminians
             imprisoned
             ,
             their
             Doctrine
             being
             condemn'd
             by
             the
             Synod
             of
             Dort.
             
          
           
             But
             the
             Arminians
             have
             never
             been
             at
             quiet
             ,
             till
             they
             have
             obtain'd
             a
             free
             exercise
             through
             most
             Towns
             of
             Holland
             ,
             as
             
               Amsterdam
               ,
               Rotterdam
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Hague
             it self
             ,
             but
             not
             at
             Harlem
             ,
             nor
             Leyden
             ;
             in
             the
             last
             of
             which
             places
             ,
             they
             have
             often
             met
             in
             the
             open
             Streets
             ,
             sung
             their
             Psalms
             ,
             and
             preached
             ,
             but
             have
             still
             been
             disturbed
             by
             the
             Magistrate
             .
             At
             last
             seeing
             they
             could
             not
             gain
             a
             Church
             in
             the
             Town
             ,
             they
             have
             been
             glad
             to
             obtain
             leave
             to
             meet
             at
             Warmont
             ,
             a
             Village
             hard
             by
             it
             ,
             which
             the
             Lord
             of
             the
             place
             has
             willingly
             granted
             ,
             for
             the
             benefit
             that
             arises
             to
             his
             Village
             by
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             Jews
             are
             publickly
             tolerated
             ,
             and
             have
             their
             Synagogues
             in
             Amsterdam
             .
          
           
             The
             Catholicks
             are
             the
             only
             excluded
             from
             this
             liberty
             ,
             though
             they
             be
             in
             
             great
             numbers
             ,
             and
             most
             of
             them
             naturall
             Hollanders
             ,
             whose
             Ancestors
             have
             contributed
             both
             their
             bloods
             and
             money
             ,
             to
             the
             driving
             out
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             ;
             but
             all
             that
             is
             forgotten
             ,
             and
             they
             enjoy
             nothing
             but
             a
             liberty
             of
             conscience
             ,
             in
             which
             they
             rest
             quietly
             .
             Many
             Politicians
             of
             our
             Age
             have
             thought
             ,
             that
             the
             reason
             why
             they
             are
             thus
             kept
             under
             ,
             was
             ,
             because
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             the
             profess'd
             enemy
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             was
             of
             their
             Religion
             ;
             and
             that
             if
             peace
             were
             once
             concluded
             ,
             there
             would
             be
             more
             indulgence
             shewed
             .
             But
             I
             think
             our
             Politicians
             mistaken
             in
             their
             conjecture
             ,
             and
             do
             rather
             look
             upon
             the
             Hollanders
             ,
             as
             people
             that
             have
             imitated
             the
             Romans
             ;
             who
             having
             once
             driven
             out
             the
             Tarquins
             ,
             and
             tasted
             the
             sweetness
             of
             liberty
             ,
             did
             not
             spare
             Collatin
             himself
             ,
             who
             had
             been
             one
             of
             the
             great
             opposers
             of
             tyranny
             ,
             not
             because
             there
             was
             cause
             ,
             but
             because
             he
             was
             of
             the
             Royall
             Race
             .
             So
             I
             do
             not
             dispute
             ,
             whether
             the
             Papists
             have
             given
             Subject
             to
             distrust
             them
             ;
             but
             I
             say
             ,
             they
             have
             given
             occasion
             to
             fear
             them
             ,
             because
             they
             are
             of
             our
             enemies
             Religion
             .
             'T
             is
             
             true
             ,
             that
             in
             some
             Towns
             ,
             where
             the
             memory
             of
             the
             actions
             perform'd
             by
             the
             Catholicks
             ,
             in
             order
             to
             the
             publick
             liberty
             ,
             is
             yet
             preserv'd
             ,
             they
             have
             the
             freedome
             of
             meeting
             in
             private
             Houses
             .
             The
             Countrey
             people
             do
             persevere
             very
             constantly
             in
             the
             said
             Religion
             ,
             and
             are
             not
             so
             constrained
             as
             in
             the
             Towns
             ,
             though
             they
             are
             derided
             by
             all
             Sects
             whatsoever
             .
          
           
             Their
             Ceremonies
             in
             Burying
             are
             the
             same
             all
             over
             Holland
             ;
             and
             since
             '
             ●is
             a
             Religious
             Worship
             ,
             we
             shall
             here
             describe
             the
             form
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             Catholicks
             and
             Lutherans
             suffer
             not
             their
             Dead
             to
             be
             buried
             any
             where
             ,
             but
             in
             Churches
             and
             Church-yards
             .
             The
             Reform'd
             are
             not
             so
             scrupulous
             ,
             and
             say
             ,
             that
             one
             Earth
             is
             not
             holier
             than
             another
             ,
             neither
             do
             they
             use
             much
             Ceremony
             .
          
           
             As
             soon
             as
             the
             person
             is
             dead
             ,
             the
             Neighbours
             sewe
             the
             Body
             up
             in
             a
             Winding-sheet
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             treated
             with
             a
             Collation
             ,
             and
             a
             Cup
             of
             Sack
             ;
             then
             they
             make
             a
             Note
             of
             the
             names
             of
             those
             they
             intend
             to
             invite
             .
             The
             day
             appointed
             being
             come
             ,
             they
             meet
             about
             
             Two
             of
             the
             Clock
             in
             the
             Afternoon
             ,
             in
             the
             House
             of
             the
             deceased
             ;
             there
             their
             names
             are
             call'd
             over
             ,
             and
             they
             go
             out
             two
             by
             two
             ,
             the
             Kindred
             next
             the
             Body
             ,
             and
             the
             Friends
             after
             them
             ,
             every
             one
             according
             to
             his
             quality
             .
             The
             Body
             being
             buried
             ,
             they
             come
             back
             to
             the
             House
             ,
             where
             he
             that
             goes
             first
             invites
             the
             company
             in
             ;
             then
             they
             are
             presented
             with
             Wine
             ,
             and
             every
             one
             drinks
             as
             much
             as
             he
             pleases
             ,
             and
             goes
             away
             when
             he
             thinks
             fit
             .
             The
             richer
             sort
             are
             buried
             in
             the
             Church
             ,
             and
             the
             company
             has
             Rhenish
             Wine
             given
             them
             .
             The
             poor
             give
             Beer
             .
          
           
             The
             young
             Men
             and
             Maids
             are
             carried
             by
             young
             people
             .
             The
             Body
             is
             all
             cover'd
             with
             Flowers
             ,
             and
             the
             Bearers
             have
             a
             branch
             of
             Laurell
             or
             Rosemary
             in
             their
             Hand
             .
             If
             it
             be
             a
             person
             of
             quality
             ,
             all
             the
             Bearers
             are
             presented
             with
             a
             summe
             of
             Money
             ,
             which
             they
             go
             and
             spend
             in
             a
             treating-House
             .
             There
             is
             alwayes
             a
             certain
             summe
             to
             be
             given
             to
             the
             purse
             of
             the
             Neighbourhood
             .
             And
             such
             as
             have
             not
             a
             burying
             place
             in
             the
             Church
             ,
             must
             pay
             very
             dear
             for
             it
             ,
             if
             
             they
             intend
             to
             have
             one
             .
             They
             for
             whom
             the
             biggest
             Bell
             rings
             ,
             pay
             ●0
             .
             shillings
             at
             least
             .
             The
             Papists
             are
             very
             observant
             of
             that
             Ceremony
             ;
             but
             the
             Reform'd
             laugh
             at
             it
             ,
             as
             a
             piece
             of
             Superstition
             ,
             and
             instituted
             for
             the
             Churches
             profit
             .
             However
             these
             Buryings
             without
             Prayers
             or
             Ceremony
             ,
             cost
             as
             much
             as
             the
             Obsequies
             of
             the
             Catholicks
             in
             France
             .
             After
             the
             burying
             of
             a
             Professor
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             Speech
             made
             in
             honour
             of
             him
             .
             If
             the
             Body
             be
             not
             in
             the
             Church
             at
             half
             an
             hour
             past
             two
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             Fine
             of
             20.
             shillings
             to
             be
             payed
             ;
             if
             it
             be
             not
             there
             till
             after
             three
             ,
             then
             there
             is
             the
             double
             due
             .
          
           
             Some
             are
             so
             ill-bred
             ,
             as
             to
             drink
             themselves
             drunk
             at
             these
             Buryings
             ;
             and
             when
             they
             go
             home
             in
             their
             long
             Cloaks
             ,
             you
             shall
             finde
             them
             in
             the
             mire
             ;
             but
             the
             people
             of
             quality
             come
             not
             to
             that
             extremity
             ,
             but
             after
             two
             or
             three
             Glasses
             of
             Wine
             ,
             return
             quietly
             .
          
           
             Besides
             all
             these
             Religions
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             certain
             Assembly
             held
             at
             Rinsbourg
             ,
             ten
             or
             twelve
             times
             a
             year
             ,
             where
             every
             
             one
             that
             will
             has
             the
             liberty
             of
             making
             an
             Exhortation
             ;
             it
             is
             call'd
             the
             
               Assembly
               of
               the
               free-minded
            
             .
             There
             are
             many
             others
             that
             sit
             at
             home
             reading
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             and
             never
             come
             to
             any
             Church
             ,
             except
             it
             be
             out
             of
             curiosity
             .
             The
             Arianisme
             has
             those
             that
             profess
             it
             .
             In
             a
             word
             ,
             any
             body
             may
             follow
             his
             own
             opinion
             ,
             but
             not
             profess
             it
             with
             a
             publick
             Worship
             .
             There
             are
             Atheists
             enough
             too
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXV
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Nobility
               .
            
          
           
             HOlland
             has
             for
             Arms
             a
             —
             with
             this
             Motto
             ,
             for
             Liberty
             .
             It
             is
             observable
             ,
             that
             almost
             all
             the
             Provinces
             of
             the
             Low-Countries
             have
             a
             Lion
             for
             their
             Arms
             ;
             which
             made
             Charles
             their
             Duke
             desirous
             to
             make
             one
             Kingdome
             of
             them
             ,
             call'd
             the
             
               Kingdome
               of
               the
               Lion
            
             ;
             but
             while
             he
             was
             adding
             to
             it
             Lorrain
             and
             the
             Swizzers
             ,
             he
             died
             ,
             and
             left
             the
             title
             of
             Duke
             only
             to
             his
             Successors
             .
          
           
             The
             Emperor
             Charl●s
             the
             fifth
             had
             the
             same
             design
             ;
             but
             he
             met
             with
             so
             much
             opposition
             in
             the
             priviledges
             ,
             and
             the
             diversity
             of
             humours
             and
             tongues
             in
             the
             different
             Provinces
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             fain
             to
             give
             over
             the
             design
             of
             it
             ;
             he
             being
             besides
             busied
             with
             continuall
             Wars
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             also
             many
             Gentlemen
             in
             
             the
             Low-Countries
             ,
             that
             bear
             a
             Lion
             in
             their
             Coat
             .
             But
             since
             my
             design
             is
             only
             to
             speak
             of
             Holland
             ,
             I
             shall
             mention
             no
             other
             than
             the
             Nobility
             of
             that
             Province
             ,
             as
             well
             to
             publish
             their
             antiquity
             ,
             as
             to
             stop
             the
             mouthes
             of
             some
             Strangers
             ,
             who
             either
             by
             an
             absurd
             ignorance
             ,
             or
             maliciously
             ,
             do
             publish
             that
             there
             are
             no
             Gentlemen
             in
             Holland
             .
             'T
             is
             true
             ,
             that
             the
             length
             of
             the
             Civill
             Wars
             has
             been
             the
             death
             of
             many
             of
             that
             couragious
             Nobility
             ,
             who
             seeking
             Honour
             have
             died
             in
             the
             bed
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             so
             some
             Families
             of
             ancient
             extract
             are
             quite
             extinguish'd
             .
             But
             there
             are
             yet
             many
             remaining
             ,
             who
             may
             contend
             for
             antiquity
             and
             splendor
             with
             most
             Families
             in
             Europe
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             commonly
             said
             ,
             that
             the
             Italian
             Nobility
             do
             not
             scruple
             to
             trade
             .
             The
             French
             indeed
             are
             nicer
             ,
             and
             think
             it
             a
             degenerating
             from
             their
             birth
             ;
             yet
             do
             they
             not
             make
             any
             difficulty
             of
             marrying
             a
             Citizens
             Daughter
             ,
             if
             she
             be
             rich
             ,
             and
             can
             by
             her
             means
             repair
             the
             lustre
             of
             their
             decayed
             Nobility
             .
          
           
             But
             the
             Germans
             do
             not
             only
             abhor
             Traffick
             ,
             but
             think
             it
             a
             greater
             baseness
             ,
             
             to
             mingle
             their
             blood
             with
             one
             meanly
             born
             .
          
           
             The
             Hollanders
             seem
             to
             be
             in
             the
             middle
             between
             these
             extreams
             .
          
           
             For
             first
             ,
             The
             Dutch
             Nobility
             does
             not
             trade
             .
             They
             love
             War
             ,
             for
             the
             defence
             of
             their
             Countrey
             ;
             are
             not
             Duellists
             ,
             nor
             quarrelsome
             ,
             like
             the
             French
             ;
             love
             Learning
             ,
             particularly
             the
             Mathematicks
             ;
             live
             pleasantly
             in
             their
             Countrey-Houses
             ;
             and
             may
             without
             degenerating
             marry
             whom
             they
             please
             .
          
           
             The
             Gentlemen
             in
             Holland
             have
             alwayes
             enjoyed
             great
             priviledges
             ;
             for
             the
             ancient
             Earls
             did
             never
             undertake
             any
             thing
             without
             their
             advice
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             now
             observ'd
             in
             Denmarke
             and
             Poland
             .
          
           
             The
             three
             principall
             Families
             are
             the
             Brederodes
             ,
             the
             Wassenaers
             ,
             and
             the
             Egmonds
             ;
             of
             whom
             the
             Proverb
             is
             ,
          
           
             
               The
               Noble
               Brederodes
               .
            
             
               The
               Ancient
               Wassenaers
               .
            
             
               The
               Rich
               Egmonds
               .
            
          
           
             The
             Brederodes
             are
             descended
             from
             the
             Earls
             of
             Holland
             ;
             and
             the
             Story
             is
             ,
             
             that
             Sitfrid
             ,
             the
             youngest
             Son
             of
             Arnold
             of
             Ghent
             ,
             and
             Grandson
             to
             Didier
             ,
             second
             Earl
             of
             Holland
             ,
             being
             fallen
             under
             his
             Fathers
             indignation
             and
             hatred
             ,
             was
             afterwards
             pardon'd
             ;
             and
             ●he
             Earl
             to
             shew
             his
             kindness
             and
             reconciliation
             ,
             caus'd
             Land
             to
             be
             measur'd
             out
             to
             him
             with
             larger
             Roods
             :
             thence
             he
             was
             call'd
             Brederode
             ;
             and
             from
             him
             is
             descended
             this
             Family
             ,
             by
             his
             eldest
             Son
             Didier
             ;
             and
             from
             his
             younger
             ,
             Simon
             ,
             Lord
             of
             Teling
             ,
             are
             descended
             the
             Lords
             of
             Toll
             and
             Lecke
             .
          
           
             The
             Wassenaers
             fetch
             their
             origine
             from
             a
             Village
             between
             Leyden
             and
             the
             Hague
             ;
             and
             their
             name
             is
             deriv'd
             from
             the
             right
             they
             had
             in
             former
             Ages
             to
             the
             Waters
             ,
             Ponds
             ,
             and
             Lakes
             ,
             in
             Holland
             .
             They
             pretend
             to
             be
             descended
             from
             that
             famous
             Captain
             ,
             
               Claudius
               Civilis
            
             ,
             of
             whom
             Tacitus
             makes
             honourable
             mention
             .
             They
             have
             been
             Burg-graves
             of
             Leyden
             ,
             and
             are
             yet
             highly
             esteem'd
             .
             From
             them
             are
             descended
             the
             Duvenvords
             ,
             the
             Warmonts
             ,
             the
             Bouchorts
             ,
             the
             Polanes
             ,
             the
             Matenesses
             ,
             all
             the
             Flower
             of
             the
             Dutch
             Nobility
             .
          
           
             They
             that
             represent
             the
             Nobility
             
             of
             Holland
             in
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             are
             these
             following
             ;
             whereof
             some
             are
             dead
             :
          
           
             
               John
               Wolfard
            
             ,
             Lord
             of
             Brederode
             and
             Viane
             .
          
           
             
               John
               de
               Wassenaer
            
             ,
             Lord
             of
             Duvenvord
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
               Vesele
               de
               Boteselaer
            
             ,
             Lord
             of
             Asperen
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             James
             of
             Wingarde
             ,
             Lord
             of
             
               Benthuise
               ,
               Soctemeer
            
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
               Albert
               de
               Scagen
            
             ,
             Baron
             of
             
               Scagen
               ,
               Harengbuisen
            
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             James
             of
             Wassenaer
             ,
             and
             Duvenvord
             ,
             Lord
             of
             Warmont
             .
          
           
             
               Henry
               de
               Raphorst
            
             ,
             Lord
             of
             Raphorst
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
               James
               de
               Mateness
            
             ,
             Lord
             of
             
               Mateness
               ,
               Rivier
               ,
               Opmeer
            
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
               Francis
               Arsen
            
             ,
             Knight
             ,
             Lord
             of
             Sommersdiick
             .
          
           
             Besides
             these
             ,
             there
             are
             divers
             other
             Families
             ,
             as
             those
             of
             
               Arquel
               ,
               Kenembourg
               ,
               Haserson
               ,
               Alquemade
               ,
               Opdam
               ,
               Gaudriaen
               ,
               Sevenhuysen
               ,
               Vanderlaen
               ,
               Benthuse
               ,
               Asmal
               ,
            
             &c.
             who
             are
             all
             by
             Alphabeticall
             order
             ,
             in
             the
             Book
             entituled
             ,
             
               The
               Theatre
               of
               the
               Towns
               and
               County
               
               of
            
             Holland
             ,
             by
             the
             Learned
             
               Monsieur
               Boxhorne
            
             ;
             together
             with
             the
             noble
             actions
             of
             their
             Ancestors
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXVI
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Liberty
               .
            
          
           
             THere
             is
             no
             Province
             in
             the
             World
             ,
             where
             the
             Inhabitants
             enjoy
             more
             liberty
             ,
             than
             in
             Holland
             .
             Nay
             ,
             as
             soon
             as
             any
             Slave
             coming
             from
             a
             foreign
             Countrey
             ,
             sets
             his
             foot
             upon
             the
             Dutch
             shore
             ,
             he
             is
             free
             .
             The
             Gentlemen
             are
             Princes
             and
             Fathers
             of
             their
             Families
             .
             The
             Countrey
             people
             when
             they
             have
             payed
             their
             Rents
             ,
             are
             as
             free
             as
             the
             Citizens
             .
             If
             a
             Gentleman
             abuse
             or
             kill
             any
             of
             them
             ,
             he
             is
             in
             great
             danger
             of
             losing
             his
             life
             ,
             if
             the
             crime
             deserve
             it
             .
             Here
             is
             no
             partiality
             ;
             and
             let
             every
             one
             know
             ,
             that
             the
             Laws
             are
             here
             in
             their
             force
             .
          
           
             The
             Magistrates
             are
             bound
             to
             maintain
             the
             Citizens
             Priviledges
             ,
             and
             preserve
             them
             from
             all
             Oppression
             .
             The
             
             Masters
             may
             not
             beat
             their
             Servants
             ,
             nor
             the
             Mistresses
             their
             Maids
             .
             But
             above
             all
             ,
             every
             one
             is
             Master
             at
             home
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             a
             capitall
             offence
             to
             offer
             violence
             to
             a
             man
             in
             his
             own
             House
             .
          
           
             One
             may
             travell
             freely
             through
             all
             Holland
             ,
             by
             day
             and
             by
             night
             ,
             without
             fear
             of
             being
             rob'd
             .
             High-way
             men
             are
             never
             pardon'd
             ;
             Theeves
             are
             sometimes
             ,
             but
             not
             those
             among
             them
             that
             break
             into
             Houses
             ,
             or
             steal
             Sheep
             in
             the
             Pasture-grounds
             .
          
           
             No
             body
             is
             forced
             to
             stay
             here
             any
             longer
             than
             he
             thinks
             fit
             .
             Here
             is
             liberty
             of
             Conscience
             ,
             and
             no
             body
             is
             forc'd
             to
             go
             to
             the
             Protestant
             Churches
             .
             The
             liberty
             of
             speaking
             freely
             ,
             even
             of
             Magistrates
             themselves
             ,
             is
             too
             great
             ;
             and
             that
             which
             else-where
             would
             be
             a
             crime
             ,
             is
             here
             laughed
             at
             .
          
           
             The
             German
             Students
             ,
             I
             remember
             ,
             were
             once
             about
             to
             set
             up
             a
             custome
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             use
             in
             most
             of
             the
             German
             Universities
             ,
             by
             which
             the
             new
             comers
             are
             very
             ill
             treated
             for
             the
             first
             year
             ;
             but
             the
             Magistrates
             oppos'd
             it
             ,
             and
             threatned
             all
             those
             that
             should
             go
             about
             to
             introduce
             such
             a
             slavery
             ,
             in
             a
             free
             Countrey
             .
          
           
           
             Here
             are
             never
             made
             any
             Rules
             about
             what
             people
             onght
             to
             wear
             ;
             every
             one
             wears
             what
             he
             pleases
             .
             Nay
             any
             body
             may
             transport
             as
             much
             Gold
             and
             Silver
             as
             he
             pleases
             ,
             and
             no
             body
             shall
             hinder
             him
             ,
             as
             they
             do
             in
             England
             ,
             and
             France
             .
             In
             a
             word
             ,
             all
             that
             is
             reasonable
             ,
             is
             lawfull
             .
          
           
             They
             that
             say
             that
             the
             Nobility
             are
             not
             respected
             in
             Holland
             ,
             are
             very
             much
             mistaken
             .
             For
             those
             amongst
             them
             that
             do
             govern
             themselves
             with
             moderation
             ,
             and
             are
             familiar
             with
             their
             Inferiors
             ,
             are
             infinitely
             beloved
             ;
             but
             the
             proud
             and
             haughty
             are
             despised
             and
             hated
             .
          
           
             Here
             is
             the
             greatest
             Equality
             in
             the
             World.
             It
             is
             ordinary
             to
             hear
             a
             mean
             Fellow
             in
             a
             dispute
             with
             a
             Citizen
             ,
             say
             ,
             
               I
               am
               as
               much
               as
               you
               ;
               if
               you
               be
               richer
               than
               I
               ,
               't
               is
               well
               for
               you
               .
            
             But
             the
             wiser
             sort
             avoid
             such
             quarrels
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             easie
             to
             do
             ,
             by
             keeping
             a
             fit
             distance
             between
             them
             and
             the
             common
             people
             .
          
           
             Certainly
             when
             I
             do
             reflect
             upon
             the
             miserable
             condition
             of
             some
             Christians
             in
             Europe
             ;
             as
             of
             the
             Peasants
             in
             Lytuania
             ,
             and
             almost
             all
             over
             Poland
             ,
             where
             
             the
             Lords
             have
             the
             power
             of
             hanging
             them
             ,
             when
             they
             run
             away
             from
             their
             tyranny
             ;
             in
             Bohemia
             ,
             and
             some
             other
             places
             of
             Germany
             ;
             in
             Denmarke
             ,
             and
             Sweden
             ,
             where
             the
             Gentlemen
             do
             ●ighly
             abuse
             the
             Commons
             ;
             I
             cannot
             choose
             but
             cry
             out
             ,
             
               O
               happy
            
             Holland
             ,
             
               that
               hast
               preserv'd
               that
               precious
               jewel
               of
               Liberty
               ;
               preserve
               it
               well
               ,
               for
               with
               its
               loss
               ,
               goes
               that
               of
               thy
               happiness
               !
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXVII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               some
               Voyages
               undertaken
               under
               the
               Banner
               of
               Holland
               .
            
          
           
             I
             Do
             not
             intend
             to
             speak
             here
             of
             the
             ordinary
             Trade
             that
             is
             driven
             by
             Shipping
             ,
             to
             the
             Northern
             parts
             of
             the
             World
             ;
             nor
             of
             that
             which
             is
             carried
             on
             in
             
               England
               ,
               France
               ,
               Spain
               ,
               Italy
               ,
               Germany
               ,
            
             &c.
             
          
           
             My
             design
             is
             to
             speak
             of
             those
             Voyages
             undertaken
             within
             these
             threescore
             years
             to
             the
             Indies
             ,
             which
             were
             undertaken
             upon
             this
             occasion
             :
          
           
             The
             King
             of
             Spain
             having
             seized
             upon
             ,
             and
             confiscated
             some
             Ships
             belonging
             to
             the
             Hollanders
             ,
             that
             did
             trade
             in
             his
             Ports
             ,
             which
             were
             then
             the
             Mart
             of
             Europe
             ,
             for
             the
             East-India
             Merchandizes
             ,
             made
             some
             Merchants
             resolve
             to
             set
             out
             a
             Fleet
             of
             eight
             Sayl
             for
             the
             Indies
             ;
             whereof
             four
             were
             to
             go
             the
             long
             way
             ,
             and
             four
             others
             to
             go
             by
             the
             North
             ,
             and
             endeavour
             to
             finde
             out
             a
             
             passage
             to
             China
             ,
             by
             the
             North-Sea
             ;
             it
             being
             the
             shorter
             way
             to
             the
             Indies
             by
             half
             in
             half
             .
          
           
             These
             four
             last
             set
             sayl
             from
             the
             Texel
             the
             fifth
             of
             June
             ,
             1594.
             and
             the
             eighteenth
             they
             came
             to
             Kildus
             in
             Lapland
             ;
             and
             some
             time
             after
             they
             discover'd
             the
             Island
             of
             
               Nova
               Zembla
            
             ,
             between
             mountains
             of
             Ice
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             journey
             they
             met
             no
             Pirates
             nor
             enemies
             ,
             but
             great
             white
             fierce
             Bears
             ,
             which
             would
             follow
             them
             upon
             the
             land
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Sea
             ;
             as
             one
             particularly
             did
             ,
             for
             leaping
             into
             the
             Sea
             ,
             to
             follow
             their
             long
             Boat
             which
             they
             had
             ma●●d
             out
             ,
             they
             shot
             him
             ,
             and
             hurt
             him
             ;
             but
             he
             nevertheless
             following
             still
             ,
             they
             threw
             a
             Rope
             about
             his
             neck
             ,
             thinking
             to
             carry
             him
             away
             alive
             after
             them
             to
             Austerdam
             ;
             nevertheless
             this
             furious
             Beast
             had
             the
             force
             to
             leap
             with
             his
             two
             fore-feet
             upon
             the
             Boat
             ,
             and
             so
             frighted
             the
             Seamen
             ,
             that
             they
             were
             all
             ready
             to
             leap
             into
             the
             Sea
             ,
             had
             not
             the
             Rope
             by
             good
             luck
             entangled
             it self
             about
             the
             Rudder
             ;
             whereupon
             one
             run
             him
             through
             with
             a
             Pike
             ,
             and
             kill'd
             him
             .
          
           
           
             They
             met
             besides
             with
             a
             sort
             of
             great
             Fish
             ,
             as
             big
             as
             Oxen
             ,
             call'd
             Valres
             ;
             their
             Head
             is
             like
             an
             Oxes
             ,
             and
             they
             have
             two
             Teeth
             that
             come
             out
             like
             Boars
             Tushes
             .
          
           
             At
             last
             seeing
             the
             season
             of
             the
             year
             far
             spent
             ,
             they
             went
             back
             ,
             and
             some
             dayes
             after
             met
             with
             the
             other
             Ships
             which
             had
             left
             them
             ,
             and
             learn'd
             from
             them
             that
             they
             had
             been
             in
             the
             Tartarian
             Ocean
             ,
             which
             they
             had
             found
             full
             of
             Whales
             .
             That
             they
             had
             landed
             ,
             and
             discover'd
             a
             Cross
             upon
             a
             Mountain
             ,
             near
             which
             they
             had
             found
             some
             Sacks
             of
             Meal
             ,
             and
             something
             written
             upon
             the
             Cross
             in
             Russian
             Characters
             .
             At
             last
             they
             all
             arriv'd
             at
             Amsterdam
             in
             September
             ,
             having
             been
             hindred
             by
             the
             Ice
             to
             go
             any
             further
             .
          
           
             The
             chief
             of
             these
             was
             one
             
               William
               Barenson
            
             ,
             who
             having
             made
             the
             recitall
             of
             their
             journey
             ,
             there
             was
             a
             second
             Voyage
             resolv'd
             of
             ,
             under
             the
             conduct
             of
             the
             said
             William
             ;
             but
             they
             met
             with
             the
             same
             obstacles
             again
             ,
             though
             it
             were
             in
             August
             .
             They
             met
             with
             a
             Shallop
             laden
             with
             Barks
             of
             Trees
             ,
             and
             Geese
             ,
             and
             such
             other
             Merchandizes
             ,
             
             which
             waited
             for
             the
             Russian
             Fleet
             ,
             which
             every
             year
             goes
             that
             way
             .
             They
             that
             were
             in
             the
             Bark
             did
             say
             ,
             that
             within
             a
             few
             dayes
             the
             Sea
             would
             be
             so
             frozen
             ,
             as
             that
             one
             might
             go
             over
             the
             Ice
             into
             Tartary
             .
             The
             Hollanders
             invited
             them
             aboard
             ,
             and
             presented
             them
             with
             Butter
             and
             Cheese
             ,
             which
             they
             refused
             ,
             saying
             ,
             it
             was
             fasting-day
             ,
             but
             took
             some
             Herrings
             .
             Having
             left
             them
             ,
             and
             seen
             the
             Countrey
             of
             the
             Samoctes
             ,
             which
             they
             found
             to
             be
             a
             barbarous
             people
             ,
             wearing
             Buff-skins
             ,
             they
             steered
             their
             course
             to
             the
             
               States
               Island
            
             ,
             a
             place
             which
             they
             found
             full
             of
             Hares
             ,
             whereof
             they
             made
             provision
             .
             Some
             pass'd
             into
             the
             Continent
             ,
             not
             far
             from
             the
             Island
             ,
             and
             there
             a
             furious
             Bear
             kill'd
             two
             ,
             and
             routed
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             company
             ,
             though
             twenty
             in
             number
             ,
             and
             well
             arm'd
             with
             Pikes
             ;
             at
             last
             with
             succour
             from
             the
             Ship
             ,
             the
             Bear
             was
             kill'd
             .
             After
             which
             they
             set
             sayl
             for
             Holland
             ,
             running
             much
             hazard
             in
             the
             Ice
             ,
             but
             arriv'd
             without
             any
             other
             loss
             than
             of
             those
             two
             men
             .
          
           
             The
             small
             success
             of
             this
             Voyage
             ,
             could
             not
             discourage
             the
             undertakers
             
             from
             venturing
             once
             more
             ,
             under
             the
             conduct
             of
             the
             same
             
               William
               Barenson
            
             ,
             to
             whose
             Ship
             
               James
               Heemskerke
            
             was
             aded
             ,
             as
             Commissary
             .
             Two
             Ships
             set
             sayl
             the
             eighteenth
             of
             May
             ,
             and
             met
             with
             the
             first
             Ice
             the
             fifth
             of
             June
             .
             They
             sayled
             up
             and
             down
             till
             the
             eighteenth
             ,
             without
             being
             able
             to
             meet
             with
             any
             passage
             .
             Wherefore
             one
             return'd
             into
             
               Holland
               ;
               Barenson
            
             having
             steered
             to
             
               Nova
               Zembla
            
             ,
             and
             endeavouring
             to
             leave
             it
             behinde
             him
             ,
             was
             surprized
             by
             the
             Ice
             ,
             and
             his
             Ship
             frozen
             up
             .
             In
             this
             extremity
             ,
             some
             having
             landed
             ,
             found
             abundance
             of
             Timber
             ,
             about
             a
             league
             within
             the
             shore
             ;
             with
             that
             they
             built
             a
             little
             House
             ,
             which
             they
             cover'd
             with
             the
             Boards
             of
             their
             Ship
             ,
             and
             had
             Wood
             enough
             left
             to
             make
             fire
             with
             .
             The
             Sun
             forsook
             them
             quite
             from
             the
             fourth
             of
             November
             ,
             to
             the
             twenty
             fourth
             of
             January
             .
             Till
             the
             Sun
             forsook
             them
             ,
             the
             Bears
             tormented
             them
             ;
             but
             they
             had
             great
             relief
             by
             a
             sort
             of
             Foxes
             which
             they
             did
             use
             to
             catch
             and
             rost
             ,
             and
             make
             warm
             Caps
             of
             their
             Skins
             .
             Their
             Beer
             and
             their
             Sack
             being
             frozen
             ,
             they
             were
             fain
             
             to
             break
             them
             with
             an
             Axe
             ,
             and
             thaw
             them
             upon
             the
             fire
             ;
             and
             when
             their
             Beer
             was
             spent
             ,
             they
             were
             fain
             to
             melt
             the
             Snow
             ,
             and
             drink
             it
             .
             At
             last
             the
             Sun
             came
             again
             ,
             but
             with
             him
             the
             Bears
             ,
             who
             did
             persecute
             so
             as
             they
             were
             not
             able
             to
             stir
             out
             ;
             of
             them
             they
             kill'd
             many
             ,
             and
             us'd
             their
             fat
             in
             stead
             of
             Oyl
             to
             burn
             in
             Lamps
             .
             Twelfth-day
             being
             come
             ,
             they
             resolv'd
             to
             be
             merry
             ,
             and
             choose
             
               King
               and
               Queen
            
             ,
             making
             their
             King
             ,
             King
             of
             
               Nova
               Zembla
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Islands
             about
             it
             .
             After
             some
             time
             they
             begun
             to
             think
             of
             returning
             home
             ,
             not
             in
             their
             Ship
             ,
             for
             that
             they
             could
             not
             stir
             ;
             but
             in
             their
             Boat
             ,
             which
             with
             much
             ado
             they
             fitted
             up
             ,
             and
             set
             sayl
             the
             fifteenth
             of
             June
             ,
             among
             shoals
             of
             Ice
             ,
             the
             Bears
             still
             following
             them
             upon
             the
             Ice
             ,
             and
             into
             the
             Sea.
             The
             f
             〈…〉
             h
             of
             July
             they
             came
             to
             the
             Cross
             Island
             ,
             and
             the
             eighteenth
             they
             met
             with
             two
             Russian
             Boats
             ,
             who
             gave
             them
             some
             refreshments
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             they
             came
             to
             Amsterdam
             ,
             in
             October
             ,
             
             1597.
             having
             lost
             Barenson
             ,
             and
             four
             more
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXVIII
             .
          
           
             
               Containing
               divers
               Curiosities
               .
            
          
           
             IN
             the
             generall
             recitall
             of
             so
             many
             delicious
             Wonders
             ,
             we
             have
             it
             may
             be
             omitted
             some
             ,
             which
             we
             here
             adde
             by
             way
             of
             Supplement
             .
          
           
             North-Holland
             had
             formerly
             a
             great
             Lake
             ,
             near
             Purmerend
             ,
             which
             has
             been
             drain'd
             with
             great
             pains
             and
             charges
             ;
             it
             is
             now
             a
             most
             fertile
             spot
             of
             ground
             ,
             about
             20.
             mile
             in
             compass
             .
             The
             Cattle
             there
             is
             the
             biggest
             and
             fattest
             of
             all
             the
             Low-Countries
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             confidently
             reported
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             generall
             contribution
             of
             the
             Provinces
             towards
             the
             War
             ,
             Holland
             gives
             57.
             in
             a
             100.
             and
             Amsterdam
             alone
             gives
             above
             27.
             of
             the
             57.
             from
             whence
             may
             be
             inferr'd
             ,
             what
             are
             the
             riches
             of
             that
             Town
             .
             The
             revenue
             of
             the
             said
             City
             
             comes
             to
             above
             4000.
             pound
             a
             day
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Treatise
             that
             has
             been
             Printed
             of
             it
             .
             This
             year
             ,
             1650.
             the
             Excise
             of
             Beer
             ,
             Meat
             ,
             and
             Corn
             ,
             being
             farm'd
             out
             to
             them
             that
             bid
             most
             ,
             was
             let
             at
             a
             150000.
             pounds
             .
             Besides
             these
             ,
             there
             is
             the
             Wine-Excise
             ,
             the
             Taxes
             upon
             Houses
             ,
             the
             eighth
             penny
             ,
             and
             a
             thousand
             others
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             a
             Square-house
             before
             the
             Town-house
             ,
             where
             all
             things
             are
             weigh'd
             ;
             it
             yeelds
             above
             10000.
             pound
             a
             year
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             a
             Glass-house
             ,
             in
             which
             Chrystall-Glasses
             are
             made
             ,
             not
             inferior
             to
             Venice-Glasses
             ;
             as
             also
             excellent
             Looking
             Glasses
             ,
             which
             do
             attract
             all
             mens
             admiration
             .
          
           
             The
             Rhetoricians
             or
             Po●ts-house
             deserves
             to
             be
             remembred
             ,
             it
             being
             a
             laudable
             custome
             ,
             practis'd
             almost
             all
             over
             the
             
               Low
               Countries
            
             ;
             which
             is
             ,
             that
             people
             given
             to
             Poetry
             have
             a
             House
             at
             Amsterdam
             ,
             where
             they
             may
             represent
             Playes
             .
             They
             are
             distinguish'd
             into
             different
             Chambers
             ,
             and
             make
             Aenigmes
             ,
             which
             if
             unridled
             carry
             a
             prize
             with
             them
             for
             the
             Oedipus
             .
          
           
           
             I
             shall
             end
             by
             the
             publick
             Library
             ,
             to
             shew
             that
             our
             Merchants
             have
             not
             forgot
             Learning
             ,
             amongst
             the
             hurry
             and
             noise
             of
             their
             Trade
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             hard
             by
             the
             
               South
               Church
            
             ,
             and
             very
             well
             stored
             with
             all
             sorts
             of
             curious
             Books
             .
             The
             Epigram
             that
             is
             at
             the
             Door
             gives
             people
             warning
             how
             they
             are
             to
             behave
             themselves
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             within
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             added
             to
             it
             a
             Physick-Garden
             ,
             which
             encreases
             every
             day
             ,
             by
             the
             care
             that
             the
             Magistrates
             take
             to
             furnish
             it
             with
             rare
             Plants
             ,
             at
             great
             charges
             .
          
           
             But
             let
             us
             leave
             Amsterdam
             ,
             for
             fear
             we
             lose
             our selves
             in
             the
             confusion
             of
             so
             many
             remarkable
             things
             ;
             and
             come
             and
             rest
             our selves
             at
             Leyden
             ,
             the
             Garden
             of
             Holland
             .
             Our
             nearest
             way
             will
             be
             by
             the
             Lake
             of
             Harlem
             ,
             for
             with
             a
             fair
             Winde
             we
             may
             arrive
             in
             four
             hours
             ;
             but
             if
             the
             Winde
             be
             contrary
             ,
             we
             may
             go
             by
             Harlem
             in
             two
             hours
             by
             the
             Channell
             ,
             and
             then
             take
             a
             Chariot
             for
             six
             and
             twenty
             pence
             ,
             which
             will
             carry
             us
             in
             two
             hours
             more
             to
             Leyden
             .
             When
             the
             Winde
             is
             strong
             ,
             and
             contrary
             ,
             
             the
             way
             by
             the
             Sea
             of
             Harlem
             is
             troublesome
             ,
             for
             it
             makes
             those
             sick
             that
             have
             often
             been
             upon
             the
             Sea
             without
             inconvenience
             ;
             and
             though
             in
             many
             places
             it
             has
             not
             above
             six
             foot
             Water
             ,
             yet
             not
             long
             ago
             a
             Boat
             with
             Passengers
             was
             over-turn'd
             ,
             and
             they
             drown'd
             .
          
           
             Though
             there
             be
             many
             tempests
             and
             storms
             upon
             it
             ,
             yet
             within
             this
             25
             years
             I
             do
             not
             remember
             any
             ill
             accident
             but
             this
             I
             have
             now
             mention'd
             ;
             and
             that
             great
             misfortune
             which
             befell
             the
             unfortunate
             Queen
             of
             Bohemia
             ,
             when
             she
             receiv'd
             the
             terrible
             news
             ,
             how
             the
             King
             her
             Husband
             had
             sav'd
             himself
             with
             swimming
             ,
             but
             that
             her
             eldest
             Son
             was
             drown'd
             in
             this
             unmercifull
             Element
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             had
             left
             Harlem
             in
             November
             ,
             1629.
             towards
             the
             evening
             ;
             the
             night
             proved
             very
             dark
             and
             tempestuous
             ,
             and
             the
             Lake
             much
             agitated
             by
             great
             Windes
             ,
             when
             unfortunately
             in
             the
             obscurity
             ,
             another
             Boat
             fell
             foul
             of
             his
             ,
             and
             sunk
             it
             immediately
             .
             The
             poor
             young
             Prince
             was
             heard
             to
             cry
             out
             ,
             
               Ab
               Sir
               ,
               dear
               Father
               ,
               pray
               save
               me
               !
            
             
             but
             all
             in
             vain
             ,
             for
             the
             darkness
             of
             the
             night
             hindring
             the
             distinguishing
             of
             objects
             ,
             it
             was
             impossible
             to
             relieve
             him
             ,
             and
             so
             he
             perish'd
             in
             the
             flower
             of
             his
             youth
             ,
             to
             the
             unspeakable
             affliction
             of
             all
             that
             were
             acquainted
             with
             his
             forwardness
             in
             all
             Arts
             and
             Sciences
             .
          
           
             The
             two
             famous
             Cities
             of
             Holland
             are
             Leyden
             and
             Amsterdam
             ;
             one
             is
             the
             Market
             of
             all
             foreign
             Commodities
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             of
             Manufactures
             of
             all
             sorts
             .
             Neither
             is
             there
             any
             City
             that
             has
             so
             great
             a
             Revenue
             ,
             next
             to
             Amsterdam
             ,
             as
             Leyden
             ,
             as
             it
             appears
             by
             the
             last
             years
             Excise
             only
             upon
             Beer
             ,
             Corn
             ,
             and
             Cattle
             ,
             which
             came
             to
             50000.
             pound
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             wanting
             to
             Leyden
             a
             good
             Harbour
             to
             the
             Sea
             ,
             without
             passing
             by
             other
             Towns
             ,
             and
             it
             has
             been
             proposed
             to
             make
             one
             at
             Caetvic
             ,
             which
             is
             but
             two
             leagues
             from
             it
             .
             Nay
             ,
             the
             Mathematicians
             and
             Engineers
             having
             been
             advised
             with
             ,
             do
             say
             the
             thing
             is
             feasible
             ;
             others
             say
             that
             it
             cannot
             be
             ,
             and
             that
             either
             the
             Sea
             would
             choak
             up
             the
             Harbour
             with
             Sand
             ,
             or
             it
             may
             be
             if
             let
             in
             ,
             
             drown
             all
             the
             Countrey
             .
             To
             which
             it
             is
             answered
             ,
             that
             the
             securest
             way
             would
             be
             to
             go
             by
             Wass●naer
             ,
             and
             make
             the
             overture
             between
             two
             Mountains
             :
             but
             this
             design
             is
             now
             buried
             in
             oblivion
             .
             Being
             one
             day
             in
             the
             company
             of
             a
             Mathematician
             at
             Catvic
             ,
             he
             told
             me
             ,
             that
             the
             Sea
             being
             calm
             is
             about
             half
             a
             foot
             higher
             than
             the
             Meadows
             about
             Leyden
             ;
             so
             that
             if
             in
             the
             Spring-tides
             ,
             or
             a
             storm
             ,
             the
             Sea
             should
             make
             way
             through
             those
             Mountains
             of
             Sand
             ,
             infallibly
             the
             Countrey
             would
             be
             all
             lost
             .
          
           
             The
             most
             dangerous
             Winde
             for
             Holland
             is
             a
             North-West-Winde
             ,
             towards
             the
             Equinox
             ,
             with
             a
             storm
             ;
             but
             God
             Almighty
             by
             his
             providence
             hinders
             these
             three
             so
             dangerous
             enemies
             ,
             from
             assailing
             us
             all
             at
             one
             time
             .
          
           
             Holland
             is
             so
             populous
             ,
             that
             you
             can
             hardly
             go
             a
             stones
             cast
             without
             meeting
             with
             Houses
             or
             Villages
             .
          
           
             The
             Hollanders
             Diversions
             are
             these
             :
             In
             Summer
             a
             Citizen
             shall
             hire
             a
             Boat
             for
             himself
             and
             his
             Family
             ,
             to
             go
             and
             eat
             fresh-Water
             Fish.
             In
             Winter
             he
             shall
             hire
             a
             Sledge
             upon
             the
             Ice
             .
             They
             
             are
             not
             given
             to
             gaming
             at
             Dice
             or
             Cards
             ,
             but
             will
             play
             at
             Bowles
             and
             Tables
             .
             They
             are
             not
             quarrelsome
             ,
             nor
             apt
             to
             strike
             ,
             but
             will
             scold
             and
             call
             one
             another
             all
             to
             naught
             ,
             before
             they
             come
             to
             blowes
             .
          
           
             Towards
             Autumn
             ,
             and
             in
             Winter
             ,
             the
             Students
             pastime
             is
             to
             go
             and
             shoot
             at
             the
             wilde-Ducks
             and
             Geese
             ;
             and
             if
             they
             shoot
             at
             the
             Countrey-peoples
             ,
             as
             they
             will
             often
             out
             of
             roguery
             ,
             then
             follows
             a
             scuffle
             ,
             in
             which
             the
             weakest
             goes
             to
             the
             Wall.
             
          
           
             Their
             industry
             is
             most
             admirable
             for
             inventing
             ,
             and
             improving
             other
             peoples
             inventions
             ,
             witness
             Printing
             ,
             and
             Telescope-Glasses
             .
             The
             Art
             of
             Navigation
             is
             better
             understood
             here
             than
             in
             any
             place
             of
             the
             World
             :
             so
             is
             Fortification
             ,
             and
             all
             military
             Discipline
             ;
             in
             so
             much
             that
             a
             Low-Countrey
             Souldier
             ,
             when
             he
             comes
             to
             another
             Kingdome
             is
             presently
             made
             much
             of
             ,
             and
             advanced
             .
             The
             Hollanders
             are
             the
             best
             in
             the
             World
             at
             Draining
             ,
             witness
             what
             they
             have
             done
             in
             England
             and
             France
             ,
             at
             Bourdeaux
             ,
             and
             in
             Britany
             .
          
           
             But
             their
             Fishing
             is
             a
             thing
             which
             in
             
             ●ll
             manners
             deserves
             admiration
             .
             But
             they
             have
             one
             odd
             diverting
             way
             of
             it
             ,
             which
             I
             shall
             here
             relate
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             three
             Islands
             which
             serve
             as
             a
             bar
             to
             the
             Ocean
             :
             The
             first
             is
             the
             Texel
             ,
             where
             are
             made
             excellent
             Cheeses
             .
             The
             second
             is
             the
             Ulic
             ,
             where
             are
             taken
             great
             quantities
             of
             Muscles
             .
             The
             third
             is
             Schelling
             ,
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             which
             last
             are
             much
             given
             to
             Fishing
             ,
             and
             the
             way
             that
             they
             use
             to
             catch
             the
             Fish
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             a
             Sea-Dog
             ,
             is
             very
             pleasant
             .
             They
             disguise
             themselves
             like
             Beasts
             ,
             and
             at
             certain
             hours
             that
             these
             Fishes
             are
             us'd
             to
             come
             out
             upon
             the
             shore
             ,
             they
             leap
             and
             dance
             before
             them
             ,
             and
             by
             a
             thousand
             antick
             tricks
             make
             them
             follow
             them
             ,
             and
             leave
             the
             shore
             :
             in
             the
             mean
             time
             those
             that
             are
             in
             Ambushcade
             set
             their
             Nets
             ;
             then
             the
             dancers
             throw
             off
             their
             Masks
             ,
             and
             taking
             their
             humane
             shape
             upon
             them
             ,
             come
             upon
             the
             poor
             Sea-Dogs
             ,
             who
             endeavouring
             to
             re-gain
             the
             Sea
             are
             entangled
             in
             the
             Nets
             ,
             and
             made
             a
             prey
             to
             those
             that
             had
             diverted
             them
             .
          
           
             The
             Hollanders
             transport
             salt-Fish
             all
             the
             World
             over
             .
          
           
           
             There
             is
             not
             any
             season
             in
             the
             year
             that
             does
             not
             produce
             some
             particular
             pleasure
             .
             For
             what
             is
             more
             pleasant
             ,
             than
             to
             see
             the
             Meadows
             cover'd
             with
             Flowers
             all
             the
             Spring
             and
             Summer
             .
             Autumn
             produces
             an
             abundance
             of
             Fruits
             .
             The
             Winter
             is
             more
             pleasant
             here
             than
             any
             where
             else
             ;
             for
             in
             so
             sad
             a
             season
             ,
             the
             diversion
             of
             the
             frozen
             Channels
             ,
             full
             of
             people
             ,
             sliding
             upon
             them
             ,
             is
             no
             small
             one
             .
             Wood
             is
             not
             dear
             here
             ;
             and
             you
             shall
             have
             more
             for
             10.
             pound
             at
             Amsterdam
             ,
             than
             at
             Paris
             for
             15.
             
             If
             the
             Water
             be
             not
             to
             be
             drunk
             ,
             in
             recompence
             there
             is
             very
             good
             ●eer
             to
             be
             had
             .
             'T
             is
             true
             ,
             that
             the
             Windes
             and
             the
             Rain
             are
             very
             frequent
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             Neighbourhood
             of
             the
             Sea
             ;
             but
             the
             inconvenience
             is
             recompenced
             by
             the
             convenience
             of
             travelling
             ;
             for
             if
             the
             wayes
             be
             broke
             and
             bad
             ,
             you
             may
             go
             by
             Water
             .
             A
             Merchant
             never
             misses
             of
             an
             opportunity
             of
             transporting
             himself
             and
             his
             Goods
             ,
             the
             Channels
             being
             loaded
             night
             
             and
             day
             with
             an
             infinite
             number
             of
             Boats.
             
          
           
             But
             as
             there
             is
             nothing
             absolutely
             perfect
             ,
             Holland
             has
             its
             Cloudes
             ,
             its
             North-Windes
             ,
             its
             Rains
             ,
             and
             its
             foggy
             Mists
             ,
             which
             do
             much
             bate
             of
             the
             beauty
             and
             pleasantness
             of
             this
             fam'd
             and
             renowned
             Province
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             The
             Treaty
             of
             Peace
             Concluded
             the
             thirtieth
             of
             January
             ,
             of
             the
             present
             year
             ,
             1648.
             in
             the
             Town
             of
             Munster
             in
             Westphalia
             ,
             between
             the
             most
             Illustrious
             and
             most
             Potent
             Prince
             ,
             Philip
             the
             fourth
             ,
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             &c.
             on
             one
             side
             ,
             and
             the
             High
             and
             Mighty
             Lords
             ,
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
               of
               the
            
             Low-Countries
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             IN
             the
             Name
             of
             God.
             Be
             it
             known
             to
             all
             ,
             that
             after
             the
             bloody
             Wars
             ,
             that
             have
             for
             so
             many
             years
             afflicted
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             Subjects
             ,
             of
             the
             obedience
             
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             and
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ;
             they
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             being
             moved
             with
             Christian
             compassion
             ,
             and
             being
             desirous
             to
             put
             an
             end
             to
             all
             the
             calamities
             ,
             and
             deplorable
             consequences
             ,
             which
             the
             farther
             continuance
             of
             the
             Wars
             of
             the
             said
             Low-Countries
             might
             produce
             ,
             and
             to
             change
             them
             into
             the
             rest
             and
             tranquillity
             of
             a
             firm
             peace
             ,
             have
             ,
             to
             compass
             so
             good
             an
             end
             ,
             Deputed
             and
             Commissioned
             fit
             persons
             on
             both
             sides
             ,
             viz.
             on
             the
             side
             of
             the
             said
             Don
             Philip
             the
             fourth
             ,
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             Don
             
               Gaspar
               de
               Bracamonte
               ,
               Y
               de
               Guzman
               ,
            
             Count
             of
             Pigneranda
             ,
             Lord
             of
             
               Aldea
               seca
               de
               la
               Frontera
            
             ,
             Knight
             of
             the
             Order
             of
             Alcantara
             ,
             perpetuall
             Administrator
             of
             the
             Commandery
             of
             Damyel
             ,
             of
             the
             Order
             of
             Calatrava
             ,
             Gentleman
             of
             his
             Majesties
             Bed-Chamber
             ,
             of
             his
             privy
             Counsell
             ,
             and
             his
             Embassador
             Extraordinary
             towards
             his
             Imperiall
             Majesty
             ,
             as
             also
             first
             Plenipotentiary
             for
             his
             Majesty
             in
             the
             Treaty
             of
             the
             generall
             Peace
             .
             Monsieur
             
               A●tony
               Brnn
            
             ,
             Knight
             and
             Counsellor
             for
             his
             Majesty
             ,
             in
             his
             supream
             Counsell
             of
             State
             for
             the
             Low-Countries
             ,
             
             and
             his
             Plenipotentiary
             in
             the
             generall
             Peace
             .
          
           
             On
             the
             sides
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
               ,
               Bartold
               de
               Gent
               ,
            
             Lord
             of
             Looven
             and
             Meynerswicke
             ,
             Senechal
             and
             Diikgrave
             of
             
               Bommel
               ,
               Fieler
            
             ,
             and
             Brommelerweerden
             ,
             deputed
             by
             the
             Nobility
             of
             Gueldres
             ,
             in
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
               .
               Jean
               de
               Mateness
               ,
            
             Lord
             of
             
               Mateness
               ,
               Riviere
               ,
               Opmeer
               ,
               Souteveen
               ,
            
             and
             Deputy
             in
             the
             ordinary
             Counsell
             of
             Holland
             and
             West-Frieze
             ;
             as
             also
             Deputy
             in
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             from
             the
             Nobles
             of
             the
             said
             Province
             ;
             Councellor
             and
             Heemrade
             of
             
               Shieland
               Adrian
               Paw
            
             ,
             Knight
             ,
             Lord
             of
             
               Heemsteed
               ,
               Hogersmilde
            
             ,
             and
             first
             President
             ,
             Counsellor
             ,
             and
             Master
             of
             the
             Accounts
             of
             Holland
             and
             West-Frieze
             ;
             as
             also
             Deputy
             in
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             by
             the
             said
             Provinces
             .
             
               Jean
               de
               Knu●t
            
             ,
             Knight
             ,
             Lord
             of
             Old
             and
             
               New
               Vosmar
            
             ,
             representing
             the
             Nobility
             in
             the
             States
             in
             Counsell
             of
             Zeeland
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             Admiralty
             ;
             first
             Counsellor
             of
             his
             Highness
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             Deputy
             in
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             
               States
               .
               G●dart
               de
               R●●de
            
             ,
             Lord
             of
             
               Nederhorst
               ,
               
               Uredelant
               ,
               Cortcho●f
               ,
               Over-meer
               ,
               Horstwaert
               ,
            
             &c.
             
             President
             in
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             Nobles
             of
             the
             Province
             of
             Utrect
             ,
             and
             by
             them
             Deputy
             in
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
               .
               Francis
               de
               Doma
               ,
            
             Lord
             of
             
               Hinn●ma
               ,
               Hiclsum
            
             ,
             Deputy
             in
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             by
             the
             Province
             of
             
               Frizeland
               .
               William
               Riperda
            
             ,
             Lord
             of
             
               Hengeloo
               ,
               Boxbergen
               ,
               Boculoo
            
             ,
             and
             Sussenbergh
             ,
             Deputy
             by
             the
             Nobility
             of
             Overyssel
             ,
             in
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             .
             All
             Extraordinary
             Embassadors
             in
             Germany
             ,
             and
             Plenipotentiaries
             of
             the
             said
             States
             ,
             for
             the
             Treaty
             of
             the
             generall
             Peace
             .
             All
             being
             sufficiently
             impowr'd
             and
             assembled
             in
             the
             Town
             of
             Munster
             in
             Westphalia
             ;
             have
             by
             common
             consent
             ,
             and
             in
             vertue
             of
             their
             respective
             powers
             receiv'd
             from
             the
             said
             King
             ,
             and
             the
             Lords
             ,
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             Concluded
             and
             Agreed
             upon
             these
             following
             Articles
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             The
             said
             King
             does
             Declare
             and
             Acknowledge
             ,
             that
             the
             said
             Lords
             ,
             the
             
               States
               Generall
               ,
               of
               the
               United
               Provinces
               ,
               and
               their
               Provinces
               ,
               Countrey-Towns
               ,
               Lands
               ,
               and
               Appurtenances
               ,
               are
               free
               and
               
               Soveraign
               States
               ,
               Provinces
               ,
               and
               Countries
               :
            
             upon
             which
             ,
             nor
             upon
             their
             Towns
             ,
             &c.
             the
             said
             King
             neither
             doth
             ,
             nor
             shall
             henceforth
             ,
             or
             his
             Heirs
             and
             Successors
             ,
             pretend
             any
             thing
             .
             And
             that
             in
             consequence
             of
             this
             his
             Declaration
             ,
             he
             is
             content
             to
             treat
             with
             the
             said
             States
             ,
             as
             he
             does
             by
             these
             ,
             and
             conclude
             a
             perpetuated
             peace
             with
             them
             ,
             upon
             the
             Conditions
             here
             following
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             To
             wit
             ,
             that
             the
             said
             peace
             shall
             be
             firm
             and
             inviolable
             ;
             and
             that
             all
             acts
             of
             hostility
             ,
             of
             what
             kinde
             soever
             ,
             shall
             cease
             both
             by
             Sea
             and
             by
             Land
             ,
             in
             all
             the
             Kingdomes
             and
             Countries
             of
             the
             obedience
             of
             the
             said
             King
             ,
             and
             the
             said
             States
             ;
             as
             also
             between
             all
             their
             Subjects
             ,
             of
             what
             quality
             soever
             they
             be
             ,
             without
             exception
             of
             places
             or
             persons
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Each
             shall
             remain
             in
             peaceable
             possession
             ,
             and
             shall
             keep
             and
             enjoy
             all
             the
             Countrey-Towns
             ,
             Lands
             ,
             Places
             ,
             and
             Lordships
             ,
             that
             he
             now
             enjoyes
             ,
             and
             that
             without
             being
             any
             wayes
             molested
             directly
             or
             indirectly
             .
             And
             in
             this
             is
             comprehended
             the
             Burroughs
             ,
             
             Villages
             ,
             and
             Countrey
             ,
             appertaining
             and
             belonging
             to
             that
             which
             each
             shall
             possess
             ;
             and
             by
             consequence
             all
             the
             Mayorship
             of
             Bosleduke
             ;
             as
             also
             all
             the
             Lordships
             ,
             Towns
             ,
             Castles
             ,
             Burroughs
             ,
             Villages
             ,
             and
             Champain
             ,
             thereunto
             belonging
             ;
             the
             Town
             and
             Marqueship
             of
             Bergues
             upon
             Zoom
             ;
             the
             Town
             and
             Barony
             of
             Breda
             ;
             the
             Town
             of
             Maestrict
             ,
             and
             the
             extent
             of
             its
             jurisdiction
             ;
             the
             County
             of
             Groonhoff
             ;
             the
             Town
             of
             Grave
             ;
             and
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Luychuist
             ;
             and
             the
             Bayliship
             of
             Hulst
             ,
             and
             Hulster-Ambact
             ,
             and
             Ambact
             :
             as
             also
             the
             Forts
             which
             the
             said
             Lords
             the
             States
             do
             possess
             now
             in
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Waes
             ;
             and
             all
             other
             Towns
             and
             places
             which
             the
             said
             States
             do
             hold
             in
             
               Brabant
               ,
               Flanders
            
             ,
             or
             any
             where
             else
             ,
             shall
             remain
             in
             the
             power
             of
             the
             said
             States
             ,
             with
             all
             the
             Right
             of
             Soveraignty
             ,
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             as
             they
             hold
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             :
             but
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             said
             Countrey
             of
             Waes
             ,
             except
             the
             said
             Forts
             ,
             shall
             remain
             unto
             the
             said
             King
             of
             Spain
             .
             As
             concerning
             the
             three
             places
             on
             the
             other
             side
             the
             Meuse
             ,
             viz.
             
               Falquimont
               ,
               Dalem
            
             ,
             
             and
             Rodeleduc
             ,
             they
             shall
             remain
             in
             the
             condition
             they
             are
             now
             in
             ;
             and
             in
             case
             of
             dispute
             ,
             the
             business
             shall
             be
             decided
             in
             the
             
               (
               Chambre
               mipartic
            
             )
             to
             be
             mentioned
             in
             the
             following
             Articles
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             The
             Subjects
             and
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             Countries
             of
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             ,
             shall
             live
             in
             good
             union
             and
             correspondency
             together
             ,
             without
             any
             resentment
             for
             past
             injuries
             ;
             and
             they
             shall
             have
             liberty
             to
             go
             and
             stay
             in
             the
             Territories
             of
             each
             other
             ,
             and
             to
             exercise
             their
             Trade
             and
             Commerce
             in
             all
             surety
             ,
             both
             by
             Sea
             and
             Land.
             
          
           
             5.
             
             The
             Navigation
             and
             Trade
             to
             the
             East
             and
             West-Indies
             shall
             be
             maintain'd
             ,
             in
             conformity
             to
             those
             Grants
             or
             Patents
             given
             or
             to
             give
             by
             the
             States
             :
             for
             surety
             whereof
             shall
             serve
             this
             present
             Treaty
             ,
             and
             the
             ratification
             of
             it
             ;
             and
             under
             this
             Treaty
             shall
             be
             comprehended
             all
             Potentates
             ,
             Nations
             ,
             and
             Peoples
             ,
             with
             whom
             the
             said
             States
             ,
             or
             the
             East
             and
             West-India
             Companies
             in
             their
             name
             ,
             within
             the
             limits
             of
             their
             Patent
             ,
             are
             in
             amity
             or
             alliance
             .
             And
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             shall
             respectively
             
             remain
             in
             possession
             of
             all
             those
             Lordships
             ,
             Towns
             ,
             Castles
             ,
             Fortresses
             ,
             Commerce
             and
             Trade
             ,
             in
             the
             East
             and
             West-Indies
             ;
             as
             also
             upon
             the
             Coasts
             of
             
               Brasil
               ,
               Asia
               ,
               Africa
            
             ,
             and
             America
             ,
             that
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             do
             now
             hold
             .
             And
             in
             this
             Article
             are
             particularly
             comprized
             all
             those
             places
             and
             Forts
             ,
             that
             the
             Portugueses
             ever
             since
             1641.
             have
             taken
             from
             the
             States
             ;
             as
             also
             are
             comprehended
             all
             those
             places
             ,
             that
             the
             said
             States
             shall
             hereafter
             take
             ,
             conquer
             ,
             and
             possess
             ,
             without
             infraction
             of
             the
             present
             Treaty
             .
             And
             the
             
               Curators
               or
               Directors
               of
               the
               East
               and
               West-India
               Companies
               of
               the
               United
               Provinces
            
             ;
             as
             also
             the
             Officers
             ,
             Agents
             ,
             Souldiers
             ,
             Mariners
             ,
             being
             at
             prefen●
             at
             the
             service
             of
             the
             said
             Companies
             ,
             o●
             having
             been
             formerly
             employed
             by
             them
             ;
             and
             all
             such
             as
             being
             now
             out
             of
             their
             service
             ,
             do
             live
             within
             the
             jurisdiction
             of
             the
             said
             Companies
             ,
             shall
             remain
             free
             and
             unmolested
             ,
             in
             all
             places
             under
             the
             obedience
             of
             the
             said
             King
             in
             Europe
             ,
             and
             may
             travell
             ,
             trade
             ,
             and
             frequent
             in
             all
             places
             ,
             as
             all
             other
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             States
             .
             Besides
             ,
             it
             has
             
             been
             Stipulated
             and
             Agreed
             ,
             that
             the
             Spaniards
             retain
             their
             Navigation
             to
             the
             East-Indies
             ,
             in
             such
             manner
             as
             it
             is
             now
             for
             this
             present
             time
             ,
             without
             the
             liberty
             of
             extending
             themselves
             any
             further
             .
             As
             also
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             these
             Provinces
             shall
             abstain
             from
             frequenting
             the
             places
             that
             the
             Castilians
             do
             possess
             in
             the
             East-Indies
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             And
             as
             for
             the
             West-Indies
             ,
             the
             Subjects
             and
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             Kingdomes
             and
             Countries
             of
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             ,
             shall
             respectively
             abstain
             from
             Navigation
             and
             Trade
             in
             all
             the
             Harbours
             ,
             places
             ,
             Forts
             ,
             Castles
             ,
             possess'd
             by
             either
             :
             to
             wit
             ,
             that
             the
             Subjects
             of
             the
             said
             King
             shall
             not
             navigate
             nor
             trade
             in
             those
             that
             belong
             to
             the
             States
             ,
             nor
             the
             Subjects
             of
             the
             States
             in
             those
             that
             belong
             to
             the
             said
             King.
             And
             in
             the
             places
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             shall
             be
             comprehended
             all
             those
             that
             the
             Portugueses
             since
             1641.
             have
             taken
             in
             Brasil
             ,
             upon
             the
             said
             States
             ,
             and
             all
             those
             that
             they
             now
             possess
             ,
             as
             long
             as
             they
             shall
             remain
             in
             the
             possession
             of
             the
             said
             States
             .
             In
             all
             which
             there
             is
             nothing
             contrary
             to
             the
             precedent
             Article
             .
          
           
           
             7.
             
             And
             because
             a
             long
             space
             of
             time
             is
             necessary
             ,
             for
             the
             giving
             notice
             to
             those
             that
             are
             now
             abroad
             with
             Ships
             and
             Forces
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             defist
             from
             all
             acts
             of
             hostility
             ;
             it
             hath
             been
             Agreed
             ,
             that
             within
             the
             limits
             of
             the
             Patent
             granted
             ,
             or
             to
             be
             granted
             ,
             by
             continuation
             ,
             to
             the
             Company
             of
             the
             East-Indies
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             the
             peace
             shall
             begin
             no
             sooner
             than
             a
             year
             after
             the
             date
             of
             the
             present
             Treaty
             .
             And
             as
             for
             the
             limits
             of
             the
             Patent
             ,
             granted
             heretofore
             by
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             or
             to
             be
             granted
             by
             continuation
             ,
             unto
             the
             Company
             of
             the
             West-Indies
             ,
             the
             peace
             shall
             not
             there
             begin
             till
             six
             moneths
             after
             the
             date
             of
             the
             present
             Treaty
             .
             Provided
             still
             ,
             that
             if
             the
             notice
             of
             the
             said
             peace
             be
             arriv'd
             by
             publick
             Order
             of
             each
             side
             to
             the
             said
             limits
             ,
             before
             the
             said
             time
             be
             expir'd
             ,
             that
             then
             immediately
             all
             acts
             of
             hostility
             shall
             cease
             .
             And
             that
             if
             after
             the
             term
             be
             expir'd
             ,
             there
             be
             yet
             committed
             some
             acts
             of
             hostility
             ,
             the
             dammages
             shall
             be
             repair'd
             without
             delay
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             The
             Subjects
             and
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             Countries
             of
             the
             said
             King
             and
             
             States
             ,
             trafficking
             in
             one
             anothers
             Countrey
             ,
             shall
             not
             be
             forc'd
             to
             pay
             any
             greater
             Impositions
             or
             Customes
             ,
             than
             their
             own
             Subjects
             respectively
             ;
             so
             that
             thereby
             the
             Subjects
             of
             the
             said
             States
             shall
             be
             freed
             and
             exempted
             from
             the
             Imposition
             of
             20.
             
               per
               cent
            
             .
             or
             any
             other
             whatsoever
             ,
             which
             the
             said
             King
             did
             levy
             during
             the
             truce
             of
             12.
             years
             ,
             or
             would
             hereafter
             raise
             directly
             or
             indirectly
             upon
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             said
             States
             ,
             or
             any
             wayes
             charge
             them
             further
             than
             his
             own
             proper
             Subjects
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             The
             said
             King
             and
             States
             shall
             not
             raise
             any
             Contributions
             or
             Imposts
             out
             of
             their
             limits
             respectively
             ,
             upon
             any
             Merchandize
             ,
             passing
             either
             by
             Land
             or
             Water
             .
          
           
             10.
             
             The
             Subjects
             of
             each
             shall
             respectively
             enjoy
             all
             freedome
             of
             
             Peages
             ,
             that
             they
             were
             in
             possession
             of
             before
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             War.
             
          
           
             11.
             
             The
             Trade
             ,
             Commerce
             ,
             and
             
             Frequentation
             ,
             shal●
             not
             be
             hinder'd
             ,
             between
             the
             Subjects
             of
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             ;
             and
             if
             it
             should
             chance
             to
             be
             obstructed
             any
             wayes
             ,
             the
             obstacle
             shall
             immediately
             be
             taken
             away
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             And
             after
             the
             day
             of
             the
             conclusion
             and
             ratification
             of
             this
             peace
             ,
             the
             said
             King
             shall
             no
             longer
             enjoy
             ,
             upon
             the
             Rivers
             of
             Rhene
             and
             Mouse
             ,
             those
             Customes
             or
             Peages
             ,
             which
             before
             the
             War
             were
             under
             the
             jurisdiction
             of
             any
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ;
             particularly
             ,
             the
             Peage
             of
             Zeeland
             ,
             which
             shall
             not
             be
             levied
             for
             his
             Majesty
             ,
             neither
             in
             the
             Town
             of
             Antwerp
             ,
             nor
             any
             where
             else
             :
             upon
             condition
             that
             from
             that
             day
             forwards
             ,
             the
             States
             of
             Zeeland
             shall
             take
             upon
             them
             to
             pay
             the
             annuall
             Rents
             ,
             to
             those
             to
             whom
             the
             said
             Peage
             was
             morgaged
             ,
             before
             the
             year
             1572.
             which
             also
             shall
             do
             the
             Proprietors
             of
             all
             other
             Peages
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             charg'd
             with
             annuall
             Rents
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             The
             white
             boyl'd
             Salt
             coming
             from
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             into
             those
             of
             his
             Catholick
             Majesty
             ,
             shall
             be
             receiv'd
             and
             admitted
             without
             any
             higher
             Impost
             ,
             
             than
             upon
             Bay-Salt
             :
             and
             likewise
             the
             Salt
             coming
             from
             his
             Majesties
             Countries
             shall
             be
             admitted
             in
             those
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             upon
             the
             same
             conditions
             .
          
           
             14.
             
             The
             Rivers
             of
             Scheld
             ,
             as
             also
             the
             Channels
             of
             Zas
             and
             Zwin
             ,
             and
             other
             entries
             into
             the
             Sea
             thereabouts
             ,
             shall
             be
             shut
             up
             by
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             on
             their
             side
             .
          
           
             15.
             
             The
             Ships
             and
             Goods
             coming
             in
             and
             going
             out
             of
             the
             Harbours
             of
             Flanders
             ,
             shall
             be
             taxed
             at
             the
             same
             rate
             as
             the
             Ships
             and
             Goods
             going
             upon
             the
             Scheld
             ,
             and
             the
             Channels
             nam'd
             in
             the
             above-written
             Article
             ;
             and
             it
             shall
             be
             agreed
             of
             the
             proportion
             between
             the
             parties
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             The
             Anseatick-Towns
             ,
             with
             all
             their
             Citizens
             and
             Inhabitants
             ,
             shall
             enjoy
             as
             to
             Navigation
             and
             Trade
             in
             Spain
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Kingdomes
             and
             States
             thereof
             ,
             all
             the
             Priviledges
             and
             Immunities
             granted
             at
             present
             ,
             or
             that
             shall
             be
             hereafter
             given
             to
             the
             Subjects
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             .
             And
             reciprocally
             all
             the
             Subjects
             of
             the
             said
             Provinces
             shall
             enjoy
             the
             same
             Rights
             ,
             Franchises
             ,
             
             Immunities
             ,
             Priviledges
             ,
             and
             Capitulations
             ,
             as
             well
             for
             the
             establishing
             of
             Consuls
             in
             the
             capitall
             Towns
             or
             Sea-Ports
             of
             Spain
             ,
             as
             for
             their
             Merchants
             ,
             Factors
             ,
             Masters
             of
             Ships
             ,
             Mariners
             ,
             or
             others
             ;
             and
             that
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             ,
             that
             the
             said
             Anseatick-Towns
             in
             generall
             ,
             or
             in
             particular
             ,
             have
             heretofore
             practis'd
             or
             obtain'd
             ,
             and
             shall
             hereafter
             obtain
             ,
             for
             the
             safety
             and
             advantage
             of
             Navigation
             and
             Trade
             of
             their
             Towns
             ,
             Merchants
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             17.
             
             Likewise
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             Countries
             of
             the
             said
             States
             ,
             shall
             have
             the
             same
             liberty
             in
             the
             said
             Kings
             Dominions
             ,
             that
             the
             Subjects
             of
             his
             Majesty
             of
             
               Great
               Britain
            
             do
             enjoy
             ,
             by
             the
             Articles
             in
             the
             last
             Treaty
             of
             peace
             made
             in
             secret
             ,
             with
             the
             High
             Constable
             of
             Castile
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             The
             said
             King
             shall
             as
             soon
             as
             possible
             assign
             a
             place
             for
             the
             honourable
             burying
             of
             the
             bodies
             of
             such
             of
             the
             States
             Subjects
             ,
             as
             shall
             die
             in
             his
             Dominions
             .
          
           
             19.
             
             The
             Subjects
             and
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             said
             Kings
             Dominions
             ,
             coming
             into
             
             the
             Territories
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             shall
             as
             to
             the
             publick
             exercise
             of
             Religion
             ,
             comport
             themselves
             with
             all
             modesty
             ,
             without
             giving
             any
             scandall
             ,
             or
             proffering
             any
             blasphemy
             ,
             and
             the
             same
             shall
             be
             observ'd
             by
             the
             Subjects
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             .
          
           
             20.
             
             The
             Merchants
             ,
             Masters
             of
             Ships
             ,
             Pilots
             ,
             Mariners
             ,
             their
             Ships
             ,
             Goods
             ,
             and
             other
             things
             belonging
             to
             them
             ,
             shall
             not
             be
             arrested
             nor
             detain'd
             ,
             by
             vertue
             of
             any
             Order
             ,
             either
             generall
             or
             speciall
             ,
             nor
             for
             any
             cause
             of
             War
             ,
             or
             otherwise
             ;
             nor
             under
             the
             pretext
             of
             using
             them
             for
             the
             preservation
             of
             the
             Countrey
             .
             Hereby
             nevertheless
             are
             not
             meant
             all
             seisings
             and
             arrests
             of
             Ships
             ,
             by
             the
             ordinary
             proceedings
             of
             justice
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             Debts
             ,
             Obligations
             ,
             and
             Contracts
             ,
             of
             those
             whose
             Goods
             are
             seised
             ,
             who
             shall
             be
             left
             to
             the
             course
             of
             the
             Law.
             
          
           
             21.
             
             There
             shall
             be
             fram'd
             a
             Court
             of
             equall
             number
             of
             Commissioners
             on
             both
             sides
             ,
             who
             shall
             sit
             in
             such
             places
             in
             the
             Low-Countries
             as
             shall
             be
             thought
             fit
             ;
             sometimes
             under
             the
             obedience
             of
             one
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             under
             the
             obedience
             
             of
             the
             other
             State
             ,
             as
             it
             shall
             be
             agreed
             by
             common
             consent
             ;
             and
             according
             to
             their
             Commission
             (
             which
             they
             shall
             be
             sworn
             to
             observe
             )
             they
             shall
             take
             care
             to
             maintain
             a
             good
             correspondency
             on
             both
             sides
             ;
             shall
             also
             have
             a
             regard
             to
             the
             Taxes
             and
             Impositions
             laid
             on
             both
             sides
             upon
             Merchandize
             ;
             and
             if
             they
             perceive
             that
             on
             either
             side
             there
             be
             excess
             committed
             ,
             they
             shall
             immediately
             redress
             it
             .
             Besides
             ,
             the
             said
             Judges
             shall
             examine
             all
             questions
             touching
             the
             non-observancce
             of
             this
             Treaty
             of
             peace
             ;
             as
             also
             the
             contraventions
             or
             failings
             against
             it
             ,
             not
             only
             here
             ,
             but
             in
             distant
             Provinces
             and
             Kingdomes
             of
             Europe
             ,
             and
             shall
             decide
             them
             by
             a
             short
             way
             .
             The
             Sentences
             and
             Decrees
             of
             which
             Judges
             shall
             be
             put
             in
             execution
             by
             all
             under-Officers
             ,
             living
             upon
             the
             places
             ,
             against
             the
             person
             of
             the
             transgressors
             ,
             as
             necessity
             shall
             require
             ;
             and
             the
             said
             subordinate
             Officers
             may
             by
             no
             means
             fail
             in
             this
             at
             their
             perill
             .
          
           
             22.
             
             If
             any
             Judgement
             or
             Decree
             should
             pass
             between
             persons
             of
             different
             parties
             ,
             either
             in
             civill
             or
             criminall
             matters
             ,
             
             they
             shall
             not
             be
             put
             in
             execution
             ,
             neither
             against
             the
             Goods
             nor
             against
             the
             persons
             of
             the
             said
             parties
             ;
             and
             no
             Letters
             of
             Reprizall
             shall
             be
             granted
             ,
             but
             with
             cognizance
             of
             cause
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             the
             Imperiall
             Constitutions
             ,
             and
             the
             Order
             by
             them
             establish'd
             .
          
           
             23.
             
             It
             shall
             not
             be
             free
             to
             enter
             or
             stay
             in
             the
             Harbours
             ,
             Ports
             ,
             Bayes
             ,
             and
             Rodes
             ,
             of
             each
             other
             ,
             with
             men
             of
             War
             ,
             or
             arm'd
             Ships
             ,
             in
             such
             numbers
             as
             may
             give
             occasion
             of
             jealousie
             to
             any
             ,
             without
             the
             leave
             and
             permission
             of
             that
             State
             to
             whom
             the
             said
             Ports
             ,
             &c.
             do
             belong
             ;
             except
             in
             case
             of
             a
             storm
             ,
             or
             that
             there
             were
             some
             other
             necessity
             of
             avoiding
             danger
             at
             Sea.
             
          
           
             24.
             
             They
             whose
             Estates
             have
             been
             seized
             upon
             ,
             and
             confiscated
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             War
             ,
             or
             their
             Heirs
             ,
             Executors
             ,
             &c.
             shall
             enjoy
             the
             said
             Estates
             ,
             and
             may
             enter
             into
             possession
             of
             them
             by
             their
             own
             authority
             ,
             by
             vertue
             of
             this
             present
             Treaty
             ,
             notwithstanding
             all
             Alienations
             ,
             Incorporations
             ,
             into
             the
             publick
             Treasury
             ,
             Gifts
             ,
             
             Treaties
             ,
             Agreements
             ,
             and
             Transactions
             whatsoever
             ,
             though
             they
             contain
             Renunciations
             of
             the
             parties
             to
             whom
             the
             said
             Estates
             do
             belong
             .
             And
             all
             such
             Estates
             once
             restored
             ,
             may
             be
             sold
             by
             the
             Proprietors
             ,
             their
             Heirs
             ,
             &c.
             without
             a
             necessity
             of
             a
             further
             or
             more
             particular
             leave
             .
             And
             in
             consequence
             of
             this
             ,
             the
             Proprietaries
             of
             such
             Rents
             as
             shall
             be
             constituted
             by
             the
             Treasury
             ,
             in
             lieu
             of
             the
             said
             Estates
             thus
             sold
             ,
             may
             dispose
             of
             the
             propriety
             they
             have
             in
             them
             by
             Sale
             ,
             or
             otherwise
             ,
             as
             of
             any
             part
             of
             their
             Estate
             .
          
           
             25.
             
             This
             shall
             take
             place
             to
             the
             profit
             of
             the
             Heirs
             of
             the
             deceased
             Illustrious
             Prince
             ,
             William
             ,
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ;
             even
             for
             the
             right
             they
             have
             in
             the
             salt-Wells
             of
             the
             County
             of
             Burgundy
             ,
             which
             shall
             be
             restored
             to
             them
             ;
             as
             also
             the
             Woods
             that
             do
             depend
             on
             them
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             so
             much
             as
             shall
             not
             be
             found
             to
             have
             been
             bought
             and
             payed
             for
             by
             his
             Catholick
             Majesty
             .
          
           
             26.
             
             In
             which
             are
             also
             comprized
             the
             Estate
             and
             Lands
             lying
             in
             the
             Counties
             of
             Burgundy
             and
             Charolois
             ;
             and
             all
             which
             
             has
             not
             been
             restor'd
             as
             it
             ought
             to
             have
             been
             ,
             by
             the
             Treaties
             of
             the
             ninth
             of
             April
             ,
             1609.
             and
             the
             seventh
             of
             January
             ,
             1610.
             
             These
             I
             say
             shall
             be
             restor'd
             to
             the
             Proprietaries
             ,
             their
             Heirs
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             27.
             
             As
             also
             are
             hereby
             understood
             such
             Lands
             and
             Rights
             ,
             as
             after
             the
             expiration
             of
             the
             Truce
             of
             12.
             years
             ,
             were
             by
             sentence
             of
             the
             Council
             of
             Malines
             ,
             judged
             in
             favour
             of
             the
             Count
             
               John
               de
               Nassaw
            
             ;
             which
             Sentence
             by
             vertue
             of
             this
             Treaty
             is
             made
             void
             ,
             and
             any
             other
             acquisition
             of
             possession
             is
             also
             annull'd
             .
          
           
             28.
             
             And
             as
             for
             the
             Suit
             in
             Law
             about
             Castle
             -
             Beliu
             ,
             begun
             in
             the
             life
             of
             the
             late
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             against
             the
             Attorney-Generall
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             .
             Since
             the
             said
             Cause
             has
             not
             been
             determined
             in
             the
             time
             of
             a
             year
             ,
             as
             it
             was
             promis'd
             by
             the
             fourteenth
             Article
             of
             the
             Truce
             for
             12.
             years
             ;
             it
             has
             been
             agreed
             ,
             that
             immediately
             after
             the
             conclusion
             and
             ratification
             of
             the
             present
             Treaty
             ,
             the
             Treasury
             shall
             desist
             from
             all
             demands
             touching
             the
             said
             Suit
             in
             Law
             ;
             and
             that
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             
             and
             his
             Heirs
             ,
             shall
             freely
             enjoy
             without
             molestation
             ,
             the
             Lands
             and
             Chattels
             in
             question
             ,
             as
             his
             own
             for
             ever
             :
             upon
             condition
             likewise
             ,
             that
             the
             Treasury
             shall
             not
             be
             forced
             to
             refund
             for
             the
             past
             possession
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             29.
             
             If
             in
             any
             place
             there
             arise
             difficulties
             touching
             the
             restitution
             of
             Land
             and
             Rights
             ,
             the
             Judge
             of
             the
             place
             shall
             without
             delay
             cause
             the
             execution
             ,
             and
             in
             this
             shall
             proceed
             the
             shortest
             way
             work
             .
          
           
             30.
             
             The
             Subjects
             of
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             ,
             may
             reciprocally
             in
             the
             Dominions
             of
             each
             ,
             use
             such
             Lawyers
             ,
             Attorneys
             ,
             Sollicitors
             ,
             &c.
             as
             they
             shall
             think
             fit
             .
          
           
             31.
             
             If
             the
             Treasury
             has
             caus'd
             any
             confiscated
             Estates
             to
             be
             sold
             ,
             those
             persons
             to
             whom
             they
             belong
             shall
             be
             content
             to
             receive
             the
             payment
             of
             them
             at
             16.
             years
             purchase
             ,
             to
             be
             payd
             them
             every
             year
             ;
             or
             else
             they
             shall
             have
             liberty
             to
             distrain
             upon
             the
             Land
             ,
             in
             what
             hands
             soever
             they
             finde
             it
             .
             Provided
             ,
             they
             have
             Patents
             from
             the
             〈◊〉
             to
             serve
             them
             for
             a
             title
             ,
             with
             the
             Assignation
             of
             the
             annuall
             payment
             ,
             upon
             
             some
             receiver
             of
             the
             Kings
             Revenue
             ,
             in
             that
             Province
             in
             which
             the
             thing
             shall
             have
             been
             sold
             ;
             which
             receiver
             shall
             also
             be
             nam'd
             in
             the
             Patent
             ,
             and
             the
             price
             of
             the
             thing
             sold
             calculated
             ,
             and
             summ'd
             up
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             first
             publick
             sale
             of
             it
             :
             the
             first
             year
             of
             which
             payment
             shall
             end
             a
             year
             after
             the
             ratification
             of
             this
             present
             Treaty
             .
          
           
             32.
             
             But
             if
             the
             sale
             was
             made
             for
             good
             and
             lawfull
             Debts
             ,
             of
             those
             to
             whom
             the
             said
             Estates
             did
             belong
             ,
             before
             the
             confiscation
             ,
             it
             shall
             be
             lawfull
             for
             them
             or
             their
             Heirs
             to
             redeem
             the
             said
             Estates
             ,
             paying
             the
             price
             of
             them
             in
             a
             year
             ;
             after
             which
             time
             they
             shall
             be
             excluded
             from
             this
             priviledge
             :
             but
             having
             once
             redeem'd
             ,
             they
             may
             sell
             and
             dispose
             of
             such
             Estates
             as
             they
             please
             .
          
           
             33.
             
             Yet
             under
             this
             are
             not
             understood
             such
             Houses
             as
             have
             been
             sold
             in
             Towns
             ;
             for
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             many
             changes
             and
             reparations
             made
             in
             them
             ,
             it
             would
             be
             too
             hard
             a
             matter
             to
             settle
             and
             determine
             their
             just
             value
             .
          
           
           
             34.
             
             And
             as
             for
             all
             reparations
             and
             improvements
             made
             in
             all
             other
             redeem'd
             Estates
             ,
             the
             Judges
             shall
             examine
             them
             ,
             and
             have
             a
             regard
             to
             them
             ;
             yet
             shall
             it
             not
             be
             lawfull
             for
             the
             possessors
             to
             retain
             those
             Estates
             till
             they
             be
             re-imbursed
             ,
             but
             such
             Estates
             shall
             be
             bound
             and
             morgaged
             for
             their
             payment
             .
          
           
             35.
             
             All
             Estates
             ,
             Claims
             ,
             Rights
             ,
             &c.
             that
             have
             been
             kept
             hidden
             ;
             all
             Moveables
             ,
             Immoveables
             ,
             Rents
             ,
             Actions
             ,
             Debts
             ,
             &c.
             which
             shall
             not
             have
             been
             seized
             upon
             by
             the
             Treasury
             ,
             with
             good
             cognizance
             of
             cause
             ,
             before
             the
             day
             of
             the
             ratification
             of
             this
             Treaty
             ,
             shall
             remain
             in
             the
             free
             disposition
             of
             the
             Proprietaries
             ,
             their
             Heirs
             ,
             &c.
             with
             all
             the
             Fruits
             ,
             Revenues
             ,
             Rents
             ,
             and
             Profits
             of
             them
             .
             And
             those
             that
             have
             so
             hid
             the
             said
             Estates
             ,
             Rights
             ,
             &c.
             shall
             not
             be
             any
             wayes
             molested
             by
             the
             Treasury
             ,
             but
             shall
             enjoy
             and
             dispose
             of
             them
             as
             of
             their
             own
             .
          
           
             36.
             
             The
             Trees
             cut
             down
             after
             the
             day
             of
             the
             conclusion
             of
             this
             Treaty
             ,
             or
             such
             as
             shall
             be
             cut
             down
             the
             day
             of
             the
             
             conclusion
             ;
             and
             those
             not
             being
             cut
             down
             ,
             are
             nevertheless
             bargain'd
             for
             ,
             shall
             remain
             to
             the
             Proprietary
             ,
             notwithstanding
             the
             sale
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             37.
             
             The
             Fruits
             ,
             Farms
             ,
             Rents
             ,
             Leases
             ,
             Tenths
             ,
             Fishing-Houses
             ,
             &c.
             of
             such
             Estates
             ,
             as
             according
             to
             this
             Treaty
             ,
             shall
             be
             restor'd
             to
             the
             right
             owners
             ;
             if
             they
             fall
             after
             the
             conclusion
             of
             this
             Treaty
             ,
             shall
             remain
             for
             the
             whole
             year
             to
             the
             Proprietaries
             ,
             and
             their
             Heirs
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             38.
             
             All
             Farms
             and
             Leases
             of
             confiscated
             Estates
             ,
             though
             made
             for
             many
             years
             ,
             shall
             nevertheless
             expire
             and
             be
             at
             an
             end
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             of
             the
             conclusion
             of
             this
             Treaty
             ;
             and
             the
             Farms
             or
             Leases
             falling
             after
             the
             day
             of
             the
             conclusion
             of
             this
             Treaty
             ,
             shall
             belong
             to
             the
             Proprietaries
             ;
             with
             this
             caution
             ,
             that
             if
             the
             Farmer
             of
             the
             said
             Estates
             ,
             has
             employed
             any
             of
             his
             stock
             towards
             the
             said
             years
             crop
             ,
             he
             shall
             be
             re-payed
             by
             the
             Proprietary
             ,
             as
             the
             Judges
             of
             the
             place
             shall
             value
             the
             said
             disbursement
             .
          
           
             39.
             
             All
             sale
             of
             confiscated
             Estates
             made
             after
             the
             conclusion
             of
             this
             Treaty
             ,
             
             is
             void
             ;
             as
             also
             the
             sale
             made
             before
             the
             conclusion
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             against
             the
             Capitulations
             and
             Agreements
             made
             particularly
             with
             certain
             Towns.
             
          
           
             40.
             
             The
             Houses
             of
             particular
             persons
             that
             are
             or
             shall
             be
             restor'd
             ,
             shall
             not
             be
             made
             Garrisons
             on
             neither
             side
             ;
             neither
             shall
             they
             pay
             any
             higher
             Taxe
             or
             Contribution
             ,
             than
             the
             Houses
             of
             other
             Inhabitants
             .
          
           
             41.
             
             None
             on
             either
             side
             shall
             be
             hindred
             directly
             or
             indirectly
             ,
             from
             changing
             the
             place
             of
             his
             abode
             ,
             so
             he
             pay
             the
             ordinary
             Taxes
             .
          
           
             42.
             
             If
             any
             Fortifications
             or
             Works
             have
             been
             made
             on
             either
             side
             by
             Authority
             ,
             in
             such
             places
             as
             are
             to
             be
             restored
             ,
             the
             Proprietaries
             shall
             be
             content
             to
             value
             them
             at
             the
             rate
             the
             Judges
             of
             the
             place
             shall
             put
             upon
             them
             ;
             as
             also
             the
             Proprietaries
             shall
             receive
             satisfaction
             ,
             for
             so
             much
             of
             their
             Estates
             as
             shall
             have
             been
             made
             use
             of
             ,
             either
             in
             Fortifications
             ,
             publick
             Works
             ,
             or
             pious
             uses
             .
          
           
             43.
             
             As
             for
             Church-Revenues
             ,
             Colledges
             ,
             and
             other
             pious
             places
             ,
             situated
             in
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             which
             were
             
             members
             and
             dependances
             of
             the
             Benefices
             ,
             Colledges
             ,
             &c.
             now
             under
             the
             obedience
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             ;
             so
             much
             of
             them
             as
             has
             not
             been
             sold
             before
             the
             conclusion
             of
             the
             present
             Treaty
             ,
             shall
             be
             restor'd
             ,
             and
             the
             owners
             may
             take
             possession
             of
             it
             by
             their
             own
             Authority
             ;
             but
             for
             those
             that
             have
             been
             sold
             ,
             or
             otherwise
             disposed
             of
             ,
             they
             shall
             receive
             a
             yearly
             Rent
             to
             the
             value
             of
             them
             ,
             after
             the
             rate
             of
             8.
             in
             the
             100.
             
             The
             same
             shall
             be
             observ'd
             on
             the
             side
             of
             the
             said
             King.
             
          
           
             44.
             
             As
             for
             the
             p●e●ensions
             and
             interest
             that
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             may
             have
             in
             such
             things
             which
             he
             is
             not
             in
             possession
             of
             ,
             there
             shall
             be
             made
             a
             Treaty
             by
             it self
             ,
             to
             the
             satisfaction
             of
             the
             said
             Prince
             .
             But
             as
             for
             the
             Lands
             ,
             Goods
             ,
             &c.
             that
             the
             said
             Prince
             is
             in
             possession
             of
             ,
             by
             the
             gift
             of
             the
             said
             States
             ,
             in
             Bay
             〈…〉
             f
             ship
             of
             Hulster-Ambacth
             ,
             and
             elsewhere
             ,
             they
             shall
             all
             remain
             in
             his
             free
             possession
             as
             his
             own
             ,
             excluding
             hereby
             all
             pretensions
             to
             the
             contrary
             by
             this
             Treaty
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             .
          
           
             45.
             
             Touching
             certain
             other
             '
             points
             ,
             which
             besides
             the
             contents
             of
             the
             preceding
             
             Article
             ,
             have
             been
             agreed
             upon
             ,
             and
             signed
             in
             two
             different
             Writings
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             8th
             of
             January
             ,
             the
             other
             of
             the
             27th
             of
             December
             ,
             1647.
             in
             the
             name
             of
             the
             said
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ;
             the
             said
             Writings
             shall
             be
             observ'd
             ,
             accomplish'd
             ,
             and
             executed
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             contents
             ,
             just
             as
             if
             all
             the
             said
             points
             in
             particular
             were
             all
             inserted
             into
             this
             present
             Treaty
             ;
             and
             this
             notwithstanding
             all
             Clauses
             or
             Articles
             of
             this
             Treaty
             ,
             any
             wayes
             contrary
             ;
             for
             if
             there
             be
             any
             such
             ,
             they
             are
             declar'd
             void
             in
             that
             point
             ,
             by
             this
             present
             Article
             .
          
           
             46
             Those
             to
             whom
             confiscated
             Estates
             are
             to
             be
             restor'd
             ,
             shall
             not
             be
             bound
             to
             pay
             any
             Arrearages
             ,
             Rents
             ,
             Charges
             ,
             &c.
             specially
             assign'd
             upon
             the
             said
             Estates
             ,
             for
             the
             time
             they
             did
             not
             enjoy
             them
             ;
             and
             if
             any
             pursuit
             or
             molestation
             do
             befall
             them
             ,
             they
             shall
             immediately
             be
             relieved
             .
          
           
             47.
             
             Judgements
             given
             upon
             confiscated
             Estates
             ,
             between
             parties
             that
             did
             acknowledge
             the
             power
             of
             the
             Judges
             ,
             shall
             hold
             ;
             only
             the
             condemn'd
             parties
             may
             seek
             relief
             by
             the
             ordinary
             course
             of
             justice
             .
          
           
           
             48.
             
             The
             said
             King
             does
             quit
             and
             renounce
             all
             pretensions
             of
             Redemption
             ,
             or
             other
             ,
             upon
             the
             Town
             of
             Grave
             ,
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Luych
             ,
             its
             Appurtenances
             ,
             Dependances
             ,
             and
             the
             ancient
             Barony
             of
             Brabant
             ,
             engaged
             heretofore
             to
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             and
             which
             has
             been
             since
             converted
             as
             propriety
             to
             the
             use
             of
             Prince
             Maurice
             of
             Nassaw
             ,
             in
             December
             ,
             1611.
             by
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             as
             Soveraigns
             of
             the
             said
             Town
             of
             Grave
             ,
             and
             Countrey
             of
             Luych
             .
             In
             vertue
             of
             which
             concession
             ,
             the
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             that
             now
             is
             ,
             his
             Heirs
             ,
             &c.
             shall
             enjoy
             for
             ever
             the
             propriety
             of
             the
             said
             Town
             of
             
               Grave
               ,
               &c.
            
             with
             all
             its
             Dependances
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             49.
             
             The
             said
             King
             does
             also
             renounce
             to
             all
             Right
             ,
             Claims
             ,
             &c.
             either
             of
             propriety
             ,
             or
             cession
             ,
             &c.
             to
             the
             Town
             ,
             County
             ,
             and
             Lordship
             of
             Lingen
             ,
             and
             the
             four
             Villages
             ,
             and
             other
             its
             Dependances
             ;
             as
             also
             to
             the
             Towns
             and
             Lordships
             of
             
               Bev●rgarde
               ,
               Cloppenberge
            
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             remain
             for
             ever
             to
             the
             said
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             his
             Heirs
             ,
             &c.
             confirming
             by
             this
             Treaty
             all
             the
             said
             Princes
             other
             Titles
             to
             them
             .
          
           
           
             50.
             
             The
             said
             King
             and
             States
             shall
             each
             of
             them
             separately
             ,
             and
             for
             themselves
             ,
             place
             Judges
             and
             Officers
             in
             such
             Towns
             and
             strong
             places
             ,
             as
             by
             this
             Treaty
             are
             to
             be
             restor'd
             to
             the
             Proprietaries
             .
          
           
             51.
             
             The
             high
             part
             of
             Gueldres
             shall
             be
             changed
             for
             an
             Equivalence
             ;
             which
             if
             it
             cannot
             be
             agreed
             upon
             in
             this
             Treaty
             ,
             shall
             be
             decided
             by
             the
             Chamber
             of
             equall
             number
             of
             Judges
             on
             both
             sides
             ,
             and
             that
             in
             the
             time
             of
             six
             moneths
             after
             the
             ratification
             of
             the
             Treaty
             .
          
           
             52.
             
             The
             said
             King
             does
             oblige
             himself
             to
             procure
             effectively
             ,
             the
             continuation
             of
             the
             neutrality
             ,
             friendship
             ,
             and
             good
             neighbour-hood
             ,
             of
             his
             Imperiall
             Majesty
             ,
             and
             the
             Empire
             ,
             with
             the
             States
             ;
             to
             the
             observation
             of
             which
             ,
             the
             States
             do
             likewise
             oblige
             themselves
             :
             and
             the
             confirmation
             of
             the
             said
             neutrality
             shall
             be
             made
             in
             the
             space
             of
             two
             moneths
             ,
             by
             his
             Imperiall
             Majesty
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             time
             of
             a
             year
             by
             the
             Empire
             ,
             after
             the
             ratification
             of
             this
             Treaty
             .
          
           
             53.
             
             The
             Fruits
             ,
             Moveables
             ,
             confiscated
             and
             receiv'd
             before
             the
             conclusion
             
             of
             this
             Treaty
             ,
             shall
             not
             be
             subject
             to
             be
             restor'd
             .
          
           
             54.
             
             They
             that
             during
             the
             War
             were
             retir'd
             into
             Countries
             that
             did
             stand
             neuters
             ,
             shall
             enjoy
             the
             benefit
             of
             this
             Treaty
             ,
             and
             may
             stay
             where
             they
             please
             ,
             or
             return
             to
             their
             ancient
             homes
             ,
             there
             to
             live
             in
             all
             quiet
             and
             tranquillity
             ,
             in
             the
             observation
             of
             the
             Laws
             of
             their
             Countrey
             ,
             without
             danger
             of
             having
             their
             Estates
             or
             Chattels
             seized
             on
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             stay
             they
             make
             in
             any
             place
             whatsoever
             .
          
           
             55.
             
             There
             shall
             be
             no
             new
             Forts
             made
             in
             the
             Low-Countries
             of
             neither
             side
             ;
             neither
             shall
             there
             be
             made
             any
             new
             Channels
             ,
             or
             Trenches
             ,
             by
             which
             any
             of
             the
             parties
             may
             be
             dammageed
             .
          
           
             56.
             
             The
             Lords
             of
             the
             House
             of
             Nassaw
             ,
             as
             also
             the
             Count
             
               John
               Albert
            
             of
             Solms
             ,
             Governor
             of
             Maestric
             ,
             shall
             not
             be
             pursued
             nor
             molested
             neither
             in
             their
             persons
             nor
             Estates
             ,
             for
             any
             Debts
             contracted
             by
             the
             late
             William
             ,
             Prince
             of
             Orange
             ,
             1667.
             to
             his
             death
             ,
             nor
             for
             any
             Arrears
             due
             during
             the
             confiscation
             of
             such
             Lands
             as
             were
             charged
             with
             the
             said
             Debts
             .
          
           
           
             57.
             
             If
             there
             be
             any
             infraction
             made
             in
             the
             Treaty
             by
             private
             persons
             ,
             without
             the
             Authority
             of
             the
             said
             King
             or
             States
             ,
             the
             dammage
             shall
             be
             immediately
             repair'd
             in
             the
             place
             where
             the
             offence
             was
             committed
             ,
             if
             the
             persons
             be
             there
             taken
             ,
             or
             in
             their
             Domicile
             ;
             but
             it
             shall
             not
             be
             lawfull
             to
             pursue
             them
             else-where
             either
             in
             their
             persons
             ,
             or
             Estates
             ,
             or
             to
             take
             Arms
             ,
             and
             break
             the
             peace
             ;
             but
             in
             case
             of
             deniall
             of
             justice
             ,
             to
             proceed
             by
             Letters
             of
             Reprisall
             .
          
           
             58.
             
             All
             Exheredations
             made
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             War
             ,
             and
             aversion
             of
             parties
             ,
             are
             made
             void
             ;
             and
             in
             this
             are
             comprehended
             all
             Exheredations
             made
             for
             such
             causes
             as
             were
             causes
             of
             the
             War.
             
          
           
             59.
             
             All
             prisoners
             of
             War
             shall
             be
             deliver'd
             on
             both
             sides
             ,
             without
             distinction
             of
             persons
             ,
             and
             that
             without
             ransome
             .
          
           
             60.
             
             The
             payment
             of
             the
             Arrears
             of
             Contributions
             on
             both
             sides
             ,
             shall
             be
             decided
             by
             the
             Supervisors
             of
             the
             said
             Contributions
             .
          
           
             61.
             
             All
             that
             during
             this
             Negotiation
             
             shall
             be
             said
             or
             alledged
             either
             by
             word
             of
             mouth
             ,
             or
             by
             writing
             ,
             shall
             not
             be
             a
             prejudice
             to
             the
             Authors
             ;
             but
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Princes
             ,
             Counts
             ,
             Barons
             ,
             Gentlemen
             ,
             Citizens
             ,
             and
             all
             Inhabitants
             ,
             shall
             enjoy
             the
             benefit
             of
             this
             Treaty
             .
          
           
             62.
             
             The
             Subjects
             of
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             respectively
             ,
             shall
             enjoy
             the
             benefit
             of
             the
             15th
             Article
             of
             the
             Truce
             of
             12.
             years
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             10th
             Article
             of
             the
             Agreement
             that
             followed
             the
             7th
             of
             January
             ,
             1610.
             and
             that
             because
             that
             during
             the
             time
             of
             the
             said
             Truce
             ,
             the
             parties
             did
             not
             enjoy
             the
             effect
             of
             those
             Articles
             .
          
           
             63.
             
             The
             limits
             in
             Flanders
             and
             other
             places
             shall
             be
             set
             out
             so
             ,
             that
             the
             parties
             may
             exactly
             know
             under
             what
             jurisdiction
             they
             are
             .
          
           
             64.
             
             On
             the
             side
             of
             the
             said
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             shall
             be
             demolish'd
             near
             the
             Sluce
             these
             following
             places
             and
             Forts
             ,
             viz.
             the
             Fort
             of
             St.
             Job
             ,
             St.
             Donas
             ,
             the
             Star-Fort
             ,
             the
             Fort
             St.
             Terese
             ,
             St.
             Frederick
             ,
             St.
             Isabella
             ,
             St.
             Paul
             ,
             the
             redoute
             Papem●ts
             .
             And
             on
             the
             side
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             shall
             be
             demolish'd
             the
             following
             
             Forts
             ;
             the
             two
             Forts
             in
             the
             Island
             of
             Lasant
             ,
             call'd
             Orange
             and
             Fredericke
             ;
             the
             two
             Forts
             
               de
               Pas
            
             ,
             both
             upon
             the
             River
             of
             Scheld
             ,
             on
             the
             East-side
             (
             except
             Lill●
             )
             and
             the
             Fort
             a
             Kieldrect
             ,
             call'd
             Spinola
             ,
             touching
             which
             Demolition
             ,
             it
             shall
             be
             agreed
             between
             the
             parties
             to
             set
             out
             an
             Equivalence
             .
          
           
             65.
             
             All
             Registers
             ,
             Charters
             ,
             Letters
             ,
             and
             Papers
             ,
             concerning
             Law-Suits
             ,
             or
             otherwise
             ,
             that
             do
             any
             wayes
             regard
             or
             concern
             any
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             their
             Towns
             and
             Members
             ,
             being
             in
             the
             Courts
             and
             Chambers
             of
             the
             obedience
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             shall
             be
             deliver'd
             bonâfide
             ,
             to
             such
             as
             shall
             have
             commission
             from
             the
             Provinces
             to
             receive
             them
             .
             And
             the
             same
             shall
             be
             done
             by
             the
             States
             ,
             for
             the
             Provinces
             and
             Towns
             that
             are
             under
             the
             said
             Kings
             obedience
             .
          
           
             66.
             
             The
             jurisdiction
             of
             the
             Water
             shall
             be
             left
             to
             the
             Town
             of
             Sluce
             ,
             as
             it
             has
             of
             right
             belonged
             to
             it
             .
          
           
             67.
             
             The
             Digue
             traversing
             and
             stopping
             up
             the
             River
             Zout
             ,
             near
             the
             Fort
             Donas
             ,
             shall
             be
             taken
             away
             ,
             by
             making
             a
             Zas
             ,
             touching
             the
             Garde
             ,
             of
             which
             
             Zas
             it
             shall
             be
             agreed
             upon
             ,
             as
             touching
             the
             Demolition
             of
             the
             Forts
             .
          
           
             68.
             
             In
             this
             present
             Treaty
             of
             peace
             shall
             be
             comprehended
             such
             as
             before
             the
             exchange
             of
             ratifications
             ,
             or
             three
             moneths
             after
             ,
             shall
             be
             nam'd
             on
             both
             sides
             ;
             in
             which
             time
             the
             said
             King
             shall
             name
             those
             that
             he
             shall
             think
             fit
             :
             but
             by
             the
             States
             are
             nam'd
             these
             following
             ;
             the
             Prince
             Landgrave
             of
             Hesse-Cassel
             ,
             with
             his
             Countrey-Towns
             ,
             &c.
             the
             Count
             of
             Oostfrieze
             ,
             the
             Town
             of
             Embden
             ,
             the
             County
             and
             Countrey
             of
             Oostfrieze
             ,
             the
             Anseatick
             Towns
             ,
             and
             particularly
             
               Lubec
               ,
               Bremen
               ,
               Hambourg
            
             .
             And
             the
             said
             States
             do
             reserve
             to
             themselves
             ,
             to
             name
             such
             others
             as
             they
             shall
             think
             fit
             in
             the
             time
             prescribed
             .
          
           
             69.
             
             As
             for
             the
             pretension
             of
             Count
             of
             Flodrof
             ,
             touching
             the
             restitution
             made
             to
             him
             of
             the
             Castle
             of
             Leat
             ,
             and
             its
             Dependances
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             Villages
             that
             may
             depend
             on
             it
             ,
             and
             were
             seized
             by
             the
             said
             King
             ;
             the
             said
             restitution
             is
             confirm'd
             to
             him
             ,
             with
             this
             reserve
             ,
             that
             it
             shall
             be
             resolv'd
             between
             this
             and
             the
             conclusion
             of
             the
             Treaty
             ,
             about
             the
             
             entertaining
             of
             a
             Garrison
             for
             the
             said
             King
             ,
             or
             demolishing
             the
             Fortifications
             made
             since
             that
             the
             Castle
             was
             taken
             .
          
           
             70.
             
             As
             for
             all
             that
             was
             agreed
             upon
             the
             8th
             of
             December
             ,
             1646.
             between
             the
             Plenipotentiaries
             of
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             ,
             touching
             
               Roger
               Huygens
            
             ,
             in
             the
             name
             of
             his
             Wife
             ,
             
               Anna
               Margarita
               de
               Stralem
            
             ,
             it
             shall
             have
             its
             effect
             ,
             and
             be
             of
             force
             ,
             as
             if
             it
             were
             here
             set
             down
             word
             for
             word
             .
          
           
             71.
             
             And
             to
             the
             end
             that
             this
             present
             Treaty
             be
             the
             better
             observed
             ,
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             do
             promise
             to
             employ
             all
             their
             power
             and
             force
             ,
             to
             make
             all
             passages
             free
             ,
             and
             all
             Seas
             and
             Rivers
             navigable
             and
             safe
             ,
             against
             the
             inrodes
             of
             Pirats
             and
             Theeves
             ,
             and
             to
             punish
             them
             severely
             if
             they
             can
             take
             them
             .
          
           
             72.
             
             They
             do
             promise
             besides
             to
             do
             nothing
             contrary
             to
             this
             present
             Treaty
             ,
             nor
             to
             suffer
             that
             any
             thing
             should
             be
             done
             either
             directly
             or
             indirectly
             ;
             and
             if
             any
             thing
             be
             done
             ,
             to
             repair
             the
             offence
             and
             dammage
             without
             delay
             .
             To
             the
             observation
             of
             all
             which
             ,
             they
             
             do
             here
             binde
             themselves
             ;
             and
             the
             more
             to
             strengthen
             the
             Obligation
             ,
             do
             renounce
             all
             Laws
             and
             Customes
             contrary
             to
             this
             promise
             .
          
           
             73.
             
             This
             present
             Treaty
             shall
             be
             ratified
             and
             approved
             by
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             ,
             and
             the
             Letters
             of
             ratification
             shall
             be
             deliver'd
             and
             exchanged
             on
             each
             side
             ,
             within
             the
             term
             of
             two
             moneths
             ;
             and
             if
             the
             said
             ratification
             do
             come
             before-hand
             ,
             then
             all
             acts
             of
             hostility
             shall
             cease
             ,
             without
             staying
             for
             the
             end
             of
             the
             two
             moneths
             .
             Still
             it
             is
             meant
             ,
             that
             after
             the
             conclusion
             and
             signing
             of
             this
             Treaty
             ,
             hostility
             shall
             not
             cease
             ,
             till
             the
             ratification
             of
             the
             said
             King
             of
             Spain
             be
             deliver'd
             in
             good
             form
             ,
             and
             exchang'd
             with
             the
             ratification
             of
             the
             States
             .
          
           
             74.
             
             So
             that
             affaires
             on
             both
             sides
             shall
             remain
             in
             the
             same
             posture
             and
             condition
             ,
             as
             at
             the
             conclusion
             of
             this
             Treaty
             they
             are
             ,
             and
             this
             till
             the
             ratifications
             be
             exchang'd
             .
          
           
             75.
             
             This
             Treaty
             shall
             be
             publish'd
             
             in
             all
             places
             that
             shall
             require
             it
             ,
             incontinent
             after
             the
             exchange
             of
             the
             ratifications
             ,
             and
             then
             all
             acts
             of
             hostility
             shall
             cease
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             The
             Treaty
             of
             Navigation
             and
             Commerce
             ,
             Concluded
             at
             the
             Hague
             in
             Holland
             ,
             the
             17th
             of
             December
             ,
             1650.
             between
             
               Messire
               Antony
               Brun
            
             ,
             Extraordinary
             Embassador
             for
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             on
             one
             side
             ,
             and
             the
             Deputies
             of
             the
             Lords
             ,
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             side
             .
          
           
             WHereas
             since
             the
             conclusion
             of
             the
             peaee
             at
             Munster
             ,
             between
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             and
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             
             there
             has
             happened
             some
             disputes
             about
             the
             true
             sence
             of
             the
             separate
             Article
             ,
             concluded
             the
             4th
             of
             February
             ,
             1648.
             in
             the
             said
             Town
             ,
             touching
             Navigation
             and
             Commerce
             ;
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             have
             thought
             fit
             ,
             for
             the
             more
             sincere
             and
             perfect
             observation
             of
             the
             said
             Treaty
             of
             peace
             ,
             to
             give
             a
             better
             explanation
             of
             their
             meaning
             :
             to
             which
             end
             the
             said
             King
             has
             on
             his
             side
             Deputed
             and
             Commission'd
             
               Messire
               Antony
               Prun
            
             ,
             Counsellor
             in
             his
             High
             Councill
             of
             State
             for
             the
             Low-Countries
             ,
             near
             his
             person
             ,
             and
             his
             Plenipotentiary
             at
             the
             Treaty
             of
             Munster
             ,
             as
             his
             Ordinary
             Embassador
             to
             the
             said
             States
             ;
             who
             on
             their
             side
             have
             likewise
             Commissioned
             these
             following
             ,
             
               Rugzer
               Huygens
            
             ,
             Knight
             ;
             
               Banninck
               Cock
            
             ,
             Knight
             ,
             Lord
             of
             Purmerlant
             and
             Apendam
             ,
             Bourgemaster
             and
             Counsellor
             of
             the
             Town
             of
             
               Amsterdam
               ;
               Cornelius
               Ripera
            
             ,
             Bourgemaster
             ,
             Regent
             of
             the
             Town
             of
             
               Horne
               ;
               James
               V●th
            
             ,
             Counsellor
             and
             Pensioner
             of
             the
             Town
             of
             Middlebourg
             in
             
               Zeeland
               ;
               Giisbert
               de
               Hoolk
            
             ,
             old
             Bourgemaster
             of
             the
             Town
             of
             
               Utrect
               ;
               Joachim
               Andree
            
             ,
             first
             ancient
             Counsellor
             
             in
             the
             Provinciall
             Court
             of
             
               Fri●zeland
               ;
               John
               de
               la
               Beech
               ,
            
             of
             Dorvick
             and
             Crystenburgh
             ,
             Bourgemaster
             of
             the
             Town
             of
             
               Deventer
               ;
               Adrian
               Dant
            
             a
             Stedum
             ,
             Lord
             of
             Nittersum
             ,
             all
             Deputies
             of
             the
             body
             of
             their
             Assembly
             .
          
           
             The
             said
             Embassador
             and
             Deputies
             having
             held
             many
             Assemblies
             and
             Conferences
             ,
             have
             at
             last
             in
             the
             name
             of
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             ,
             agreed
             upon
             and
             concluded
             this
             present
             Treaty
             ,
             all
             its
             Articles
             and
             Conditions
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             The
             Subjects
             and
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             may
             with
             safety
             and
             liberty
             trade
             with
             all
             those
             Kingdoms
             ,
             States
             ,
             and
             Countries
             ,
             that
             are
             or
             shall
             be
             in
             peace
             ,
             amity
             ,
             or
             neutrality
             ,
             with
             the
             said
             States
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             And
             they
             may
             not
             be
             molested
             or
             troubled
             in
             this
             freedom
             ,
             by
             the
             Ships
             or
             Subjects
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             hostilities
             that
             are
             or
             may
             be
             hereafter
             between
             the
             said
             King
             ,
             and
             the
             said
             Kingdomes
             ,
             States
             ,
             &c.
             that
             are
             in
             peace
             ,
             &c.
             with
             the
             said
             States
             .
          
           
           
             3.
             
             This
             shall
             extend
             it self
             as
             to
             France
             ,
             for
             all
             sorts
             of
             Commodities
             that
             were
             used
             to
             be
             transported
             ,
             before
             the
             said
             Kingdome
             was
             in
             War
             with
             Spain
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Yet
             shall
             not
             the
             Subjects
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             furnish
             France
             with
             such
             Merchandizes
             as
             come
             from
             the
             States
             of
             the
             said
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             and
             may
             serve
             the
             French
             against
             him
             and
             his
             States
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             And
             as
             for
             other
             Kingdomes
             ,
             States
             ,
             &c.
             that
             may
             be
             in
             War
             with
             the
             said
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             and
             are
             in
             neutrality
             or
             friendship
             with
             the
             States
             ,
             their
             Subjects
             shall
             not
             carry
             to
             those
             Kingdomes
             ,
             &c.
             any
             forbidden
             Goods
             ,
             or
             Merchandizes
             of
             Counterband
             ;
             which
             to
             hinder
             ,
             the
             said
             States
             shall
             forbid
             it
             by
             express
             prohibitions
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             Besides
             ,
             to
             prevent
             the
             dispute
             that
             might
             arise
             concerning
             the
             Merchandizes
             that
             are
             of
             Counterband
             ,
             and
             those
             that
             are
             not
             ;
             it
             is
             agreed
             ,
             that
             under
             that
             name
             and
             quality
             are
             understood
             these
             following
             ,
             all
             fire-Arms
             ,
             and
             things
             belonging
             to
             them
             ,
             as
             Canons
             ,
             
             Musquets
             ,
             Mortar-Peeces
             ,
             Petards
             ,
             Bombes
             ,
             Grenadoes
             ,
             Cereles
             ,
             Squibs
             ,
             Carriages
             ,
             Forks
             ,
             Powder
             ,
             Match
             ,
             Salt-Peter
             ,
             Bullets
             .
             All
             other
             Arms
             likewise
             ,
             offensive
             and
             defensive
             ,
             as
             Pikes
             ,
             Swords
             ,
             Casques
             ,
             Helmets
             ,
             Back
             and
             Breast-pieces
             ,
             Halberds
             ,
             Pertuiscens
             ,
             and
             other
             such
             .
             Besides
             ,
             under
             the
             same
             name
             are
             understood
             the
             transport
             of
             Souldiers
             ,
             Horses
             ,
             Harness
             ,
             Metall
             ,
             Pistols
             ,
             Belts
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             Implements
             of
             War.
             
          
           
             7.
             
             Further
             to
             avoid
             all
             dispute
             ,
             it
             is
             agreed
             ,
             that
             under
             that
             name
             of
             forbidden
             Merchandize
             ,
             are
             not
             comprehended
             Wheat
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             of
             Grains
             ,
             Salt
             ,
             Oyl
             ,
             Wine
             ,
             nor
             in
             generall
             any
             thing
             that
             is
             nourishment
             and
             sustentation
             to
             mens
             bodies
             ,
             which
             shall
             be
             free
             ,
             as
             all
             other
             Goods
             and
             Merchandizes
             ,
             not
             specified
             in
             the
             fore-going
             Articles
             ,
             and
             may
             be
             carried
             to
             all
             Towns
             ,
             except
             to
             such
             as
             are
             besieged
             and
             blocked
             up
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             And
             the
             better
             to
             hinder
             that
             the
             said
             forbidden
             Merchandizes
             do
             not
             pass
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             enemies
             of
             the
             said
             King
             ;
             and
             that
             under
             pretext
             of
             hindring
             
             the
             said
             transportation
             ,
             the
             safety
             and
             liberty
             of
             Trade
             and
             Navigation
             be
             not
             hindred
             ,
             it
             is
             agreed
             ,
             that
             the
             Ships
             belonging
             to
             the
             Subjects
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             being
             entred
             in
             any
             Port
             of
             the
             said
             Kings
             Dominions
             ,
             and
             being
             from
             thence
             bound
             for
             the
             Ports
             of
             his
             enemies
             ,
             shall
             be
             obliged
             only
             to
             produce
             and
             shew
             to
             the
             Officers
             of
             the
             said
             King
             ,
             their
             Pasports
             ,
             containing
             the
             particulars
             of
             their
             lading
             ,
             seal'd
             and
             sign'd
             by
             the
             Officers
             of
             the
             Admiralty
             of
             such
             places
             as
             they
             come
             from
             ,
             with
             declaration
             of
             the
             places
             they
             are
             bound
             for
             ,
             the
             whole
             in
             ordinary
             form
             ;
             after
             which
             they
             shall
             not
             be
             molested
             ,
             searched
             ,
             nor
             detained
             ,
             under
             any
             pretext
             whatsoever
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             Likewise
             the
             Ships
             of
             the
             States
             Subjects
             being
             at
             Sea
             ,
             or
             coming
             into
             some
             Bay
             without
             entring
             the
             Harbour
             ,
             or
             coming
             in
             without
             unlading
             ,
             shall
             not
             be
             bound
             to
             give
             an
             account
             of
             their
             lading
             ,
             except
             they
             be
             suspected
             to
             carry
             Merchandizes
             of
             Counterband
             .
          
           
             10.
             
             And
             in
             case
             of
             a
             violent
             suspition
             ,
             they
             shall
             only
             be
             forced
             to
             shew
             
             their
             Pasports
             ,
             as
             has
             been
             said
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             If
             they
             are
             met
             at
             Sea
             ,
             or
             near
             the
             Shore
             ,
             by
             any
             Ships
             or
             Privateers
             of
             the
             said
             King
             ,
             then
             to
             avoid
             disorder
             and
             plunder
             ,
             the
             said
             men
             to
             War
             may
             send
             their
             Boat
             with
             two
             or
             three
             men
             in
             it
             ,
             aboard
             the
             Ship
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             to
             which
             men
             shall
             be
             shewed
             by
             the
             Master
             ,
             the
             Pasport
             above-mentioned
             ,
             with
             a
             particular
             Letter
             ,
             shewing
             the
             quality
             and
             place
             of
             residence
             of
             the
             owner
             of
             the
             Ship
             ,
             and
             Master
             in
             the
             said
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             and
             to
             these
             shall
             be
             given
             credit
             without
             further
             enquiry
             ;
             but
             that
             there
             be
             no
             counterfeit
             Letters
             ,
             the
             said
             King
             and
             States
             shall
             agree
             of
             particular
             marks
             ,
             not
             easily
             to
             be
             imitated
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             And
             in
             case
             there
             should
             be
             found
             in
             the
             Ships
             belonging
             to
             the
             States
             Subjects
             ,
             by
             the
             foresaid
             means
             ,
             some
             of
             those
             Merchandizes
             ,
             call'd
             of
             Counterband
             ,
             they
             shall
             be
             seized
             upon
             ,
             and
             confiscated
             before
             the
             Judges
             of
             the
             Admiralty
             ,
             or
             other
             competent
             ones
             ;
             but
             the
             said
             Ship
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             lading
             shall
             no
             wayes
             be
             detained
             ,
             or
             seized
             upon
             .
          
           
           
             13.
             
             It
             has
             been
             agreed
             besides
             ,
             that
             all
             Goods
             whatsoever
             that
             the
             Subjects
             of
             the
             States
             shall
             lade
             in
             the
             bottoms
             of
             the
             said
             Kings
             enemies
             ,
             shall
             be
             confiscated
             without
             reserve
             or
             exception
             .
          
           
             14.
             
             But
             also
             all
             that
             shall
             be
             found
             in
             the
             bottoms
             of
             the
             Subjects
             of
             the
             said
             States
             ,
             though
             part
             or
             all
             of
             it
             do
             belong
             to
             the
             enemies
             of
             the
             said
             King
             ,
             yet
             it
             shall
             all
             be
             free
             ,
             and
             not
             seized
             upon
             ,
             except
             they
             be
             Merchandizes
             of
             Counterband
             .
          
           
             15.
             
             The
             Subjects
             of
             the
             said
             King
             shall
             enjoy
             all
             the
             same
             liberties
             in
             Trade
             and
             Navigation
             ,
             as
             is
             by
             this
             Treaty
             accorded
             to
             the
             Subjects
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             with
             the
             same
             equality
             :
             and
             though
             some
             Kingdomes
             or
             States
             should
             have
             friendship
             or
             neutrality
             with
             the
             said
             King
             ,
             though
             they
             were
             enemies
             of
             the
             States
             ,
             yet
             shall
             his
             Subjects
             enjoy
             all
             the
             benefit
             granted
             in
             the
             like
             case
             to
             the
             Subjects
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             This
             present
             Treaty
             shall
             be
             as
             an
             explanation
             to
             the
             particular
             Article
             concluded
             at
             Munster
             ,
             the
             4th
             day
             of
             February
             ,
             1648.
             
          
           
           
             17.
             
             This
             present
             Treaty
             shall
             have
             the
             same
             force
             ,
             as
             if
             it
             had
             been
             inserted
             into
             the
             original
             Treaty
             at
             Munster
             ;
             with
             this
             reserve
             ,
             that
             if
             for
             the
             time
             to
             come
             any
             frauds
             or
             hindrances
             of
             Navigation
             be
             discover'd
             ,
             for
             which
             this
             Treaty
             has
             not
             provided
             a
             remedy
             ,
             it
             shall
             be
             lawfull
             to
             adde
             to
             it
             such
             Cautions
             as
             both
             parties
             shall
             agree
             upon
             :
             till
             then
             it
             shall
             remain
             in
             force
             .
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           A
           Table
           of
           the
           Chapters
           .
        
         
           
             The
             First
             Book
             .
          
           
             CHap.
             1.
             
             What
             passed
             before
             the
             Earls
             of
             
               Holland
               .
               page
            
             1.
             
          
           
             Chap.
             2.
             
             Thyerry
             of
             Aquitain
             ,
             the
             first
             Earl.
             p.
             5.
             
          
           
             Chap.
             3.
             
             The
             House
             of
             
               Hainaut
               .
               p.
            
             18.
             
          
           
             Chap.
             4.
             
             The
             House
             of
             
               Bavaria
               .
               p.
            
             21.
             
          
           
             Chap.
             5.
             
             The
             House
             of
             
               Burgundy
               .
               p.
            
             24.
             
          
           
             Chap.
             6.
             
             The
             House
             of
             
               Austria
               .
               p.
            
             29.
             
          
           
             Chap.
             7.
             
             Containing
             the
             memorable
             passages
             under
             the
             Government
             of
             Margaret
             of
             
               Parma
               .
               p.
            
             39.
             
          
           
             Chap.
             8.
             
             The
             Government
             of
             the
             Duke
             of
             
               Alva
               .
               p.
            
             44.
             
          
           
             Chap.
             9.
             
             The
             Government
             of
             Don
             Lewis
             ,
             and
             the
             great
             Councel
             of
             State.
             p.
             52.
             
          
           
             Chap.
             10.
             
             The
             Government
             of
             Don
             John
             
             of
             Austria
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Prince
             of
             
               Parma
               .
               p.
               55.
            
             
          
        
         
           
             The
             Second
             Book
             .
          
           
             
               Chap.
               1.
            
             
             The
             League
             and
             Union
             of
             the
             Provinces
             .
             
               p.
               60.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               2.
            
             
             The
             Rank
             and
             Dependencies
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             towards
             one
             another
             .
             
               p.
               70.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               3.
            
             
             What
             was
             the
             form
             of
             the
             generall
             Assemblies
             ,
             till
             the
             time
             of
             the
             Earl
             of
             
               Leicester
               .
               p.
               74.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               4.
            
             
             In
             what
             consists
             the
             Superiority
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             and
             what
             sort
             of
             affairs
             are
             determined
             by
             them
             ,
             which
             cannot
             be
             determined
             by
             the
             States
             of
             the
             particular
             Provinces
             .
             
               p.
               77.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               5.
            
             
             How
             far
             the
             power
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             does
             extend
             .
             
               p.
               80.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               6.
            
             
             Who
             are
             those
             that
             are
             ordinarily
             chosen
             for
             Deputies
             to
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             order
             which
             is
             observed
             amongst
             the
             Deputies
             .
             
               p.
               82.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               7.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Orders
             that
             the
             States
             of
             Holland
             and
             West-Friezeland
             give
             to
             their
             Deputies
             in
             the
             
               States
               Generall
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Oath
             they
             take
             .
             
               p.
               86.
            
             
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               8.
            
             
             Of
             the
             
               great
               Assembly
               Extraordinary
               .
               p.
               91.
               
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               9.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Councel
             of
             State
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             greatest
             after
             the
             Councel
             of
             the
             
               States
               Generall
               .
               p.
               92.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               10.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Power
             of
             the
             States
             of
             every
             Province
             .
             
               p.
               95.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               11.
            
             
             Of
             the
             States
             of
             Holland
             and
             
               Zeeland
               .
               p.
               97.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               12.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Governors
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             untill
             the
             year
             1650.
             
               p.
               100.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               13.
            
             
             Of
             the
             charge
             of
             a
             Governor
             .
             
               p.
               106.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               14.
            
             
             Whether
             or
             no
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             can
             subsist
             without
             a
             Governor
             .
             
               p.
               109.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               15.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Riches
             by
             which
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             do
             maintain
             themselves
             .
             
               p.
               111.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               16.
            
             
             Of
             the
             principal
             Forces
             which
             do
             maintain
             the
             Commonwealth
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
               .
               p.
               116.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               17.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Alliances
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             with
             forreign
             Princes
             .
             
               p.
               125.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               18.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Admiralty
             ,
             and
             care
             that
             is
             taken
             to
             maintain
             a
             Sea-strength
             .
             
               p.
               131.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               19.
            
             
             Of
             the
             particular
             Government
             
             of
             the
             Towns
             of
             
               Holland
               .
               p.
               136
            
          
           
             
               Chap.
               20.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Tributes
             and
             Imposts
             ;
             of
             how
             many
             sorts
             they
             are
             ;
             and
             of
             the
             manner
             of
             levying
             them
             in
             
               Holland
               .
               p.
               141.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               21.
            
             
             Of
             the
             
               East
               and
               West-India
            
             Companies
             .
             
               p.
               153.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               22.
            
             
             What
             judgement
             may
             be
             made
             of
             the
             lasting
             or
             decay
             of
             this
             Common-wealth
             .
             
               p.
               173.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               23.
            
             
             An
             Abridgement
             of
             the
             State
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             ,
             by
             
               Paul
               Merle
               .
               p.
               178.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               24.
            
             
             The
             Proclamation
             of
             the
             States
             of
             Holland
             and
             West-Frieze
             ,
             touching
             the
             ancient
             Right
             of
             the
             Common-wealth
             of
             
               Holland
               .
               p.
               189.
            
             
          
        
         
           
             The
             Third
             Book
             .
          
           
             
               Chap.
               1.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Original
             of
             
               Holland
               .
               p.
               203.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               2.
            
             
             Of
             the
             length
             and
             breadth
             of
             Holland
             ;
             the
             number
             of
             its
             Towns
             and
             Villages
             .
             
               p.
               206.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               3.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Division
             of
             Holland
             ;
             and
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             Soyl.
             
               p.
               210.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               4.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Manners
             and
             Dispositions
             
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             .
             
               p.
               222.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               5.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Trade
             of
             the
             Hollanders
             ,
             and
             the
             wayes
             of
             getting
             a
             livelyhood
             .
             
               p.
               232.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               6.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Imposts
             and
             Customes
             .
             
               p.
               238.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               7.
            
             
             Of
             Leyden
             ,
             in
             Latine
             
               Lugdunum
               Batavorum
               .
               p.
               241.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               8.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Territories
             about
             
               Leyden
               .
               p.
               263.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               9.
            
             
             Of
             
               Amsterdam
               .
               p.
               271.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               10.
            
             
             Of
             Harlem
             ,
             and
             some
             Villages
             round
             about
             it
             .
             
               p.
               280.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               11.
            
             
             Of
             Delft
             ,
             and
             its
             Villages
             .
             
               p.
               285.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               12.
            
             
             Of
             
               Dort.
               p.
               289.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               13.
            
             
             Of
             
               Goude
               .
               p.
               293.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               14.
            
             
             Of
             
               Rotterdam
               .
               p.
               295.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               15.
            
             
             Of
             the
             small
             Towns
             of
             
               Holland
               .
               p.
               296.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               16.
            
             
             Of
             the
             
               Hague
               .
               p.
               299.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               17.
            
             
             Of
             
               Voerden
               .
               p.
               303.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               18.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Towns
             that
             are
             in
             Goylant
             ,
             near
             the
             South-Sea
             .
             
               p.
               312.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               19.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Lakes
             and
             Rivers
             .
             
               p.
               316.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               20.
            
             
             Of
             North
             -
             Holland
             ,
             commonly
             called
             
               West-Frieze
               .
               p.
               319.
            
             
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               21.
            
             
             Of
             Alcmaer
             and
             
               Medenbliick
               .
               p.
               322.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               22.
            
             
             Of
             
               Enchusen
               .
               p.
               325.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               23.
            
             
             Of
             Horne
             ,
             and
             the
             small
             Towns
             of
             North
             -
             
               Holland
               .
               p.
               328.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               24.
            
             
             Of
             the
             different
             Religions
             in
             
               Holland
               .
               p.
               336.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               25.
            
             
             Of
             the
             Nobility
             .
             
               p.
               345.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               26.
            
             
             Of
             Liberty
             .
             
               p.
               350.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               27.
            
             
             Of
             some
             Voyages
             undertaken
             under
             the
             Banner
             of
             
               Holland
               .
               p.
               354.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               28.
            
             
             Containing
             divers
             Curiosities
             .
             
               p.
               360.
            
             
          
           
             The
             Articles
             of
             Peace
             between
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             ,
             and
             the
             Dutch
             ,
             in
             1648.
             
               p.
               379.
            
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Books
           Printed
           for
           ,
           and
           Sold
           by
           
             John
             Starkey
          
           ,
           at
           the
           Mitre
           betwixt
           the
           Middle
           Temple-Gate
           ,
           and
           Temple-Bar
           in
           Fleet-Street
           .
        
         
           
             Folio's
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             THe
             Voyages
             and
             Travels
             of
             the
             Duke
             of
             Holstein's
             Ambassadors
             into
             
               Muscovy
               ,
               Tartary
            
             ,
             and
             Persia
             ,
             begun
             in
             the
             year
             1633.
             and
             finisht
             in
             1639.
             
             Containing
             a
             Compleat
             History
             of
             those
             Countries
             ;
             Whereto
             are
             added
             ,
             The
             Travels
             of
             Mandelslo
             from
             Persia
             into
             the
             East-Indies
             ,
             begun
             in
             1638.
             and
             finisht
             in
             1640.
             
             The
             whole
             ,
             Illustrated
             with
             divers
             accurate
             Maps
             and
             Figures
             :
             Written
             originally
             by
             
               Adam
               Olearius
            
             ,
             
             ecreta
             ry
             to
             the
             Embassie
             .
             Englished
             by
             
               J.
               Davies
            
             of
             Kidwelly
             .
             Price
             Bound
             18.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             
               The
               World
               Surveyed
            
             ;
             Or
             the
             famous
             Voyages
             and
             Travels
             of
             
               Vincent
               le
               Blanc
            
             of
             Marseilles
             ,
             into
             the
             East
             and
             
               West-Indies
               ,
               Persia
               ,
               Pegu
               ,
               Fez
               ,
               Morocco
               ,
               Guinny
               ,
            
             and
             through
             all
             Africa
             ,
             and
             the
             principall
             Provinces
             of
             Europe
             .
             Price
             Bound
             10.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             A
             Practicall
             and
             Polemicall
             Commentary
             ,
             or
             Exposition
             ,
             upon
             the
             third
             and
             fourth
             Chapters
             of
             the
             latter
             Epistle
             of
             St.
             Paul
             to
             Timothy
             ,
             by
             
               Thomas
               Hall
            
             ,
             B.
             D.
             Price
             Bound
             10.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             A
             Generall
             Collection
             of
             Discourses
             of
             the
             Virtuosi
             of
             France
             ,
             upon
             Questions
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             Philosophy
             ,
             and
             other
             Naturall
             Knowledge
             ,
             made
             in
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             
               Beaux
               Esprits
            
             at
             Paris
             ,
             by
             the
             most
             Ingenious
             persons
             of
             that
             Nation
             .
             Englished
             by
             
               G.
               Havers
            
             .
             In
             two
             Volumes
             .
             Price
             Bound
             30.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             A
             Treatise
             of
             the
             Sybils
             ,
             giving
             an
             account
             of
             the
             Names
             and
             Number
             of
             them
             ,
             of
             their
             Qualities
             ,
             the
             Form
             
             and
             Matter
             of
             their
             Verses
             ,
             and
             of
             their
             Books
             :
             Written
             in
             French
             by
             
               David
               Blundell
            
             .
             Englished
             by
             
               J.
               Davies
            
             .
             Price
             Bound
             7.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             The
             History
             of
             Barbado's
             ,
             St.
             
               Christophers
               ,
               Mevis
            
             ,
             St.
             
               Vincents
               ,
               Antego
               ,
               Martinico
               ,
               Monserrat
               ,
            
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             
               Caribby
               Islands
            
             ,
             in
             all
             twenty
             eight
             ,
             in
             
               Two
               Books
            
             ;
             containing
             the
             Natural
             and
             Moral
             History
             of
             those
             Islands
             ,
             illustrated
             with
             divers
             Pieces
             of
             Sculpture
             ,
             representing
             the
             most
             considerable
             Rarities
             therein
             described
             .
             Englished
             by
             
               J.
               Davies
            
             .
             Price
             Bound
             10.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             The
             State
             of
             the
             
               Ottoman
               Empire
            
             ,
             in
             Three
             Books
             ;
             containing
             the
             
               Maxims
               of
               the
               Turkish
               Policy
            
             ,
             their
             Religion
             ,
             and
             
               Military
               Discipline
            
             ;
             Illustrated
             with
             divers
             Figures
             :
             Written
             by
             
               Paul
               Rycaut
            
             Esquire
             ,
             late
             Secretary
             to
             the
             English
             Ambassador
             there
             ,
             now
             Consul
             of
             Smyrna
             .
             Price
             Bound
             10.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             Bentivolio
             and
             Urania
             ,
             a
             Religious
             Romance
             ,
             in
             Six
             Books
             ;
             Written
             by
             
               Nathaniel
               Ingelo
            
             ,
             D.
             D.
             The
             second
             Edition
             :
             To
             which
             is
             added
             ,
             the
             Interpretation
             
             of
             the
             hard
             Names
             Imprinted
             in
             the
             Margin
             ,
             throughout
             the
             Book
             .
             Price
             Bound
             12.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             
               I
               Ragguagli
               Di
               Parnasso
            
             ,
             or
             Advertisements
             from
             Parnassus
             ,
             in
             Two
             Centuries
             ,
             With
             the
             Politick
             Touch-Stone
             ;
             Written
             originally
             in
             Italian
             ,
             by
             
               Trajano
               Bocalini
            
             :
             and
             Englished
             by
             the
             Earl
             of
             Monmouth
             .
             The
             Second
             Edition
             corrected
             .
             Price
             Bound
             8.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             10.
             
             An
             Abridgement
             of
             divers
             Cases
             and
             Resolutions
             of
             the
             
               Common
               Law
            
             ,
             Alphabetically
             digested
             under
             severall
             Titles
             ,
             by
             
               Henry
               Rolls
            
             ,
             Serjeant
             at
             Law
             ;
             Published
             by
             the
             Lord
             Chief
             Baron
             Hales
             ,
             and
             approved
             by
             all
             the
             Judges
             .
             Price
             Bound
             40.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             The
             Reports
             of
             Sr.
             
               George
               Croke
            
             Knight
             ;
             In
             Three
             Volumes
             ,
             in
             English
             :
             Allowed
             of
             by
             all
             the
             Judges
             .
             The
             Second
             Edition
             ,
             carefully
             corrected
             by
             the
             Original
             .
             Price
             Bound
             45.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             The
             Second
             Part
             of
             the
             Institutes
             of
             the
             Laws
             of
             England
             ;
             containing
             the
             Exposition
             of
             
               Magna
               Charta
            
             ,
             and
             many
             ancient
             and
             other
             Statutes
             :
             
             Written
             by
             the
             Lord
             Chief
             Justice
             Coke
             .
             The
             Third
             Edition
             ;
             with
             an
             Alphabetical
             Table
             added
             .
             Price
             Bound
             14.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             The
             Third
             Part
             of
             the
             Institutes
             of
             the
             Laws
             of
             England
             ,
             concerning
             
               High
               Treason
            
             ,
             and
             other
             Pleas
             of
             the
             Crown
             and
             Criminall
             Causes
             .
             The
             Fourth
             Edition
             ;
             Written
             by
             the
             Lord
             Chief
             Justice
             Coke
             .
             Price
             Bound
             6.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             14.
             
             The
             Fourth
             Part
             of
             the
             Institutes
             of
             the
             Laws
             of
             England
             ,
             concerning
             the
             
               Jurisdiction
               of
               Courts
            
             :
             Written
             by
             the
             Lord
             Chief
             Justice
             Cok●
             .
             The
             fourth
             Edition
             ;
             with
             an
             Alphabeticall
             Table
             ,
             not
             heretofore
             Printed
             .
             Price
             Bound
             9.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             15.
             
             Brief
             Animadversions
             on
             ,
             Amendments
             of
             ,
             and
             
               Additional
               Explanatory
               Records
            
             to
             ,
             the
             Fourth
             Part
             of
             the
             Institutes
             of
             the
             Laws
             of
             England
             ,
             concerning
             the
             
               Jurisdiction
               of
               Courts
            
             .
             By
             
               William
               Prynne
            
             Esquire
             .
             Price
             Bound
             12.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             
               Action
               upon
               the
               Case
               for
               Slander
            
             ;
             Or
             a
             Methodical
             Collection
             of
             thousands
             of
             Cases
             in
             the
             Law
             ,
             of
             what
             words
             are
             Actionable
             ,
             and
             what
             not
             .
             By
             
               William
               
               Sheppard
            
             Esquire
             .
             Price
             Bound
             6.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             17.
             
             
               Brevia
               Judicialia
            
             ,
             or
             an
             Exact
             Collection
             of
             approved
             Forms
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             Judicial
             Writs
             in
             the
             Common-Bench
             ;
             together
             with
             their
             Returns
             .
             By
             
               Rich.
               Brownlow
            
             .
             Price
             Bound
             10.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             
               Thesaurus
               Brevium
            
             ,
             or
             a
             Collection
             of
             approved
             Forms
             of
             Original
             and
             Judicial
             Writs
             in
             the
             Kings
             Bench
             ;
             with
             their
             speciall
             Directions
             .
             By
             
               J.
               C.
            
             Price
             Bound
             6.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
        
         
           
             Quarto's
             .
          
           
             19.
             
             The
             History
             of
             Gavel-kind
             ,
             with
             the
             Etymology
             thereof
             ,
             containing
             a
             Vindication
             of
             the
             Laws
             of
             England
             ;
             together
             with
             a
             short
             History
             of
             William
             the
             Conqueror
             .
             By
             
               Sylas
               Taylor
            
             .
             Price
             Bound
             3.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             20.
             
             
               Andronicus
               Comnenius
            
             ,
             a
             Tragedy
             .
             By
             
               John
               Wilson
            
             .
             Price
             Sticht
             1.
             
             Shilling
             .
          
           
             21.
             
             Heraclius
             Emperor
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             Tragedy
             .
             By
             
               Lodowick
               Carlel
            
             ,
             
               Esq
            
             Price
             Sticht
             1.
             
             Shilling
             .
          
           
           
             22.
             
             A
             brief
             Account
             of
             Mr.
             Greatrak's
             ,
             the
             famous
             Stroker
             ,
             and
             divers
             of
             the
             strange
             Cures
             by
             him
             lately
             performed
             .
             Written
             by
             himself
             to
             the
             Honourable
             
               Robert
               Boyl
            
             .
             Price
             Sticht
             1.
             
             Shilling
             .
          
        
         
           
             Octavo's
             .
          
           
             23.
             
             The
             History
             of
             Algiers
             ,
             and
             its
             Slavery
             ;
             with
             an
             account
             of
             that
             City
             ,
             and
             many
             remarkable
             particularities
             of
             Africk
             :
             Written
             by
             
               Sieur
               d'
               Aranda
            
             ,
             sometime
             a
             Slave
             there
             .
             Englished
             by
             
               J.
               Davies
            
             .
             Price
             Bound
             3.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             24.
             
             
               La
               Picara
            
             ,
             or
             the
             Triumphs
             of
             Female
             Subtlety
             ,
             originally
             a
             Spanish
             Relation
             ,
             enriched
             with
             
               Three
               pleasant
               Novels
            
             .
             Englished
             by
             
               J.
               Davies
            
             .
             Price
             Bound
             3.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             25.
             
             An
             Historical
             and
             Geographical
             Description
             of
             the
             great
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             River
             of
             the
             Amazones
             in
             America
             ;
             with
             an
             exact
             Map
             thereof
             .
             Translated
             out
             of
             French.
             Price
             Bound
             1.
             
             Shilling
             6.
             pence
             .
          
           
             26.
             
             The
             Shepherds
             Paradise
             ,
             a
             Pastoral
             .
             By
             
               Walter
               Mountague
            
             
               Esq
            
             Price
             
             Bound
             1.
             
             Shilling
             6.
             pence
             .
          
           
             27.
             
             Aminta
             ,
             the
             famous
             Italian
             Pastoral
             .
             Translated
             into
             English.
             Price
             Bound
             1.
             
             Shilling
             6.
             pence
             .
          
           
             28.
             
             The
             Works
             of
             the
             famous
             Mr.
             
               Francis
               Rabelais
            
             ,
             treating
             of
             the
             Lives
             of
             Gargantua
             ,
             and
             his
             Son
             Pantagruel
             ;
             to
             which
             is
             newly
             added
             the
             Life
             of
             the
             Author
             .
             Translated
             out
             of
             French
             into
             English
             ,
             by
             Sr.
             
               Thomas
               Urchard
            
             Knight
             .
             Price
             Bound
             5.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             29.
             
             The
             Art
             of
             Chymistry
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             now
             practised
             .
             Written
             in
             French
             by
             
               P.
               Thybault
            
             ,
             Chymist
             to
             the
             French
             King
             ,
             and
             rendred
             into
             English
             by
             
               W.
               A.
            
             Fellow
             of
             the
             
               Royal
               Society
            
             .
             Price
             Bound
             3.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             30.
             
             A
             Relation
             of
             
               Three
               Embassies
            
             from
             his
             Sacred
             Majesty
             Charles
             the
             Second
             ,
             to
             the
             Great
             Duke
             of
             Moscovy
             ,
             the
             King
             of
             Sweden
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             of
             Denmarke
             ,
             performed
             by
             the
             Right
             Honourable
             the
             Earl
             of
             Carlisle
             ,
             in
             the
             years
             1663
             ,
             1664.
             
             Written
             by
             an
             Attendant
             on
             the
             Embassies
             .
             Price
             Bound
             4.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             31.
             
             
               Il
               Nipotismo
               di
               Roma
            
             ,
             or
             the
             History
             of
             the
             
               Popes
               Nephews
            
             ,
             from
             the
             
             time
             of
             Sixtus
             the
             Fourth
             ,
             1471.
             to
             the
             death
             of
             the
             last
             Pope
             Alexander
             the
             Seventh
             ,
             1667.
             
             Englished
             by
             
               W.
               A.
            
             Price
             Bound
             3.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             32.
             
             An
             Exact
             Abridgement
             in
             English
             of
             the
             
               Cases
               reported
               by
            
             Sr.
             
               Francis
               Moor
            
             Knight
             ;
             with
             the
             Resolution
             of
             the
             Points
             of
             Law
             therein
             by
             the
             Judges
             :
             by
             
               W.
               Hughes
            
             .
             Price
             Bound
             2.
             
             Shillings
             6.
             pence
             .
          
           
             33.
             
             Plowden's
             Queries
             ,
             or
             a
             Moot-Book
             of
             choice
             Cases
             in
             the
             Common
             Law
             ,
             Englished
             ,
             Methodized
             ,
             and
             Enlarged
             ;
             by
             
               H.
               B.
            
             Price
             Bound
             2.
             
             Shillings
             6.
             pence
             .
          
           
             34.
             
             An
             Exact
             Abridgement
             of
             all
             the
             Statutes
             in
             Force
             and
             Use
             ,
             made
             in
             the
             16th
             ,
             17th
             ,
             and
             18
             ,
             of
             King
             Charles
             the
             First
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             12th
             ,
             13th
             ,
             14th
             ,
             15th
             ,
             and
             16th
             ,
             of
             King
             Charles
             the
             Second
             :
             by
             
               William
               Hughes
            
             
               Esq
            
             Price
             Bound
             2.
             
             Shillings
             6.
             pence
             .
          
           
             35.
             
             
               Tho.
               Hall
            
             Apologia
             pro
             Ministerio
             Evangelico
             .
             Lat.
             Price
             Bound
             2.
             
             Shillings
             .
          
           
             36.
             —
             Translation
             of
             the
             Second
             Book
             of
             Ovid's
             Metamorph.
             Price
             Bound
             1.
             
             Shilling
             .
          
           
           
             37.
             —
             Treatise
             against
             the
             Millenaries
             .
             Price
             Bound
             1.
             
             Shilling
             .
          
           
             38.
             
             
               Medicina
               Instaurata
            
             ,
             or
             a
             brief
             Account
             of
             the
             true
             Grounds
             and
             Principles
             of
             the
             
               Art
               of
               Physick
            
             ;
             with
             the
             insufficiency
             of
             the
             Vulgar
             Way
             of
             preparing
             Medicines
             ,
             and
             the
             excellency
             of
             such
             as
             are
             made
             by
             
               Chymical
               Operation
            
             ;
             by
             
               Edward
               Bolnest
            
             ,
             Med.
             Lond.
             Price
             Bound
             1.
             
             Shilling
             .
          
        
         
           
             Twelves
             .
          
           
             39.
             
             The
             present
             State
             of
             the
             Princes
             and
             Republicks
             of
             Italy
             ;
             Written
             originally
             in
             English
             ,
             by
             
               J.
               Gailhard
            
             ,
             Gent.
             Price
             bound
             1.
             
             Shilling
             .
          
           
             40.
             
             The
             present
             State
             of
             the
             Republick
             of
             Venice
             ;
             with
             a
             Relation
             of
             the
             present
             War
             in
             Candia
             :
             by
             
               John
               Gailhard
            
             Gent.
             Price
             bound
             1.
             
             Shilling
             6.
             pence
             .
          
           
             41.
             
             A
             Guide
             for
             
               Constables
               ,
               Church-wardens
               ,
               Overseers
            
             of
             the
             Poor
             ,
             Surveyors
             of
             the
             High-wayes
             ,
             Treasurers
             of
             the
             County-stock
             ,
             Masters
             of
             the
             House
             of
             Correction
             ,
             Bayliffs
             of
             Mannors
             ,
             
             Toll-takers
             in
             Fai●s
             ,
             &c.
             shewing
             the
             extent
             and
             power
             of
             the
             several
             Offices
             ;
             Collected
             by
             
               George
               Meriton
            
             .
             Price
             bound
             1.
             
             Shilling
             .
             6.
             pence
             .
          
           
             42.
             
             
               Accidence
               Commenc't
               Grammar
            
             ,
             and
             supplyed
             with
             sufficient
             Rules
             ;
             or
             a
             new
             and
             easie
             Method
             for
             the
             learning
             the
             Latine
             Tongue
             ;
             the
             Author
             ,
             
               John
               Milton
            
             .
             Price
             bound
             8.
             pence
             .
          
           
             43.
             
             The
             present
             State
             of
             the
             
               United
               Provinces
            
             of
             the
             Low-Countries
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             Government
             ,
             Laws
             ,
             Forces
             ,
             Riches
             ,
             Manners
             ,
             Customes
             ,
             Revenue
             ,
             and
             Territory
             of
             the
             Dutch.
             Collected
             out
             of
             divers
             Authors
             ;
             by
             
               W.
               A.
            
             Fellow
             of
             the
             
               Royal
               Society
            
             .
             Price
             bound
             2.
             
             Shillings
             6.
             pence
             .
          
        
         
           
             Books
             in
             the
             Press
             this
             24th
             of
             August
             ,
             1669.
             
          
           
             
               Il
               Cardinalismo
               di
               Santa
               Chiesa
            
             ,
             or
             the
             History
             of
             the
             Cardinals
             of
             the
             Roman
             Church
             in
             three
             Parts
             ;
             Written
             in
             Italian
             by
             the
             Author
             of
             the
             
               Nipotismo
               dj
               Roma
            
             ,
             or
             History
             of
             the
             
               Popes
               Nephews
            
             ;
             and
             faithfully
             Englished
             by
             
               G.
               H.
            
             in
             Folio
             .
             
               This
               Book
               will
               be
               published
               
               in
            
             Michaelmas
             -
             
               Term
               next
            
             .
          
           
             Two
             Chymical
             Treatises
             ,
             
               viz.
               Praxis
               Chymiatrica
            
             ,
             or
             
               Practical
               Chymistry
            
             ;
             Written
             in
             Latin
             by
             
               John
               Hartman
            
             .
             And
             
               Basilica
               Chymica
            
             ,
             or
             
               Royal
               Chymistry
            
             ;
             Written
             in
             Latin
             by
             
               Oswald
               Crollius
            
             .
             Both
             faithfully
             translated
             into
             English
             ,
             in
             Folio
             .
             
               This
               will
               be
               published
               in
            
             Michaelmas
             -
             
               Term
               next
            
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Jesuites
               Morals
            
             ;
             faithfully
             extracted
             from
             their
             own
             Books
             which
             are
             Printed
             by
             the
             permission
             and
             approbation
             of
             the
             Superiors
             of
             their
             Society
             .
             Written
             by
             a
             
               Sorbon
               Doctor
            
             .
             In
             Folio
             .
             
               This
               Book
               will
               be
               published
               in
            
             Hilary
             -
             
               Term
               next
            
             .
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
         
      
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A26549-e370
           
             *
             The
             name
             of
             a
             Faction
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A26549-e27400
           
             Peages
             is
             a
             word
             that
             signifies
             the
             right
             of
             levying
             such
             summes
             upon
             Merchants
             ,
             in
             such
             and
             such
             places
             or
             passages
             .